HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 47314CITY SECRE1
D.O.E. FILE FORT WO R,'r ij
No
C11;vrx S 31 �, w� ,m,RroirmCONTRA',,,
'S B014
(til°H
CONSTRUCTION'S C017f
IENT DE1,1ARTMENT
PROJECT
FOR
Betsy Price
Mayor
David Cook
City Manager
Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E.
Director, Transportation and Public Works Department
Prepared for
The City of Fort Worth
Transportation and Public Works Department
!1'
77
OFFICIAL RECORD
1ARiT1",YVr�" a
vc. V
r our
r
r City of Fort Wortfl,
r
Standard Construction Specification
Documents
A dopted Septernber 2011
000000-2
STANDARD CONSTIMCNOINI SPRIFICATION 1)(WUMENTS
Page 2 of'5
Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be
viewed/downloaded from the City's Buzzsaw site at:
1It32s.// c c)iii[tbuzzsaw.coi-n/cliei-it/fi)rtworl,,h )y,/_.Resources/02`/`a`20
2rAsW -- "--'- . _ .... . ....... . . .
%20Coristrtjction%2ODoc�iiiients�Sp.ecilfiqAti2iir
Division 02 - Existing Conditions
0241 13 Selective Site Deniolition
0241 15 Paving Removal
03 30 00 Cast -In -Place Concrete
0334 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
03 34 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
038000 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures
Division 26 - Electrical
260500
Common Work Results for Electrical
2605 10
Demolition for Electrical Systems
260533
Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems
260543
Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems
Division 31 - Earthwork
31 1000
Site Clearing
3123 16
Unc lass if ied Excavation
31 2323
Borrow
31 24 00
Einbank.ments
31 25 00
Erosion and Sediment Control
31 3600
Gabions
313700
Riprap
RECOM
3201 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair
3201 18 Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair
320129 Concrete Paving Repair
32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses
32 11 29 Lime'rreated Base Courses
3211 33 Cement Treated Base Courses
32 12 16 Asphalt Paving
32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants
32 13 13 Concrete Paving
32 1320 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps
32 1373 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
32 1416 Brick Unit Paving
32 16 13 C oncret�e Curb and Gutters and Valley Gutters
32 1723 Pavement Markings
32 1725 Curb Address Painting
3231 13 Chain Fences and Gates
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEA-IFICATION I)OCUMFN'rs rpw-2o]5-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
000000-.3
STANDARD ('014STRUCTIC. N SPFCIFICATION DOCUMIENTS
Page 3 of 5
3231 26 Wire Fences and Gates
3231 29 Wood Fences and Gates
3232 13 Cast -in -Place Concrete Retaining Walls
3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finisliing of Parkways
3292 13 1 lydro-Mulcliling, Seeding, and Sodding
32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs
Division 33 - Utilities
34-01-34 . . ... _. . ..M k-42esting-,
334)
32
-3-4"). E4ee+F+0(+I4S'04*ti0H
3- ao*i I
.14)4-44 ------ Goff o,, -G�Wol.-Te-soiW-iou-4
-,SeFY4eeS
A—
le
33 04
A+wef iflg
3305 14 Aqjusting Mai -d -toles, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade
. . . .. ..........................
-3-3-45 24 44�Nate
AM4 afi4k-e 4-Awatom,
'13., 40 ................ .. . . .
344-1-45--44o4s, �Aels
3-3-44-44) ------- PwA4eA-�owl?ipe
3-344-4.1 . ........ . ......
Ir -VG)
.44-4 3 . .......... . . . . ......... te-Wesiiff e-Pipe,43af -Wrf4Vt4,
3-3-4-24-0-- . ....................... 2 meh
-3-34-2-24 . . .......................... . ------AWW-A7R-A+bt, ted Bm#eF", lv-tmi
,-Watef--Mms's
f-.Pe4aMe-Watef-Sy-stemii
0 IN
-34-4442 Glu" tn-P4ae�' )e4,C-142P
3 3 i is 14i
4C4ik-4-ideo)A44-7*6i--aN* S*nAmT-Se"f -Npe
y -8,ewef4)ipe
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Conswiction Services at Vara w Location
SIANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPI VII ICATION D(XI MENTS 1"MV-2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
000000-4
STAM)ARD CONSTRUCTION SMECIFICATION IX)CIAIFINTS
-----------
-3-3-34.. -
'4-3 J� 70 ......... . . . .. . . ..............
-444920
-'�3-39-40 . . ............. . . . ..... . s -(WA,
-3,349-60 -------
3346-02--4f
-P,44-24 . ....
Division 34 - Transportation
3441 10
Traffic Signals
3441 11
Temporary Traffic Signals
3441 13
Removing Traffic Signals
3441 15
Rectangular Rapid Flashing Beaum
3441 16
Pedestrian Hybrid Signal
3441 20
Roadway Illuminal,k)n Assemblies
3441 30
Aluminum Signs
3471 13
Traffitc Control
U=
GC -4.01
Mrailabibly of Lands
GC -4,02
Subsurface and Physical Conditions
GC -4.04
Underground Facilities
GC -4.06
Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site
GC -6,06.13
Minorily and Women Owned Business Ent giros Complia nwe
GC -6.07
Wage Rates
GC -6.09
Penvits and Utilities
GC -6.24
Nondiscrimination
®1 60 00
product Requirements
CITY OF FORT WORTI I
STANDARD C(MSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUNENTS
Revised Novenibew 22, )013
Page 4 of 5
2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
ITW-2015-000003
M&C Review
DATE: 9/29/20115 REFERENCE C-27498 LOG NAME:
NO.:
CODE: C TYPE: NOW PUBLIC
CONSENT HEARING'
Offidall sfte of the O of Fort Worth, I c.xas
Fou %RTH
"111I-
00]
SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Unit Price Contract with Bean Electric, Inc., in an Amount Not t
Exceed $2,000,000.00 for Task Order Construction Services for the Installation of
Projects Relating to Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Other Transportation Related Ite
Having Construction Components That Requ�re a Licensed Electrician (2014 BOND
PROGRAM) (ALL COUNCIL DISTRICTS) I
f:�7TWJANVW
07MI T, i1c., if I an allio It rill to exceea PZ,UUU,=.,#7'#-=fd7X 070or corIUM70371 5ervice7i rol- ME
Installation of traffic signals, street lights, and other transportation related items that require a
'icensed electrician on an as needed basis.
This contract will provide for construction services on an as -needed (task order) basis for the
construction of capital projects relating to traffic signals, street lights, and other transportation related
items having construction components that reqUire a licensed e�ectrician. The contract amount is
capped at $2,000,000.00, but may be increased or decreased due to the amount of work ordered and
through change orders. The project was bid in a low bid format to determine unit prices to be paid
when tps
Notice of bids was published in the.Fort Worth StarjglecLrarn on January 29, 2015 and FebrUary
2015. On February 26, 2015, two compames submitted bids as f6low&l
I
Ik
MISS!
BIDS
$7,236,369,00
$4,628,630o00 Non-responsive
Bean Electric, Inc., was determined to be the most responsive bidder because it bid on all unit cost
�tems. Bean Electric, Inc.'s unit costs were also lower overall. Staff feels the unit p0ces submitted IV
vean Electric, Inc., are fair and competitive.
........... ............................. . . ......... ...........
r Hillside Street L Bu�adgeit
f_ Design Phase
Construction Phase
ContinqIIII encies
Trinity Boulevard Street LW
hts,
•
Design Phase
.................. . ....... . .... ... ...
Conti ncies
0.5 1MVII
ill'�ilillilillil�lI�iii F11:1 !111 11111 � Illiggi gJ1111 11;111111 i I i �111 OR!
i ii i Of I i 211111=11=�111211
M&C Review
The Financial Management Services Director certifies that funds are included in the Fiscal Year 2015
adopted budget of the 2014 Bond Program per Ordinance No. 21457-09-2014 and funds are
available in the General Fund to pay expenses which will be incurred on this contract until
reimbursement can occur from the issuance Of public securities.
As shown below, the FY 2015 budget as appropriated contains $2,000,000.00 for traffic signals
construction and installation and $950,000.00 for streetand installation from the
2014 Bond Program', however, other appropriate funding sources may be utilized as projects are
identified d assigned.
2014 Bond
FY 2015•Program
Pending
Program
Appropriation
Allotment
Expensesto
date
���������l�J1k������1���lll,
• � 7 �
It � f l I
I III IIIIIIIIII VIII fly
ial Traffic
s111111
$2,950,000.001
$15,000,000.00
$3,299,073.00
$11,700,927.00
Signals d
Street LigBean hts_
�� 0.00'
$2,c100,000.00
I
9,700,927.001
Inc. Contra
�r N11,;;:•
HERIMME
,II; is
Douglas , Wiersig (7 1)
Todd Estes (5448)
ATTACHMENTS
r
Addendum No. '1
City Project Number--TP'-20.5-00000
Addendum Oate: February 21, 2015
Addendum No. 1 includes the fallowing changes to the project manu.uak
1) Contract Changes
a. The contract has been reprised and split into two bid packages for task order
construction services. The first package (contracts eriding in the number 1) will include
all roadway elements excluding street lights and traffic signals. The second package
(contracts ending in the number 2) will include the street light and traffic signal items
removed from the first package with limited roadway elements.
b. The City has revised this bid to better conform to State of Texas procurement laws. As
such, the City will open three separate low -bid contracts under each package type
instead of awarding to the lowest three bidders. In other words, we are accepting bids
for Contract Al(roadway), Contract A2 (street lights and traffic signals), Contract Bl
(roadway), etc...
2) Bid Opening
a. Bid Opening has clanged from February 26, 2015 to March 5� 2015 for Contract Al an
A2.
b. Bid Opening for Contracts Bland B2 will follow on March 12 2015.
c. Bid Opening for Contracts Cl and C2 will be on March 26, 2015.
Please be sure to acknowledge the Addendum in your response.
W. Todd Estes, PE
Engineering Manager
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Transportation & Public Works Department
Addendum No.2
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
City Project Number TPW-201.5-000003
Addendum Date: March 2® 2015
Bid Opening Date: March 5, 2015
Addendum No. 2 includes the following changes to the project manual:
1) Contract Changes
a. The unit price schedule has been updated for contracts A2, 132, and C2.
Please be sure to acknowledge the Addendum in your response.
Addendum Prepared By:
W. Todd Estes, PE
Engineering Manager
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Transportation & Public Works Department
U,
Addendum No.3
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
City Project Number ® TP -201.5-000003
Addendum Date. March 3, 2015
Bid Opening Date: March 5, 2015
Addendum No. 3 includes the following changes to the project manual:
1) Contract Changes
a. The bid form has been updated in Contract A2 to replace areas where B2 is mentioned.
Please be sure to acknowledge the Addendum in your response.
Addendum Prepared By:
W. Todd Estes, PE
Engineering Manager
City of Fort Worth, Texas
T'ransportation & Public Works Department
Addendum fro. 4
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
7(r
City Project Number—TPP 2015000003
Addendum Date: March 9, 2015
, �rr Bid Opening Date: March 1.2, 2015
Addendum No. 4 includes the following changes to the project manual;
I r/II 1) Unit Price Schedule Changes
IF, a. Quantities were changed to more accurately reflect the bid cap for both Contract Bland
IT B2.
b. Removed duplicate bid items from Contract Bl.
c. Added bicycle markings elements to Contract Bl under pavement markings section,
d. Added decorative fighting items and additional foundation items to Contract B2.
Please note that all bid alternates were removed and all items must be bid to be considered a
responsive bid.
Please be sure to acknowiedge the Addendum in your response.
Addendum Prepared By:
W. Todd Estes, PE
Engineering Manoger
City of Fort Worth, Texas
I ransportation & Public Works Department
pypo
Addendum No.5
r2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
City Project Nu m be r — TPW.-2015-000003
llp Addendum Date: March 11, 2015
1111F
Bid Opening Date: March 12, 2015
Addendum No. 5 includes the following changes -
1) Contracts B1 and C1 are cancelled. No bids will be received by the City until the project is re-
bid at a later date.
IF 2) Bid Opening Date Change
a. Contract B2 will open Thursday, March 19.
b. No change to the bid opening date for contract C2.
Please be sure to acknowledge the Addendum in your response.
Addendum Prepared By:
W. Todd Estes, PE
Fngine,ering Manager
City of Fort Worth, Texas
Transportation & Public Works Department
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
uyyu 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
11P, 28
29
30
31
32
33
P�
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
0011 13-1
INWFATIONTO BIDDERS
Page I of 2
SECTION 00 1113
INVITATION To BIDDERS
RECEIPT OF BIDS
Sealed bids for Task Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations will be received by the
City, of Fort Worth Purchasing 0111ce:
City, of Fort Worth
Purchasing Division
1000 Throckmorton Street
Fort worth, Texas 76102
until 1:30 P.M. CST,"I'liursday, February 26, 2014, and bids will be ripened publicly and read
aloud at 2:00 Pm CST in the Council Chambers,
tavis ImmataircWKS-I&VOM
The nia , jor work will consist of the (approximate) JolloWiflg. site grading and demolition, limited
heavy roadway construction, permanent and ternp(:)rary traffic signal installations, traffic signal
modifications, minor roadway work, minor utility ad 'Justments, rniscellaneous concrete
placement, sidewalk, curb ramps, signing, and pavement markings the extent to which and
locations of to be detennined by the City on an zvs--needed basis, with work directives issued via
task orders.
PREQUALIFICATION
The iniprovernents included in this project must be perforjued by a contractor who is pre-
qualified by the City at the time of bid opaning,, The pri.)cedures for qualification and pre -
qualification are outlined in the Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS.
DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS
The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City
of Fort Worth's Purchasing Division website at htfp-.4� kL f L�ta�LqrtI f,Q�Lqygp
nd
clicking on the Buzzsaw link to the advertised project, folders on the City's Buzzsaw site. The
Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or
suppliers.
Contract documents will be posted to Buzzsaw by end of the day,nursday, January 29,
2015.
Hard copies of the Bidding and C ontract Documents will not be provided.
PREBID CONFERENCE
A prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO
BIDDERS at the following location, date, and time:
DATE: Thursday, hebruary 12, 2015
',TIME: 10,00 A.M.
PLACE: Pre -Council Chambers — City Hall
LOCATION: 1000 Throckmorton St.
Fort Orth, TQC 76102
CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPTOR REJECT BIDS
CITY OF FORT WORTH x"015 "'ask Order Construefion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD coNs,rRUCTION S111"CIF1CATION 1:D00 MENTS City lProject Nou TPW-2.015-000003
00 11 13 2
INVITAFION rOBIDDER.S
Page, 2 of 2
1
2
3 FUNDING
4 Any Contracts awarded under this INVITATION TO BIDI)ERS may be fimded from revenues
5 generated from bonds, traffic impact.Cees and/or grants.
6
7 INQUIRIES
8 All inquiries relative to this procurement shotild be addressed to the folloNving:
9
10 Attn: W. Todd Estes, R,17., City of Fort Worth
II Email: williarn.estesC4;fort wori�litexas.gov
12 Phone: 817.3915448
13
14 ADVERTISEMENT DATES
15 Jamiary 29, 201.5
16 February 5, 2015
17
18 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order (onstniction Services at Various Locations
STA NDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECCIFICA HON rX.)CUMENTS City F'roject No.'mw-2oi 5-000003
I
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
SECTION 00 2113
INST'Ruc'nONS TO BIDDERS
1. Defined Ternas
00211:1-1
INSTRUCTIOt4STO BIDDERS
Page I of 10
1.1. Terms used in these I NSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Sectiol'i 00 72
00 - GENERAL C(11iNDITIONS.
1.2.Clenain additional teens used in these INST'RUC'TIONS TO BIDDERS have the
meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof
1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firin, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting
directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for perfornling
the work contemplated under the Contract Documents,,
1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firrn, partnersh,il), company, associat ion, or
corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a
bid for performing the work, contemplated under the Contract Documents whose
principal place of business is not in the State of Texas.
1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to who City
(on the basis of City's evaluation as hey-einaller provided) makes an award.
2. Copies of Bidding Documents
2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations
resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
2.2. City and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available do so only for the
purpose of obtaiji[ing Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant
for any other use.
3. Prequalification of Bidders (Prince Contractors and Subcontractom)
3.1. All Bidders and their subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types
requiring prequalification at the time of bidding. Bids received from contractors who are
not prequalificd (even if inadvertently opened) shall not be considered. Prequalification
requirement work types and documentation are as fiollows:
3.1.1. Paving — Requirenui�rits document: located at;
lit(psv/InEo'e,(,tMtLn.t.btiz-,saw.coim/Li�.rt)voi h o /&-sou,rces/02%20-
_j— . ..... _
ualification/TI1'W%20Pavin
%20C�otistructiori%2ODo,ctifnents/Cotiti'actor%2OPti-e,(
U
- ---
RE
%20Contractor%2OPrecivalific,atioji,i%�20P aimM
/ ALIFI( A.TJQN%20
E � at � ... . . . ..... . ........... . . ........ . . . ........ .
UIREMEN'FS%20i-'�'6-kW/.-i(-jlA V-'IN'G%OC
20('N'I'RA'F(,)RS.EQE2ggL)&
3.1.2. Roadway and Pedestrian L,ighting — Requirements document located at;
CYTY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Clonstructioini Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMF�NTS TPW-2015.-000003
Revised NovembLr 27, 26112
0021 J3-2
INS I R UCTIONS F0 BIDDERS
Page 2 of 10
1saWt�qLi / ortwq11 ylResources/02%2-
0
_Zs_ 1_f_ ho . .........
2 %20Cojistruction%2ODociiii!ieiits/(,.ontiac.t.�,oi��/"2OPri-e lualification/TPW%20Pavin
3 %20Contracto.&/o2(0)Pre urt Pro Ld.aL/rjKF X1 IJQA`I'I0N%20R.EQ
..... . ...... . . d1 're �_
...... ......... . ......... .. .. 9
4 UIREtil '-,SITS %20F()I.../........_...20PAVING%20('ON't'RAC'I'ORS 111)17'tnu�lic
.... ....... ... .... ......
6 3.1.3. Water and Sanitary Seger.- Requirements document located at.;
7 Lit!L),L.o/
ALzqaw.com/fortwpqtjgoK
/LZq,sources/02%20-
. .. . . . ..... . . ......... . ...... —
8 %20Const.iructioii%2ODocumetits/Coii.t.,i-a-c-l.ol�/�2Ot're tial.iric�.itiori/Water�`/�20and�/�2
. .. ... ....... — . . ..... . .... --�L _
9 OSinilgy!/o2OS'qkNret4Yo2OContractor%2�LPtcq ualirication%2OProLraiii./WSS�/�20r)i°e
--
10 gual%20req drementsdo01 ublic
11
12
13 12. Each Bidder unless currently prequalified, must be prepared to submit to City within
14 seven (7) calendar days prior to Bid opening, the documentation identified in Section 00
15 45 11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS.
16
17 3.2.1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to
18 the City contact as provided in Paragraph 601.
19
20
21 3.3. The City reserves the right to require any pre -qualified contractor who is the apparent low
22 bidder(s) for a pr9ject to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole
23 discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records,
24 information about key personnel to be cosigned to the project, and construction schedule,
25 to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s) to
26 deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within
27 the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted
28 information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the
29 City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested, may be grounds
30 for rqjecting the apparent low bidder as non-responsive. Affected contractors will be
31 notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council.
32
33
34
35
36
37
38 4.
39
40
41
4.2
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
3.4. In addition to prequalification, additional requirements for qualification may be required
within various sections of the Contract Documents.
15. Special qualifications required for this project include the following: None.
Examination of Bidding and Conti -act Documents, Other Related Data, and Site
401. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall:
4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data
identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in
Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the
City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially
promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City.
4.1.2. Visit the site to become farn il iar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and
site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or 11imishing of the
Work.
crry OF FORTwowm
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 27, 2012.
2015 Task Order Cnsiniction Services at Various Locatior s
1TW-2015-000003
r!
1)
0021 13--3
Ms'rw 7(-rIONSTO BIDDERS
1 4.1.3. Cor-i[sider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost,
2 progress, performance or furnishing of the Work.
3
4 4.1.4. Be advised, City, in accordance with ")title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 78
5 Stat 252, 42 US.C. 2000d to 2000d..4 and Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations,
6 Department of Transportation, Subtitle A., Office of the Secrelary, Part 21,
7 Nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted prograrns of the Department of
8 Transportation issued pursuant to such Act, hereby notifies all bidders that it will
9 affirinatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement,
10 minority business enterprises will be atIbriled full opportunity to submit bids in
I I response to this invitation. and will not be discrinninated against on the grounds of
12 race, color, or national origin in consideration of award.
13
14 4.1.5. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
15 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing
16 surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that
17 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical
18 data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any,
19 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing
20 reliable "technical data."
a
22 4.1.6. Be advised that the Contract Docuinents on file with the City shall constitute all of
23 the information which the City will ffirnish. All additional information and data
24 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents
25 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract
26 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original
27 Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in
28 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be
29 binding upon the City.
30
31 4.1.7. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means
32 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be
33 encountered during the construction oft e project. On request, City may provide
34 each Bidder access to the site to conduct such exarninations, investigations,
35 explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a
36 Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its fornier
37 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies.
38
39 4.1.8. Deterruine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the
40 cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information
41 required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their
42 own estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are
43 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based.
44 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prinia-facie evidence that the
45 Bidder has made the iiivestigatioti,,exiiiiinations and tests herein required. Claims
46 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually
47 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be
48 allowed.
49
CITY OF FORT WORT11 20 5 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
s,rANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN,rs [TWI9715-000003
Revised November 27, 2012
0021 13 ..4
INSTRUC]IONSTO BIDDERS
Page 4 of 10
1 4.1.9. Pronaptly notafy City of all confl,icts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or
2 between the Contract Documents and such other related docinnents. The Contractor
3 shall not take advantage of any .,Toss error or ornission in the Contract Docunients,
4 and the City shall be pemiitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may
5 be deerned necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents,,
7 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 - Supplementary Conditions for identification of -
8
9 4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to
10 the site which have been utilized by City in 1.)repayation of the Contract Documents,
1.1. The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general inforination only.
12 Neither the City nor the Engineer guar-antee that the data shown is representative of
13 conditions which actually exist.
14
15 4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and
16 subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contig ous
.�j to
17 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents.
18
19 4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder
20 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract
21 Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled
22 to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified
23 and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is
24 responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
25 any other data, interpretations, opinions or information.
26
27 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i)
28 that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without
29 exception the Bid is prenlised upon performing and ftimishing the or required by the
30 Contract Documents and applying the specific means, rnethods, tectiniqties, sequences or
31 procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required
32 by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all
33 conflicts, errors, anibiguities and discrepaiacies in the Contract Documents and the
34 written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts,
35 etc., have not been resolved through the inteiTnetations by City as described in
36 Paragraj.)h 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documerilss are generally sufficient to indicate
37 and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and [furnishing the
38 Work.
39
40 4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, polychlorinated
41 biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by
42 Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract
43 Documents.,
44
45 5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc.
46
CUTY (W FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 27, 2012
20151'ask Order Cons truclion Seivices at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
�p
I'
P 16
F
17
18
r 19
20
21
22
23
24
21
26
27
28
29
30
31
F 32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
P 41
42
43
44
45
0021 113-5
INS FRUCI]ONS TO BIDDERS
Pag, 5 of 110
5.1. The lands upon which the Work. is to be perlbrined, rights-of-way and easements for
access thereto and other lands designated for use by (.7ontractor in performing the Work
are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto
required for teniporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of
materials and equipment to be irncorporantedl in the Work are to be obtained and paid for
by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities are to be obtained and paid for by Clity unless otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
5.2.0titstanding riglit-of-way, easeffients, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed
in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessmy, right-
of-way, easements, and/or perniits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel
the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the
project.
5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-
way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how
construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not mquire pennits
and/or easements.,
6. Interpretations and Addenda
6.1. All questiot-is about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to
City in writing on or before 2 p.m., the Monday prior to the Bid opening. Questions
received after this day may not be i-esponded to. Interpretations or clarifications
considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda
delivered to all parties recorded by City as having received the Biddir)g Documents.
Only questiorts answered by forinal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
Address questions to:
City of Fort Worth
100071irockmorton Street
Fort Worth, TX 76102
Attn: W. Todd Estes, PJIF-°,., Tp W -- Infintstructu ire Design & Construction
Ernail: will iajii.estes@fortwa)rtlitex.as.gov
Phone: 817.992.8093
6.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by
city.
6.3. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via Buzzsaw at <Insert Link to Docuntenis"'
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015 'Task Ordeg Construction Services at Various Locations
STAter ARD CONS IN UCTION SPEC IFWATION D0('UMFNTS rPW-201 5 -000003
RevisedMovember 27, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
00 21 13,, 6
INSTRUCTIONSTO BIDDERS
Page 6 of 10
6A. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or
INVITATION TO 13113131."IR5. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the
Pr(lject. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will
ti-ansmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary
in response to questions arising at the conference, Oral statements may not be relied
upon and will not be binding or legally effective.
7. Bid Security
7.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid on made payable to City in an amount of five
(5) percent of Bidder's inaximum Bid price on form attached, issued by a surety meeting
the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General Conditions.
7.2.The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award
have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete
Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in
default:, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited.
Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. 'Me Bid on of all
other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award
will be retained by City until final contract execution.
8. Contract Times
The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in
accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for
Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreenient or incorporated therein by reference to the
attached Bid Form.
9. Liquidated Damages
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth inthe AFTeement.
10. Substitute and "Or -Equal" Items
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the
Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or -equal" items.
Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or -
equal" item of material or equipment may be fbirnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to
City, application for such acceptince will not be considered by City until after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor
and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraplis 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6,05C, of the General
Conditions and is supplemented in Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements.
11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Otbers
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICAIJON DOCUNAIEINTS
Revised November 27 21912
20151'ask Order Construefion Services at Various L,ocations
TPW-201 5-000003
r
1
00 21 13 - 7
INSTRI tl(-riONS TO BIDDERS
Pap 7 of 10
1 L 1. In accordance with the City'si Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance No. 20020-
12-2011 (as amended), the ;ity. has goals for the participation of n1i inority business
and/or small business enferl.)rises in City. contracts. A copy of the Winance can be
obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The Bidder shall submit the MBE and
SBE Utilization Foirri, Stiil�)coiitj,,i�ci,oi,/Suil)p,liei° I 4flizatioti l"orin, Prime Contractor
Waiver Form and/or Good Faith Effort Form with documentation and/or Joint
Venture Form as apl-n-,ol-)riate. The ]Forms including documentation must be received
by the City no later than 5:00 P.M. CST, five (5) City business days after the bid
olwning date. The Biddeir shall obtain a receipt from the City as evidence the
docutnentation was receivedL l7ailltire to comply shall render the bid as non-
resl:)onsive.
11.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person
or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable obi ection,
11HRnr11FW1=1 I
111. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Docun.rents; additional copies may be
obtained from the City,
122, All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed by printing in ink and the Bid Form
signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing
the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit
price item listed therein. In the case of oplioinal alternatives, the words "No Bid,"
"No Change," or "Not Applicable" may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices,
written in ink in both words and numerals, for which the Bidder proposes to do the
work conteniplated or furnish materials required, All prices, shall be written legibly.
In case of discrepancy between price in written words and the price in written
numerals, the price in written words shall govern,
12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a
vice-president or other corporate officer acconipanied by evidence of authority to
sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of
incorporation shall be shown below the signature.
12.4. Bids by partnersi-iips shall be exectited in the partnership name and signed by a
partner, whose title must appear tinder the signature accompanied by evidence of
authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the
sigtiature.
12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a
nieniber and accompanied by evidence of authot-ity to sign. The state of formation of
the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown,,
116. Bids by individuals shall show the Biddees name and official address.
12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner
indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown,
12.8. All names shall be t°ped or printed in ink below the signature.
Y
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015Task Order Construction Services at Variow Locations
STAjq1)ARD CONs'nux"not4 SPECIFIC ATION D00 MENI'S TPW-2015-000003
Revised November 27, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
00 21 13 8
INSTM RA IONS 1'0 BIDDERS
Page 8 of 10
12.9, The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda., the numbers of
which shall be filled in on the Bid Form.,
12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12,11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as allonresident Bidder in the state of
Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 — Vendor Compliance
to State Law Non Resident Bidder,
r.3. Submission of Bids
Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding Documents,
at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS,
addressed to City Manager of the City, and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope,
marked with the City Project Number, ProJect title, the name and address of Bidder, and
accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent through the
mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope
with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids
14.1. Bids addressed to the City Manager and filed with the Purchasing Office cannot be
withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal must be
made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid
must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any
time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are
opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been
property filed may, at the option of the City, be returned tuilopened.
14.2. Bidders may tnodify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the
time set for the closing of Bid receipt.
15. Opening of Bids
Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted. An
abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and inaJor alternates (if any) will be made available
to Bidders after the opening of Bids.
16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance
All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award
and execution and delivery, of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at
City's sole discretion, release any Bid and nuffily the Bid securify prior to that date.
17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract
crry OF FORT WO1;UFH
SIANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 YMENI'S
Revised Noven-fty, 27, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-0000Q3
0021 13-9
INSTRUCTIONSTO BIDDERS
i IT 1. City reserves the right to reJect any or all Bids, including without limitation the fights
2 to reject any or all nonconfimning, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids
3 and to reject the Bid of any, Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best
4 interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is
5 not responsive or the Bidder, is unqualified or of doubtful financial abilhy or fails to
6 meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves
7 the right to waive infornialities not in price,, contract time or changes in the
8 Work with the Successful Bidder, Discrepancies between the mull ilflicatii)ri of units
9 of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies
10 between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will
11 be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures
12 will be resolved in favor of the words.
M
14 17.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists
15 among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City,
16 City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation,
17 Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous
18 contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or
19 Bidder has uncompleted work which in the Judgment of the City will prevent or
20 hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded.
21
22 17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and
23 other persons and orgwi i7,i [ions proposed for those portions of the Work as to which
24 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must
25 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City.
26 City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performajice
27 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for
28 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the
29 Notice ofd ard.
30
31 17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist inthe
32 evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial
33 ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
34 organWitions to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
35 Documents to Cit
y's satisfaction within the prescribed time.
36
37 17.4. Contractor shall pertbrin with his own 01"t'anization, work of a value not less than
38 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City.
39
40 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and
41 responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the
42 best interests of the City-.
43
44 17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Cbapter 2252.001, the City will not award
45 contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than
46 the lowest bid submitted by a responsible "Texas Bidder by the same amount that a
47 Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a
48 comparable contract in the state in which the nonresidejal.'s principal place of
49 business is located,
50
CITY OF FOUWORTH 2015'rasic Order Constnidion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTM HON SPECIFICATION DOU YMFIPJTS TPW-20 15-000003
Revised November 27, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
INSTMI)MONS ]I.() BIDDERS
Pape 10 of 10
17.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is
to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid
opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute
a,ccepla,nce of a Bid. L) ora. the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by
the City.
17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid.
18. Signing of Agreement
When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by tile
required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter
Contractor shall sign and deliver the ii--equiredi number of counterparts of the Agreement to
City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation.
City shall thereafter deliver one fully si ped counterpart to Contractor.
CITY OF F0Kr wortTH
STANDARD CONSTRIX HON SPI,( 1FICATION Cwt "f
Revised Novembew 27, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Serviecs at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
- = =-�
Kai 011 24LOI KaM 01 11=9611 W-11 2 2 1 UAITJ I I
Each bidder, offeror, or respondent (hereinafter also referred to as "you") to a City of Fort Worth (a[
referred to as "City") procurement are required to complete Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (the
I.•
CIQ Form) and Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (the attached
Form) below pursuant to state law. This affidavit will certify that the Bidder has on file with the City
Secretary the required documentation and is eligible to bid on City Work. The referenced forms ma
21so be downloaded from the website links provided below.
litti)://www.ethics.state.tx.u,e./l,'orri-isl(,l.).P(3f
CIQ Form is on file with Citik
F-11 He 1] 4
821 E Enon
PO Box 40016
Fo-t WortW Texas 76140
M
Mr.=
1211 six*] 31:141M 0
OFFICIAL, REC(,)R,1)
CITY
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised 20120327 Copy of 00 41 0000 43 1300 42 4300 43 3700 45 1200 35 13_Bid Proposal Workbook A2
Offig ffil
TO: The City Manager
c/o: The Purchasing Department
1000 Throckmorton Street
City of Fort Worth, Texas 76102
City Project No.: TPW-2015-000003
Units/Sections:
1® Enter Into Agreement
The unders�gned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form
included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms
and conditions of the Contract Documents,
rt ti.
1MTrTTT-1R-TjT[ffW=0 I
2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will
provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award.
2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed
individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group,
association, organization, or corporation.
2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid.
2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding.
2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract.
For the purposes of this Paragraph:
a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or solicng of any thing of value likely to
influence the action of a public official in the bidding process,
c. "coiHusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or
without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to estabHsh Bid prices at artificial, non-
competitive levels.
d. "coercive practice"" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or 'Indirectly, persons or their
property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the
Contract,
CIITY OF FORT WORTH
Sl�'ANDARD CONSTRUCTION a-,"iPECIFKA11014 DOCUMENTS
Forn Revised 20120327 00 41 0000 43 1300 42 43,,,,,00 43 3x" 00 45 1200 33 13 Md PropnsM Work V6A2-3.xisx
004100
B0 FORM
Page 2 of 3
The Bidder acknowIedges that the following work types must be perforimed only by prequa[ified contractors a
subcontractors: i
a. Roadway and Pedestrian Mumr nation
R1
Mflyr� =-JT
51 J! I Jill I
4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete
the Work (and/or achievement of Westones) within the times specified in the Agreement.
5. Attached to this Bid
1153 11 1:1 1! 1 W;
b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph
5.01 of the General Conditions.
c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43
d. Vendor Compliance to State Law on Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37
a. MWBE Forms (optional at time of bid)
f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12
g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13
*'If necessary, CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary
h. Any addftionW documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders
6. Total Bid Amount
6.1. Bidder will complete the Hork in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In
the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read
publicly by the City at the bid opening.
40116" NOW% 1--'.
111441 . ........
11"111=4,
011"Y OF FORI'WORTH
STANDARD CON STRUCTR)IN SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Foin Revised 20120327
911INKRUM
00 41 0000 43 13....00 42 4300 43 3700 45 12. 00 35 13—Bid Pirqmsa� Workbook A2-3.xJSx
'01
lrn
UNIT PRICE BID
Ni 4243
BIT.) PROPOSAL
Page I OrR
...
Nqjocu Ifeun InfolumaknI
Bidfist herr Description
0.001 W35,0101 RailroadCoordination . . . ....... . . .
0.002 0135.0102 RailreadFla sera
0.003 0241.0100 Ronove Sidewalk
--57004 0241.0300 Remove ADA Rrua�r
0X105 10241.0401 Remove Concrete Drive
----T-
0006 0241 .0402 Renove Asphalt Drive
. ...
.. . .
SIw6ficafion Lhut of Bid
Section No, Memsum, Quantity
7777T,,,, FERF/w/w/
Ol 35 B LS 1
............... . .... . . ........
01 35 B WD 10
0241 13 3d~ 11,000
024fl 13 EA 10
02 41 13 SF 1,000
0241 13 SF 1,006-s
...
ffidder's 11i-ojx)saI
...... -
Una Price Bid Value
111771177L�LL
L
$ 5,000-00 5,0W00
$ 1,250.00 $ 12,500.00
$ 4.00 $ 4,000.00
$ 400.00 $ 4,000.00
$ 8.50, $ 8,500.00
6,50 $ 6,50000
0,007
-6.-0-08
0241.0403 Remove Brick Drive
024-1.0500 Remove Fence
0241 13
024.1 13
SF
.
LF
. ..... . .... 5050
1,000
$
8,550
2.00
$
$
8,500.00
2,000.00
0.009
0.010
0241.0550 Remove Guardrail
0241.0600 Remove Wall <4'
0241 13
..............
0241 13
LF
LF
1,000
1,000
$
$
18.00
18,00
$
$
18,000.00
18,000.00
0.011
0241.0700 Remove Mailbox
0241 13
EA
100
$
50.001
$
5,000.00
0.012
0.013
0241..0701 Remove Multiple User Mailbox
0241 .0800 Remove Rip Ra
0241 13
02 41 13
EA
s ri
100
1,600
$
'75.001
4.50
$
$
'7,500.00
4,50000
0.014
-7015
6.016
0241.0900 Remove Miisc Cone Structure
024 1.1000 Remove Conic Pvmt
024101100 R e I n2o y Lee �A
0241 13
0241 15
024.1 15
-L. S
SY
SY
10
1,000
1,000
$
$
$
1,500,00
45.00
40.00
$
$
$
15,000.00
45,000.00
40,000.00
0.017
0241,1200 Remove Brick Pvmt
0241 15
SY
1,000
$
35.00
$
35,000.00
0.018
024.1,1300 Remove Conic Curb&GuU.er
0241
LF
1,000
$
20.00
$
20,000.00
0.019
0.020
0241.1400 Remove Con2-��
3471..0001 Traffic Control
-15 7
62 41 15
3471 13
.......
ST
Mo
1,000
10
$
$
45.00.
750.00
$
$
45,000.00
'7,500.00
0.021
3471.0002 Portable Message Sign
3471 1-3-
WK
'I
$
425.00
$
425.00
1.001
2605,0111 Furnish/Install Elec Sery Pedestal
210112MMA
26 05 00
EA
100
$
4,500.00
$
450,01,00.00
1.002
2605. 191 Furnish/Install Elec Sery Pole Mnit
26 05 00
EA
10
$
4,500.00
$
45,000.00
_1.003
2605K0131 Salvage Electrical EquB ment
26 05 10
L.S
10
1,000.00
$
10,000.00
1.004
--1.005
2605.2101 Conduit Box
2605.3001 1 1/4" CONDI PVC SC L48QT
26 05 33
26 05 33
EA
LhF1,0i+00$
'$
iq
$
500.00
6.00
$
$
5,000.00
6,000.00
1.006
26053002 1 1/4" CONDT PVC SCH 80 (B)
26 05 33--
l F
�00
' 00
$
1
13.00
$
13,000.00
1.007
2605.3003 1
26 05 33
LF
1,000
r1,000
$
14.00
$
14,000.00
1.008
2605.3004 1 11/4'° CONDI RM
26 05 33
LF
1,000
$
116.00
$
16,00U0
1.009
2605. 06 1 1/2" CON
26 05 33
LF
1,000
$
TOO
$
7,000.00
7
_010
"
i605.3007 I 1/2CONDT PVC SCt_8�...
26 05 33
LF
$
14.00
$
14,000.00
1.011
2605.3011 2" CONDT PVC SCH 40 (T)
--'26 0553
LF
, 1,000
$
8.00
$
8,000.00
1.012
26053012 2" CONDT PVC SC1140 B�.
26 05 33
LF
1,000
$
12.00
$
12,000.00
-1.013
2605.3013 2"
05 33
LF
1,000
$
20.00
$
20,000.00
1.014
26053014 T CONDT RM (Riser)
26 05 33
1...F
1,000
$
20.00
$
20,000.00
1.015
2605.3015 2"° CONDT PVC SCH 80 (T)
260533
LF
1,000
$
8.00
$
8,000.00
1,016
2605.3016 2" CONDT PVC SCH 80 (B
26 05 33
L.F
1,000
$
12.00
$
12,000.00
-T-o,r7
2605.367211 W CONDT PVC SCH 40 (r)
-'26 6
C�33
LF
1,000
$
10.00
$
10,000.00
1.-618
2605.3022 Y CONDT PVC SCH 40 (B)
26 05-3 3
LF
1,000
$
14.00
$
14,000.00
1.019
2605.3023 3" CONDT RM J)
26 05 33
LF
1,0001
$
20.00
$
20,000.00
--
7.020
'
2605.307.4 3" C2!D RM Riser)
26 05 33
LF
1,000
$
25.00
$
25,000.00
-7021
26053025 YCONDT PVC SCH 80 Tp
26 05 33._
LF
1,000
$
10.00
$
10,000.00
1.022
2605 ' 3026 3" CONDT PVC SCH 80 (B)
26 05 33
LF
$
14.00
A
14,000.00
1,023
2605.3 N DT PVC �SCI i 40 T}
05 33
L.F
--1-000
1,000
$
I2.00
$
12,000,00
11.024
2605.3032 4" CONDT PVC§,CH 404B
_26
260533F
1,000
$
16.00
$
16,000.00
1,025
3441.1001 3-Sest! Si nal I Bead
3441 10
EA
10
$
750.00
$
7,500.00
_1.026
..sMb!y
3441.102L��nal ��
3441 10
EA
10
$
950.00
$
9,500.00
1.027
3441.1003 5 -Sect Signal Head A
-i4 41 10
EA
1,050.00
$
10,500.00
1.028 17,i4l.
1004 Relocate Si nal Head
3441 10
EA
101
$$E
300:00
$,
3,000.00
1.029
3441.1011 Ped Signal I1ead Fssrrttyly
34 1 10
055o
.0
MY OF FORI WORni
SIANDARD CONSTRATI WN SPECIFICA110N DOCIM"WrIS
Fonn Reviised 20MUO
Nil U W -N) 13 0 W 42 4J W 43 37 (Ki 0 V2_00 35 U Bid Pmjv¢mm Wodlxwk .W,2' -3 .&I
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE 131%
z
W 42 43
BID PROPOSAL
Page 2 of 9
CITY OF FOIKW WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUMON SIPMFICA"TION W.WUMENTS
Fovirn ReMsed ZOUW20
W Q W 00 43 V 3 00 Q 43 00 43 37 (K) 45 12 00 35 13-ffid ProlmW IMAN�* A.1, 3,dw
. . . ................ . .
Rrqiect hem Infixmdion
BMfil hem
i)vxg �ption
Specification
Unit of
Bid
Mx
Sec.fion No,
Meow
Quantity
1.030 13441.1012
Ped Signal Head Retrofit
3441 10
E
10,
,3441.1021
2" Ped Push BTN Station W/ Sign_-_
34 41 10
10,
�3441,1031
Audible Pedestrian Pushbutton Stalfi on
3441 10
EA
L 10,
.1205 FurnishfinstaH VIVIDS
PUMA NUM
KEE 0 m ff, I
.3441.1234 Furnish/Install Radar Cable
�3441.1236 Furnish/lInstall Radar Detector Back Plate 4
344t1301 [-o6l�Dete�ftor Cable Sawcut
14 ��Loo � Detect Cable
MEN i
13 1 a
3441.1309 2/C 12 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
544i.-1 310 4/C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
3441.1311 5/C 14 AVVG Multi-CondUctor Cable
3441.1312 VC 14 AVVG Multi -Conductor Cable
344ductor Cable
15 20/C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
A 1.8
�3441-1318
-A'Am—Am
8/C 16 AVVG Multi -Conductor Cable
121C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
3441.1320 6/C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
3441.1321 91C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
i3441.1322
3/C 14 AWG Muiti-Conductor Cable
3441.1323 4/C 14 AWG Multi -Conductor Cable
3441.1401 N04
�3441.14
3441.1404 NO 1 Insulated Elec Condr
. .
. ...... . . . ........
3441A411 NO 12 Insulated Elec Condr
3441A412 NO 14 Insulated Eiec Condr
3441.1413 NO 6 Bare Elec Condr SLD
3441.1414 NO 8 Bare Elec Condr
3441A415 NO 10 Bare Elec Condr
NO 12 'e Elec Concir
Ta�11417 NO 14 Bare Elec Condr,
0.62'
�3441,1501 Ground Box Tygt_B
375.00
�7441.1502
3441.1503 Ground Box Type P, w/Apron
CITY OF FOIKW WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUMON SIPMFICA"TION W.WUMENTS
Fovirn ReMsed ZOUW20
W Q W 00 43 V 3 00 Q 43 00 43 37 (K) 45 12 00 35 13-ffid ProlmW IMAN�* A.1, 3,dw
&NNW=
004243
BID PROPOSAL
Page I of 9
Nqmt Item Infoundtk)n
. ...... . ...........................................
BidlIst Item Desclipfion spcTffilcati n I Mit of, ffid
Nc% Secfion I ). meamHe Quantky
I.OE_
1,083
....................................
3441.1601 Furnishfinstall 5' Pedestrian Push Button Pote
3441.1603 Furnish/Install 10'- 14'Ped lPole Assirnbly
.. . ..... . . . ....
3441 1611 Furnish/Install Type 41 §L al PoIe
...... . ..... . . . . . ........
SIAM
3441 10
34 41 '1
3441 10
EA
EA
3441.1615 Furnishfinstail 1�pe 45 nal Pole
3441.1616 FurnishAnstaIl 11 ?pe 46 Signal Pole . . . . . ........
13441.1623 Furnishlfnstail Mast Arm 16'- 36'
�3441.1624 Furnish/Install Mast Arm 40'- 48'
'3441.1625 Furnish/Install Mast Arm 52" 60'
ANN
1. 670 FurnishlInstall Decor Mast Arm 16'- 36'
�34411.11671 Furnishfinstall Decor Mast Arm 40'- 48'
441.1672 Furnishlinstatl Decor Mast Ann 52'- 60'
3441 . 1676 Signal Controller I 13,U Foundation
. ...........
Si nal Foundafion
S4nal Foundation
I
i N
.... . .........
� F7o—unda ' "-' . ......... .
fi tion
34411,1705 TY 5 Sional Foundation
�fi(3441,1711
Signal Controller Foundation
3441.1723 Install Controller & Cabinet, Pole MINIT
3441.17 4 Install Controller & Cabinet., Ground IVINT
3441.1802 Advanced WaELnq
3441.1805 Advanced WaLE���r Beacon
34411.181,11 Relocate Flashing Beacon Assembly
54i1.1_821'"_R_emove Flas!����
1 Pow Jer Coat Sig Pole and MA 16'... 36'
2 Powder Coat SO' - 48'
3 Powder Coat S�2±ole and MA 52'- 69
Powder Coat Ped Pole
-..der Coat Fed Pushbut:ton PJP_
3441A910 Paint Sip Pole and MA 16'.. 36'
1911 Pa�nt Sig Pole and MA 4.0'- 48'
3441A91Z_f2�����
3441,1913 Paint Ped Pushbutton Pole
�3±412�001Salva �eTraffffic mSi na�tN.
��3441.3001 Rdwylilurn Assr���i,4, and.6
344,11-3002 Rdwy Ilium Assmbly TY 8,11 I,D-�5, and D-30
13441.3003 R C!,� I �Iu �—mbl, TY 18,18A,l 9, and D-40
3011 S an Wre 3/16"
441.3012 Span Wire 1/4"
3 Span Wire 5116"
4 Span Wire 3/8"
OTY OFFOR'r woR'ni
STANDARD CONSTRUMON SPT.,,CJFICA"nON DOCUMEN I S
Fovn, RA, iscd 20 1 20 1 201
00 41 W 00 4 Y 113 00 42 43 100 43 37 010 45 12 00 35 13 ffid PiupsW Woyibo& A.2'r1mk%
SII 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID
004243
WD PROPOSAL
Page 4 of 8
Bidlist Item
No.
FNq*'l Ite"fln Inform"dion
Description
Specifi"Itiorp"
Sectton No,
Unit of
Measure
Bid
Quantity
Bidder's Propaml
Unit Wice Bid Value
�3441.30211 Ornarnental Assmbly, Simple
134413022 Ornamental Assmbly, Complex
3441.3101 1 OOW HPS PC Lighting fl!ture,
3441.3102 20OW HIPS PC Lighting Fixture
41 20
344120
EA
EA
0
10
34413103 1 OOW MH PC Lighting Fixture
3441.3104 15OW MH PC Liotitino Fixture
34413110 Instal!L!gW Fixture,
34411.3301 Rdyj lilum Foundation TY 1,2, an 4
02 Rdwy Ilium Foundation TY 3,5,6, and 8
i3441.3303 Rdwy Ilium Foundation TY 7
344 . 11 Contact Endosure, Pole Mount
3441.3312 Contact Enclosure, Pad Mount
71 rm F, o 1 ffjX#jV%j
34411.3331 30'Thrnber Pole CL 2
34411.3332 35'Timber Pole CL 2
R
I
�3441,3334 50'Timber Pole CIL 2
3441.3404,2-2-2-4Quaciplex Alum Elec Conductor
34413405 1 /0-1/0-1 /0-2 Quad plex Alum Elec Conductor
3441.3411 Reconnect Conductor
Nht Pole
3441 .3501 Salvee Street Lig_
I =4j1MjN=
3441.41N_2emove Si,
9n_Panell ar"ild"Plost ...............
3441.4109 Remove Sign Panel
;3441.4110 Remove and Reinstall Sign Panel and Post
3441.5001 RRFIB Single Sided Solar
3441.5002 RRFB Doubile Sided Solar
. . . . . . . ......
L34415011 _SRRFIB Sided c inS(�-Ele
'3� a1.5012 RRFB Doubile Sided Elec
3441.6001 HAWK Signal Beacon
�3110.0101 Site Clean
�31110.0102 W-12" Tree Removal
12"A 8" Tree Removal
311001104 18"-24" Tree Removal
3110.0105 24" and LaIrg�r Trq� emovat
'�110.0106 Remove and TransLant 2" Tree
. .........
350.00
13123.0101 Unclassified
CITY OF FORTWOWIM
STANDARD CONS MUC110N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENn'
Fam Reiscd 20UM20
00 41 W-00 43 V; d�00 42 4%.,.00 43 3700 44 V;2 00 35 44 Md ProFmall Wodcbwk A2,3,xlsx
SECTION 00 42 43
PROPOSAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BIT,
004243
WD PROPOSAL
Page 5 of 9
ji!�!Imlijf11,11;1 11 1 4 1 -11M
Project hom Infomifion
. . ..... . ...............
ffidlist hem De'sclipfion Spe6ftafion Unif of INd
NO, Seefion No, Measure Quantity
2.0 12 3123.0102 Unclassified Excavation by, Sy v 31 23 16 CY 1000
1013 3123.0'12032 Barrow3123 -6Y --fOOO
........... . . . . .......... . .. . .
31 2323 CY 1000
23.004 Borrowp . . .
2.015 3123.0105 23_23 TrTi 1000
2,016 3124.0101 Embankment!y11an 31 24-00 C 1000
Biddev'shoposal
Unit Prme BW Value
$ 8.00 $ 8,000.00
20.00 $ 20,000.00
$ 20.00 $ 20,00002.01a
. ...............
$ 20.00 $ 20,000.00
$ 5,00 $ 5,000.00
_
2.017 -'3124.0102
Embankment b Sure
31 2400
. ....
'Y
1000
$ 5,00
$ 5,000M
2.018
-'T1
3125,0101 SWPPP 2! 1 acre
31 2500
LS
1
$ 4,200.00
4,200.00
-'
T019
2.020
37.0101 Concrete Ri prap
3137.0102 Lar L,9tone Riprap, dry
1 37
300
31 3700
SY
SY
100
. .
100
$ 45.00
. . ............
$ 130.00
$ 4,500.00
$ 13,000.00
-2.021
3137.0121_Large Stone Ripra�, crauited
31 3700
SY
100
$ 190.00
$ 19,000.00
2,022
3137.0104 Medium Stone _R �ra, dr
y
31 37 00
SY
100
$ 125.00
$ 12,500.00
2.023
3137.0105 Medium Sfoi22_Ei ra , routed.-
31 3700
SY
100
$ 185.00
$ 18,500.00
--FO24
0106 MediLJM Stone��
T-----
-il 37 00
--
�Y
-
100
-T-
500.00
-� 50,000.00
2.025
3137.0107 Block jj!pra , d
21 37 00
SY
100
$ 320.00
$ 32,000.00
2.026
3137.0105 B111olck Riprap, routed
31 37 00
SY
100
$ 400.00
$ 40,000.00
_2.027
3137.0122 Slab Ri rap
311 3700
SY
100
$ 395.00
$ 39,500.00
2.028
3137.0110 Special Riprap
31 37 00
SY
100
$ 495.00
$ 49,500M
3,001
3213,0103 8" Conc Pvmt
121313
SY
1,000
$ 85.00
3.002
3213,0104 9" Conc Pvmt
32 1313
SY
1,000
$ 89.00
89 000m
3.003
3213.0105 10" Conc Pvmt
3213.13
SY
1,000
$ 95.00
95,000.00
3.004
3213.0106 11"° Conc Pvmt
3213 13
SY
1,000
$ 100-00
$ 100,000.00
3.005
3213.0107 12" Conc Pvrnt
321313
SY
1,000
$ IWOO
$ 120 00.00
-'TO06
32113.0700 Joint Sealant
32 13 73
LF
1,000
$ 48.50
$ 48 500.00
-3.007
3216.01016" Conc Curb and Gutter
32 16 13
LF
1,000
$ 30.00
3000.00
0
-3.008
3216.0102 7°" Conc Curb and Gutter32
16 13
LF
1,000
$ 31.50
$__31,500.00
-3.009
3213.0301 4" Cone Sidewalk
32 13 20
SF
1,000
$ 9.50
$ 9,500,00
-3.010
3213,0302 5" Cone Sidewalk
32 13 20
SF
1,000
$ 10.50__$__10,500
00
--7011
3213.0303 6° Conc Sidewalk
32 13 20
SF
1,000
$ 12.00
$ 000.00
3.012
37012
32110311 4- Conc Sidew�,Ad'a�cent to Curb
32 13 20
SF
1,000
$ 9,5,0
$ g,500"00
73013
T 3- 5"Conc
321320
SF
1,00 0
$ 10,50
$ 1021,10312 500,00
3.014
32110313 6"
32 1320
SF
1,000
$ 12.00
$ 12000.00
3.015
3213.0400 5" Concrete D
13 20
S.F
1,000
7,50
50.00
---3.016
3213.0401 6" Concrete Driveway
321320
SF
1,000
_
$ 9.
A-00
_$
0
-'T017
. ........
3213.0402 7" Concrete DjLew�a . ........
32 13 20
SIF
. ..... -.-
1,000
$ --Moo
-i-21-00-000
$ 10000.00
3.018
32110403 8" Concrete Eriiveway
32 13 20
SF
1,000
$ 12.00
$ 12,000.00
3.019
-. .....
3213.0501 Barrier Free Ram ,JTYLIET-1 . ......... .
32 13 20
-T2713
EA
10
$ 1,500.00
$ 000.00
3.020
3.020
--3.021
3213.0502 Barrier Free Ram Type U-1
20
EA
10
$ 2,000DO
$ 20 000.00
3213.0503 Barrier Free Ra eM-1
32 13 20
EA
10
$ 1,507.00
15 070.00
162 72
0504 Barrier FreLEI��._
i2 1 Y2-6
-r-A
10
$ 1,530.00
_$ ..
$ 15 300.00
3,023
3213.0505 Barrier Free EamjL, T Mt M -3
_
32 13 20
CA
'10
$ 1,660.00
$ 1560000
3,024
3213.0506 BarhtLEE22�Ramp, Types 8�-.
32 13 20
EA
10
$ 1,400.00
$ 14 MOM
3.025
32110507 Barrier Free Ramp, 'Type R-2 mm
32 13 20
E-A
10
$ 1,400.00
$ J± 000.00
--TO26
3.027
21370508 Barri2Lrj
3213.0509 Barrier Free R2Tp, Type C-2
32 i,3 20
----=-
13 20
EA
t -.A_
10
10
$ 11,800M
$ 1,500.00
$ 18,000.00
15 �000M
3.028
32110510 Barrier Free
_32.
32 13 20
EA
10
$ 1,250M
__$_
$ 12500-00
3.029
3305.0105 Inlet A�us!ije
330514
EA
10
$ 425.00
$ 4250.00
3.030
3305.0107 Manhole Adjustment, Minor
33 05 14
EA
10
$ 425.00
$ 4-250,00
3,031
73.032
3.033
730570108 Miscellaneous StRJCUe AqJus!ment
3305.0110 Utmli . Marl�ers
3305,0111 Valve Box Adjustment
33 05 14
33 05 26
3130514
ILIA
LS
EA
10
1
'10
$ 610.00
$ 250.00
$ 225.00
$ 6 imoo
$ 250.00
$ 2,,&250,00
L
'tion 4 - Pavememil, Markin, �Si m �andMiw� Items
0TY0FrORTWORTH
STANDARD CONS Hki (710N SPECIFICATION T"UMEM".
Rom fterisW MINIM 004d 00 0043 D004243004337 0045 Q 0035 B Did PmVosWWnTkbmA.A2�3.Asx
rr -
UNIT PRICE BID
W 42 43
BUD PROPOSAL
Pape 6 of 6
Bidder's Applicatio i
crry OF FORT WORni
SIANDARD CONSTRUMON SPECIFICA11ON DMUNIENIS
Fom ReAskl 2,W20120
00 41 W 00 4113100 42 43 00 43 17010 45 12 00 35 t 3 ffid PwpovA Workbook. A2.3.An
Project lion gnfornm®rion
Biddees PruposaJ
Bidlist Item
Dewription
spe6ficafion
Unit of
Bid
Unit Pfice
Bid Value,
NO,
Sm,,tion Ncx
Measnrp
Quantfty
32170001 4" SLD Pvrnt arking HAS
,32170002 4 SLE1 Fa;.,����,
$
1,4WOO
3217.0003 4" BRK Pwnt
$
1,500.00 i
3217.0004 4" BRK Pvmt
1,500m
1N Y
W17.0006 4"DOTPvmtMarkin 111AIZAA
3217.0008 4" SLD PvLnt Mar)(ing ape
3217.0101 6" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (W)
32170102 6" SLD Pvmt Marking HAS (Y)
3217A103 6" BRK Pvmt Maridng HAS M)
6" DOT Pvmt Marking HAS (W)
3217.0105 6" SLID Pvrnt Marking lap2_(W
ing
3217M06 WSLD Pvmt Mark""YR�.i,
3217aO201 8" SLD Pvmt Marking
T27176M V� 9' Markin , g HAS (Y)
�3217.0203 8" SLD PvT 1pe
8" SLD Pvmt Marking Ta e (Y)
3217.0501 24�'SLD Favnit Marking HAE
Lane
17A002 Lane Leaend Arrow
— — ---------------
3217.1003 Lane Legend DBL Arrow
3217,1004 Lane Legend Only
3217J005 Lane Legend Bus Lane
ii! i. i 6C6 I
3217.1007 Lane Legend Sharrow
r
r1
3217.1098 PaNg HC
3217.2001 Raised Marker'TY W
L 3217,2002 Raised Marker TY Y
REFL Raised Marker
3217,2102 Rr--FL Raised Mari(er TY I -C
:32172103 REFL Raised Marker TY 11 -A -A .
........... ......... . . .. .
3217.2104 REFL Raised Marker TY 11 -C-R
32173001 Raised Marker, Work Zone
32173101 Tab Marker TY W
� MarkerTY Y
321764201 Fire Lane,,Marki2g
3217,4301 Remove 4' Evint Marking...,
13217A302 Remove 6" P
3217.4304 Remove 12" PvMt Mark!2�
,3217,4307 Remove Raised Marker . ............
13217.4401 Remove Lane.!,,�RR
3217.4402 Remove Lane-Le222–d —Arr()W--T
crry OF FORT WORni
SIANDARD CONSTRUMON SPECIFICA11ON DMUNIENIS
Fom ReAskl 2,W20120
00 41 W 00 4113100 42 43 00 43 17010 45 12 00 35 t 3 ffid PwpovA Workbook. A2.3.An
004243
WD PROPOSAL
Pagg 7 of 8
ON"
CITY OF FOU WORT H
S FA MIDARD CONS I RUC VION SPECMCA MN IX)CUMEN Is
Fonn HeMsed 20UM20 W 4V 00 011143 U (110 42 43 0043 37,004F U (110 35 B.Pkl Pmp(AW Wmilvak A2-3 A=
.0122 5'Chain Link, Aurninurn
t-71rs re
Pr*,Ct Item Infonn"Ifion
Mr33323
4,3231.0123
VChain Link, Aluminum
BkIlist Hem
:3217.4406
. . . .... ........ .
Desaiption
Sperfflcafi"
� hift of
ffid
�U231.0124
�401
Section No.
Memure
Quantiiy
4
3217.4403 Remove Lane Leqend DBL An.r9.w.--..--.--
man=
3217.4404 Remove Lane L dO I
uny
32310131 4'Wrought Iron Fence
M3217.4407
_�-jqend
3217.440E Rernov� Lane"L��erLd Bus Lane . . ........ .................. . .. . .......... . . . .
-1 -6arb�d Wire Fence, Wood Posts
Remove Lane t eqe�nd.,."ike
13231,0222 Smooth Wre Fence, Wood Posts
Remove Lane Sba r'r' o,—w------
'3231.0223 Wre Mesh Fence, Wood Posts
Remove Lane Le end HC
--- 2e
3231.0301 4'Gate, Steel
11
Km3217L.44101�181
3231.0111 4'Chain Unk, Steel
'3231.0302 6' Gate, Steel
�3231.0303 8' Gate, Steel
i3231.0-112 VChain Link, Steel
10=52�31
COTTFC iain Link, SteO
.3231 M 14 8'Chain Link, Steel
15 10' Chain Link, Steel
3231.0306 16'Gate, Steel
iiii��'2O�ate, Steel
n—ri
21 4'Chait Link. AJunTinut.
13231.0411 4'Fences, Wood
M
CITY OF FOU WORT H
S FA MIDARD CONS I RUC VION SPECMCA MN IX)CUMEN Is
Fonn HeMsed 20UM20 W 4V 00 011143 U (110 42 43 0043 37,004F U (110 35 B.Pkl Pmp(AW Wmilvak A2-3 A=
.0122 5'Chain Link, Aurninurn
Mr33323
4,3231.0123
VChain Link, Aluminum
�U231.0124
8'Chain Link, Al"mi'n'um
u
18=32310125
10'Chain Link, Aluminum
man=
32310131 4'Wrought Iron Fence
CITY OF FOU WORT H
S FA MIDARD CONS I RUC VION SPECMCA MN IX)CUMEN Is
Fonn HeMsed 20UM20 W 4V 00 011143 U (110 42 43 0043 37,004F U (110 35 B.Pkl Pmp(AW Wmilvak A2-3 A=
5'Wrought Iron Fence
6'Wrought �ron Fence
8'Wrought iron Fence
,3231.013����
3231.0142 5'Steel Tube Fence
N31.0143 6'Steel Tube Fence . .......
el Tube Fence
eel Tube Fence
d Wire Fence, MeW Posts--.—
:S231,CZ12 Smooth Wire Fence, Metal Posts
�3231 .0213 Wre Mesh Fence, Metal Posts
-1 -6arb�d Wire Fence, Wood Posts
13231,0222 Smooth Wre Fence, Wood Posts
'3231.0223 Wre Mesh Fence, Wood Posts
3231.0301 4'Gate, Steel
'3231.0302 6' Gate, Steel
�3231.0303 8' Gate, Steel
�3231,0304 10'Gate, Steel
3231.0305 12'Gate, Steel111
3231.0306 16'Gate, Steel
iiii��'2O�ate, Steel
13231.0411 4'Fences, Wood
M
13231 0412 6' Fences, Wood
L3231.0413 8' Fences, Wood
3292,0100 Block Sod Placement
3292.,0101 Utility Service Surface Restoration Sodding
3292.0200 Seedin , Broadcast
3292.0201 Utility Service Surface Restoration Seedin
3292.0300 Seeding, Mech
3292.0400 Seeding, Hydromulch
3292.0401 Utility Service Surface Restoration H dromulch
Ewa =,�PNMMMMI "I My
CITY OF FOU WORT H
S FA MIDARD CONS I RUC VION SPECMCA MN IX)CUMEN Is
Fonn HeMsed 20UM20 W 4V 00 011143 U (110 42 43 0043 37,004F U (110 35 B.Pkl Pmp(AW Wmilvak A2-3 A=
UNIT PRICE BID
004243
MID PROTI)SAL
1page 9 of
&ROMM
hojecT Item Inforniation
Biddee% holmsal
Bidfist Hein Unit of Bid
Desmptio"
Ur"t h ice Bid Valu
N o, Secfi(.)wj[ No. Measure Quanh ty
105 3292.062LM2±��
7i2 92 13
EA
10
4.106 3293.0102 Plant 2"' Tree
-
329343
E A
- 100
3293.0103 Plant 3' Tree
329343
EA
10&
0=3293.0104 Plant 4" Tree
�.13293.0105 Plant 5" Tree
1
13293.0106 Plant 6" Tree
M 3305.0105 Met
�13306.0107 M���nt, Minor
Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment
L§�3305,0108
13305.0110 U
13305.0111 Valve
CYrV OF FORT WOR'n 4
S I'MDARD C(NSTRUCIMN SPECUICATIOM MWUMENTS
Fomp Revisal 20UM20 07 3 00 00 43 B..00 72 4300 43 37 00 45 U 00 75 B. Md ftopsd WOLN*k 7a2 3,.w: m
==k
Roy E Bean 11
(Printed Name)
Title: President
Company: Bean Electrical, Inc
Address: 821 E Enon
PO Box 40016
Fort Worth Texas 76141,
State of Incorporation: Texas
Email: cbeanbeaneieqtncal.com
90MONFAWIMMI
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Form Revised 20120327
0041 00
BID FORM
Page 3 of 3
by the entity named below.
Corporate Seal:
OFFICIAL.
XWE'
ORE)
C IT Y !; r (61"RETARY
FT WDRTH, "JrX
2013-2015 Traffic Signal Task Order Construction Services at
Various Locations Through -out the City
TPW-TM-2013-00031
00 43 37
VENDOR COMPUANCIE TO STATE LAW
Page I of I
SECTION 00 43 37
A M
specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident
�lidders must c
A. Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of business,
are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of
statute is attached. I
Nonresident bidders in the State of our principal place of busine
are not required to underbM resident bidders.
B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent companyor m-iority owner FM
in the State of I
Bean Electrical, Inc By: Racy ,F.-,$6an 11
821 E Enon
PO Box 40016
F:043V*1�
END OF SECTION
CiTY OF FORT WORTH
000k4ft*419
Form ReAsed 20110627
Date:
CC)I'TICIAL RIE";COMT)
FF YK.MTH, If
at Various Locations Through -out the City
TPW-TM-2013-00031
10 0
SECTION 00 45 1
PREQUALIFICA110114 STATEMENT
Each Bidder for a C4 procurement is required to complete. t the information Ibelow Iby identifying the prequalified
contractor rid/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the maJor work type(s) listed.
1 1FR7r AJ
`
PO Box 40016
Fort Worth ,
1 121
✓'r y'
SECRETARYMUMMI
END OF SECI ION 01171CIAL RECORD
j FT.WORTH, TX
0 rY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCT1 ON SPECiMATION IL OC„PAMEN"M
Foff r Revised 20120120 Copy 0 00 41 00_00 43 13.....00 42 43_00 43 37_00 45 12_00 35 13—Md PimposW WorkbcokA2
f9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
00 45 11 I
BIDDERS I'M ()l WHICATIONS
Pap I of 3
SECTION 00 45 11
lKtwt
1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting
bids. To be eligible to bid the contractor must suibinit Section 00 45 12, Prequalification
Statcrnent for the work type(s) listed with their Bid, Any contractor or subcontractor who is
not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder
Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below.
The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and
financial analysis of the contractor. The information must be submitted seven (7) days prior
to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor Nvishing to submit bids on
projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 3 1. st day of March
in order to bid on these pro.jects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder"s
Pr,equalification Application, the following must accompany the submission.
a. A coniplele set of audited or reviewed financial statements.
(1) Classified Balance Sheet
(2) Incolne Statement
(3) Statement of Cash Flows
(4) Statement of Retained Earnings
(5) Notes to the Financial Slatenients, if any
b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents (Coij)orate Charter, Articles
of Incorporation, Articles of Organi7ation, Certificate of Formation, LLC
1�egulations, ("'ertificate of Limited Partnership Agreement).
c. A. completed Bidder Prequalification Application.
(1) The firm's Texas T° prayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas
Comptroller of Public Accounts. To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification
number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the
f'olllowing web address www.w indo w. state Axus/!qUermit/ and fill out the
application to apply for yourTexas tax ID.
(2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number.
(3) The firm's DUNS nurnber as issued by Dun & Bradstreet. This number
is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid pro.jects. The DUNS
number may be obtained at Nvww.dnb.corn.
d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for finns
submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and
scope of the work performed.
e. Other information as requested by the City.
2. Prequalification Requirements
a. Financial statement submission must be provided in
accordance with the fiAlowing:
(1) The City requires that the orighiarl Financial Statement or a certified copy
be submitted for consideratiom
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consinwtion Services at Various Locations
STANDARK) CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS '111W-2015-000003
Revis,ed July 1, 2011
0045 11-2
BIDDERS PREQUALM(WHONS
Page 2 of 3
1 (2) To be satisfactory, the financial statements must be audited or reviewed
2 by an independent, certified public accounting firm registered and in
3 good standing in any state. Current Tex&s statues also require that
4 accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within
5 the State ofTexas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State
6 Board of Public Accountancy.
7 (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether
8 the contractor is an individual, corporation, or limited liability company.
9 (4) Finwicial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate
10 of exchange of the Balance Sheet date.
11 (5) The City will not recognim any certified public accountant as
12 independent, who is not, in fact, independent.
13 (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting
14 company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in
15 accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United
16 States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion.
17 It should: (1) express an unqualified opinion, or (2) express a qualified
18 opinion on the statements taken as a whole.
19 (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time.
20 (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month,
21 not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months
22 thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1.
23 (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes
24 of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity, is determined by multiplying the
25 positive net working capital (working capital = current assets - current
26 liabilities) by a factor of 10. Only those statements reflecting a positive
27 net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for
28 prequalification purposes.
29 (10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial
30 staternent is being prepared, the previous statement shall be updated with
31 proper verification,
32 b. BidderPrequal�fkafion Application,, A Bidder 11requalification Application must be
33 submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be
34 eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete
35 Applications will be rejected.
jected,
36 (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report, the notation of
37 "None" or "N/A" should be insetted.
38 (2) A minimum of five (5) references of related work must be provided.
39 (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under
40 the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for
41 which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must
42 include the nianWlacturcr, model and general common description of
43 each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing
44 equipment other than provided above will not be accepted.
45
46 3. Eligibility to Bid
47 a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification,
48 b. The City may reject, suspend, or inodity any prequalification for failure by the
49 contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance.
50 c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval.
CITY OF FOUWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L,ocafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON fir E( D00 MU-NI'S ITIM-2015 000003
Revised hilt' 1, 2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
L-1
It
p
00 45 If ... 3
BIDDERS PRE(A)ALIFICATIONS
Page 3 of 3
d. If a contractor has a valid pr qualification letter, the contractor will be eligible to bid
the prequalified work �ypes until the exj:)iration date stated in the letter.
CITY OFFORTWOR'm 2015 Task Order ConsMiction Semices at Vmious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRA JCTION SPECIFICATION DOC1.J1 'sNTS T1:M -2015-000003
RevisedJuly 1, 2011
r
FbRTWORTH
SECTION 00 45 13
BIDDER PREQ1JALIFICATION APPLICATION
Date of Balance Sheet
Name under which you wish to qualify
iii
Street Address (required)
city
city
Individual
Limited Partnership
® .._.... __ General Pwt:anership
Corporation
Limited Liability Company
nny
9M
'Felephone Fax Email
.�...�........... ....................�........ .............. .W......... .W. ................... _ .,,.......................�...~........................._.
Tei "I axpayer Identification No.
01M
.. -mm ........ ............ _...�.....
mmmm........
�..........
............. ..
Federal Employers Identification No.
DUNS No. if applicable)
MAIL THIS QUESTIONAIRE ,ALONG WITH FINANC:IAL STATEMENTS TO:
If CITY OF FORT" WC:)RT"I1 TEXAS
Iry 1000 TISI OC:KMORTON S]"REET
FORT ORTH, °TE};AS 76102-6311
AND MARK THE EN°v"I'I.aC PE: "BIDDER PRI;�Q 1 A,.I:..,II°IC,ATIO APPLICATION"
004,5)3-2
BIDDER P R11QUALIF ICA TION APPLICATION
Page 2 of 8
The following should be completed in order that we may properly classify your firm:
(Check the block(s) which are applicable - - Block 3 is to be left blank if Block I and/or Block 2 is
checked)
Has fewer than 100 employees
and/or
r---1
Li Has less than $6,000,000.00 in annual gross receipts
OR
1-1 Does not meet the criteria for being desig,natedi a small business as provided in Section
2006001 of the Texas Government Code.
The classification of your firm as a small ®r large business is not a factor in determining eligibility to
become prequalified.
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES
Water Department
Augur Boring - 24 -inch diameter casing and less
Augur Boring - Greater than 24 -inch diaineter casing and greater
Tunneling - 36 -Inches -... 60 --inches, and 350 LF or less
Tunneling 36 -Inches - 60 --inches, and greater than 350 LF
Tunneling 66" and greater, 350 LF and greater
'runneling 66" and greater, 350 LF or Less
Cathodic Protection
Water Distribution, Developinent, 8 -inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 8 -inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, I)evelopment, 12 -inch diameter and smaller
Water Distribution, Urban and Renewal, 12 -inch diameter and stnaller
Water "rransmission, Development, 24-iDches and smaller
Water Transmission, Urban/Renc%val, 24 -inches and smaller
Water Transvnissionl , Development, 42 -inches and smaller
Water Transmission, kJrbajifRenewal, 42 -inches and smaller
Water Transtnission, Development, All Sizes
Water Transmission, lJrban/Renewal, All Sizes
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 111 -inches and smaller
Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18 --inches - 36 -inches
Sewer Bypass Purnping 42 -inches and larger
CCTV, 8 -inches and smaller
CCTV, 12 -inches and smaller
ccrv, I 8 -inches and smaller
CCTV, 24-inclics and smaller
CCTV, 42 -inches and smaller
CCTV, 4.8-inclies and smaller
CITY OF FOR,r WORTH 2.013,2015 Traffic Signal Task Order Constmetion SeMces
STANDARD CONSTRUC71ON S1117CIFICATION DOCUMENTS at Various Locations to be, Doermined
Revised December 20, 2012. 3^M-TA44..2013-00031
1
0045 13 -.3
BIDDER PREQUAL IFICATION APPLICAT101,4
Page 3 of 8
MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES, CONTINUED
Sewer CIPP, 12 -inches and smaller
Sewer CIPP, 24 --inches and sinaller
Sewer CIPP, 42-iiiclies and stnaller
Sewer CIPP, All Sizes
Sewer Collection Sy term, Development, 8 -inches and smaller
Sewer Collection Systern, Urban/Renewal, 8 -inches and smaller
Sewer Collection System, Developinent, 12 -inches and stualler
Sewer Collection System, Urban/Renewal, 12 -inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development, 24-inclies and snialleir
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 24 -inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Developtnew, 42 -inches and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal, 42 -inches and sinaller
Sewer Interceptors, Development, 48-inclies and smaller
Sewer Interceptors, (Jrban/Renewal, 48 -inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe En large in ent 12 -inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement 24 -inches and smaller
Sewer Pipe Enlargement, All Sizes
Sewer Cleaning, 24 -inches and smaller
Sewer Cleanij'ig, 42 -inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning, All Sizes
Sewer Cleanij,ig, 8 -inches and smaller
Sewer Cleaning, 12 -inches and smaller
Sewer Siphons 12 -inches or less
Sewer Siphons 24 -inches or less
Sewer Siphons 42 -inches or less
Sewer Siphons All Sizes
Transportation Public or
Asphalt, Paving ConstructionJReconstruction (I..,ESS T 15,000 square yards)
Asphalt Paving Cotisi.r,tiction/Reconstfuctioji (15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Mainteiiance (UNI)F71k $1,000,000)
Asphalt Paving Heavy Mainteriance ($1,000,000 and OVER)
X Concrete Paving Cojisti°uctioiii/Recoiistruiction (LESS THAN 15,000 square yards)
Concrete Paving (.onstrxjction/Reconsti-,uctioii (15,000 square yards and GREATER)
Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2013-.2015,rraffic Sagnal Task Order Consbuction Services
STANDARD CONS FR UC SlYFCIFICATION DOCUMEN FS at Vwious Locations to be Determined
Revised Decembex 20, 2012 TPW-'T'M..2013-.00031
0045 13-4
rP1P::PID NI P REQUA IFIC".A'rPO'N APPLICATION
ATION
Page 4 of 8
1. List equipmentyou do not own but which is availall:Ple by renting
_. ................
I ESC'RII?TICJI:I OF I.QUIPME N -l" 1'NAMI', ATND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OWNER
2. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present
hist previous business nannes:
m How many years of experience in
had:
construction work has your organization
(a) As a General Contractor; (b) As a Sub -Contractor:
4. *What projects has your organization completed, in Te as and elsewhere"?
CLASS LOCATION NAME AND DETAILED
CONTRACT' OF DATE CITY COI ..iN"T'Y® ADDRESS OF OFFICIAL TO
AMOUNT WORK. COMPLETED STATEI. OM YOU REFER
*If requalifying only show work performed since last statement,
m Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to
If so, where and why? ..........
6. Has any officer or owner of your organ izAtion ever been an officer of another organi inion that failed to
complete a contract'?.,.. ....,,,,.„mm.........................�, ----- ...........
If so, state the name of individuanl, other organization and reason . ................ _ .........
7. Has any officer or owner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract executed in his/her
nanie?
If so, state the name of the individual, name of owner and rcasornw
C YTY OF FoPC°P" WORTH 2013-2015 Traffic Si nal l'aa.sk Order Construction services
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUNUNTS at Various Locations to be Determincd
Revised December 20, 2012 TP'w= M••201 P-000;3 P
1
0045 13-5
BIDDER 11'UQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Page 5 of 8
8. In what other lines of business are you fin�arj6ally interested 9- ...
--, .... . .
9. Have you ever perl'onned any work. for the City?,
If so, when and to whom do you refer? ...............................................
10. State names and detailed addresses of all producers from whom you have purchased principal
materials dLjring the last three years.
.. . . ...... . . ..... ... - — ------------
NAME OF FIRM OR COMPANY DETAILED ADDRESS
. . ...................... . . .... . ...... ......... . .........
. . . ............ . ........................... . .... . . . . . . . . . ................ . . .... . ..... . ........................ . ...... . . . . .. . . ... .............................. . .. . ... .... --- . . ....... . . .................... -I..-.-. . ........... . ..
. ...... . ........ .. .....................
- - ---------- . ..... ..... . ...... --- - -- - - - ---------------- . . .............. .... . .. -- - - - ------------------
. . . . ..................... — - — - --------------
. . . ..............._......._...w _........ ....... . . .. . ............................
11. Give the names of any affi:lliates or relatives currently debarred by the City. fiIidicate your relationship
tothis person or finn._, ..... _ .............. ------- — — — ------------- ....... . ........... . ....... ____ . ........................ . . .................... .
12. What is the construction experience of the principal individuals in your organization?
PRESENT MAGNITUDE
POSITION OR YEARS OF AND TYPE OF IN WHAT
NAME OFIFICE EXPERIENCE WORK, CAPAU'"I"Y'
. . ........................ . .
. . . . .. . .. . . ............ . ......... . ....... . .. ............... . . ........ . ..... . ........
. . . .. . .............. . . . . . . . . . . .........................
. . . . ..........
. . . . ........... . ... . ...
.......................................... . .. ................ . .... . . . . . - . . .......... . ........ .... . . . . .......... . . ................
13. If any owner,, officer, director, or stockbolder of your firm is an employee of the City, or shares the
same household with a City employee, please list the name of the City employee and the relationship, In
addition, list any City employee who is the spouse, child, or parent of an owner, officer, stockholder, or
director who does not live in the same household but who receives care and assistatice from that, person as
a direct result of a documented medical condition. This includes foster children or those related by
adoption or rnarriage.
1� -- ... - - — —. . ......... — . ... . . . . . . ........................... . . . . . . .................... . . . . . . . . . . . ....................................... . .
P
CITY OF FOR'r WORTH 2013-2015'ri-affic SDgnM'raoc Order Consiniction Services
STANDARD CONSTIOX"TION sl 'D4,' DOCI AVNTS at V'xious Locations to be Determined
PP Revised EXcember 20,2012
I
00, 4E5 13-6
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION
Pape, 6 of 8
CORPORATION BLOCK
PARTNERSHIP BLOCK
If a corporation:
If a partnership:
Date of Incorporation
State of Organization
Charter/File No.
Date of organi7ation
president
Is partnership general, limited, or registered linifted
liability partnership?
Vice Presidents
File No. (if I,imited
Partnership)
General PartnersX.)fficers
Secretary
Lijillited Partners (if applicable)
Treasurer
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY BLOCK
. . . . .............
If a corporation:
State of Incorporation
Date of organi7ation
File No.
Individuals arithorized to sign for Partnership
Officers or Managers (with titles, if any)
Except for limited partners, the individuals listed in the blocks above are presumed to have full
signature authority for your firm unless otherwise advised. Should you wish to grant signature
authority for additional individuals, please attach a certified copy of the corporate resolution,
corporate minutes, partnership agreement, power of attorney or other legal documentation which
grants this authority.
CITY OF FOWF WOWFf 1 2013-2015 Traffic Signal Task Order Construction Services
S FANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DC, CIM.'NTS at Various Locations to be Determined
Revised December 20, 2012 'rPw-TM-2013-00031
00 45 13 .. 7
BIDDE;R PREQ1 MLIFI(ATION APPLICATION
Page 7 of 8
14. Equipment $
.................. . . . . ....... . .......... ................. . . . . . . ......... ............................ ..
TOTAL
. . .. . . ...... . ................... . ...... . . . . . ............................. .. . . . .........
BALANCE SHEET
ITEM QIJANTITY ITEM I)FS('RIP'FtON VALUE
............. . ................................................... . . . .. . ...............................
.. ..... . . ................................................. . .... . . . . . . .. ........... . . . . . . .....
2
. ........................ — -----
3
-- --.- . ...... -------
4
. ....... . ....... . .
5
— - -- - --------------
............................ . . .. ...... ...... . . _..w......_..........................
7 . . . ...........
8
. ............... ........... ............ . . ....
9
.... . . . . ................. ..
10
. . . . .......
12
14
16
.............. . ... .......... . ..... —.— . . . .................... . . . . . . .....
17
. . . . . . ...... . ............................ . . ..... . .... . . ............ . . ...................... . .... . . . . . ........... . .............
18
. . . ...................... ...........
19
. . . . ................ — ----- ...... . .........................................
20
21-
23
. .... ---- — . .................. . . .. .. .. . . . .. ............. ... . . . ........ . . . . . ......... . ................................... . .. . ........................................ . . ............
24
25
. ......................................
26
. . . ........... . .............. — - - - — ------- - -----------------
21,
.
r2 8
. . ...................... ..... . ... . ........ ......................
2 9
9
.........................
0
T3:O
_._.m . . . . . . .............. — — — - — -----------
Various-
. . ...................
TOTAL
... . ...................
Similar types of equipment may be lumped together. If your firm has more than 30 types of equipment,
you may show these 30 types and show the remainder as Nariokis".The City, by allowing you to show
only 30 types of equipment, reserves the right to request a complete, detailed list of all your equipment.
The equipment list is a representation of equipment under the conn-ol oft e firm and which is related to
the type of work for which the firm is seeking qualification. In the description include, the manufacturer,
model, and general common description of each,
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2011.20151'raffic Signall'ask Order CnstTuction Services
STANDARDCONSTRUCTION SPEX.7"WICATION EXXAMENTS at Vafious Locations to be Deteftnined
Revised December 20, 2012 TPW-TM-2013-00031
00 45 13 - 8
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION1 APID1,1CATION
Page 8 of8
BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION AFFIDAVIT
WIMMISM01
The undersigned hereby declares that the foregoing is a true statement. of the financial condition of the
entity herein first named, as oft e date herein first given; that this statement is for the express purpose of
inducing the party to who it is submitted to award the submitter a contract; and that the accountant who
prepared the balance sheet accompanying this report as well as any depository, vendor or any other
agency herein named is hereby authorized to supply each party with any information, while this statement
is in force, necessary to verify said statement.
.. . . . ....... . .. . ...... . ............................ being duly sworn, deposes and says that
he/she is the . ........m.______ " ._ of the entity
described in and which executed the foregoing statement that he/she is familiar with the books of the said
entity showing its financial condition; that the foregoing finarticial statement taken from the books of the
said entity as of the date thereof and that the answers to the questions of the foregoing Bidder
Prequalification Application are correct and true as of the date of this affidavit.
day of
OMMIUM
Notary Public must not be an officer, director, or stockholder or relative thereof
OF FORT WORTH 2013-2015 Traffic Signal Task Order Construction Services
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOC'UMENTS at Various Locations to be Detennined
Revised December 20, 2012 'IFPW-'I'M-2013-00031
I
1
004526-1
CONI"1 M""'FOR.9 ON113LIA,'FC W17171 WORKER'S COMI'ENSAr[ON LAW
Page I of I
I SECTION 00 45 26
2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS COMPENSATION LA
3 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(x), as amended, Contractor certifies that it
4 provides Worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City
S ProJect leo. TP -TM-2013-00031. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor
6 Code, Section 406.096(b), as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of
7 compliance with Worker's compensation. coverage.
9 CONTRACTOR:
By:.
._
a'" i"t �� 1
k4_11-
12 Company (Ple
14 i
u ... ... t Sa.pla.tnre:
IS dr Ws
_.........._...a.�...mm..._ �..�...mm ..��._.�_......__����..
�.,.mdress ��_...
16
City/State/Zip inti.__ t Title: ���
1
(Please Print)
19
20
21 THE STATE OF TEXAS
22
23 COUNTY oF,rARRANT
24
2 -,ORE ME, undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared.
26 own to e to be a person hose e is
(crni to the
...... _.._ for the purposes
and e same as
2$ the act d dee of re o instrument, ent acknowledged to e that he/she °es
29 consideration therein expressed and an the capacity therein stated.
30 s°-1
31 CV1: EN UNDER HAND SEAL OF OFFICE this _ day o
32 u .... :................................ 201
X. .......m.. ... ,e..,„..„_,.......m...� a
33
34 _.
�`palevare CHERYM R, t u� REE
36 M I:;�>iitritu .,.i i i� umrhes Notary Pa . is in a f:or th State of Texas
"�aS��nwnm�wm`
February 9, 016
37......_ ...:.... ...........W..... .....m�o._.e...
38 END OF SECTION
lE
r"af��� ���, T ����� a
f�° ��
MY OF FORT WORTH 2015 "rash Order Construction Services at Various Locationis
STAND ) coiV"n"1"1tLFc.:'V"ll0N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2W5a00 3
Revised July 1, 2011
MYOFFORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Vadous Locations
STAIwR)ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Contmct A2
Revised February 20,2015 TM -2015-000003
004540- 1
MINORITYAND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GOAL
Page I of
SECTION 00 45 3940
2
MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISF, GOAL
3
4
APPLICATION OF POLICY
5
If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then the MBE subcontracting goal
6
may be applicable. If the total dollar value of the coritract is $50,000 or less, the BE
7
subcontracting goal is not applicable,
8
9
POLICY STATEMENT
lO
It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority
11
Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of all goods and services, All irequirenients and
12
regulations stated in the City's current Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid.
13
14
MBE PROJECT GOAL
15
The City's BE goal on this project is 12% of the total bid (11ase bid aj-qVies to Parks and
............................
16
Coinmunio,y Services). NgjL If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are established for this
17
prqject, then an Offeror must subinit both a BE Utilization Fonn and a SBE Utilization Form to be
18
deemed responsive.
19
20
COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
21
ityntracgratehan$50,000 where a MBE subcontracting goal is applied, bidders are
22
Ouluired to comply with the intent of the City's Business l3iversity Ordinance by one of the
23
following:
24
1. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE subcontracting participation, or
25
2. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE Joint Venture participation, or
26
3. Good Faith Effort documentation, or;
27
4. Waiver documentation.
28
Failure to comply with the City's M/WBE Ordinance,, shall result in the Bid being considered non -
29
responsive. Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104.
30
31
SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
32
The applicable docuruents Frog " st be received by the Managing Department, within the following
33
times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. The,
34
Offeror shall deliver theMBE documentation in person to the appropriate employee oft e Managing,,
35
Mpartment and obtain a datehime receipt. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City received tho;
36
dt)cumentatioa in allocated. Afaxedco not be acc!ep
0P
............. . ..... .. . ........... . .... ... . ........ ..... —
1. Subcontractor I.,ftilization Fonn,, if goal is met received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
orexceeded: the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5.00 p.rri., five (5) City business days after
Utilization Form, if p,-ulicipation is less than the bid operting date, exclusive of the bid opening, date.
du
stated goal: -- — — — - ------- - ------ . . . ....... . .................................... . . . . ...... ........................... . ............................... ... . . .............................................. . ................
busi
3, Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City ness days after
Utilization Form, if no MBE_pwarjtc��atwn:: the bid opening date, exclusive of the bido iing date.
. . ............................. . . . . . ........... . .... ... -------
—Contractior
�i�ime Waiver Form, if: finn will received by 5-00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
perfonn all subcontracting/supplier woric: the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
... . . . ... . . . . .......... . .. . . ........ . ................ 11 . .......... __.. . . ...... . . ........ ...... _
5. Joint Venture Form, if utilizing ajoint venture received by 5-00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
to meet or exceed goal. the bid opening_ date, exclusive of the bid opening date.
u_ ............................ ..................................................... . . . . . . . . ......_._m. ......... . .... . ........ ...... ................................... ............................................................ .
37
END OF SECTION
MYOFFORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Vadous Locations
STAIwR)ARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Contmct A2
Revised February 20,2015 TM -2015-000003
r
004541 1
MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINFSS [:NFERPMSL'GOAL
rPage I of I
SECTION 00 45 41
2 SMA I, BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GOAL
3
4 APPLICATION OF POLICY
5 If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then the SBE subcontracting goal may
6 be applicable. If the total dollar value ofthe contract is $50,000 or less, the SBE subcontracting goal
7 is not applicable.
8
9 POLICY STATEMENT
10 It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Small
II Business Enterprises (SBE) in the procurement of all goods, and services. All requirements and
12 regulations stated in the City's current Business Diversity FInterprise Ordinance apply tothis bid.
13
14SBE PROJECT GOAL
15 The City's SBE goal on this project is <�Jnsei,02W) �� ZL)qLjn,,rLe of the total bid (Base bid
... ..... . ...
16 applies to Parks and Conununity Services). Note: If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are
17 established for this project, then an Offeror must submit both a MBE Utilization Form and a SBE
18 Utilization Form to be deemed responsive,
19
20 COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS
21 On City contracts greater than $50,000 where a SBE subcontracting goal is applied, bidders are
22 required to coniply with the intent of the City's Business Diversity Ordinance by one ofthe
23 IbIlowing:
Igo 24 1. Meet or exceed thea ove stated SBE goal through SBE subcontracting participation, or
25 2. Meet or exceed the above stated SBE goal through SBE Joint Venture participation, or
26 3, Good Faith Effort documentation, or;
Waiver documentation.
28 Failure to coniply with the City's Business Diversity Ordinance, shall result in the Bid being
29 considered non-fesponsive. Any questions, please contact the M/WBE Office at (817) 392-6104.
30
r 31 SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION
32 The applicable documents must be received by the Managing Department, within the following
33 times allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered re onsive to the p ati ns.
S
�g
34 'o/in
35
36
°actor I.ttilizatioii Form, if goal is met receive
five (5) City business days after
or ..............
c eedcd: the bid opening elate, ecclusive of the bid openiri date,
2. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
Ufflization Form, if participation is less than the bid opening date, exclusive ofthe bid opening date,
stated �oa1:
3. Good Faith Effort and Subcontractor received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
Utilization Form, if no MBE participation.
o
.�eninadate, excltjsive ofthe bid opening date.
4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, iffirm will received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
the bid oEe��exclusive ofthe bid (2pqaj9
_
_E4ate.
5. Joint Venture Form, if utilizing ajoint venture received by 5:00 p.m., five (5) City business days after
the bid op pipg date, excl�jsive of the bid opening
to meet or exceed oaL
37 END OF SECTION
yv
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S'FANDA RD 4'°()NsTRuCTt0N SPE.",C]FICATION DOCUMENT'S T11W-2015-000003
uir Revised December 20, 2012
C1TY SECRFTARY 00 52 Al - I
CMPACT lio. Apeemeni
SECT ION 00 52 43
2 AGRE"EMLN'T
3
4 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on - ly
is inade by and between the City of Forth
5 Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager,
6 ("City"), and Bean ElectriInc.,,
al Inc.authiori/ed to do biv;hiess in Fexas, acting by and through its
7 duty authorized representatNe, .on tractor"),
8 C.iry and Contractor, in consideration of the inutual covenarils hereinafter set forth, agree as
9 fidlows:
10 Article 1. WORK
11 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the
12 Project identified herein.
13 Article 2. PROJECT
14 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is
15
.,enerally described as follows.
16 2015 ['ask Order Construction Services at Various c
Loal ions Conti -at A.2
... . .. . c.... ............ ......... . . . . . .... . ............... . ...............
17I u� eaqtk task. order,
. .......................... . .. . ............
18 Article 3. CONTRACT TIME
19 3.1 Time is of the essence.
20 This contract shall be valid for one full calendar year beginning on the date executed in this
21 agreement. All work shall be defined through task orders to be identified prior to the
22 completion of one full year from the contract execution date. Actual Work completed per
23 this agreement may extend beyond the one year time limit as long as the task order
24 pertaining to the Work is ex.ectited prior to the agreement. closing date,,
25 3.2 Final Acceptance.
26 'The Work will be cornpiete R:)r Final Acceplance within the days specified in each task
27 order.
28 3.3 Liquidated damages
29 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that City will
30 suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph.
31 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the
32 General Conditions. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties
33 involved in proving in a legal proweding the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work
34 is not complete(] on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor
35 agrees that as liquidated datriages for delay (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay
36 City five hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each day that expires after the time specified in
37 Paragraph 12 for Final Acceptance until the City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance,
OFFICIAIL, RECORD
ary,',311CREWARY
7`4fC1R,171, T,X
(ji, Yr OF FOR TWOR H I a 151 ask Order Comay ggo gon Serykes aa Vag ious g dxadions
WANDARD COINS INUCI PON SPUCUICAHON [9)CI MENIS Contnwl A2
Kevugsed Febrgmy 20,20B PW 2011, -000003
Agweenmil
Page 3 or 4
" 111111 WIN a rd ra-11-1
79 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmiless and defend, at its own
80 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
8l claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services, to be performed
82 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
83 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate
84 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all, or some of the damages being
85 sought were caused, in whole or in Dart, by any act, omission or negligence of the city.
86 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
87 costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
88 causes of actions.
89
90 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense,
F;p
005243-3
Agreement
Page 3 of 4
78 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION
79 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, of harmless and defend, at its own
80 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all
81 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed
82 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees
83 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended t2_qperate
84 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being
85 soup -fit were caused in who mission or ne
J le or in r
jlat. by any act. o gligence of the city.
86 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for
87 costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and
88 causes of actions.
89
90 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense,
91
the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage
92
or destruction of property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to is out of, the or
93
and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees,
94
subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification
95
provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged o
96
f)roven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part
97
by any act, omission or negligence of the city.
98
99
Article
7. MISCELLANEOUS
too
7.1
Tei s.
lot
Terms used in this Agreement is are defined in Article I oft e General Conditions will
102
have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
103
7.2
Assignment of Contract.
104
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the
105
Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City.
106
7.3
Successors and Assigns.
107
City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal
108
representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and
109
obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
110
7.4
Severability.
III
Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or
112
unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all
113
remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon CITY and
114
CONTRACTOR..
115
7.5
Governing Law and Venue.
116
This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of
117
Texas. Venue shall be 'Tarrant County, Texas, or the I.Jnited States District Court for the
118
Northern District of Texas, Fort Worth Division.
Crl'Y OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
SI ANDAIM CONSTRI)CTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Contract A2
Revised February 20, 201 5 IM -20115-000003
005243-4
Agreement
Page 4 of 4
119 7.6 Other Provisions
120 The Contractor agrees to pay at least minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is
121 classified, promulgated and set out by the City, a copy of which is attached hereto and
122 made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein.
123 7.7 Authority to Sign.
124 Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement., if other than duly
125 authorized signatory of the Contractor.
126
127 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple
128 counterparts.
129
130 This Agreement is effective as oft e last date signed by the Parties ("EMctive Date").
131
�B:
'hapa
Jesus
C
Jesus . Chapa
Assistant City Manager
Date I
ILI . . .......... 44
Attest:
(Printe Name) City Secretary
(Seal)
Title:
Address: 2/ eO� K'A-ILAA-)
M&C
Date: --,e
F . . .....
. ... . ......................
'
cityis; late I/ Z i �x . . ...... Approv as to Form and Legality:
—11--/ .... . . . ......... .
Date buglas W. Black
Assistant, City Attorney
141 CITY SECRETARY
1 11
1"T WORTHo 7 X
App K7,,VAL RECOMMENDED:
............. .... . .. - ........... . .
Davias rsig, P.E.
91, y
DIRECT . ,
Transportation and Public Works
mal
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various I-Axations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE(IFICATION DOCUMENTS Contract A2
Revised February 20, 2015 '11'W-2015-000003
10%
W
R
,MM
40
I
006113®G
PERI`OfNCE BOND
Pagel ort
I SECTION 00 6113
2 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond #4403228
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF AR NT §
7
8 That we, Bean Elecft�ical, hic. known as
. . . . . . . . . . ................ -.- . . ... ....
9 "Principal" herein and SureTec hisurarice Co ian, a corporate
10 surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State ofTexas, known as
11 "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
12 municipal corporation created pursuant tote laws of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal
13 sumof, "T"wo Million &00/100 . ..... -- Dollar's
14 ($,2,000,00101,00 --), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
15 Tarrant County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be rnade, we bind
16 ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,
17 firmly by these presents.
18 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City
e- , /�z , "
19 awarded the -21 day of /4 /916j, 20
J.5...., which Contract is hereby referred to and
20 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment
21 labor and other accessories defined by law, inthe prosecution of the Work, including any Change
22 Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as 2015 Task Order Construction Services at
.......... . .. . . ..... I....."., . ice
23 Various Locations.
1 . :............ ................. .
24 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal
25 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and
26 faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans,
27 specifitcations, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of
28 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be
29 and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
30 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie ill
31 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort
32 Worth Division. . ........ ... ......
FVICIAL, RI -CORM
ClIT OF FORT WORTH Ah
p0
015TaskOrderC nstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIXTION SPECIFICATIOD 'T'PW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011 1�:, I '","MATH, lrj(
041
94M
2
11#9
3
M 4
5
TM 6
,it'
1AWITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED
this instrument by duly authorized agents andofficers on this the of
__41 . .... . ........... .
_3111iiiiiiiieftKAM11111! 11111
12
13 11 EST.
14
15
16 (Principal) *Setary
17
18
19
20
21
22 4Wie s as to Principal
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
W_
37 e as to iieMarilyn Brancli
38
39
An
1("
Address: 821 E, Enon
--fort tiNV(oirldh, TAX 77(i11440
SURETY:
Sur ,."'l' 1nsuraji"_LVjupauv___
B J
145
Signature ��
MisficBgqk�
Name and Title
Address: 2J72
Austin 'l" '187
Telephone Nwnber: 972-7
_z7z?_7,:,,72'o
41 *Note: If signed b be on file a certified ex
42 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation.
43 Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provilde
44 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Cot"ctj� arded.
ER
I
CITY OF FORT WORTH
Revised July 1, 2011
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY 3ECRETARY'
FT WORT119 TX
2015 Task Order Consttuction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-M003
Vp
MA,
00
0061 14-1
PAYMENTBOND
Page I oft
I SECTION 00 61 14
2 PAYMENT BOND Bond #4403228
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF TARRANT §
7
8 That we, Bean f1lectrical, kne,
known as
9 "Principal" herein, and Stire'Tec Insurance Con . . . .... . .. ........ ..... . ........ . ..... a
10 corporate surety (sureties), duly aull',I
orized to do business in the State of Texas, known as
I I "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
12 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "'City" herein,
13 in the penal sum of Ywo Million Llk, owioo Dollars
14, lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
. ................... .,)
15 Tarrant County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves,
16 our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
17 presents:
18 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the
(Jay 19 of 2Q I _5, which Contract is liereby referred to and
20 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment,
21 labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in
22 said Contract and designated as 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations.
23 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if
24 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in
25 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under
26 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full
27 force and effect.
28 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the
29 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
30 accordance with the provisions of said statute, . . . . . . ..... . ...... . .. . . ......... . .......... . . ............"'"..'......'°"°"°"°'""°°°"""°°..
.... . . .. . .—,
OFFICIAL RECORD
31 CITY SECRE-FARV'
F T.' W(MI'llff, TX
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCT90N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2.011
Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
ANP
0061 14-2
PAS BOND
Page 2 of 2
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED mid SEALED
2 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of
3 AZLJ-t-'4—_ 201 ..
El I
ATTEST.
(Surety) Secret L We K
M
Address: 821 E Enon
_j,,L)IL��IoTlbj'X 76140
SURETY:
Swv'Tec Insuninec C°2!jjp!Ey
. ................ . ......
B Y:
Signature
Misfic Beck, Atforney-ire-fixt
m and Title
Address: Hills 1'rad
-2z"
Austin,
,TX 78759
A /-/"A'
Iln ss asj S taarilyn ranch
Telephone Number: 972-772 7220
5
6 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract fto--.n the
7 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical
8 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
9
10 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the tote Contract is awarded.
I I END OF SECTION
12 O
..
..........
FFICIAL REJ����ORD
CITY � ECRETjklty,
Ft wogrj�j, TX
CITY OF FORT WORTH
091.1604TWA- *WMMW
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at-Warious Locations
'I'PW-2015-000003
0061 19-1
MAINTENANCE BOND
Page I of 3
I SECTION 00 6119
2 MAMTENANCE BONI) Bond #4403228
3
4 THE STATE OF TEXAS §
5 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS:
6 COUNTY OF AR NT §
7
8 That we Bean El t I Inc, known as
. ..........
9 "Principal" herein and Sure'Fec Insurance a corporate surety
10 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of-l"exas, known as
I I "Surety" herein (whether one or more), are held and firrnly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a
12 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known, as "City" herein,
13 in the sum of Dollars
14 ($_�'�OQP
.(L)(LO,, Q0 lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,
15 Tarrant County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its
16 successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, adinirfistrators, successors and assigns, jointly
17 and severally, firmly by these presents.
18
19 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded
20 the day of . . . . .....,...,.,.,.,w__, 201.5._ which Contract is hereby
21 referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all
22 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the
23 Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein,
24 the "Work") as provided for in said contract and designated as 2015 Task Order Construction
25 Services at Various Locations; and
26
ON 27 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the or in
28 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will
29 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years
30 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period"); and
31
32 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part
33 upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance
34 Period.
OFFICIAL RECORD
CITY OF FORT WORTH CITY SECRUM rde, Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUM T MRT11,j Tx, 'FPW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
1pm
MOM,
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall
remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion
satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in
full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWE VE R, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely
noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to
be repaired and/or reconstructed with a! sociated costs therreofbeing bome by, the Principal and
the Surety, under this Maintenance bond; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in
hem District offex Fort
Worth Division; and
PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature aril
successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised July 1® 2011
0061 19-3
MAMTENANCE BOND
Page 3 of 3
1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this
2 instrument by duly authorized agents and of on this the day of
3 u2015
El
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
ff
A 'EST:
�P—ruicipaj) S ret . ary
Witnes s to Wb
,j
... . ... . .....
Name an fit
Address: 821 E. E
SURETY:
BY -
Signature
Mistie Beck, Attorney-in-i'act
Name and Title
Address 9737 Great ifills!,
Telephone Number: 972-772-7220
*Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified exttwt
from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If
Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.
The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded.
OFFICIAL RECORD
01"MISECRETARY
FT WOR 1 11, TX
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construcfion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00,110EN'rs TPW.-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2.011
I
SureTec Insurance Company
THIS BOND RIDER CONTAINS IMPORTANT COVERAGE INFORMATION
I'll it, ! I 1111yoll
I 1 9111111111 i
1111 11111111 11111111111 1 111�1 71111111111 1 �11 I I III 1 1111111 1 1111111
SureTec Insurance Company
9737 Great Hills Trall, Suite 320
Ausfinjx 78759
at 1-800-252- 3439. You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at:
PO Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104
Fax#: 512-490-1007
Web° http,,//wvyA.tdi,stalttx_us
Email: ConsumerProtectioi,l@tdi.texais,gov
ignincrivpli 1 11
101
WoUlf.-ibaff IMM&IMmnalum,
AM,
'Texas Rider 06042015
AW
PoA a 4221049,
_ ........... .
SureTec Insurance Company
LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know Aff Men by 7hese Presentv, That SURFTEC INSURANCE COMPANY (the "Company"'), a corporation duly organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Texas, and having its principal office in Houstort, Harris County, Texas, does by these presents
make, constitute and appoint "rorty Fier I iro, Jay Jordan, Johnny Moss, Steven W. Searcey,
Robert J. Shuya, Mistle, Beck, Jeremy Bairnel:t, Robert G, Kanuth, Jade Porter, Jennifer Clisneros
its true and lawful Attorne J — ct, with 11,1hyower and authority herebo conferred in its nameplace and steall,
and deliver any and all bonds, recog4uzances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of stuetysitip to include waivers to the
conditions of contracts and consents of surety for:
Five Million and 001100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00)
M,
d to bind the Compwiy thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond were signed by the President sealed with the corporate
an
seal of the Company and duly attested by its Secretary, hereby ratifying and confirming all that the said Attorney -in -Fact may do in the
premises. Said appointment shall continue in force until 1213112016 and is made under and by authority of the following
. . . . . .............. ....... . . .. . . . . . . .
I'V resolutions of the Board of Directors of the SureTec Insurance Company:
Be it Resolver4 that the President, any Vice. -President, any Assistant Vico-President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is
hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attorricy(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on
behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions:
ff Attar ney-in-Tact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and of behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings and any and all
notices and documents canceling or terminating the Courpwry's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such
Attorney -in -Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if'signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corpotute Secretary,
Jr- Be it Resolved, that the si gnatuir of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or
any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid
and binding upon the Company with respeLt to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. (Adopled at a meeting held on 20* of'APPI1
1999)
In Witness Whiereof, SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY has caused these presents to be signed by its President, and its corporate seal
to be hereto affixed this 3rd day of August A.D2015
SURETEC INSURANCE COMPANY
0
By:
Johni� ox Jr. resident
State of TexaCrs ss:
County of Harris
On this 3M day of August, A.D. 20is before me personally came John Knox Jr,, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say, that he
resides in Houston, Te. as, that he is President of SUrCET.F(.,' INStAIANCE COMPANY, the company described in and which executed the above
R" instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the sea] affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal-, that it was so affixed by order of the
Board of Directors of said Company; and that he signed his name thereto by like order.
J 1:45
N MALDONADO
ACQUOY
Notary Putgic
Statet'
fT
tate of Tom
.0
My Como -in , &p. 511 WO 7 Jacq elyn Maldonado, Notary Public
My commission expires May 18, 2017
1, M. Brent Beaty, Assistant Secretary of SLJRE'rl"-,',C INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy
of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Cornpany, which is still in full force and effeLt; and furthennore, the rcsolull'ons of the Board of Directors, set
out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect.
VOR
-louston, Texas this day ofA.D
Given under my hand and the seal of said Cornparoy at I
... ............ . . ...... ........ . . ... . ....... _......x
0"
. . . . ... ....... . . .....
AiAssistanti__
iB�re t Beaty, 'ecretary
ax,Any Instrument Issued in excess of the penalty stated above Is totally void and without any validity.
For verification of the authority of this power you may call (713) 812-0800 any business day between 8:00 a ;h".
WE
DATE d.ACOOR" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 11/6/2015l
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOTOR D EXTEND OR - AFFORDED 1POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER,
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVff-D, subject tothe terms and i
conditionsendorsement.e on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holderin lieuYIsuch endorsement(s),
K&S Insurance Agency (972)772-7256 (9-72) 771-4695
�2255 Ridge Road, Ste.. 333 E-MAIL
Rockwall TX 75087 INSURER A:Cincinna ti Insurance Compan: Les
INSURED 4,
.
%/-�Electrical,INSURER C vim
i�fCo. n,
1821 E. Enon
INSURER Companv
Fort Worth TX 76140
1.UVt KAAUt5- C.tl$ I I1•I4;A I t lNlllVlt tK: KtVlbIUr4 bWUIW7I
THIS IS 1"0 CERTIFY THAT TIME POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT,, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DCOCLNME;NT STH RESPECT TO W-11CH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE IISSUJEII.I OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY T[ --1E POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL TI111::I TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SLUCI•I POLICIES. II..INMIITS SII•ICUV N MAY FIAVE BEEN REII:1l.UCIED BY PAID CI AIMS.
LTR ITYPE OF INSURANCE� UI3R..... ,.. ,. 1 0OUCV" & ' FOobd E .
INSR_ AUL1L POLICY NUMBER LIMITS
X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY I EACH OCCURRENCE S 1 re 000,000
_. 1KQA6E r(5IIFNTPPY 500 000..
' C`II..A AIWA!$ MADE F...
Rg0..C.IUFY P�{REM�VSES &.0 auc¢rrregc@) $
i ENP0332927 6/15/2015 6/15/2016 � MED EXP acm erso np $ 10,000
Al & WOS GA.233 02/07
� 1 � PERSONAL. 6 ADV VNA)RY 6
_ _...
GCNIL llLao,AII....
G V VL"r VaEVR
k�ti� E II 4NroVT AM l,..
, GENERAL AOP$1�EOA7E $
PRO,
POLICY JECII LOG
PROIDUCTEs"_COMPaOR ACO $
� .... - w.. r,......
C T'HI 1C.
$
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY 1
CCM,az,pg"ccde�pdd I�ngJ.SINGLELIM6T $
I LC ............ __ .w._..
li
Jy AI7V0.�iCD
�
Tll/0,¢
� 0. /15/201.5 6/.15/2016 ILY R¢roa ea&¢srnl Is
�,
�;�" YDVVLEU i
u+l.&. I IIIE
LMAR
ALL OS ',60 E
��AAA4I�JJ u�
SO�74I Y BOJ VI7AY
CRY IFwsu a�aA¢uuCu�urfiy $
- ._.
IDGN OWNE a
ORED AUTO,,; }C ! �
I AIaICgI, 1
�v7C7S Aq,41T•2 09/09
PR6PERTY
Rcc�d�a�g�bAMAACaI*
I •a $
PIP-Sawc $
X UMBRELLA LIAR }{ Cl2 2181I'A
ElAC H OCCURRENCE $
EXCESS LIAR CLAIMS-MAJDE �
ENP0. 32927
6/1.5/2015
6/15/2016 AGGREGATE $
DED RE"GEN"I'lON $
$
WORKERS COMPENSATIONII
-,
PER ER
M
, GAi'IIC0.
ANY AND YINi
IOR LIABILITYPAR,rNC
CC�QN2391a1U
6/1.5/2015
.CT
1 6/15/2016 I I 1. ACCIDENT
CEROPROYER&I
OFFIa%EWMEMBRUfEXCLUDEDXEC`47oVE
E NlA
D>
__..._
Bry In
WC4.20304B
r a F - EA EMR P OYE= $
CD4 7A,EF
d¢uacR'id¢a under
''...
_. _
ES d
L4F;r4;Vb"OFl"4CDN OF C'bI''°EEdA'1'tl',:iN,rbelow
'F.:1 DISEASE - POLICY UMIT T $
C Contractors Equipment
45467626
6/15/"2015
6/1•u/2015 Lan��asa&6Rmun6u�dE¢pualproR�waruk
D Excess 1,ii.l..ity
71070'l?9.50AIJ
� 7/28/2015
16,115/2016 1 Each Occulenral Aggragate
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks ScheduW, may be attached If more space is required)
�Project: A2 2105 Task order Construction Services at Various Locations.
See above listing of additional insured and waiver of subrogation endorsement forms,
City of Fort Worth
1000 Throckmorton,
Fort Worth,
INS025 (201401)
1,000,000
2,000,000
2 ...
000a000
5,000
5A00 1000
5,000,000
200,000
4,000,000
1
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
mim
of
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
OFFICIAL CO M ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS..
CITY SECRETARY"
'
SES T Y
� AIdTVl4>RBZIEO REPRESENTATIVE
Wolujig, TX
Johnny Mcsslilh,RT
Q 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved,
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
r
007300 1
M 1M111 ENITN'TARY COND11 11 IONS
Page I (.)f 5
I SECIJON 00 73 00
2 SUPP1.1,EMENTARY CONDITIONS
3
TO
4
(JENERAL CONDITIONS
5
6
7
Supplementary Conditions
8
These Supplementary Conditions rnodi and supplerrient Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other
9
provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All pirovisions of the General Conditions that are
10
modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so ii-nodified or supplernerited. AM pr(wisions
11
of the General Conditions which are not so rnodified or supplernented remain in full force and effect.
12
13
Defined Terms
14
15
The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the
16
ineaning assigned to thein in the (Jeneral Conditions, unless specifically noted herein.
17
18
Modifications and Supl,.)Iements
ylta
19
20
The following are inistnictions that modify or supplenient sl1pecific paragraphs in the General Cotiditions and
21
other Contract Documents.
IMP
22
23
SC -3.03B.2, "Resolving Discrepancies"'
24
25
Plans govern over specifications.
26
27
SC -4.01A
28
29
1.7asement limits shown on the Drawirig are approxin-rate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding.
30
Upon receiving the final easertients, descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the
31
Contract Drawings,
32
33
SC-4.01A.I., "Availability of Lands"
34
35
The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of
36
January 29,2015:
37
38
Outstanding Right -Of -Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired
PARCEL OWNER TARGET DATE
MIP
N1.JMBH OF POSSESSION
. . . ..... . .... . ...................................................
NONE NONE NONE
39
The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed,
40
and do not bind the City,
41
42
If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the
43
Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work,
44
notif.r City in writing associated with the diflIring e,,Lsernent line locations.
45
46
SC -4.01A.2, "Availability of Lands"
47
CITY OF FORT WORT 20151'asic Order Cotwi iaction Services at vat -pa us L,ocations
STANDARD C I ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA ItION DOCUMENTS '11"W-2015-00000.3
Revised April 1, 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
00 73 00- 2
Stil3ll:l1.,Ehil'"NII'ARY'CO1q1)I]'IONS
Page 2 of 5
Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated
Utilities or obstructions to be relluoved, adjusted and/or relocated will be determined by the City prior to
coinmencing constmiction., Acknoifledgements will be included in the individual task order.
SC -4.02A., "Subsurface and Physical Conditions"
SUbsurface exploration, will be perfonned by the City prior to conimenciiag construction,
Acknowledgenlients will be included in the individual! task order.
5C -4.06A., "Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site"
Hazardous enviromnental conditions will be determined by the City prior to commencing construction.
Acknowledgements will be included in the individual task order.
SC -5.03A., "Certificates of Insurance"
The entities listed below are "additional' insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective
officers, directors, agents and employees.
(1) city
(2) Consultant: NONE
(3) Other: NONE
SC -5.04.14., "Contractor's Insurance"
The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC, -5.04 shall provide the following
coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where requireAl by laws and regulatioiM
5.04A. Workers'Compensation, under Paragraph GC -5.04A.
stotutmy limit's
Einl2loyer's liability
$100,000 each accidentloccurrence
$100,000 Disease - each enq)lqDwe
$500,000 Disease - policy limit
5C -5.04B., "Contractor's Insurance"'
5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC -5.041 . Contractor's Liability Insurance
under paragraph GC -5.04B., which shall be on a per prqject basis cover,ing the Contractor with
minimum limits of -
$1,000,000 each occw-rence
$2,000,000 aggregate limit
The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the
GeneralA";regate Limits apply separately to each join site,
The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide "X", "C", and "U" coverage's.
Verification of such coverage, must be shown in the Rerwarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance.
SC 5.04C., "Contractor's Insurance"
5.04C. Automobile 1,iability, under Paragraph GIC -5,04C. Contractor's Liability Insurance under
Paragraph GC -5,04C,, which shall be in an amount not less than the following arnounts:
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rasic Order Constnirfion Services at Various 1,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCDON S! E011,71CATION EXX"'UMENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised April 1, 2013
r
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
007300-3
Si fl'PLEMENT'ARY CONDITIONS
Page 3 of 5
(1), Automobile Liability- a cornmercial business policy, shall provide coverage on "Any Auto",
defined as autos owned, hired and non-olhi,ned.
$1,000,000 each accident on a combifled single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at
least:
$250, 000' Bodit'l, bViiq per person
$500,000 Boi&ij Injury per accid6n/
$100,000 Properoa DaniicWe
SC -5.04D., "Contractor's Insurance"
The Contractor's construction activities may require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and
material deliveries to cross railroadl properties and tracks. These locations and the associated insurance
limits and requircinents will be identified in the individual task order.
SC -6.04., "Pr(kiect Schedule"
Project schedule shall be tier 3 for the project,
SC -6.07., "Wage Rates"
The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s) applicable to this project and is provided in the
Appendixes:
Wage Rates adopted 8/17/2010 by M&C approval C-24396
SC -6.09., "Permits and Utilities"
SC -6.09A., "Contractor obtained permits and licenses"
All required permits and licenses will be determined prior to cointriencirig construction and will be
identified in the individual task order.
SC -6.0913. "City obtained permits and licenses"
All required pertnits and licenses will be d!eteni-nined prior to cornn-tencing constniction; and will be
identified in the individual task order.
SC -6.090. "Outstanding permits and licenses"
All outstanding perinits and licenses will be determined prior to commencing construction, and will be
identified in the individual task order.
SC -6.2413., "Title V1, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended"
During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest
(hereinafter referr M to as the "Contractor") agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations: The C'ontnactor shall comply with the Regulation relative to
nondiscrimination in Federally -assisted programs of the DepaAment of 1'ranspoirtation (hereinall 'er,
`11301"') Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 21, as they may be allnended from time to time,
(hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part
of this contract.
2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work peribmied by it dtn6ng the contract, shall
not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, in the selection and retention of
subcontnactors, including procureinents of materials and lewes of equipment, The Coritractor shall not
CITY OF FORT WORTI 1 2015 TwA Order Constriwtion Services at Various Locations
S1 ANDARD CONSTRI J0 ION SPECIFICATION DOCk MEN't S TP)v 2015-000003
Revised April 1, 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
007300-4
M JilW�ll.,[Mi:°;N'I'ARY'C,'oNt)j,riONS
P�%e 4 of'5
participale either directly or indirectly in the discrimination proldbited by 49 CFR, section 21,.5 of the
Regulations, including eniployinent practices when the contract covers a program set forth in
Appendix B of the Regulatiot'is.
Solicitations for Subcontractors, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all
solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be
performed under- a subcontract including procurements of materials or leases of equipment, each
potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Conti -actor of the Contractor's obligations
under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race, color, or
national ori m.
Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the
Regulations or directives issued pursuarit thereto, and shall perrnit access to its books, records,
accounts, other sources of inforniation and its facilities as may be deterinined by City or the Texas
Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations, orders
and instructions. Where any info miation required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of
another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City, or the
Texas Department of Transportation, as appropriate, and shall set forth what efforts it has made to
obtain the information.
5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the
nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract, City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the
Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a, withholdhig of payments to the Contractor turd er the Contract until the Contractor
complies, and/or
b. cancellation, termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part.
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contr-actor shall include the provisions of paragraphs (1) through
(6) in every Subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt
by the Regulations, or directives issued pursuant thereto. The Contractor shall take such action with
respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may
direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance: Provided,
however, that, in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a
subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction, the contractor may request City to enter into
such litigation to protect the interests of City, and, in addition, the contractor may request the United
States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States,
Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix.
SC -7.02., "Coordination"
Individuals or entities having contracts with the City for the perfonnance of other work at the Site will be
determined prior to commencing constniction and will be identified in the individual task order.
SC -8.01, "Communications to Contractor"
Amy specific communication coordination requirement will be determined prior to coininencing
constructions and will be identified in the individual task order.
SC -9.01., "City's Project Representative"
Any firm(s) acting as a consultant to the City responsible for construction management of this ProJect will
be determined prior to commencing construction and will be identified in the individual task order.
SC -1.3.03C., "Tests and Wspecthms"
CITY OF FORT WORTH2015 Task Order (.11onstruction Services at Various Locatim
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC]FICATION DOCUMENTS TPW 2015--000003
Revised April 1, 2013
I
rIPIP
I
0073 00 5
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Page 5 of 5
1 Any tests and/or inspections that are required by anol her body of'jurisdiction will be deten-nined prior to
2 commencing constructions and will be identified in the individual task order.
3
4 SC -1.6. 1 C.'1, "Methods and Procedu res"
5 NONE
6
7
8
W90MMI11123"I
CITY OFFORTwoiz:m 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L,ocaflons
STANDARD CONSTRUCIFION SPIXIFiCATION DOCUMENTS rPW-2015-000003
Rev ised Aprd 1, 2013
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
9019AINNioduff1
SECTION 0 11100
S(.JMMA,RY OF WORK
W I H)() - I
SUNIMARYOF WORK
Page I o0
5 A., Section Includes:
"If
6 1. Sunimary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract I)ocuments
PP; 7' B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Speciflication
8 1 . None,
9 C.. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
111 IF 10 L Division 0 .- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1. - General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
18 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents
19 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipi nent, and performing
20 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and
21 Specifications.
22 B. Subsidiary Work.
23 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by cl(„wcuiiiiienl:ary'Teqijireineiits for the
24 project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in
25 which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is
26 not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list, then the item shall
27 be considered as a subsidiary item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in
28 the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items.
29 Co Use of Premises
30 1 . Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City.
31. 2. Assume full responsibility for pf'oteCtrion and safekeeping of materials and
32 equipment stored on the Site.
33 3. Use and occupy only porflons of the public streets and alleys, or other public Places
34 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the
35 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City.
36 a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction
37 purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid
38 delay in the construction ()PCJarfl0r1S.
It
CITY OF FORTWOUH 2015 Task Order Construction See at Vwious Locations
STA NDARDCONSTROCTION SPWIFICATION DOCUINNN FS TPW-201 5-OCIO003
Revised December 20, 20 � 2
ti
01 1100,. 2
SUMMARY OF)WORK.
Nqgre 2 of'3
I b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to inlerfere
2 with the use of spaces that may be desi&mated to be left free and unobstructed
3 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property.
4 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such
5 manner as not to interfere with. the operation of the railroad.
6 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set f® in
7 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit.
8 D. Work, within Easenients
9 1. Do not enter upon private property for any Purpose without having previously
10 obtained permission from the owner of such property.
11 2. Do not store equipment or inaterial on private property unless and until the
12 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the
13 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City.
14 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rightsof-way or easements of
15 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the
16 Work as a part of the project construction operations.
17 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants,
18 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements,
19 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all condiaits, overhead pole lines, or
20 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporai-Y fences and to all
21 other public or private property adjacent to the Work.
22 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or Private
23 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work.
24 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance oft e beginning of the
25 Work.
26 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any
27 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants,
28 whose land or interest in land might-, be affected byte Work.
29 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting
30 from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or
31 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or
32 equipment,
33 6. Fence
34 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project
35 to the original or a better than original condition.
36 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is
37 not in progress and when the site is vacated overniglit, and/or at all times to
38 provide site security.
39 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary
40 closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary tothe various items bid inthe
41 project proposall, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C"ONSTRI J010114 SPECI FICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
01 1100 - 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
Page 3 of 3
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6 ACTION SI.IBMITTALS/INFORMA,ri.NAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS lNoT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USEDI
6 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED1
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
8 1.12 WARRANTY JNOTUSEDJ
10 PART 3 ® EXECUTION [NOT USED]
m
11
. . . ....... . ... .............. . . . . ........ .
Revision Log
DANAME E, SLJMM�ARY OF C14ANGE
CITY OF FOR WORTI 1 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPIECIFICATION 1K)4"UMEN I'S TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
4 1.1 SUMMARY
I
SECTION 0125 00
SUBS"I"'ITU TION 11R.0CEDURES
012500-1
SUBSTITUTION PROM)URES
Pagg I of 4
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The procedine for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not
7 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or perfonnance criteria or
8 defined by reference to I or more of the following:
9 a. Name of n-tanufacturer
10 b. Name of vendor
II c. Trade name
12 d. Catalog number
13 2. Substitutions are not "or equals".
14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
17 1. Division 0 .13idding Requirements, Contract, Forms and Conditions of the Contract
18 2. Division I General 11equirements
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Paymeitt
21 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
22 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
23 1.3 REFERENCES INOT USEDI
24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
25 A. Request for Substitution - General
26 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will
27 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of
28 those specified.
29 2. Certain types of equipinent and kinds of material are described in Specifications by
30 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or
31 catalog numbers.
32 a. When this method of specif
yin g is used, it is not intended to exclude from
33 consideration other products bearing other manufficturer's or vendor's names,
34 trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or -equals," as
35 determined by City.
36 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material, may be acceptable substitutions
37 under the following conditions:
38 a. Or -equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production ofproducts
39 meeting; specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor;
40 or,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPIEUMCATION DO(�11 NIENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 201 a
012500-2
,SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE'S
Page 2 of 4
1. b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City.
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS
3 A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached)
4 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution
5 1. Substittition shall be considered only:
6 a. After award of Contract
7 b. Under the conditions stated herein
8 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including:
9 a. Docurnentation
10 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
1.1 Contract Documents
1.2 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is
13 proposed
14 3) Data relating to changes in cost
15 b. For products
16 1) Product identificatiot-i
17 a) Manufacturer's name
18 b) Telephone number and representative contact name
19 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified
20 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original
21 product in the Contract Documents
22 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed
23 product with Contract Documents
24 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product
25 characteristics including, but not necessarily, limited to:
26 a) Size
27 b) Composition or niaterials of construction
28 c) Weight
29 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements
30 4) Product experience
31 a) Location of past prqjects utilizing product
32 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced
33 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product
34 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product
35 5) Samples
36 a) Provide at request of City.
37 b) Samples become the property of the City.
38 c. For construction methods:
39 1) Detailed description of proposed method
40 2) Illustration drawings
41 C. Approval or Rejection
42 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City
43 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern
44 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent.
45 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction
46 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the (Jeneral Conditions.
crry OF FORTWORTH 2015 Twic Order Consiruction Services at Various Lo catioms
STANDAM) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION IX)CUMENTS 'rPW-20i 5-000(X)3
Revised July 1, 2011
01 2500-3
SUBSTITUTION PROCII'DUREN
Page 3 of 4
1 4 o additional contract time will be given for substitution.
2 5. Substitution will be rejected if -
3 a. Submittal is not t ' hrough the with his stalip lofp
aproval
4 b. ReqUeSt is not made in accordance with this Spec ificaltion Section
5 c. In the City's oj,)inion, acceptarice will require substantial revision of the original
6 design
7 d. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately tile function
8 consistent with the design intent
9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USEDI
11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USEDI
12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
13 A. In making request for substitution or in us I i I ng an apl-)roved product, the Contractor
14 repi,esents that the Contractor:
15 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or
16 superior in all respects to that specitied, and that it will perform function for which
17 it is intended
18 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified
19 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work., to inctude building
20 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be
21 complete in all respects
22 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently
23 arise
24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING INOTUSED1
25 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI
28 PART 3 ® EXECUTION jNoT USEDI
a
W
Im
Revision Log
. . ..... . . . .....
DATE NAME SkJMMARYOF CIIAN(iE
C.ITYOF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Cost
nniction Services at Various Loca.tions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF"(71FICATION DOCI MINTS TM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2019
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
S
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
012500-4
SUBSTITUI ION PROCEDURES
Page 4 of 4
EXHIBIT A
REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM:
PROJECT: . . ......... . ........ . ........ . ......... — DAYE: . ....... - - — -
We hereby subinit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for
the above prqject:
SECTION PARAGRAPFI SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Reason for Substitution:
Include complete information on changes to Drawings and Specifications which proposed
substitution will require for its proper installation.
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering
and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution?
B. What effect does substitution have on other trades?
..................... I ..... . ......
C., Differences between proposed substitution and specified item?
.T .. . .... . ........................................ _""' . .......... . . . .............. . .......
D. DitTerences in product cost or product delivery tione?
. .........
E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified itenis, are:
Equal ___ Better (explain on attactinient)
The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the
specified item.
Submitted By: For Use by City
� J�
city____ ................
CITY OF FORT WORTH
S'F.'ANDARE) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCT MENTS
Revised My 1, 2011
Recommended Recommended
Not recommended —Received late
By. . . . . . . . ..........
Date
Remarks
IM
M=
2015 Task Ordcr Construction SeMces at. Various Locations
1.11W-2015-000003
I
I
r
r")
I
3 PART 1- CENERAL
�1�Mfflmjd)Rm
SECTION 0131 19
PRI X,'0NS'IRLJ(1 ITION MEL�XING
01 31 19 -1
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
Nqe I of 3
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1 Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to
7 clarify construction contract adininistration procedures
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1'1 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirenients, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
16 No separate pkkyment will be al lowed for this Item.
17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19 A. Coordination
20 I. Attend preconstruction meeting.
21 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
22 shall be qualitfed and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents
23 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded.
24 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to Prepare minutes and retained by City for
25 future reference,
26 B. Preconstruction Meeting
27 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the
28 Agreement and before Work is started.
29 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City.
30 2. The Pro.ject Represetitative will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the
31 meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully
32 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting.
33 3. Attendance shall include:
34 a. Project Representative
35 b. Contractor's prpject manager
36 c. Contractor's superintendent
37 d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Coritractor, may desire
38 to invite or the City may request
CITY OF ORT WORTH2015'rask OFder Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI jc-riON SPECIFICATION DOCTMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised August 17, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
013119-2
PREVONSTRUCTION MEETING
Page 2 of 3
e. Other City representatives
f Others as appropriate
4w Construction Schedule
a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 0132 16 and
provide at Preconstruction Meeting.
b. City will riotify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of
Preconstruction Meeting.
5. Preliminary Agenda may inclu&:
a. Introduction of Project Personnel
b. General Description of Project
c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, casements or other pertinent permits
d. Contractor's work plan and schedule
e. Contract Time
f, Notice to Proceed
g. Construction Staking
h. Progress Payments
L Extra Work and Change Order Procedures
j. Field Orders
k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material
1. Insurance Renewals
m. Payroll Certification
n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing
o. Public Safety and Convenience
p. Documentation of Pre -Construction Conditions
q. Weekend Work Notification
r. Legal Holidays
s., Trench Safety Plans
t. Confined Space Entry Standards
u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water
systems
v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
w. Coordination with other Contractors
x. Early Warning System
y. Contractor Evaluation
z. Special Conditions applicable to the pr(�pect
aa. Damages Claims
bb. Submittal Procedures
cc. Substitution Procedures
old. Correspondence Routing
ee. Record Drawings
ff. Temporary construction facilities
gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures
hh. Final Acceptance
ii. Final Payment
J. Questions or Comments
CITY OF FORT WORTI I
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI WF NTS
Revised August 17, 2012
2015 "Il'ask Order Constniction Services at Various, Locations
TPW-.2015-000003
01 31 19 - 3
WE( I 01'4STRUC 110114 MEFTIll' G
Pag,e, 3 of 3
1 1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS INOT USED1
3 1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT t.JSED]
6 1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING INOTUSED1
7 1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT I,JSEDj
8 1.12
WARRANTY I NOT USED]
9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS INOT USED]
10 PART3- EXECUTION [NOT USE
FF
m
a
Revision 1.2og
DATE, NAME WMMARY OF CHANGI.-..
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order ConstruCIAOn Services al. Various Locations
STANDARD C016TRUCTION Sill rCIFICATION DOCUMENTS FPW-2015-000003
Revised August 17, 2012
1
PROJECTMEETIN(;S
Page I of 3
I SEC'1`10N 013120
2 PROJEC]"MEHIN(IS
.• 0 HZINIMA
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Provisions for project ffieetings throughout the cons truction Period to enable orderly
7 review of the progress of the Work and to provide for systeinatic discussion of
8 potential problems
9 B. Deviations this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
10 1. None,
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Fonns and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division l General Requirements
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Paynient
1.6 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
17 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
18 1.3 REFERENCES [NoT USED]
19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
20 A. Coordination
21 1. Schedule, attend and administer as specified, periodic progress meetings, and
22 specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work.
23 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings
24 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each reprcserils.
25 3. Meetings administered by City, may be tape recorded.
26 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for
27 future reference.
28 4. Meetings, in addition to those specified in this Section, may be held when requested
29 by the City, Engineer or Contractor.
30 B. Pre. -Construction Neighborhood Meeting
31 1. After the execution of the Agreement, but before construction is allowed to begin,
32 attend I Public Meeting with affected residents to:
33 a. Present projected schedule, including constructiotii start date
34 b. Answer any construction related questions
35 2. Meeting Location
36 a. Location of ineeting to be deteradiled by the City.
37 3. Attendees
38 a. Contractor
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order C: on Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONs"rRUCTJON SPITIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW -2015-000W3
Revised July 1, 2011
013120-2
PROJEC'71' ME]EITING S
Page 2 of 3
1 b. Project Representative
2 c. Other City representatives
3 4. Meeting Schedule
4 a. In general, the ii-teighborhood meeting will occur within the 2 weeks follllowing,
5 the pre -construction conference.
6 b. In no case will construction be allowed to begin until this meeting is held.
7
C. Progress
Meetings
8
1.
Formal protect coordination meetings will be held periodicatly. Meetings will be
9
scheduled and administered by Project Representative.
10
2.
Additional progress meetings to discuss specific topics will be conducted on an as -
I I
needed basis. Such additional meetings shall include, but not be limited to:
12
a. Coordinating shutdowns
13
b. Installation of piping and equipment
14
c. Coordination between other construction prqjects
15
d. Resolution of construction issues
16
e. Equipment approval
17
3.
The Project Representative will preside at 1,.-)r(.)gress meetings, prepare the notes of
18
the meeting and distribute copies of the same to all participants who so request by
19
fully completing the attendance form to be circulated, at the beginning of each
20
meeting,
21
4.
Attendance shall include:
22
a. Contractor's proJect manager
23
b. Contractoes superintendent
24
c. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire
25
to invite or the City may request
26
d. Engineer's representatives
27
e. City's representatives
28
f Otl)ers, as requested by the Project Representative
29
5.
Preliminary Agenda may include:
30
a. Review of Work progress since previous meeting
31
b. Field observations, problems, conflicts
32
c. Items which inapede construction schedule
33
d. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery schedulles
34
e. Review of construction interfacing and sequencing requirements with other
35
construction contracts
36
f Corrective measures and procedures to regain proJected schedule
37
g. Revisions to construction schedule
38
h. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period
39
i. Coordination of schedules
40
j. Review subriiittal schedules
41
k. Maintenance of quality standards
42
1. Pending changes and substitutions
43
in. Review proposed changes for:
44
1) Effect on construction schedule and on completion date
45
2) Effect on other contracts of the Protect
46
n. Review Record Documents
47
o,, Review monthly pay request
48
p. Review status of Requests for Inforination
CITY OF FORTWORTH
SIANDARD CONSTRi IC;" ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construe on Services at Various Locations
`1°n,W-2015--000(X)3
01ME31203
PROJE',CT ETINGS
Page 3 of 3
1
6. Meeting Schedule
2
a.. Progress meetings will be held periodically as determined by the llix»ject
3
Representative,
4
1) Additional ineetings may be held at the request of the. -
5
a) City
6
b) Engineer
7
c) Contractor
8
7. Meeting Location
9
a. The City will establish a meeling locition.
10
1) 'ro the extent practicable, meetings will be held at the Site.
11
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USEDI
12
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NoT USED]
13
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NGT USED]
15
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED1
16
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
17
1.11
FIELD ISITE1 CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
18
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED1
19 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
IF
IN
no
Revision 1,og
_NAMET_ SUMMARY OF (,'I-fA.NGE
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Seyvices at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION 4PEC,70"KA] ION DOCUMENT'S 1TW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
1, Mr
W,
rf,
I
W 3216-1
CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCIIEDIAE,
Page I of 5
I SECTION 0132 16
2 CONSTWX"TION I'ROGIRESS SCHEDI)LE
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
A. Section Includes-.
6 1. General requirements for the preparation, subrnittal, updating, status reporting and
7 management of the Construction 11rogress Schedule
8 2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance
9 Document
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
I I L None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0 —, Bidding Requirements, Coritract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
14 2. Division I —General Requij errients
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENTPROCEDURES
16 A. Measurement and Payment
17 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary tothe various items bid.
18 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
19 1.3 REFERENCES
20 A. Definitions
21 1. Schedule Tiers
22 a. Tier 1 - No schedule submittal required by contract. Siriall, brief duration
23 projects
24 b. Tier 2 ® No schedule submittal required by contract, but will require some
25 milestone dates. Small, brief duration projects
26 c. Tier 3 - Schedule subinittal required by contract as described in the
27 Specification and herein. Majority of City projects, including all bond program
28 projects
29 d. Tier 4 - Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the
30 Specification and herein. Large arid/or complex projects with long durations
31 1) 1-I'Xarniles: large water pump station project and associated pipeline with
32 interconnection to another governmental entity
33 e. Tier 5 - Schedule submittarl required by contract as described in the
34 Specification and herein. Large and/or very complex projects with long
35 durations, high public visibility
36 1) Examples might include a water or wastewater treatment plant
37 2. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve
38 as the baseline for naeasuiring progress and departures from the schedule.
39 3. Progress Schedule - Weekly submittal of a progress schedule documenting
40 progress on the prqject and any clianges anticipated.
QTY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order C.onstruction Services at Various Locations
SIANDARDCONSTRUCTION SlIE0111CA3"ION DOCUMEN'll'S TPW 2095-000003
Revised hili 1.2011
013216 2
CONSTRUTION PROGRESS SCHI'M 4,1`1
Page 2 of 5
1 4. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule
2 changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc
3 B. Reference Standards
4 1. City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document
5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
6 A. Baseline Schedule
7 L (lenerall
8 a. Prepare a cost -loaded baseline Schedule using approved soffivare and the
9 Critical Path Method (CPM) as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule
10 Guidance Document.
11 b. Review the draft cost -loaded baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate
12 understanding of the work to be perfimued and known issues and constraints
13 related to the schedule.
14 c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduller) responsible for
15 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports.
16 B. Progress Schedule
17 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly as required in the City of Fort Worth
18 Schedule Guidance Document.
19 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule.,
20 3. Change Orders
21 a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in
22 the baseline Schedule in accordance with City of Fort Worth Schedule
23 Guidance Document,
24 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance
25 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status
26 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion
27 date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the
28 f6llowing actions at no additional cost to the City
29 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baselline Schedule
30 outlining:
31 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the
32 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule
33 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will
34 substantially eliminate the bkwkiog of work and return current Schedule to
35 meet pr(liected baseline completion dates
36 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working
37 days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination
38 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work
39 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximurn practical concurrency of
40 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule
41 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested
42 by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in
43 manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and li,oliday
44 work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay
45 tothe critical path in the approved schedule.
46 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered.
CITY OF FORTWORTH
S I'ANDARD (','ONSTRU(,"'rioq sj:,rC1FlCAT10N DO(I WENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
Q'NJ
2015'rase Order Construction Services at Various Locations
'1"11'W-2015-0000,03
1
I
I
413216-3
CONSTR UCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULI `
I D. 17he Contract completion tirne will be adjusted only for causes specified in this
2 Contract.
3
a. Requests for an extension of any ontract completion date must be
4
supplerviented with the following:
5
1) Furnish juslification and supporting evidence as the City may deem
6
necessary to deterrnine whether the requested extension of time is entitled
7
under the provisions of this ("ontract.
8
a) The City will, after receipt of suchjustification and supporting
9
evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in
to
writing thereof
11
2) If the City finds that the requested extension oftirne is entitled, the City's
12
deternaination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions
13
shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data
M
relevant to the extension,
15
a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress
16
schedule.
17
b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule,
18
do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in
19
the network will not be the basis for a change therein,
20 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30
21 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but
22 before the date of final paynient under this Contract.
23 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within
24 the foregoing time limit.
25 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion
26 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather,
27 technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its
28 repmsentatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate
29 schedule adJustments or completion time extensions.
30 1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the ("'ontractorto reschedule the
31 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the
32 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly.
33 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such
34 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time
35 extensions beyond the actual conipletion of unaffected work, in which
36 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time
37 extension and any additional cost to the City.
38 b) Available float time in the Baseline scliedtile may be used by the City
39 as well as by the Contractor.
40 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date
41 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date
42 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule.
43 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the
44 Contractor or the City.
45 b. Procced with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the
46 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs oft e project.
MY OF FORT WORTH 24r 5 Task Order Construction Services at Various 1,ocations.
STANDAM) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S 7"M-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 201 �
013216-4
(',0Ns'rR(K',T10N PR06JR13SS SCHEDULf!'
Page 4 of 5
I c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays,, affiecting paths of activities
2 containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times,
3 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with
4 those activities,
5 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules
6 1 R Where work is to be petformed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent
7 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the
8 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts.
9 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the
10 Preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes
11 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules.
12 2. Incase of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will
13 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary
14 to expedite the completion of the entire Project,
15 a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final.
16 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be
17 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation.
18 1.5 SUBMITTALS
19 A. Baseline Schedule
20 1.. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the City of Fort
21 Worth Schedule Guidance Document.
22 a. Native file format includes. -
23 1) Primavera (P6 or Primavera Contractor)
24 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre -construction meeting and
25 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion.
26 B. Progress Schedule
27 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file forniat and pdf f6rinat as required in the
28 City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document.
29 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the last day of the month.
30 C. Schedule Narrative
31 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf fbirnat as required in the City of Fort Worth
32 Schedule Guidance Document.
33 2. Submit schedule narrative rnonthly no later than the last day of the mouth,
34 D. Subtriittal Process
35 1. The City administer-, and manages schedules through Buzzsaw.
36 2. Contractor shall submit documents as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule
37 Guidance Document.
38 3. Once the prqject has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the
39 City, no further progress schedules are required.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Cbminaction Services at Various L,ocatiolls
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1)(XIM[NI'S TM -2015-000003
Rcviscd July 1, 2011
I
I
r
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
K,
0132.16--5
CONSIRt RMON PROGREISS SCHEIN J 1��
Page 5 of 5
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATJONAL SUBMITTALS jNur USEDI
1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS INOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NO USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be
experienced in the preparatimi of schedules of similar complexity.
B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared,
updated and revised to accurately reflect the performarice of the construction.
C. ContnIctol'is respons,ible for the quality of all subnlitl 'als in this sedion ineeting the
Standard of care for the construction itidustry for similar, projects.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING [NOT USEDI
1.11 FIELD I[SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY INOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 ® EXECUTION [NOT USED]
I DIZ
1�evisioii I..,og
DA'M
NAMF
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
(.,'TFY OF FORTwoti'ni 2015'1'ask Order Construction Serviccs at Various Locations
STANDARI ' . ) CONSTR � CT ION SPECIFICATION DOCI MEN'] S '11'F'W..2015-000003
Revised ,.Nealy 1, 2011
I
vot
I
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
R
W
27
28
fill 29
30
31
OPP 32
I
Ir"
33
0132 3.I
P R N STR U `ION VIDEO
Page I of 2
SE(.".,"I'ION 0132 33
PlIZECIONSTRI ➢CTION VIDEO
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Administrative and procedtiral requirements for:
a. Preconstruction Videos
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Spec i ficatio n
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily liniited to:
1. Division 0 — Bidding Reqijirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDIJRES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A., Preconstniction Video
I. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/aligpinent, including all areas in the
vicinity of and to be affected by construction.
a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City.
2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety
period.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [Nor USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS jNoT 11SEDj
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS I NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT tJSEDI
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NO]" 1JSED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDI..,ING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY INOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NO1` USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order (" onstruction Sex -vices at Various L,ocafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMI"N'T'S TM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
013233-2
P RECONSIRI K, 1110N VIDEO
Pape 2 oft
� PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
N
m
in
Revisim Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constructioia Services at Various Locations
MADA CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 'I'PW..2015-00000.3
Revised July 1, 2041
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 0133 00
SUBMITTALS
0133 00- 1
SUBM1'r1'A1..,S
Page I of 8
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable tote following
7 Work-related submittals:
8 a. Shop Drawings
9 b. Product Data (including Standard Product List submittals)
10 c. Samples
11 d. Mock Ups
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division I ---General Requirements
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 L Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid.
20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Coordination
24 1. Notil* the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the
25 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
26 2. Coordination of Submittal "Times
27 a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of
28 performing the related or or other appl icable activities, or within the time
29 specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications.
30 K Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by
31 processing times including, but not limited to:
32 a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required)
33 b) Coordination with other submittals
34 c) 'Testing
35 d) Purchasing
36 e) Fabrication
37 f) Delivery
38 g) Similar sequenced activities
39 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractors failure to
40 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
SIANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIIACATION DOMMENTS "1"1'W 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
1,
01 33 00 2
SUBM11TALS
Pa?e 2 of 8
d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other
contractor.
When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9 -character submittal cross-
reference identification jiumbering system in the following manner:
a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number.
b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each
initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number.
c. Last use a letter, A -Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e.
A==2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical
submittal number would be as follows:
1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete
2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section
3) B is the third submission (second resubtnission) of that particular shop
drawing
C. Contractor Certification
1. Review shop drawings, product data and sanilifles, including those by
subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following:
a. Field measurements
b. Field construction criteria
c. Catalog numbers and similar data
d. Conformance with the Contract Documents
2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor
with a Certification Statement affixed including:
a. The Contractor's Company name
b. Signature of submittal reviewer
c. Certification Statement
1) "By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified
field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, diimensions,
catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each
item with other applicable approved shop drawings,,"
D. Submittal Format
1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 Y2,,, inches x I I inches to 8 Y2inches x I I inches.
2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together.
3. Order
a. Cover Sheet
1) Description of Packet
2) Contractor Certification
b. List of items /'Table of Contents
c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculatiorts
E. Submittal Content
1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI.IcnoN SPEX"IFICATION D0CUMI.,.,N'j'S TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
off
I
" rY
I
01 3300-3
SUIBMITTALS
Page 3 off'8
1
2.
The Project title and nurnber,
2
3.
Contractor identification
3
4.
The names of,
4
a. Contractor
5
b. SUPIfliff
6
c. Manufacturer
7
5�
Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and
8
paragraph(s)
9
6.
Field dimensions, clearly identified as such
10
T
Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials
11
8.
Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Spec i fication nunibers
12
9.
Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents
13
10.
Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals
14
11.
An 8 -inch x 3 -inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps
15
F. Shop Drawings
16
1.
As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
17
a. (.".ustom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/instarIlation (working)
18
draNNings
19
b. Scheduled information
20
c. Setting diagrams
21
d. Actual shopAvork mantil'acturing instructions
22
e. Custom templates
23
f Special wiring diargrajuS
24
g. Coordination drawings
25
h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including:
26
1) Performance curves and certifications
27
i. As applicable to the Work
28
2.
Details
29
a. Relation of the various parts to the main rnembers and lines of the structure
30
b. Where correct fabrication oft e Work depends upon field measurements
31
1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting
32
for approval.
33
G. Product Data
34
L
For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product
35
List, clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project.
36
2.
For submittals of product data for prodUCts not included on the City's Standard
37
Product List, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily limited to:
38
a. Standard prepared data for manul'actured products (sometimes referred to as
39
catalog data)
40
1) Such as the inanufacturer's product specification and installation
41
instructions
42
2) Availability of colors and patterns
43
3) Manuffichn-er's printed statements of compliances and applicability
44
4) Roughing -in diagnmis and templates
45
5) Catalog cuts
46
6) Product photographs
CITY OF FORT WORTI I 2015'1'ask Order Consinjefion SeMces at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSIFRUCIFION SPECIFICATION DOCUIMEN rs TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2M
013300-4
S I j113M117AJ S
Pag,e 4 of 8
1 7) Standard wiring diagranis
2 8) Printed perforinance curves and operational -range diagrains
3 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications
4 10) Mill reports
5 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and reconalnended
6 spare parts listing and pdrited product warranties
7 12) As applicable to the Work
8 H. Samples
9 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 a. Physical, examples of the Work such as:
11 I ) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work
12 2) Small cuts or containers of materials
13 3) Complete units of repetitively used produzis color/texture/pattern swatches
14 and range sets
15 4) Specimens for coordination of visual. effect
16 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent
17 inspection and testing., as applicable to the Work
18 1. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, san'iple or product, data nor any material to
19 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item.
20 1. Fabrication. perfoi rned, materials purchased or on-site construction accornplished
21 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's
22 risk.
23 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies
24 required to accomplish contbrmity.
25 3. Coniplete proiect Work, materials, fabrication, and inistallations in conformance
26 with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data.
27 J. Submittal Distribution
28 1. Electronic Distribution
29 a. Confirm developnient of Project directory for electronic submittals to be
30 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the
31 city.
32 b. Shop Drawings
33 1) I,Jpload submittal to designated prqject directory and notify appropriate
34, City represenlAttives via email of submittal posting,
35 2) and Copies
36 a) 3 copies for all submittals
37 b) If Contractor requires more than I hard copy of Shop Drawings
38 returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed
39 above.
40 c. Product Data
41 1) Upload submittal to designated pro ' ject directory and notiappropriate
42 City representatives via email of submittal posting.
43 2) and Copies
44 a) 3 copies for all submittals
45 d. Samples
46 1) Distributed to the Pro " ject Representative
47 2. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C',ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA110N DOCUMENTS
Revised Deceirnber 20, 2012
201 S'Task Order C',onsinieflon Services at Various Locations
TPW•-20 15-000003
i
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
0133 00 - 5
SUBMITFAL,S
Nqe 5 of 8
a. Shop l3raw I i rigs
1) Distributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 8 copies for mechanical stibinittals
b) 7 copies for all other stibrniftals
c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned,,
Contractor shall submit more than the number, of copies listed above.
b. l3roduct Data
1) [)istributed to the City
2) Copies
a) 4 copies
C. Samples
1) Distributed to the Project Representative
2) (,-'olpies
a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections.
3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved
product data and saniples, where required, to the Job site file and elsewhere as
directed by the City.
a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number
previously specifi'ed.
K. Submittal Review
1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance
with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as:
as permitting any departure from the Contract requirements
b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details,
dirnensions, and materials
c. Approving departures from details l5urnished by the City, except as otherwise
provided herein
2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or 1piroduct data by the City
does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard tothe
ffilfilltnent of the terms of the Contract.
a. All risks of error and onlission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will
have no responsibility therefore,
3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the
Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes,
for techniques of &ssernbly and for pert-brnaing Work in a safe manner.
4. If the shop drawings,, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a
departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of
the City and to be so minor as not to involve a chainge in Contrra.ct Price or time for
pertbrynance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an
exception.
5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under I of the following codes:
a. Code I
1) "NO EXC EPTIO NS TA K 117" N "is assigned when there are no notations or
cornnients on the submittal.
a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the
equipment and/or material for manul.'acture.
b. Code 2
CITY OF FORT WOKM 20151'ask Order Consino3on Services at Vadous L.ocatim
STANDARD CONSTRIXTION S111AAFICATION DO(I MI-NI'S T'll"W-2015-000003
Revised Decembu 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
SUBMI'l-TALS
PN;e 6 o f8
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confin-nation of
the notations and comments IS NOT r,equired by the Contractor.
a) The Contractor may release the equipni.ei,it, or material for manatfacture;
however, all notations and cornnaents must be incorporated into the
final product.
c. Code 3
1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESTJBMjr,. This combination of codes is
signed when notations and comments are extensive enough, to require a
resubinittal of the package.
a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for iinanufacture;
however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the
final product.
b) This restibmittal is to address all comments, omissions, and
non -conforming items that were noted.
c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of
the date of the Cilys transnaittal requiring the resubmittal,
d. Code 4
1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the
intent of the Contract Documents.
a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the
submittal into conformance.,
b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor
to meet the Contract Documents,
6. Resubmittals
a. Handled inthe same manner as first submittals
1) Corrections other than requested by the City
2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method
a) At Contractor's risk if not marked
b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's
expense.
1) All subsequent reviews will be perforrned at times convenient tothe City
and at the Contractoes expense, based on the City's or City
Representative's then prevailing rates.
2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for
all such fees invoiced by the City.
c. The need for more than I resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's
review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract
Time.
7. Partial Submittals
a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the Cit-
y's
discretion.
b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the
Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted.
c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the
Contractor to the areas that are incomplete.
8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to
constitute a change to the Contract Docunients, then written notice must be
providcd thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for
manufacture.
CITY OF FORT WORTH2015 Task. Order (bnstruclion Services atVarious L,ocations
STANDARD CONS f RUCT TON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
fpo
01 3300-7
SUBMITTALS
Page 7 of 8
1 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the
2 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further
3 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City..
4 10. Each SUbruitial, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 (7alendar Days
5 following receipt of submittal gay the City.
I
6 L. Mock. ups
7 L Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not iwccssarily
8 limited to, complete units of the standard ofacceptance for that type of Work to be
9 used on the ProJect. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed.
10 M. Qualifications
11 1. If specifically reqtdred in other Sections of these Specifications,, submit a P.E.
12 Certification for each item required.
13 N. Request for Information (RFI)
14 1.. Contractor Request for additional information
15 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents
16 IS. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents
17 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and
18 Specifications
19 1) ldentify the conflict and request clarification
20 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) fonn prov,ided by the City.
21 3. Numbering of RFI
22 a. Prefix with "RFI" followed by series number, "-x; x"", beginning with "01" and
23 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal.,
24 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to per it a written response without fluther
25 information.
26 5. The City will log each request and will review the request.
27 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the
28 Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change
29 Order,, as appropriate.
30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED1
35 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
36 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USEDI
37 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT TJSED]
CITYOF FORT WORTH 2015 "n`aask Order Constiuction, Services at Various Locations
STANDARM - "ONSTRIK' I TION SPECIFICATION D00 MN]"S TM -2015-000003
Revised Decealber 20, 2012
013300-8
SUBmurrALS
Pape 8 of 8
I PART 2 - PRODUCTS INOT USE[ ]
2 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
0
Revision Log
SUMMARYOF CHANGE
DATE NAMF
2/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.4.K.8. Working Days modified to Calendar Days
CITY OF FORT WORTH2015 Task Order Consirniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOC! MENTS TPW-201 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
� 6VA, ta 8
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
I
I
0135 a3-11
SPECIAL
Page I of 8
SECTION 0135 13
SPECIAL PRO JE(A"'PROCH)URES
A. Section Includes:
1. The procedures for special project circumsiances that includes, but is not limitedl to:
a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation
b. Work near High Voltage Lines
c. Confined Space Entry Program
d. Air Pollution Watch Days
e., I.Jse of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc.
f Water Departinent'Notification
g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction
h. Coordination with I.Jnited States Army Corps of Engineers
L Coordination within Railroad permits areas
D . Dust Control
k. Employee Parking
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Spec i ficatioil Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forins and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I - - General Requirements
3.. Section 33 12 25 —, Connection to Existing Water Mains
24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas
a. Measurenient
1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum.
b. Payment
The work pertbrined and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Mobilization
2) Inspection
3) Saf6ty training
4) Additional Insurance
5) Insurance Certificates
6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad,
including additional employees required to protect the right -of. -way and
property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the
construction of the Project.
2. Railroad Flagmen
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order (,'Onslnwfion Services at Vwious LA)cafions
STANDARD CONSTRUC, HON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'F9"W-20 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
0 � 35 13 -2
SPE',CAM., PROJECTITOCEDURIFS
Page 2 of 8
i a. Measurement
2 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day.
3 b. Payment
4 1) The work performed and rnaterials lurnished in accordance with this Item
5 will be paid for each )vorking day that Railroad Flaginen are present at the
6 Site.
'7 c. The price bid shall include:
8 1) Coordination for scheduling flagynen
9 2) Flagmen
10 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad
I1 3. All other items
12 a. Work associated with these Items is considered subsidiary to the various Items
13 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
14 1.3 REFERENCES
15 A. Reference Standards
16 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
17 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
18 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
19 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752.
20 High Voltage Overhead Lines.
21 3. North Central Texas Council of Goven1ments (NCTCOG) Clean Consh-uction
22 Specification
23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
24 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation
25 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas
26 Department of Transportation ('I'xE)OT'):
27 a. Notify the Tex as Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work
28 therein in accordance with the provisions of the penalit
29 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in
30 compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Departi.,nent of
31 Transportation
32 B. Work near High Voltage Lines
33 1. Regulatory Requirements
34 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (inure than 600 volts measured between
35 conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with
36 Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, ("hapter 752.
37 2. Warning sign
38 a. Provide sign of suflicient size rneeting all OSHA requirements.
39 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the fol:lowing
40 safety features
41 a. Insulating cage -type of guard about the boom or arm
42 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers
43 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the
44 safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines
45 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines
0TY OF FORTWOME 2015 Task Order (.7onsliruction Services at Various L,ocafions
SIANDA RID CONSTRUC7110N SPECIFICATION 1)(K4DMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
I
40
41
42
43
44
45
M
r
1
01 35 13 - 3
SPECIAL PROJECTPROCIDURES
Page 3 of 9
a. Notification shall be given to:
I) The power company (emniple: ONCOR)
a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power conlipany and record
action taken in each case.
b. Coordination with power conripany
1) After nofification coordinate with the power company, to:
a) Erect temporary niechanical barriers, de -energize the lines, or raise or
lower the lines
c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above
requirements have been. met.
C. Confined Space Entry Prograin
1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with
0S1 -IA requirements.
2. Confined Spaces include:
a. Manholes
b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for
Confined Spaces
D. Air Pollution Watch Days
1. General
a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites
on days designated as "AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS".
b. Typical Ozone Season
1) May I through October 31
c. Critical Emission Time
1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m.
2., Watch Days
a. The Texas Corninission. on Environmental Quality (I"C'EQ), in coordination
with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00
p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day.
b. Requirements
1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the
use of motorized equiprihent for periods in excess of I hour.
2) 1 lowever,, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if -
a) Use of motorized equipinent is less than I hour, or
b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as "'Low Enaitting", or
equipment bums Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (U LSD), diesel emulsions, or
alternative tbels such as CNG.
E. TCEQ Air Permit
1. Obtain T( -','E0 Air Permit for construction activities per requirernerits of TCEQ.
F. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc.
1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply:
a. Public Notification
1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours
prior to corni-nencing.
2) Mirtimuni 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13
G. Water Department Coordination
ury OF FORT WORTH 201 STask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S111,011CATION DOCUMENTS TPW-20B-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
112
B
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
0135 13-4
SPECIAL PROJECT PR(X-',EDMU',S
Page 4 of 8
L During the construction of this prqject, it will be necessary to deactivate, for a
period of time, existirig lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with
the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating
those lines.
2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing
City water line systern with the City's representative.
a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from the Water Departinent for use
during the life of named project.
c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on
to accommodate the construction of the prqject is required, coordinate this
activity through the appropriate City representative.
1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water systern.
a) F.ailure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal
Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor
will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law.
b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and
responsibilities as a result ofthese actions,,
H. Public Notification. Prior to Beginning Construct ion
1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the pr(Iject, on a block by block
basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front
door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction., The notice
shall be prepared as follows:
a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each
block in the project area.
I ) Prepare flyer on the Contractor's letterhead and include the following
information:
a) Name of Project
b) City ProJect No (CPN)
c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity)
d) Actual construction duration within the block
e) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number
f) Name of the City's inspector and phone number
g) City's after-hours phone number
2) A sample of the 'pre-constn,iction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit
A.
3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each
block of the project to the inspector.
4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution.
b., No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is
delivered to all residents of the block.
I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction
1. In the event it becornes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to
residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of
the pending inte.muption to the front door of each affected resident,
2. Prepared notice as follows.
a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the ternporary
interruption.
CITY OF F ORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRI NCTION SPEK"IFICATION M'UN11 NFS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
r F .39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
WIF
F
013513-5
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Page 5 of 8
b. Prepare flyer on the contractor's letterhead and include the fbllowing,
inforrniation:
1) Name of the project
2) City Project Number.
3) Date of the interruption of service
4) Period the interruption will take place
5) Name of the contractor's lbretrian and phone number.
6) Name of the City's inspector and phone number
c. A sample of the temportuy water service interruption notification is attached as
Exhibit B.
d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector
for review prior to being distributed.
e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to
all affected residents and businesses.
f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project
Construction Inspector.
J. Coordination with Urtited States Anny Corps of Engineers (USACE)
1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where
I JSACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated
pernift.
K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas
1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in are where
railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated
railroad pernrit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for:
a. Flagmen
b. Inspectors
c. Safety training
d. Additional insurance
e. Insurance certificates
f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the
Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of
the project, Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance
with the permit guidelines,,
2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad's
requirements,
3. Railroad Flagnien
a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen
were present on Site.
L. Dust Control
1. 1 Jse acceplable measures to control dust at the Site.
a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water.
b. If wet saw cutting is 1-wirfionned, capture and properly dispose of slurry.
M. Eniployce Parking
1. Provide Parking for employees at locations approved by the City.
N. (Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCO(i) Clean
Construction Specification [if req u ired for the projectverify with Cityl
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order COnstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIA110N SPECIFICATION MX'UME14TS 'ITW-2015-000003
Revised Dea-mbey 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
0135 B - 6
SPECIAL PROJECTPROCEDURES
Page to of 8
1. Cornply with equipment, operational, reporting and enforcenient requirements set
forth in NCT(.,()G`s CleanConstruction Specification.)
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USER]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD ISITE1 CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED[
PART 3 ® EXECUTION [NOT USED]
Fpg#
. ..........
R.evision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF C14ANGE
. .................. .
1.4.13 — Added requirement of conipliancewith Health and Safety ('ode, Title 9.
8/31/2012 D.Johnson Safety., Subtitle.A., Public Sakty, C.hapter 752. High Voltage Overhead Lines.
IAX -- Added Contractor responsibility for obtaining a T'CEQ Air Permit
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order C011SMICtiOn Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPI]CIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised EX-cember 2.0.„ 2012
013 43-7
SPECIAL Pl?0JFCTPR0CFDURES
Pagc 7 of'8
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015 Task Order C'onsli uction Servius at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC HON SPEC.] FICATION DO(TNIENTS ]TV -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
EX111BI[TA
2
(To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead)
3
4
5
6
Date:
7
8
CPN No.:
71
9
Project Name:
10
Msco Location:
11
Limits of Constructiow
12
13
lqpp
FRI
plyx
14
15
16
17
THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT
18
WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR
19
PROPERTY.
IMP
20
21
CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE
22
OF THIS NOTICE.
23
24
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER
25
ISSUE, PLEASE CALL:
26
1100
27
28
Mr. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO>
29
F
30
OR
31
32
Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO>
33
34
AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (81 7) 392 8306
35
fl
36
PLEASE KEEP THIS F--LYFR HANDY WHEN YOU CALL
37
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015 Task Order C'onsli uction Servius at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC HON SPEC.] FICATION DO(TNIENTS ]TV -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
p
IN
Im
013513-8
SPECIAl., PROJECTPROCEDURES
Page 8 of 8
am
Mae:
Pon NO. xxxx
Project manur
NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
INTERRUPTION
DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR
WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON
BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND
IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT -OUT, PLEASE CALL:
MR. AT
(CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER)
OR
MR. AT
(CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER)
THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE.
THANK YOU,
CITY OF FORT WORTE 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIK"FlON SPECIFICATION DM.WENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
pp
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1® SUMMARY
014523-1
TESTING AND INSPECTION SEMCFS
Page I of 2
SECTION 0145 23
'1`1,S'11NG AND INSPECTION SERVK.1ES
5 A. Section Inch. des:
6 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standaii-d Specification
8 1. None,
9 C. Related Specification Sections include,, but are not necessarily limited to:
to 1. Division 0... Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I - -, General Requirements
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
16 a. Contractor is responsible for perf6rining, coordinating, and payment of all
17 Quality Control testing,
18 b. City is responsible for perforilling and payment for first set of Quality
19 Assurance testing.
20 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails, the
21 Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assui7ance
22 testing until a passing test occurs.
23 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments
24 for testing by Contractor have been paid in full.
25 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
27 A. Testing
28 1. Coniplete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents.
29 2. Coordination
30 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently
31 in advance, when testing is needed.
32 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City,
33 sufficiently in advance, that testing will be perfortned.
34 3. Distribution of 'resting Reports
35 a. Electronic Distribution
36 1) Confirrn development of Pr(,tject directory for electronic subinittals to be
37 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another extenial FTP site approved by
38 the City.
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015'Task Order Constnwflon Services at Various Locations
STANDARD ("ONSTM xl-nON SP1`('11F]CA.'H0N Doc,V jmuiq'rs T'PW..2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
014523 2
TESTING AND INSPI "(T,110N SERVICES
Page 2 of 2
I 2) Upload test reports to designated project direclory and notify appropriate
2 City representatives via email of submittal posting.
3 3) Hard Copies
4 a) I copy, for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative
5 b. Hard Copy Distribution (if required in lieu of electronic distribution)
6 1) Tests perfonned by City
7 a) Distribute I hard copy to the Contractor
8 2) Tests performed by the Contractor
9 a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Protect Representative
10 4.. Provide City's Prqject Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of
I I Concrete or Lime material including the following inforination:
12 a. Name of pit
13 b. Date of delivery
14 c. Material delivered
15 B. Inspection
16 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to
17 per-1.'orrn work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
18 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALFFY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
26 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
27 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
W
W,
30
Revision Log
DATE F—N,4� SUMMARY OF (..HANGE
CITY OF FORT "m
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S14"CIFICATION IX - )CI MEN TS
Revised July 1, 2.011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Localions
I'MV-2015-11 0003
I
oarioyj
r
01 so 00 - I
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND ('"ONTROLS
Page I of'4
SFC TION 0150 00
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CON't-ROLS
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1, Provide temporary fiscilifies and controls needed for the Work including, but not
7 necessarily limited to:
8 a. Temporary utilities
9 b. Sanitary ficilities
10 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings
I l d. Dust control
12 e. Tempormy fencing of the construction site
13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
14 L None,
15 C. Related Specitication Sections include, but are not necessarily litnited to:
16 1. Division 0 -- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
17 2. Division I - - General R.equirernents
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 L Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
24 A. Ternporary Utilities
2.5 1. Obtaining Temporary Service
26 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for ternporary services,
27 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service cornpanies or authorities
28 havingjurisdiction.
29 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final
30 Acceptance.
31 1) Included are fuel, pmN er, light, heat and other utility services necessary for
32 execution, conipletion, testing and initial operation of Work.
33 2. Water
34 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be
35 perfornied and for sl,)ecified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as
36 required for the completion of the Work..
37 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for doin.estic
38 consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives,
39 c. Coordination
40 1) Contact City I week before water for construction is desired
CITY OF FORTWOWFli 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services atY'mions Locations
STANDARD COINS FRUCTION SPECIFIC A110N DOCUMENTS IPW-2015-0100003
Revised July 1, 2011
01 50 00 2
TENAK)RAIRY F'ACILFFIES AND CONTROLS
Page 2 off
I
d. Contractor Illayinent for Construction Water
2
1) Obtain construction water meter from City for Ixtyrnent as billed by City's
3
established rates.
4
3.
Illectricity and I..,ighting
5
a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including
6
testing of Work.
7
1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equiprnent, or other use.
8
b. Electric power service includes ternporary power service or generator to
9
maintain operations during scheduled shutdown.
10
4.
Telephone
11
a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor leersonnel
12
and others perfonning work or ffirnishing services at Site.
13
5.
'remporary Heat and Ventilation
14.
a. Provide ternporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work.
15
b. Provide ternponuy heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions.
16
B. Sanitary Facilities
17
1 .
Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site.
18
a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health.
19
2.
Enforce use of sanitary Ibcilities by construction personnel at job site.
20
a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities.
21
b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities.
22
c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health
23
problem
24
d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly
25
dispose in accordance with applicable regulation.
26
3.
Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project.
27
4.
Remove facilities at completion of Project
28
C. Storage Sheds and Buildings
29
10
Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherprool"storage fa.cillities with floor
30
above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage.
31
2.
Storage of materials not susceptible to weattier damage may be on blocks off
32
ground.
33
3.
Store materials in a neat and orderly manner.
34
a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification,
35
inspection and inventory.
36
4.
Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for
37
equipment space heaters and hearing or ventilation as necessary to provide storage
38
environments acceptable to specified manufacturers.
39
5.
Fill and grade site for ternporary structures to provide drainage away from
40
temporary and existing buildings,
41
6.
Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance.
42
D. Temporary
Fencing
43
1.
Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract
44
documents
45
E. Dust
Control
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Variows LocafioyM
S'I'ANI)ARDCONS'I'It.1(7"if)q SPECIFICATION EX)CUNIENFS 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised July 1,, 2011
I
01 5000-3
ITMPOR ARY FACHATIE"S AND CONTROLS
Page 3 of 4
1.
3.1
L Contractor is responsible fo[- niaintaining dust control tfirough the duration of the
2
3.2
proJect.
3
3.3
a. Contractor rernains on-call at all times
4
3.4
b. Must respond in a finiely u-nanner
5
F. Teinaporaq J."rotection of Construction
6
L Coji'aractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecthig Work from dwiaage due
7
3.5
to weather.
8
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
9
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
13
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT (USED]
14
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS (NOT USED]
15
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED]
16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 PART 3 ® EXECUTION [NOT USED1
18
3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
19
3.2
EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
20
3.3
PREPARATION [NOT USED]
21
3.4
INSTALLATION
22
A. 'I"emporary Facilities
23
1. Maintain all tenipoi-,ary facilities for duration ofconstruclion activities as needed.
24
3.5
[REPAIR] / [REST ORATION]
25
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION
26
3.7
FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT (USED]
27
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
28
3®
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
29
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
30
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
31
A. Temporary Facilities
CITY OF FORT WORTI 1 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S11111"CIFICATION DOCUMFINTS FPW .20 t 5-000003
Rcviscd hily I"2011
015000-4
TE."MPORARY FAC Iii AND CONTROLS
Pape 4 of 4
1 1. Remove all temporary faeffities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a
2
condition equal to or better than p6or to start. of Work.
3 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
4 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED1
5 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
ml
19
'A
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARE) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUNIFNI'S 'FPW-2015.4)00003
Revised July 1, 011
01 5526-1
STR EFT USE PER MITAND ��101)IFI(A'1'10]qS'I'O'I'RAI,'F�C CONTROL
Page I of 3
I SECTION 0155 26
2 STREETUSE PERMITAND MODIFICATIONS TOTRATTIC CONTROL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes'.
6 1. Administrative procedures for:
7 a. Street Use Permit
8 b. Modification of appy-oved traffic control
9 c. Removal of Street Signs
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1.1 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are n®t necessaj°ily limited to:
13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, (Iontract Forms and Conditions of the (.'ontract
14 2. Division I - General Requirements
15 3. Section 3471 13 Tralfic( 'I
ontrol
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENTPROCEDURES
17 A. Memurement and Payment
18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered stibsidiary to the various Items bid.
19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20 1.3 REFERENCES
21 A. Reference Standards
22 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
23 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
24 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
25 1 Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic (,"control Devices (TMUT(:"D).
26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVEREQJJIREMENTS
27 A. Traffic Control
28 1. General
29 a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings, provideTraffic
30 Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13.
31 b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic
32 control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for
33 review.
34 1) Allow niiininiunr I 0,�vorking days for review of proposed,rraffic Control.
35 B. Street Use Permit
36 1. Prior to ins iallation of Traffic Control, a City Street I..Jse Permit is required.
37 a. To obtain Street I.Jse Permit, suNnit Traffic ( I ontrol Plans to City
38 'Transportation and Public Works Department.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATI(N W)CUMENTS TIM -2015. 0000�03
Revised My 1, 2011
01 55 26 - 2
STREE'r USE PERMIT AND MOI)ii,')('A.'TIGNSI'Q'.)'rR.AFFIC CONTROL
Pape 2 of 3
1 1) Allow a minim urn of 5 working days for permit review.
2 2) Contractor's responsil-iflity to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for
3 Street Use Pernift, such that construction is not delayed,
4 C. N�odificafion to Appr(,wed'Traffic Control
5 1. Prior to installation traffic control:
6 a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Departiaient Transportation and
1.7 Public Works Department.
8 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section i 34 71 13.
9 2) Allow inininium 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control.
10 3) It is the ("ontractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control
H plans for Street Use Pennit, such that construction is not delayed.
12 D. Removal of Street Sign
13 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction, then contact
14 CityTransportation and Public Works Depatinjent, Signs and Markings Division to
15 remove the siLyi.
16 E. Temporary Signage
17 1. In the case of regulator), signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign ineeting
18 requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform. Traffic Control
19 Devices (N4U'I'CD).
20 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign.
21 1 When construction is complete, to the extent that the permanent sign can be
22 reinstalled, contact the City 'rransportation and Public Works Department,, Signs
23 and N4arkings Division, to reinstall the permanent sign.
24 F. Traffic Control Standards
25 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's Buzzsaw website.
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USE D1
28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
31 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING, [NOT USED]
32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED],
33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
35 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
36 END OF SECTION
UTY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPFCIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
N
IT
01 55 26 - 3
STREETUSE PERMITAND IN40f)]�f:°]'CAT'IONS,i'o,rR.AFFIC CON FRIOL
Page 3 of'3
Revision Log
— D� --- -I-
--'--T NAM17- SUMMARY OF CHANGE
UT,
CITY OF FORTWORTTS. 20151'ask Order Construel ion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD G. ONS SPECIFICATION DOCk MENI'S ']I'PIW-2015-000(103
Revised July 1, 2011
I
01 5713-1
STORM WATER. POLLU I �Olq PRFIVENIION
Page I of'3
I SECTION 0157 13
2 S'TORM WATER P011UTION PRI"VENTION
3 PART1- GENERAL
BEEKAjECUFOMY&WA
5 A. Section Includes:
6 L Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1 None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 --- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the
I I Conlract
12 2.. Division 1 General RequirerneWs
13 3. Section 31 25 00 Erosion and Sedinient Control
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payirient.
16 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than I acre of disturbance
17 a. Work. associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items
18 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
19 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than I acre of disturbance
20 a. Measurement and Paynient shall be in accordance with Section 3125 00.
21 1.3 REFERENCES
22 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
23 1. Notice of Intent.- NO]
24 2. 'Notice of Termination: NOT
25 3. Storm Water Pollutions Prevention Plan-, SWPPP
26 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TC:: EQ
27 5. Notice of Change: NOC
28 A. Reference Standards
29 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
:10 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 S1,,xcification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2. Integrated Storm Management (iswwrechnicall Manual for Construction
33 Controls
34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
35 A. General
36 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued &s.'sociated
37 with compliance to Storniwater Pollution Prevention Plan,
ClTY OF FORT WORTH 201 STask (Wer ConstTuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI HAIM SPRAFICATION I)OCUMMTS TM -2M.-000003
Revnsed July 1, 2011
0 157 13 ... 2
srol?M WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION
Pape 2 of 3
I B. COFIATUCtion Activities resulting in:
2 1 Less than I acre of disturbance
3 a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3125 00 and
4 Drawings.
5 1 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance
6 a. Texas Pollutant Discliarge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
7 Permit is required
8 b. Cornplete SWPPP in accordance with 'F(.,EQ requirements
9 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit
10 TXR 150000
11 a) Sign and post at job site
12 b) Prior to Precons(n.iction Meeting, send I copy to City Department of
13 "I"ransporiallion and Public Works, Environmental Division, (817) 392-
14 6088.
15 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
16 a) Section 3125 00
17 b) The Drawings
18 c) TXRl 50000 General Permit
19 d) SWPPP
20 e) TCEQ requirements
21 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance
22 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction
23 Permit is required
24 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with'I"CEQ requirements
25 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee
26 a) Sign and post at job site
27 b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
28 Environmental Division, (817) 392-608&
29 2) TCF'Q Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI
30 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with:
31 a) Section 31 25 00
32 b) The Drawings
33 c) TXR1 50000 General Permit
34 d) SWPPP
35 e) 'l`(EQ requiremetits
36 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of
37 TCEQ have been met aTCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted.
38 a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works,
39 Environmental Division, (817) 392-6088.
40 1.5 SUBMITTALS
41 A. SWPPP
42 1. Submit, in accordance with Section 0133 00, except as stated herein.
4.3 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City
44 as follows:
45 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager
46 a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of
47 Transpottation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCFION SPEA."IFICATI(M DOCUMENTS ]TW -2015-.000003
Revised July 1, 2011
I
Imp% ,
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
2
0 1 57 113 - 3
STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVINTION
Pap 3 of 3
B. Modified SWPPP
L If the SVS P11P is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWI:IPP to the City
in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
1.6 ACTION SUB MITTALS/I NFOR MATIONA1, SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
®7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT 13SED1
1.8 MAIN r TENANCE MATERIAL, SUBMITTALS INOT USED1
1® QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,, AND IIANDIANG INOT USEDI
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS INOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CRANGE
. ..... . . . ........
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'cask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTM KITION S111'CIFICA" FION D00 WIENTS TIM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
pp
01 58 13- 1
'I EMPOR A RY PROJECT SIGNAGE,
Page I of'3
SECTION 0158 13
2 1041'01�ARY PROJECTSIGNGE;
� z"I ta a EEKEDjawm,
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
A. Section Includes".,
6
1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements
7
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8
1. None.,
9
Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lin-lited to:
10
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11
2. Division I General Req uiren ic tits
12
1.2
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13
A. Measurement and Payment
14
1., Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
15
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
16
1.3
REFERENCES [NOT USED]
17
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
18
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED[
19
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
22
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
24
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
25
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED[
26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
27 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
28 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCTTYPES, AND MATERIALS
29 A. Design Criteria
30 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard
31 Details for projcct signs.
Irp
a 1 OF FORT WORTH 2015'rmk Order Consiruction Seuvices at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC"I'10114 SPECIUICA"nON DOCIUMENTS 'I M -2015-00M03
MOP Revised J1 u ly 1, 2011
0158 13 2
TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Page 2 of'3
I B. Materials
2 1. Sign
3 a. Constructed of 1/4 -inch fir plywood, grade A. -C (extet-ior) or better
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT' USED]
S 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
6 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
I
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Provide vertical installation at extents of pro.ject.
2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City.
B. Mounting options
a. Skids
b. Posts
c. Baff icade
3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT I)SED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP INOTUSED1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE
A. G'eneral
1. Maintenance will include painting and tvpairs as needed or directed by the City.
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
CITYOF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015'T&sk Order Cmistruction Servioes at Various Locationf,
'111W-2015-00000.3
m
I
01 58 13 - 3
ITIMPORARY PROJECT'SIGNAGIE
Page,3 of 3
. . ........ . . ......... ...
Revision Log
SUMMA RY OF CI IANGE
DATE NAME I
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF(IFICATION IN-A,'UMENTS r'PW..2035-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
IF
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 0160 00
PROD1 JCTREQUIRI,"MENTS,
01 60 00 I
PRODLXTRE01 AREMINTS
Page � of 2
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Reficrejiees for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List
7 B. Deviations from this City, of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 --Bidding; Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2 Division I - General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED]
13 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
15 A. A list of City approved products for use is located on Buzzsaw as ft.41ows:
16 1. Resources\02 - Construction Docurnents\Standard Products List
17 B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract
18 Documents shall be allowed for use on the ProJect,
19 1. Any subsequently approve(] products will only be allowed for use upon specific
20 approval by the City.
21 C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar
22 products included on the City's Standard Product List.
23 L The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even
24 thouos i the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List.
25 D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard product List, not all
26 products from that rnanulacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that
27 manuf'acturer's standard product.
28 E.. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's
29 Standard Product List.
30 1.5 SUBMITTALS INOTUS17131
31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORNIATIONAL SUBmi,rTALS [NOT USED]
32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMiTTALS [NOT USED
33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAI, SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
CH7Y OF FORT WORTH 20 5 Task Order Construction Sex -vices at Various Locations
S FANDA 103 CONSTR (A ' 'HON StI1'°0112:"ATION DOCUMENTS TPW-.2015-000(X)3
Revised December 20, 2012
016000-2
PRDDIXF REQUIUINAENTS
Page 2 of 2
1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD ISITEI CONDITIONS [NoT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS [NOT USED)
5 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED]
M
W
.1
Revision Log
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
DATE F NAME
--
10JohnT
/12/12 D.
son Modified Location of City's Standard Product List
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Sew -vices at Various Locations
'r?'W-.2015-000(X)3
STANDARD CONSTRUCUION SPECIFICATION DOCI MENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
7
Of 6600- 1
PRODUCTSTORAGE AND HANDLING
Page 1 &4
I SECTION 0166 00
2 1111013UCTSTOR AGE AND HANDLING, REQUIREN4ENTS
mKi til
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Scheduling of product delivery
7 2.. Packaging of products for delivery
8 3. Protection of products against dao: iage from:
9 a. Handling
10 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments
11. B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditioi,is of the Contract
15 2. Division 1 General Requirements
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17
A. Measurement and Payment
18
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
0
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
20
1.3
REFERENCES [NOT USED]
21
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMI NTS [NOT USED]
22
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23
1.6
ACTION StJBMIT'!',atLS/INFORMA'F.'IONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOTUSED1
26
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27
1.10
DELIVERY AND HANDLING
28 A. DeliveiyRequiretrients
29 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation
30 and to avoid prolonged storage.
31 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equil-nnent to receive deliveries.
32 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site
33 for personnel or equipryient to receive the delivery.
Cf'FY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Constniction SeTvim at Various Locations
STANI)ARD CONSTRUC110N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
016600-2
PRPODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQU1FXMEIqIS
Pa" 2 off
j 4. Deliver products or equipment in inantifaicturer's original un.br,oken cartons or other
2 containers, designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or
3 environmental dantage.
4 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation
5 location.
6 6. Provide ll-jarril'Ifacturer's instructions for storage and handling.
17 B. Handling Requirements
8 1. Handle products or equip ment in accordance with these Contract Documents and
9 manufacturer's recornniendations and instnictions.
10 C. Storage Requirenicnts
11 1. Store materials in accordance with rnanuflicturer's recommendations and
12 requirements of tliese Specificatioris.
13 1 Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment.
14 a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorpor-ated into Work to prevent
15 damage to any part of Work or existing facillities and to inaintain. free access at
16 all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in
17 vicinity of Work.
18
3.
Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will
19
cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners,
20
tenants and occupants.
21
a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection.
22
4.
Restrict storage to are available on construction site for storage of material and
23
equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Proect Representative,
J
24
5.
Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate.
25
a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by
26
City's Project Representative.
27
6.
Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without
28
written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises,
29
7.
Store in manufacturers' unopened containers.
30
8.
Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of
31
Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public
32
and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant,
33
9.
Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open®
34
10.
Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other finprovervielits to
35
satisfiaction of City's Project Representative.
36
a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of constniction at
37
one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise app�roved in writing by (Ity's
38
Project Representative.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD COW'nzuCTION SPECIFICATION DOG MENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW 2015-000003
I
I
1
I
0166 00 3
PRODUCC SIX)RAGE, AND HANDLING REQUIREWNTS
Page 3 of4
1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 3 - EX. ECUTION
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED]
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR) SITE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections
1. Inspect all products or equipaient delivered to the site prior to unloading.
B. Non -Conforming or
1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way
unsatisfactory for use on the prqject.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION
A. Protect all products, or equiptuent in accordance with manufacturer's written directions.
B. Store products or equipt-nent in location to avoid physical dam.age to items while in
storage.
C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by
the ni anti tacturer.
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORTWORTH :2015 `bask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
7 IFI -20115-000003
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECC'ATION DO(I MENTS TPW
Revised deftly 1, 2011
I
016600-4
PRODUCTSTORAGE AND IIIANDILING REQUIRENTENI'S
Pa.pe 4 of 4
Revision Log
ATE
D NAME SUMMARY OF C14ANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CON'STRUCTI(A SPECIFICA TION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 201 l
2015'Fasic Order Constnjction Services at Various Locations
'IM-2015-00(Ii003
mom)
N
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
!0
H
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
N
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
I
01 70 00 - I
MOB11. IZATION AND RFMOBILVA11ON
Page I of 4
SECTION 0170 00
M0B11..,lZA,r10N AND REM01311.1ZATioN
A. Section Includes:
1. Mobilization and Den-tobilizatiort
a. Mobilization
1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies
to the Site
2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation
at the Site
3) Premiums paid for performance and paynaent bonds
4) 'rransportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating supplies
to another location within the designated Site
5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation
from I location to another location on the Site.
b. Demobilization
1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, eqi.6pinent, and operating, supplies
away from the Site including disassembly
2) Site Clea il-up
3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this
C'ontract
c. Mobil izal ion and Demobilization do not incluide activities :for spe:cit ic items of
work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract.
2. Renlobilization
a. Rernobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract
Documents or as required by City includes:
1) Demobilization
a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating
supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing
equipment, sul�.)plies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract
Documents necessary to suspend the Work.
b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents
2) Remobilization
a) T'ransportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating
supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work.
b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's
operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work.
3) No Payments will be made for:
a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the
Site in the normal progress of performing the Work.
b) Stand-by or idle time
c) Lost profits
3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects
a. Mobilization and Demobilization.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constsuction Servims at Various Locations
STANDARD (7ONSTBA.ICTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TMV-2015-0000103
Revised 13ecember 20, 2012
0 170 00 - 2
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILWATION
Page 2 of 4
j 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis
2 necessary for:
3 a) In-ansportation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating
4 supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order.
5 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's
6 operation at the Site for the issued Work Order
7 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for:
8 a) Transpoitation of Contractor's personnel, equipment, and operating
9 supplies from the Site including disassernbly for each issued Work
10 Order
I I b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order
12 c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for
13 each Work Oder
14 b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of
15 work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract.,
16 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demo bi I ization for Miscellaneous J.rojects
17 a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the
18 niobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order.
19 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
20 1. None.
21 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lit-nited to:
22 1. Division O—Bidding 11equirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
23 2. Division I --, General R,equirements
24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
25 A. Measurement and Payment
26 L Mobilization and Demobilization
27 a. Measure
28 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and inaterials furnished in accordance with this Item
31 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be
32 allowed.
33 2. demobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract
34 Documents
35 a. Measurement
36 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each rernobilization performed.
37 b. Payment
38 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
39 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
40 price per each "Specified Renrobilization" in accordance with Contract
41 Documents.
42 c. The price shall include:
43 1) Demobilization as described in Section L1mA.2.a.l)
44 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1. LA.2,a.2)
45 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
46 Item.
CITY OF FORT WOMI
STANDARD ('ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Reviged December 20, 2012
2015 To-sk Order Constfuction Services at Various Locations
TPW-20 15-000003
I
r
r
017000-3
M01311 IZATION AND REN101.411 IZATION
1 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City
2 a., Measurement and Payment
3 1) This shall be subtuitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10
4 of Section 00 72 00.
5 2) No payments will be made for standby,, idle time, or lost profits associated
6 with this Item.
7 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projecis
8 a. Measurement
9 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and
10 Demobilization, re quired by the Contract Docrunients
11 b. Payment
12 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
13 and measured as provided under "Measuremient" will be paid for at the it
14 price per each "Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract
15 Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization
16 and shall not be paid for separately.
17 c. The price shall include:
18 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1. LA.3.a. 1)
19 2) Demobilization as described in Section LLA.3.a.2)
20 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this
21 Item.
22 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous 11.3roJects
23 a. Measurement
24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and
25 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents
26 b. Payment
27 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
28 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
29 price per each "Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with
30 Contract Documents. Den-iobilization shall be considered sul-)sidiary to
31 mobilization and shall not be paid for separately.
32 c. The price shall include
33 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1. 1. A.4,a)
34 2) Demobilization as described in Section LLA.3.a.2)
35 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle tirne, or lost profits associated this
36 Item.
37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USEDI
38 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS JNoT USED
39 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
40 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
41 1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS JINOT USED]
42 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED
43 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USER]
44 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT MAU I 2015'Fask Order Constructioni Services at Various Locations,
STANDARD C(lNSTR tJ(",'Tl()N Si' EX IX)CI JMFNTS TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
01 7000 4
MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION
Page 4 of 4
1.1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOTUSED]
9
2
6
Revision Log
D
ME SUMMARY OF C14ANGE ATE A
CITY OF FOR WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various LocalioTis
STANDARD CONSTRUC I rl(.)N SPECHICATION DOCUMENTS TM-2015-.00OW3
Revised December 20, 2012
r
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
01 '71 23 1
CONSTM JCTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page I of 4
SECTION 017123
CONs,r'RUCTION! STAKING AND SURVEY
5 A. Section Includesi:
6 1. Requiretnents for construction staking and construction survey
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specificatiorl
8 1. None.
9 C. 'Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I General Requiremeiits
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1, Construction, Staking
15 a. Measurement
16 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
17 b. Payment
18 1) The work performed and the materialls furnished in accordance with this
19 Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will
20 be allowed,
21 2° Construction Survey
22 a. Measurement
23 1) This Item is considered subsidiary tothe various Items bid.
24 b. Payment
25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
26 Item are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other conipensation will
27 be allowed.
28 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED1
30 1.5 SUBMITTALS
31 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 0
32 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery'.
33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSIINFORMATIONAL SU13MITTALS
34 A. Certificates
35 1. Provide certificate ccrtif*ing that elevations and locations of improvements are in
36 conformance or non-confonnance with requirements of the Contract Documents.
37 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the
38 State of 'rexas..
I
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Co
Order nstniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC-110N SPE,01"ICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20,, 2012
01 71 23-2
CONSTRUCTION SlAKING AND SURVEY
Page 2 of 4
I B. Field Quality Control Submittals
2 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work..
3 1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
6 A. Construction Staking
7 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor.
8 2. Coordination
9 a. Contact City's Project Representative at least 2 weeks in advance for
10 scheduling of Construction Staking.
11 b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction
12 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
13 3. General
14 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining stakes.
15 B. Construction Survey
16 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Contractor.
17 2. Coordination
18 a. Contractor to verity, that control data established. in the design survey remains
19 intact.
20 b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which
21 horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey.
22 c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that
23 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted.
24 d. Notify City if any control data needs to be restored or replaced due to damage
25 caused during construction operations.
26 1) City shall perform replacements and/or restorations.
27 3. General
28 a. Construction survey will be perfornied in order to maintain complete and
29 accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records.
30 b. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to
31 perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but not
32 limited to the following:
33 1) All Utility Lines
34 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or
35 junction structure
36 2) Water Lines
37 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines, at the following
38 locations:
39 (1) Every 250 linear feet
40 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All
41 Fittings)
42 (3) Cathodic protection test stations
43 (4) Sampling stations
44 (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes)
45 (6) Fire lines
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
sTANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION IX)CUMENTS IPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
r
017123-3
CONSTfUICTION SJ'AMNG AND SURVEY
Flage 3 of'4
1
(7) Fire hydrants
2
(8) Gate valves
3
(9) Plugs, stkiboul.,;, deeld end lines
4
(10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe)
.5
(11) Blow off valves (Matiliole rim and valve lid)
6
(12) Pressure plane valves
7
(13) Cleaning wyes
8
(14) Casing pipe (each end)
9
b) Storm Sewer
10
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordiniales at the following locations:
11
(a) Every 250 linear feet
12
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of intliection, curvature, etc.
13
c) Sanitary Sewer
14
(1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at
15
the fbilowing locations:
16
(a) Every 250 linear feet
17
(b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc.
18
(c) Cleanouts
19
c. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and
20
accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding
21
the line and grade required by these SpeciFications.
22
d. The Contractor will need to ensure coordination is maintained with the City to
23
perforn.1 construction survey and to verify control data, including but not
24
limited to the Ibilowing:
25
1) Established benchmarks and control points provided for the ("'ontractor's
26
use are accurate
27
2) Benchmarks were used to furnish and maintain all'rete rence lines and
28
grades for funnelitig
29
3) Lines and grades were used to establish the location of the pipe
30
4) Subinit to the City copies of field notes used to establish all lines and
31
grades and allow the City to check guidwice system setup prior to
32
beginning each tunneling drive.
33
5) Provide access for the City to vcrify the guidance systeni, and the line and
34
grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis.
35
6) The tea' nlractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and
36
the correction of it, as required.
37
7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction.
38
8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe
39
joint and subinit daily records to City.
40
9) If the installalion does not meet the specilied tolerances, immediately notif�
41
the City and correct the installation. in accordance with the Contract
42
Documents.
43 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
44 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [No,r USED]
45 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
46 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rack Order Constniction Services at Various L,ocafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION "SPEC IFICA'rION DO(l WENTS TPW-201 x...000003
Revised Decerinber 20, 2012
017123-4
CONsrm.)CTION STAKING AND SURVEY
Page 4 of 4
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
2
3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3
3.2
EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
4
3.3
PREPARATION [NOT USED]
5
3.4
APPLICATION
6
3.5
REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
7
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
8
3.7
FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
9
A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control[ data placed by the
10
City in accordance with this Specification.
11
B. Do not change or relocate stakes or contTol data without approval from the City.
12
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
13
3.9
AD3USTIN('T' [NOT USED]
14
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
15
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
16
3.12
PROTECTION [NOTUSED1
17
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
18
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
19
END OF SECTION
W
IE
Revision I.og
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CIIANGE
8/31/2012
D. Johnson
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Clonstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIXMON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW.-2015-,000003
Revised December 20, 2012
p
2
3 PARTI- GENERAL
M
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
919,
I
I
I
01 '7423- 1
CLEANING
Page I of'4
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work, not including speci�,,.d cleaning of closed
systems specified elsewhere
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specificaticaii
L None.
,C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. ]-.)ivision 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Fom.is and Conditions of the ("ontract
2. Division I - General Requirements
3. Section 32 92 13 — Hydro-Mullching, Seeding and Sodding
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
.A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Scheduling
1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contarninants disturbed by
cleaning process will not fall on newl,), painted sixitbces.,
2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and inimediately prior to final
inspection.
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOTUSED1
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 ct.,owotrr SUBMITTALS [NOT 1JSED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [N01' USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requifernenits
1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically, designed for
those materials.
CiTY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task. Or&' Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE0FICATION DOCUMENTS T'PW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
01 7423-2
CLEMIHNG
Pag
.,e 2 off
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
4 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 2.2 MATERIALS
6 A. Cleaning Agents
7 1. Compatible with surl"ace being cleaned
8 2. New and uncontaminated
9 3. For manufactured surfaces
io a. Material recommended by manufacturer
11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
13 PART 3 - EXECUTION
14
3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
15
3.2
EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
16
3.3
PREPARATION [NOT USED]
17
3.4
APPLICATION [NOT USED]
18
3.5
REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
19
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20
3.7
FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
21
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
22
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
23
3.10
CLEANING
24
A. General
25
1 Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions.
26
2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of
27
goverr-ling authorities,
28
3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in
29
storm or sanitary drains or sewers.
30
4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site.
31
5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an
32
alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies,
0 IT OF FORT WOR'11 I
STANDARD C()NS'rRUC71'1()N SPECIFICATION DOCI WENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
201 S'II &A Order Constniction Services at VW-ious Unafions
`TPW-2015-000003
r
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
I
1
6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible,
7. Thoroughl.y clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with
this project.
8. Remove all signs of teinl'.)orary construction and activities incidental to construction
of required pernianent Work.
9. If proJect is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to
have the cleaning coinpleted at the expense of the Contractor.
10. Do not bum on-site,
B. Intermediate Clean in deur ing Co nstruction
1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of
personnel in existing facility operations.,
2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish.
3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s):
a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind
b. Store debris away, from construction or operational. activities
c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week
4. Vacuum clean interior are when ready, to receive finish painting,
a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed basis, until Final Acceptance,
5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which
may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm.
C. Interior Final Cleaning
1. Reinove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other
foreign materials from sight -exposed surfaces.
2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean..
1 Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
5. Ventilating systems
a.. Clean permanent filters and relAace disposable filters if units were operated
during construction,
b. Clean ducts, blowers and cods if units were operated without filters during
construction.
6. Replace all burned out lamps.
7. Broom clean process area floors.
8. Mop office and control room floors.
D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final C'leaning
1, Remove trash and debris containers from site.
a. Re seed areas disturbed by location, of trash and debris containers in accordance
with Section 32 92 13.
2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, p�ieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object
that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic donthe roadway.
3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures,
junction boxes and inlets.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Seyvices at, Vwious Locations
S'I'ANDAR.D(:;(,)NS'I'Rkf("1'1(.)N S11111FICATION DOCUMENTS 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
017423-4
(.1LEANING
Page 4 o1'4
4. If no longer required for maintenance of emsion facilities, and upon approval by
2 City, remove erosion control from site.
3 5. Clean signs, HgAits, signals, etc.
4 3.11 CLOSEouTACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USEDI
6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
8 END OF SECTION
Ell
19
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Variow Locations
STANDDARD CONSTROC, HON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 111W-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
3 PARTI- GENERAL
11
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1.5
16
WA
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
W
r,
I
01 7719-1
FREQUIRFINIENTS
Page I of 3
SECTION 0177 19
Cl...,0SE01JTREQ[JI REMENTS
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
L The procedure for closing out a contract
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 . Bidding Requirements, Contract Fonns and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I — General Requirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Work associated with this Item is considered StrIbSidiary to the various Items bid.
No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guafarntees, bonds,
certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are
satisfactorily filed with the City.
I
B. Release of Liens or Claims
1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of
release of liens has been submitted to the City.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit all require(] documentation to City's Project Representative.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Cbnstmction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD 4:'ONSTRU(7110N SPE'XIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
01 7719-2
CLO8E00T1tEQUIREWNFS
Page 2 of 3
1 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] to)
4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
8 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE
M,
A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit:
1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39
2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 0178 23
B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section
01 7423.
C. Final Inspection
1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City PrqJject Representative that the Work
is completed.
a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present.
b. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in
writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection
reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete.
2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the or
required to remedy deficiencies and complete the or to the satisfaction of the
City.
3. Upon completion of or associated with the items listed in the City's written
notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt
oft is notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent
Final Inspection of the project.
4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full
operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to:
a. Specified spare parts
b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment
c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks
d. Light bulbs
e. Fuses
f, Vault keys
g. Handwheels
h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all
equipment:
D. Notice of Prq�lect Completion
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION WCUMENTS
Revised July,1, 2011
IWO
2015 Task Order Cons1`ruCJiofl Services at Various Locations
I'PW-2015-000003
r pp
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
W
r
I
0 1 77 19 - 3
CLOSL0UT REQUMAIEN B
Page 3 of 3
1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work. subsequent to Final Inspection
to be satisfactory, the (.,ity will issue a Notice ot"ProJect Completion (Green Sheet).
E. Supporting Docuinentation
1. (.7oordinate with the City Pro.ject Representative to complete the following
additional forms:
a. Final Payrnent Request
b. Statement of Contract 'rinse
c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens
d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment
e. Pipe Report (if required)
f Contractor's Evaluation of City
g. I rformance Evaluation of Contractor
F. Letter of Final Acceptance
1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting
Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Lefler of
Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment,
3.5 REPAIR /RESTORATION [NOT USFDJ
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED1
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING JNOTUSEDJ
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USEDI
3.11 CLOSEOt.J'I'ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED1
3.14 ATTAC14MENTS [NOT USED]
Revision L,og
DA'rL, T NAME St IMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Ta.sk Ordew (Amsti uction Services at Various Locgions
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECHICATION DOCINI 14TS TPW-2015-000003
Revised My 1, 2011
N
r
I
4 1.1 SUMMARY
01 78 23 - I
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page t of 5
SECTION 0178 23
0P_ER_A_T_1f 3C
5 A. Section Includes. -
6 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and
7 operation of products furnished under Contract
8 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to:
9 a. Traffic Conti -oiler's
10 b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City)
I1 c. Butterfly Valves
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division I -General Requirements
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measureirient and Payment
19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
23 A. Schedule
24 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product
25 shipment tothe pro.ject site.
26 1.5 SUBMITTALS
27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. All submittals shall be
28 approved by the City prior to delivery.
29 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
30 A. Submittal Form
31 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional mamial for use by City personnel.
32 2. Fonnat
33 a. Size: 8 % inches x I I inches
34 b. Paper
35 1) 40 pound inininiuni, white, for typed pages
36 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal
37 c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten
CITY OF FORT WORT14 2015'Fask Order Comisliuction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015.-000003
STANDARD CONSTRIA7110N SPECIFICATION DOCIUMFN"I's
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volunie, arranged in systematic order
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
c. List, with each product,
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
Volume
3) Identify area of responsibility of each
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
d. Identify each product byproduct name and other identifying symbols asset
forth in Contract Documents.
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installartion
3) Delete references to inapplicable infonnation
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
2) Control and flow diagranis
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
4. Written text, as required to supplenient product data for the particular installation:
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
b. Provide logical sequence of instnictions of each procedure
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI ICTION S]"EUIPICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-00000.3
Revised December 20, 2012
JMMT�
01 7823-2
OPFRATION AND MA INTENANCE DATA.
Page 2 of 5
d. 1.3rawings
!) Provide reinforced punched, binder tab, bind in with text
2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages.
e. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating
equipment.
1.) Provide tylied 4.1escription of product, and major component parts of
17
equipment.
2) Provide indexed tabs.
f Cover
"OPERATING
1) ldentif�y each volume with typed or printed title AND
MAINTF'NANCE INSTRUCTIONS".
2) List:
a) Title of Project
b) Identity of separate structure as applicable
c) Identity of generail subject matter covered in the manual
3. Binders
a. Cornmercial quality 3 -ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers
b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent
groupings.
4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual.
1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volunie, arranged in systematic order
a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number
b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume
c. List, with each product,
1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer
2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the
Volume
3) Identify area of responsibility of each
4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement
d. Identify each product byproduct name and other identifying symbols asset
forth in Contract Documents.
2. Product Data
a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product.
b. Annotate each sheet to:
1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed
2) Clearly identify data applicable to installartion
3) Delete references to inapplicable infonnation
3. Drawings
a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems
2) Control and flow diagranis
b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure
correct illustration of completed installation.
c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings.
4. Written text, as required to supplenient product data for the particular installation:
a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
b. Provide logical sequence of instnictions of each procedure
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI ICTION S]"EUIPICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-00000.3
Revised December 20, 2012
JMMT�
I
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
01 7823 -3
OPERNFION AND MAIN'UNANCE DA'FA
Pape 3 of 5
5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued
a. Provide inf6rination sheet for City personnel giving. -
1) Proper procedures in event of failure
2) Instances which rnight affect validity of warranties or bonds
C. Manual for Materials and finishes
1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final. fonin.
2. Content, for architectural products, applied iaiaterials and finishes:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Catalog number, size, composition
2) Color and texture designations
3) Information required for reordering special iiiianufactil red products
b. Instructions for care and maintenance
1) Manufacturef's recontiviendartion for types of cleaning agents and methods
2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to
twoduct
3) Reconrin ended scliedule for cleaning and mairitenatwe
3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products:
a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products
1) Applicable standards
2) Chemical coinposition
3) Details of installation
b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair
D. Majularl for Equipment and Sys(ems
1. Submit 5 copies of cotriplete manual in final form.
2. Content, for each unit of equipment and systenii, as appropriate:
a. Description of unit and component parts
1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts
b. Operating procedures
1) Start-up, break 4n, routine and normal operating instructions
2) Regulation, eojrjtj'�01' Suppil1g, Shut -down and emerg
,!envy instructions
3) Summer and winter operating instructions
4) Special operating instructions
c. Maintenance procedtit°es
1) Routine operations
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
4) Alignment, adjusting and checking,
d. Servicing and lubrication schedule
1) List of lubricants required
e. Manufacturer's printed operating and n-mintenance instructions
f. Description. of sequence of operation by control. manufacturer
1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear
2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts
g.. As installed control diagranis by controls mantifiacturer
h. Each contractor's coordination drav,,ings
1) As installed color coded piping diagrams
CITY OF FOR I'WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S'I'ANDA.RDCONS'1'1r.,IC'1'1(�)N SPECIFWATION DOCUMEN'T'S T?W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
017823-4
OPETO TION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Page 4 of 5
I
i.
Charts of valve tag nurnbers, with location and function of each valve
2
List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
3
reconunended quantities to be inaintained in storage
4
k.
Other data as requ ired under pertinent Sections of Specifical ions
5
1. Content, for each electric and electronic systern, as appropriate:
6
a.
Description of systern and component parts
7
1.) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions
8
2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests
9
3) Complete nomenclature and conimercial munber of replaceable parts
10
b.
Circuit directories of panelboards
11
1) Electrical service
12
2) Controls
13
3) Cornmunications
14
c.
As installed color coded wiring diagrams
15
d.
Operating procedures
16
1) Routine and normal operating instructions
17
2) Sequences required,
18
3) Special operating instructions
19
e.
Maintenance procedures
20
1) Routine operations
21
2) Guide to "trouble shooting"
22
3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly
23
4) Adjust.inent and checking
24
f
Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions
25
g.
List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and
26
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage
27
h.
Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications
28
4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data beconies apparent
29
during instruction of ("Itys personnel.
30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS JNO'�—1 SED]
31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USEIR.
32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
33 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria:
34 1. 'I"rained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products
35 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data
36 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings
0TY OF FOrrl'WOWFH
STANI'D AW) C0Ns'rRXX-'T10N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENIS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TP IWI -2015-000003
01 7823-5
OPERA] ]ON AND MAI NTENANCEDATA
Page 5 of 5
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
2 1.11 FIELD ISITE1 CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
5 PART 3 - E XEC'UTION [NOT USEDI
M
19
2
Revision Log
DATE
N
SUMMARY OF ("BANGE
8/31/2012
D. Johnson
I .5.A. I - title of section removed
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 MENTS IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
r
I
3 PART 1® GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 0178 39
01 7839-1
PROJECTRECORD D00 IMLENTS
Page I off
5 A. Section Includes:
6 I. Work. associated with the documenting the pro.ject and recording changes to project
7 documents, including-,
8 a. Record Drawings
9 b. Water Meter Service Reports
10 c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports
I I d. I,arge Water Meter Reports
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections iriclude, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 L Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
16 2. Division 1. — (3eneral Requirement's
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 L Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiaryto the various Items bid.
20 No separate payment will be allowed fior this Item.
21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED1
22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQ11REMENTS [NOT USEDI
23 1.5 SUBMITTALS
24 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final fnispection, deliver Pro,ject Record Documents to
25 City"s Pr(kiect Representative.
26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USIA
28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
30 A. Accuracy of Records
31 1 . Thoroughly coordinate chaj,lges within the Record Documents, niaking adequate
32 and proper entries on each page of Spec i fication s and each sheet of Drawinngs and
33 other Documents where such enoy is required to show the change properly.
34 2. Accuracy of'records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Coriftact
35 Documents may rely reasonably on inforniation obtained fiom the approved ProJect
36 Record Documents.
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015 Task Ordey Construedlon Services at Various Locations
STANDAR.DCONSTRUCT ION SPLCIFICATICYN DOCUMENTS TPW 2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
017839 2
PROJITECT RECOIl) EX)CUMENTS
Page 2 of'4
3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of
2 infi)rmation that the change has occurred.
3 4. Provide factual infimniation regmrding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and
4 visible, to enable future i-nodification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and
5 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination.
6 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING
7 A. Storage and Handling Requirenients
8 1. Maintain the job set of'Record Documents complete ly protected from deterioration
9 and from loss and damage until completion of the or and transfer of all recorded
to data to the final Project Record Documents.
1.1 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data
12 to the City's approval.
13 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally ]required by the
14 Contract Documents.
15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED
16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
17 PA PRODUCTS
18 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
19 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS
20 A. Job set
21 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no
22 charge to the Contractor, I complete set of all Documents coniprising the Contract.
23 B. Final Record Documents
24 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, pro: vide
25 the City I complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract.
26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
28 PART 3 - EXECUTION
29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
30 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
31 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USEDI
32 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS
33 A. Maintenance of Job Set
34 1. Immediately upon receipt, of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the
35 title, "RECORD DOCUMENT'S .- JOB SET"'.
CITY OFFORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE 'CIFICATION D00 MENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
I
ME,%
2015'1'ask Order Constniction Services at Various L.rications
TPW 2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
01 7839-3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 3 of'4
2. Preservation
a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions
upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for exam ination,
and the conditions under which these activities will be perl'orined, devise a
suita[)lle rriethod for protecting the job set,
b.. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review
by the City, until start of Iranstbir of data to final ProJect Record Documents.
c. Maintain the job set at the site of work.
3. Coordination with Construction Survey
a. At a mininiurn, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 7123,
clearly mark any deviations from Contract Docurrients associated with
installation of the infrastructure.
4. Making entries on Drawings
a. Record any deviations from Contract (Documents,
b. Use an erasalryle colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), cleanly describe the
change by graphic line and note as required.
c. Date all entries.
d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected,
e. In the event of overlapping changes, use diffrent colors. for the overlapping
changes.
5. Conversion of scheiiiiatic layouts
a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, pipilig,
ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to
portray precise physical layout,
I ) Final physical arrangement is determined by the (.ontractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require
accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are
shown only schematically on the Drawings.
b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within I
inch, the centerline of each run of items.
I ) Final physical arrangement is dletermij�i,ed by the Contractor, subject to the
City's approval.
2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in
ceiling plenurn", "exposed", and the like).
3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related
reliably to the Specifications,
c. The City may waive the requirements for coriversion of schenlatic layouts
where, in the ( "ity'sjudgiiient, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,
do not rely upon waivers beim g issued except as specifically issued in wt-itirig
by the City.
B. Final Project Record', Documents
1. Transfer of data to I-Ara.whigs
a. Carctully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the
corresponding final documents, coordinating the changes as required,,
b. Cle.arly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawirlig a full description of
changes made during construction, and the actual location of items.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONN,rRUCTION SPECIFIX, IATION D00 INIENTS TPW-2011 5-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
V
W
19
20
21
22
W,
IE
W
Im
017839-4
11ROJECT1RECO11'D DOCUMENTS
Page 4 of 4.
c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "clotid" around the area or areas
affected.
d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media. to assure
longevity and clear reproduction.
2. Transfer of data to other Documents
a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of
the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City,
the job set of those Docunients, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final
Record Documents.
b. If any such Docurnent is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that
Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and
handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval
of the City.
3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE NA;W SUMMARY OF C14ANGE
CITY OF FOWE'WORTH 2x115 Task. Order Construction Services at Vmious Locations
STANDARD CONS TR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCT WEN,rs 1"PW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
r
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 02 4113
SELECTIV171 SITE DEINJOILITION
0241 13 1
SELECTIVE, SITE DIEM 011 AMON
Page I of'S
5 A. Sectioni Includes:
6 1. Renioving sidewalks and steps
7 2. Removing ADA ramps and landings
8 3. Removing driveways
9 4. Removing fences
10 5. Removing guardrail
11 6. Renioving retaining walls (less than 4 feet tall)
12 7. Rernoving mailboxes
13 8. Renioving rip rap
14 9. R.emolving miscellaneous concrete structures including porches and foundations
15 10. Disposal of removed nialei-tals
16 B. Deviations this from City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
17 1. None.
18 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
19 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract 1,onns, and Conditions of the
20 Contract
21 2. Division I — General ReqUirements
22 3. Section 3123 23 - - Borrow
23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
24
A. Measurement and Payrrient
25
1 Measurement
26
a.
R.eniiove Sidewalk: Mewsure by square foot.
27
b.
Remove Steps: measure by the square foot as seen in the plan view only.
28
c.
Remove ADA Ramp: measure by each.
29
d.
Remove Driveway: measure by the square foot by type.
30
e.
Reniove Fence: measure by the linear foot.
31
f
R.eiinove Guardrail: measure by the linear foot along the face of the rail in place
32
including metal beam guard fence transitions and single guard rail terrylinal
33
sections from the center of end posts.
34
g.
Remove Retaining Wall (less than 4 feet tall): measure by the linear foot
35
h.
Remove Mailbox: measure by each.
36
L
Remove Rip Rap- measure by the square foot.
37
j.
Retnove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: measure by the lump sum.
38
2. Payinenit
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 TmIc. Order Ce nstrucfion Services a.t Various Locations
STANDARE) CONSTRUCTION S111:0FICATION DOC( d MENTS TPW 2015-00000
Revised L�eecember 20, 2012
0241 13-2
SELECTIVE SITE DEN401,111ON
Page 2 of'5
I
a.
Remove Sidewalk: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hatiling,
2
disposal, tools, equipi-tient, labor and incidentals needed. to execute work.
3
Sidewallk adjacent to or attached to reLaining wall (including sidewalk that acts
4
as a wall R)oting) shall be paid as sidewalk removal. For utility proJects, this
5
Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other Mnpe],Uation
6
will be allowed.
7
b.
Remove Steps: full compensation for saw cutting, r,emovall, hauling, disposal,
8
tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility
9
prqjects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other
10
compensation will be allowed.
11
c.
Remove ADA Ramp and landing: full compensation for saw cuttinig, removal,
12
hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute
13
work. Work includes ramp landing reinoval. For utility projects, this Item shall
14
be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be
15
allowed.
16
d.
Remove Driveway: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,
17
disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove improved
18
driveway by type. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiaxy
19
to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed,
20
e.
Remove Fence: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools,
21
equipment, labor and incidentals needed to remove fence. For utility projects,
22
this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other
23
compensation will be allowed.,
24
f
Reniove Guardrail: full compensation for removing materials, loadilag, hauling,
25
unloading, and storing or disposall; lbrnishing backfill material; backflIfing the
26
postholes; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. For utility projects, this
27
Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation
28
will be allowed.
29
g.
Remove Retaining all (less than 4 feet tall): full compensation for saw
30
cutting, removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals
31
needed to execute work. Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall
32
(including sidewalk that acts as a wall footing) shall be paid as sidewalk
33
removal. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the
34
trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
35
h.
Remove Mailbox: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal, tools,
36
equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For utility projects,
37
this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other
38
compensation will be allowed.
39
i,
Remove Rip Rap: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,
40
disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For
41
tifility projects, this hem shall be considered. subsidiary to the trench and no
42
other compensation will be allowed.
43
J.
Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure: full compensation for saw cutting,
44
removal, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to
45
execute work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to
46
the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
47
1.3 REFERENCES
48
A. Definitions
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD ONSTRUCTION SI: EX-11FICATION DOCUMANTS
Revised December 20,2M
2015 Task Order (7onsWaction Services at Various Locations
T11"W-2015-000003
M9
q
I
r
0241 k3-3
SELECTWE SITE DEMOLFHOM
Pape 3 of 5
1 1. Improved Di1vt1way- Drivew,,iy constructe(I ofconcrete, asphalt paving or brick unit
2 pavers
3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOTUSED1
4 1.5 SUBMITTALS JNOTIJSEDJ
5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT 1.JSEDJ
6 1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS [NOT IJSEDI
7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS (NOT USED]
8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE ]NOTUSED1
9 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
10 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED)
11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED1
12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
13 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS INOTUSED
14 2.2 MATERIALS
15
A. Fill Material: See Section 31 23 23.
16
2.3
ACCESSORIES I NOT USED]
17
2.4
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL INOTUSED1
18
PART 3 - EXECUTION
19
3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
20
3.2
EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
21
3.3
PREPARATION [NOT USEDI
22
3.4
REMOVAL
23
A. Remove Sidewalk
24
1. Remove sidewalk to nearest exist ing dimirny, expansion or construction joint.
25
2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3.4.K.
26
B. Remove Steps
27
1. Remove step to nearest existing dummy, expansiori or constructionjoint.
28
2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical, See3A.K.
29
C. Remove ADA Ramp
30
1. Sawcut existing curb and gutter and pavement prior to wheel chair ramp rernoval.
31
See 3.4.K.
32
2. Remove ramp to nearest existirig durnmy, expansion or coil struction joint on
33
existing sidewalk.
34
D. Remove Driveway
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20 r51'ask Order Comtruction Services at Various L,ocations
SPE1.71HCATION NX111MENTS '1'13W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2412
0241 13-4
MIECTIVE SffE DEMOIATION
Pape 4 of 5
1
1.
Sawcut existing drive, curb and gutter and pavement prior to drive removal. See
2
3AK
3
2.
Remove drive to nearest existing dummy, expansion or construction Joint.
4
3.
Sawcut when reniioving to nearest joint is not practical. See 3A.K.
5
4.
Remove adjacent sidewalk to nearest existing dummy, expansion or consil'uction
6
joint on existing sidewalk.
7
E. Remove Fence
8
1.
Remove all fence components above and below ground and backfill with acceptable
9
fill material.
10
1
Use caution in removing and salvaging fence materials.
11
3.
Salvaged materials may be used to reconstruct fence as approved by City or as
12
shown on Drawings.
13
4.
Contractor responsible for keeping animals (livestock, pets, etc.) within the fenced
14
are during construction operation and while removing fences.
15
F. Remove
Guardrail
16
1.
Remove rail elements in original lengths.
17
1
Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail and then pull the posts.
18
3.
Do not mar or damage salvageable materials during removal.
19
4.
Completely remove posts and any concrete surrounding the posts.
20
5.
Furnish backfill material and backfill the hole with material equal in composition
21
and density to the surrounding soil unless otherwise directed.
22
6.
Cut off or bend down eyebolts anchored to the dead man to an elevation at least 1®
23
foot below the new subgrade elevation and leave in place along with the dead an.
24
G. Remove Retaining all (less than 4 feet tall)
25
1.
Remove wall to nearest existing joint.
26
1
Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See3AK.
27
3.
Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings,
28
4.
Sidewalk adjacent to or attached to retaining wall: See 3AA
29 H. Remove Mailbox
30 1. Salvage existing materials for reuse. Mailbox materials may need to be used for
31 reconstruction,,.
32 1. Remove Rip Rap
33 1. Remove rip rap to nearest existing dumnry, expansion or construction joint.
34 2. Sawcut when removing to nearest joint is not practical. See 3a4
35 J. Remove Miscellaneous Concrete Structure
36 1. Remove portions of miscellaneous concrete structures including foundations and
37 slabs that do not interfere with proposed construction to 2 feet below the finished
38 ground line.
39 2. Cut reinforcement close to the portion of the concrete to remain in place.
40 3. Break or perforate the bottom of structures to remain to prevent the entrapment of
41 water.
CITY OF FORT'WORTH
SI'ANDARD ('KNSTRUCHON SPIXIFICA'rION D00 WENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'Faslc Order Consiniction Services at Various Locations
I'PW-2015-000003
I
01"
02 41 13 5
SIPAIFETIVE SITE 113EM101,11"TON
Page 5 ors
I
DATE
K. Sawcut
2
12/20/2012
1. Sawing Equipment
3
a. Power -driven
4
b. Manufactured fbr the put pose of'sa,wing pavement
5
c. In good operating condition
6
d. Shall not spall or firacture the pavemei,it to the removal area
7
2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surfike completely through existing pavernent.,
8
3.5
REPAIR [NOT USED]
9
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
10
3.7
SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
11
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
12
3.9
ADJUSTING INOT USED]
13
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
14
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
15
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
16
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
17
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
18
END OF SECTION
19
RE
Revision 1<ttg
DATE
NAME
SI)MMARY OF CI-IAN(3E
12/20/2012
D. Johnson
I .2.A.2. Modified R'IyMent - Items will be subsidiary to trench on utility projects
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order C : oti struction Services at Various I..,ocations
STANDARD CONS F'R U(1_710N SPI'CIFICATION DOCt J Mf 'N rs TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20112
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
0241 14-1
UTILITY REMOVAIJABANDONMENT
Page I of 16
OSECT ION 02 4114
ui"jt...j'rY Ril..,,M(')VAI.,/ABA,.Ni),ONMEN"l'
5 A. Section Includes:
6 L Direction for the removal, abandonment or salvaging of the following utilities:
7 a. Cathodic Protection Test Stations
8 b. Water Lines
9 c. Gate Valves
10 & Water Valves
11 e. Fire Hydrants
12 f Water Meters and Meter Box
13 g, Water Sampling Station
14 K Concrete Water Vaults
15 i. Sanitary Sewer Lines
16 j. Sanitary Sewer Manholes
17 k. Sanitary Sewer Junction Boxes
18 1. Storm Sewer Lines
19 m. Storm Sewer Manhole Risers
20 n. Storm Sewer Junction Boxes
21 o. Storm Sewer Inlets
22 p. Box Culverts
23 q. fleadwalls and Safety End "Treatments
24 r. Trench Drains
25 B. Deviations from this City of Worth Standard Specification
26 1. None,
27 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
28 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
29 2. Division I General Requirements
30 3. Section 03 34 13 — Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM)
31 4. Section 33 05 10 utility , 1'rench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill.
32 5. Section 33 05 24 — Installation of Caff ier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate
33 6. Section 33 11 11 - - Ductile Iron Fittings
34 7. Section 33 11 13 ., Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar -wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type
35 8. Section 33 11 14 -Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings
36 9. Section 33 12 25 - Connection to Existing Water Mains
37 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
38 A. Utility Lines
39 1. Abandonment of Utility Line by Grouting
40 a. Measurement
CHY OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order C.'Onstruction Services at various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI.JCTION SPECIFICAT'ION DOCI NENI"S TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
0241 14-2
UTILITY REMOVA UABANDON10 ENT
Pap 2 of 16
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per cubic yard of existing utility line to
be grouted. Measure by tickets showing cubic yards of grout applied.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price per cubic yard of "Line Grouting" for:
a) Various types of utility line
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Low density cellular grout or CLSM
2) Water
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) Hauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
8) Clean-up
2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing utility line to
be removed.
b. Payment
I ) The work perfimned and materials ftimished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Line" for:
a) Various types of existing utility line
b) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal of existing utility pipe
2) Pavement removal
3) Excavation
4) Hauling
5) Disposal of excess materials
6) Fu fishing, placement and compaction of backfill
7) Clean-up
3. Utility Line Removal, Same'. French
a. Measurement
1) This to is considered subsidiary the proposed utility line being installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
are subsidiary to the installation of proposed utility pipe and shall be
subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in place, and
no other compensation will be allowed.
4. Manhole Abandonment
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole to be abandoned.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Abandon Manhole" for:
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD U)NSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
oft
nip I
2015 Task Order Consljwlioni Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
M
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
0241 14--3
UTILITY REMOVALABANDONMENT
Page 3 oft 6
a) Various diameters
b) Various types
c. 'rhe price bid shall inclu&
1) Removal and disposal of manhole cone
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3) Cutting and plugging ofexisfing sewer fines
4) Concrete
5) Acceptable material for backfilling manhole void
6) Pavement removal
7) Excavation
8) Flauling
9) Disposal of excess materials
10) 17uniishing, placement and compaction of backfill
11) Surface restoration
12) Clean-ril)
5. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each cattiodic test station to be
abandoned.
b. Payment
1) The work perfonned and materials ffindshed in accordance with this Item
and measured as j)rovided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Abandon Cathodic Test Station".
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Abandon cathodic test station
2) CLSM
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) 11auling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Fru-nishing, placement and compaction of backfill
8) Clean -tip
B. Water Lines and Appurtenances
1. Installation of a Water Line Pressure Plug
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pressure plug to be installed.
b. Payrneint
1) The work performed and nraterials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid for each "Pressure Plug" installed for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing and installing pressure plug
2) Pavement removal
3) Excavation
4) hauling
5) Disposal of excess material
6) Gaskets
7) Bolts and Nuts
0TY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
0241 14-4
UTILITY REMMUJABANDONMENT
Pape 4 of 16
8) Famishing,, placement and compaction of embedment
9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
10) Disinfection
11) 'I"esting
12) Clean-up
2., Abandoninent of Water Line by Cut and installation of Abandonnient Plug
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug
installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid for each "Water Abandonment Plug" installed for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include.
1) Furnisl-iing and installing abandonment plug
2) Pavement removal
3) Excavation
4) Flauthig
5) Ctsm
6) Disposal of excess material
7) Fumishing, placement and compaction of backfill
8) Clean -tip
3. Water Valve Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Remove Water Valve" for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
I) Removal and disposal of valve
2) CI,SM
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) Hauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill,
8) Clean-up
4. Water Valve Removal and Salvage
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed and
salvaged.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Rem
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "'Salvage Water Valve" for:
a) Various sizes
CITY OFFORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCJ )MENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Constj uction services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
1
I
POP
0241 14-.5
UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT
Paige 5 of 16
I c. The price bid shall includem
2 1 ) Removal and Salvage of valve
3 2) CLSM
4 3) DefivefYJO City
5 4) Pavement renrioval
6 5) Excavation
7 6) flatiling
8 7) Disposal of excess materials
9 8) Furnislihig, placement and compaction of backfill
10 9) clean -UP
11 5. Water Valve Aba.j.,idortment
12 a. Measurement
13 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be abandoned.
14 b. Payment
15 1) The work. performed and materials finnishied in accordance with this Item
16 and measured as pi,ovided under "Measurenient" shall be paid for at the
17 unit price bid per each "Abandon Water Valve" for:
18 a) Various Sizes
19 c. The price bid shall include
20 1 ) Abandonment of valve
21 2) CLSM
22 3) Pavement rernovarl
23 4) Excavation
24 5) Hauling
25 6) Disposal of excess materials
26 7) Furnishing, placement and cornpactiojiof backfill.
27 8) Clean-up
28 6. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage
29 a. Measurement
30 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each fire hydrant to be removed.
31 b° Payment
32 1) The work performed and materials f5urnished in accordance with this Item
33 and tiaeasured as provided under "Measurement"" shall be paid for at the
34 unit price bid per each "Salva g
..,e Fire Hydrant".
35 c. The price bid shall include:
36 1) Removal and salvage of fire hydrant
37 2) Delivery to City
38 3) Pavement removal
39 4) Excavation
40 5) Hauling
41 6) Disposal of excess materials
42 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
43 8) Clean-up
44 7. Water Meter Removal and Salvage
45 a. Measurement
46 1) Measurement.for this Item will be per each water meter to be removed and
47 salvaged.
48 b. Payment
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constnxtion Services at Various Locations
STANDAKID CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DO(:( Mi'q,rs rpw-201 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
024114-6
UTILITY REM0VAL/ABAN1)0NMFN'F
Page, 6 ofl 6
1) The work 11"tertbrined and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Meter," for:
a) Various sizes
2) If a "Water Meter Service Relocate" is performed in accordance with
Section 33 12 10, removal and salvage or disposal of the existing (2 -inch or
smaller) water meter shall be subsidiary to the cost of the "Water Meter
Service Relocate", no other cornpensation will be allowed.
c.. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and salvage of water meter
2) Delivery to City
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) Flauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
8) Clean-up
8, Water Sampling Station Removal and Salvage
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water sampling station to be
removed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Sampling Station".
c. The price bid shall include.
1) Removal and salvage of water sanipling station
2) Delivery to City
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavationi
5) Hauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
8) Clean -tip
9. Concrete Water Vault Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each concrete water vault to be
rernoved.
b. Payment
1) The work perforn.i.ed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as 1.)rovided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Remove Concrete Water Vault".
c. The price bid shall include:
I) Removal and disposal of concrete water vault
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3) Removal, salvage and delivery of any valves to City, if applicable
4) Removal, salvage and delivery of any water meters to City, if applicable
5) Pavement removal
6) Excavation
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTU)N SPECIFIICA.flo4 ix)cumr�,N'rs
Revised December 20, 2012
2015T&A Order Construction Services at Variow Locations
111W-2015-000003
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
2(
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
1
0241 14-7
UTILITY REMOVAI /ABANDONMINT
Page 7 of 16
7) Hauling
8) Disposal of excess materials
9) Furnishing, plwenient and compaction of backfill
10) Clean-up
C. Sanitary Sewer I.Anes and Appurtenances
1. Al.)andonment of Sanitaq� Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and d13andonment plug
installed.
b. Pay ment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measuired as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid for each "'Sewer Abandonment Plug" for:
a) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall incftjde:
1) Furnishing and installing abaridojiment plug
2) Pavement removal
3) Excavation
4) Hauling
5) CLSM
6) Disposal of excess material
7) Furnishing, placement and coi-npaction of backfill
8) Clean-up
2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer rnanhole to be
removed.
b. Payment,
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Remove Sewer Manhole" for:
a) Various diameters
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal of manhole
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines
4) Pavement renioval
5) Excavation
6) Hauling
7) Disposal of excess materials
8) Furnishing, placement and conipaction of backfill
9) Clean-up
3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer junction
structure being removed.
b. Payinent
CITY OF ORT WORTH 201 5'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCT o MENTS ]TW -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
024114-R
UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONNIENT
Page 8 of 16
1) The work performed and ni-iaterials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurernent" shall be paid for at the
lump sum bid per each "Remove Sewer Junction i Box" ]location.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal of'junctiori box
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City.
3) Pavement removal
4.) Excavation
5) Hauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placeirient and compaction of backfill
8) Clean-ull
L Abandonment of Storm Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug to
be installed,
b.
Pikynient
1)
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid for each "Storm Abandonment Plug" installed for:
a) Various sizes
c.
The price bid shall include:
1)
Furnishing and installing abandonment plug
2)
Pavement removal
3)
Excavation
4)
Hauling
5)
CLSM
6)
Disposal of excess material
7)
Furnishing, placement and cofnp;acfion of backfill
8)
Clean up
2. to Sewer Manhole Removal
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer manhole to be
removed.
b.
Payment
1)
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Remove Manhole Riser" for:
a) Various sizes
c.
The price bid shall include:
1)
Removal and disposal of manhole
2)
Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3)
Pavement removal
4)
Excavation
5)
Hauling
6)
Disposal of excess materials
7)
l7urnishing, placement and cornpaction of backfill
8)
Clean-up
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STAW)ARD CONSTRUC ' HON SPE'"("'IFICATION 1XXINENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Consiniction Services at. Various Locations
17W-2015-000003
I
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
fp
'IF
0241 14 a. 9
UTILITY REMOVAIJABANDONMENT
Page 9 of' 16
3, Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal
a. Measurement
I ) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure
to be removed,
b. Paynwnt
1) The work perl'ornied and materials furnished in accordance with. this Item
and nicasured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per eael'i "Remove Storm function Box" for:
a) Various sizes
e. The priee bid shall inc�lude,
I ) Removal and disposal of junction. box
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) Hatiling
6) Disposa I of excess materials
7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of back.4111
8) Clean-up
4. Storm Sewer Junction Struchire Ret'noval
a. Measurement,
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer.jiinction structare
being removed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials firrnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
lump sum bid per each "Remove Storm Junction Structure" location.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal ofjtinction structure
2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable
3) Pavement removal
4) Excavation
5) hauling
6) Disposal of excess materials
7) 17tirnishing, placement and conipaction of backfill
8) Clean -Lip
5. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer inlet to be
reffloved.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and ineasured as provided under "Measureirient" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per each "Remove Storm Inlet" for:
a) Various types
b) Various sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal and disposal of inlet
2) Pavement removal
3) Excavation
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Comb uction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUcTioN spi",10FICATION D00AI1!1^ I'S TPW 2015-00000.3
Revised Decembeir 20, 2012
02 41 14 - 10
UTILITY REM0VAL/ABAND0,NMFNT
Page 10 of'I 6
I
4) Hauling
2
5) Disposal of excess materials
3
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
4
7) Clean-up
5
6. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal
6
a.
Measurement
7
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing storm sewer
8
box to be removed.
9
b.
payment
10
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
I I
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
12
unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Storm Junction Box" for all sizes.
13
c.
The price bid shall include:
14
1 ) Removal and disposal of Storm Sewer Box
15
2) Pavement removal,
16
3) Excavation
17
4) Hauling
18
5) Disposal of excess materials
19
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
20
7) Clean-up
21
7. Headwall/SET Removal
22
a.
Measurement
23
1) Measurement for this Item will be per each headwall or safety end
24
treatment (SET) to be removed.
25
b.
Paynient
26
1) The work perf6rmed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
27
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
28
unit price bid per each "Remove Headwall/SET".
29
c.
The price bid shall include:
30
1 ) Removal and disposal of Headwall./SET
31
2) Pavement removal
32
3) Excavation
33
4) Hauling
34
5) Disposal of excess materials
35
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
36
7) Clean-up
37
8. Trench Drain Removal
38
a.
Measurement
39
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of storm sewer trench
40
drain to be removed.
41
b.
Payment
42
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
43
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
44
unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Trench Drain"' for:
45
a) Various sizes
46
c.
The price bid shall include:
47
1) Removal and disposal of storm sewer line
48
2) Pavement removal
49
3) Excavation
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locatioffis
]"PW -2015-000003
I
1
r
i
0241 14- 11
UTILI'T'Y REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT
I'al-le I T of 16
1
4) Hauling
2
5) Disposal of excess materials
3
6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
4
7) Clean-up
5
1.3
REFERENCES [NOT USED]
6
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
7
A. Coordination
8
1. Contact Inspector and the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard for
S)
coordination of salvage material return.
10
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
11
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
12
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
15
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
16
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
17
1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to the
18
City.
19
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
20
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED]
21 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
23 2.2 MATERIALS
24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
26 PART 3 - EXECUTION
27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
30 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT
31 A. General
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-201 5-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
0241 14-12
UTILATY REMOVALIABANDONMENT
Page 12 of'16
Manhole Abandonment
a. All manholes that are to be taken out of service: are to be removed unless
specifically requested and/or approved by City.
b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover as coordinated with City.
d. Deliver salvaged material to the City.
e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned.
f Backfill manhole void in accordance with City Standard Details.
1. Water Line Pressure Plugs
a. Ductile Iron Water Lines
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance
with Section 33 11 11.
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
b. PVC 0900 and 0905 Water Lines
1) Excavate, enabed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance
with Section 33 11 11.
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
c. Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder'rype Water Lines
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10
2) Plug using:
a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding or by a Snap Ring in
accordance with Section 33 11 13; or
b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 13
3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
d. Buried Steel Water Lines
1) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
2) Plug using-,
a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33
11 14; or
b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 14
3) Perform. Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25.
2. Water Line Abandonment Plug
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
3. Water Line Abandonment by Grouting
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Dewater from existing line to be grouted.
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24
or CLS M in accordance with 03 34 13.
d. Dispose of any excess material,
4. Water Line Removal
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal.
c. Cut any services prior to removal.
d. Remove existing, pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rasic Order Constmetion Services at Various Locations
STANDDA RID CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA' jr ION DOCUMENTS 'MV -2015-000003
Revised If. mber 20, 20 12
I rr
'I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
Iv
0241 14.. 13
UTRATY REMOVAIJABANI)ONMENT
Page 13 of 16
5. Water Valve Removal
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Remove and dispose of valve bomiet, wedge kind stem.
c. Fill valve body with (,',I -, SM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
6. Water Valve Removal and Salvage
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b.. Remove valve bonnet, wedge and stem.
c. Deliver salvaged materia] to the Water Department Field (Veration Storage
Yard.
d. Protect salvaged materials from damage.
e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
7. Water Valve Abandonment
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Iteniove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions.
c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
8. Fire 1-13,drant Removal and Salvage
a. Excavate and backlill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. lZemove Fire I-lydrant.
c. Place abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line.
d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the Water Department Field Operation Storage
Yard.
e. Protect salvaged materials from darriage,
9. Water Meter Removal and Salvage
a. Remove and salvage water meter,
b. Return salvaged meter to llr(rject Representfative,
c. City will provide replacement meter for installation.
d. Meter Box and Lid
1) Remove and salvage cast iron meter box lid.
2) Remove and dispose of any non -cast iron meter box lid.
3) Return salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage
Yard.
4) Remove and dispose of meter box.
10. Water Sample Station Removal and Salvage
a. Remove and salvage existing water sample station.
b. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage
Yard.
11. Concrete Water Vault Removal
a. F'xcavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
b. Remove and salvage vault lid.
c. Remove and salvage valves.
d. Remove and salvage meters.
e. Deliver salvaged irtaterial to the Water Department Field Operation Storage
Yard.
f Retrieve and dispose of any piping or other appurtenat,wes.
g. Demolish and remove entire concrete vault.
h. Dispose of all excess materials.
12. Cathodic "rest Station Abandonment
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10
CITY' OF FORTWORTH 21415 'rack Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD COWrRUCTION S111 'aCIFICATION IX)0 MUNTS 'rPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
0241 14-14
UTILITY REMOVAIJABANDONMEN
Pae 14 of'I 6
I
b. Remove the top 2 feet of the catliodic test station stack and conte:nts,
2
c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 11
3
C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances
4
1.
Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment Plug
5
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
6
b. Remove and dispose of any sewage.
7
c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
8
2.
Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting
9
a. Excavate and backfill, in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
10
b. Dewatei'7 and dispose of any sewage from the existing line to be grouted.
11
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24
12
or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13.
13
d. Dispose: of any excess material.
14
3.
Sanitary Sewer Line Removal
15
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
16
b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal.
17
c. Cut any services prior to removal,
18
d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City.
19
4.
Sanitary Sewer Manholes Removal
20
a. All sanitary sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be
21
removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City.
22
b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
23
c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover.
24
d. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Departnient Field Operation Storage.
25
e. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole.
26
f. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned.
27
5.
Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal
28
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
29
b. Remove and salvage mmhole frame and cover.
30
c. Deliver, salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage,
31
d. Denio,lislli and remove entire concrete manhole.
32
e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned.
33
D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances
34
1.
Storm Sewer Abandonment Plug
35
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
36
b. Dewater line.
37
c. Plug with CLSM! in accordance with Section 03 34 13.
38
2.
to Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting
39
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
40
b. Dewater the existing line to be grouted,
41
c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24
42
or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13.
43
d. Dispose of any excess material.
44
3.
Storm Sewer Line Removal
45
a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
46
b. Remove existing pipe line and p�rope:rly dispose as approved by City.
47
4.
Storm Sewer Manhole Retnoval
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask. Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICCAI ]ON EX)CUMENTS TPW-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
1
I
0241 14-15
UTILITY REMOVAIJABMA)ONNIEN I'
Page 15 of'I 6
I a. All storm sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed
2 unless specifically reqtrested arid/or approved by City.
3 b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
4 c. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole.
5 d. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned.
6 5. Storm Sewer Junction Box and/or Jnnction Structure Removal
7 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
8 b. Dernolish and remove entire concrete structure.,
9 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned.
lo 6. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal
11 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
12 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet.
13 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned.
14 7. to Sewer Box Removal
15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
16 b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to re.nioval,
17 c. Cut any services prior to removal.
18 d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City.
19 8. Headwall/SET Removal
20 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
21 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet.
22 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned.
23 9. Storm Sewer Trench Drain Removal
24 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10.
25 b. Remove existing pipe line and dispose as approved by City.
26 3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NOT USED]
27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
28 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL
29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED)
30 3.9 ADJUSTING' [NOT USED)
31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
34 3.13 MAINTENANCE INOTUSED1
35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
36
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S PIECEFICATION DOCTIMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
H
I
0241 14-16
UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMINT
Page 16 of 16
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/12
D. Johnson
1.2.C.3.c. -- Include Frame and Cover in Payinent description
Throughout -, added abandonment of storm and sewer manholes when requested
and/or approved by City
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRU("HON SPECIFICATION DOCINENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
SECTION 02 4115
PAVING REMOVAL
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
0241 15 1
PAVING REMOVAL,
Page I of'6
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Removing concrete paving, asphalt paving and brick paving
7 2. Removing concrete curb and gutter
8 3. Removing concrete valley gutter
9 4. Milling roadway paving
10 5. Pulverization of existing pavement
11 6. Disposal of removed materials
12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth SUindard Specification
13 1. None.
14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the (.77ontract
16 2. Division I - General Requirements
17 3. Section 32 1133 - CementTrealed Base Courses
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Measurement
21 a. Remove (.'.oncrete Paving: measure by the square yard from back-to-back of
22 curbs.
23 b. Remove Asphalt Paving: measure by the square yard between the lips of
24 gutters.
25 c. Remove Brick Paving: measure by the square yard.
26 d. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter: measure by the linear foot.
27 e. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter: measure by the square yard
28 f. Wedge Milling. measure by the square yard for varying thickness.
29 g. Surface Milling: measure by the square yard for varying thickness.
30 h. Butt Milling: measured by the linear foot.
31 i. Pavernent Pulverization: measure by the square yard.
32 j. Remove Speed Cushion: measure by each.
33 2. Payment
34 a. Remove Concrete Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,
35 disposal, tools, equipinent, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For
36 utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no
37 other compensation will be allowed.
38 b. Remove Asphalt Paving: full compensation for saw cutting, removal, hauling,
39 disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute work. For
40 utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no
41 other COMpensation will be allowed. For utility projects, this Item shall be
42 considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constyuction Services at Various Locations
I WW -2015-000003
STANDA RD CON STRUC' HON SPI ATION DOCUMENT'S
Revised December 20, 2012
0241 15-2
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 2 of 6
I c. Remove Brick Paving: full coniperisation for saw cuflire g, removal, salvaging,
2 cleaning, hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to
3 execute work. For utility, projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to
4 the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
5 d. 1�eniove Concrete Curb and Gutter: full compensation for saw cutting, removal,
6 hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute
7 work. For utility projects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench
8 and no other compensatioill will be allowed.
9 e. Remove Concrete Valley (3utter: full coinperisition for saw cutting, removal,
10 hauling, disposal, tools, equipment, labor and incidentals needed to execute
I I work.
12 f. Wedge Milling: full cornpensalion for all milling, hauling milled material to
13 salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary
14 to execute the work.
15 g. Surface Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to
16 salvage stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary
17 to execute the work.
18 h. Butt Milling: full compensation for all milling, hauling milled material to
19 salvage: stockpile or disposal, tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary
20 to execute the work.
21 i. Pavement Pulverization: full compensation for all labor, material, equipment,
22 tools and incidentals necessary to pulverize, remove and store the pulverizI
23 material, undercut the base, mixing, compaction, haul off, sweep, and dispose
24 of the undercut material.
25 j. Remove speed cushion: full compensation for removal, hauling, disposal,
26 tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals needed to execute the work. For utility
27 pr -rejects, this Item shall be considered subsidiary to the trench and no other
28 compensation will be allowed.
29 k. No payment for saw cutting of pavemesit or curbs and gutters will be made
30 under this section. Include cost of such work in unit prices for items listed in
31 bid form requiring saw cutting.
32 1. No payment will be made for work outside maximum payment limits indicated
33 on plans, or for pavernerits or structures removed for C(..)N'I`RAC'lX)R's
34 convenience,
35 1.3 REFERENCES
36 A.. ASTM International (ASTM):
37 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for In,aboratory Compaction Characteristics of
38 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 11-lbf/ft-3 (600 kN-n1/m3))
39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
40 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
41 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
42 1.7 CLOSEOUT` SUB. ITT ALS [NOT USED]
43 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
44 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1111111,1161 1111 11171 111 1 II;IjI III I, 11
►-- 1 11111111
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD 4':.7ONSTRIX" IWYN SPECI FICA 1110NI D(XJ JIMI 14 I'S
Revised 13ecernber 20, 20 q 2
20 5'rask. Order Construction Sarvices at, Various Locatioxis
I'PW-20154)00003
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
, 7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
I
I
0241 15-,3
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 3 of 6
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY IN6: TUSED1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODucTs [NOT USED]
2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED]
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT 1JSEDJ
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL INOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USEDI
3.2 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION
A. General:
1. Mark paving removal limits for City approvall prior to beginning removal.
2. Identifknown utilities below grade - Stake and flag locations.
3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL
A. General.
1. Exercise caution to rninimize damage to underground utilities.
2. Minimize amount of earth removed.
3. Remove paving to neatly sawed.joints,
4. Use care to prevent fracturing adjacent, existing pavement.
B. Sawing
1. Sawing Equipment.
a. Power -driven.
b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavernent.
c. In good operating condition,
d. Shall not spall or fracture the pavement structure adjacent to the removal area.
2. Sawcut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth, lmrallel and
perpendicular to exisilingjoint.
3. Sawcut parallel to the original sawcut in square or rectangular fashion.
4. If a sawcut falls within 5 feet of an en existing durniny joint, construction joint, saw
Joint, cold joint, expansion joint, edge of paving or gutter lip, remove paving to that
,joint, edge or lip.
5. If a pavement edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting, saw to a new,
neat., straight line for the purpose of renioving, the dmnaged area.
C. Remove Concrete Paving and Concrete Valley Gutter
L Sawcut: See 3A.13.
2. Remove coi icrete to the nearest expai is ion joint or vertical saw cut.
CITY OF FOR'I'WORTH 2015 TwA Order Cons]"iction SeMm-s at Vwious Locations
STANDAIM CONS MUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM-2015-00OW3
Revised December 20, 2012
0241 15-.4
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 4 of 6
I D. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter
2 L Sawcut: See 3A.B.
3 2. Minimum limits of removal: 30 inches in length.
4 E. Remove Asphalt Paving
5 1. Sawcut,: See 3.4.13.
6 2. Remove pavernent without disturbing the base material.
7 3. When shown on the plans or as directed, stockpile inaterials designated as
8 salvageable at designated sites.
9 4. Prepare stockpile area by removing vegetation and trash and by providing for
10 proper drainage.,
II F. Milling
12 1 General
13 a. Mill surfaces tathe depth shown in the plans or as directed.
14 b. Do not daniage or disfigure adjacent work or existing surface improvements.
15 c. If milling exposes smooth underlying pavertient surfaces, mill the smooth
16 surface to make rough,
17 d. Provide safe temporary transition where vehicles or pedestrians must pass over
18 the milled edges.,
19 e., Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces.
20 f Stockpiling of 1'.)Janed material will not be permitted within the right of way
21 unless approved by the City.
22 g. If the existing base is brick and cannot be milled, remove a 5 foot width of the
23 existing brick base. See 3.3.G. for brick paving removal.,
24 2. Milling Equipment
25 a. Power operated milling machine capable of removing, in one pass or two
26 passes, the necessary pavement thickness in a five-foot minimum width.
27 b. Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate
28 depth of cut and slope.
29 c. Equipped with an integral loading and reclaiming means to immediately
30 remove material cut from the surface of the roadway and discharge the cuttings
31 into a truck, all in one operation.
32 d. Equipped with means to control. dust created by the cutting action.
33 e. Equipped with a manual system providing for uniformly varying the depth of
34 cut while the machine is in motion making it possible to cut flush to all inlets,
35 manholes, or other obstructions within the paved area.
36 f Variable Speed in order to leave the specified grid pattern.
37 g. Equipped to minimize air pollution,
38 3. Wedge Milling and Surfhce Milling
39 a. Wedge Mill existing asphalt, concrete or brick pavement from the lip of gutter
40 at a depth of 2 inches and transitioning to match the exilsting pavement (0 -inch
41 cut) at a minimum width of 5 feet.
42 b. Surface Mill ex isting asphalt pavement to the depth specified,
43 c. Provide a milled surface that provides a unifonn surface free from gouges,
44 ridges, oil film, and other imperfections of workmanship with a uniform
45 textured appearatice.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construciion Services at Various Locations
STAND - I:) coiwrRUCITION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
'01
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
0241 15 5
PANING REMOVAL
Page, 5 of'6
d. In all situations where the existing H.M.A.C. surface contacts the curb face, the
wedge n -tilling includes the rernoval of the existing asphalt covering the gutter
up to and along the face of curb.
e. Perform wedge or surfiace rnilling operation in a continuous manner along both
sides of the street or as directed.
4� Butt Joint Milling
a. Mill butt joints into the existing surlhce, in association with the wedge milling
operation.
b. Buttjoint will provide a full width transition section and a constant depth at the
point where the new overlay is tenriinated.
c. 71ypical locations for butt joint's are at all beginning and ending points of streets
where paving material is removed. Prior to the milling of the butt joints,
consult with the City for proper location and limits of these joints.
d. Butt Milled joints are required on both sides of all railroad tracks and concrete
va]1e3( gutters, bridge decks and culverts and all other items which transverse
the street and end the continuity of the asphalt surface.
e. Make each butt joint 20 feet long and milled out across the full width of the
street section to a tapered depth of 2 inch.
f. 'I I aper the milled area within the 20 -feet to a depth from 0 -inch to 2 -inch at a
line adjacent to the beginning and ending points or intermediate transverse
items.
g. Provide a temporary wedge of asphalt at all butt joinLq to provide a smooth ride
over the bump.
G. Reiriove Brick Paving
1. Remove nrasonry paving units to the limits specified in the plat -is or as directed by
the City.
2. Salvage existing bricks for re -use, clean, palletize, and deliver to the City Stock pile
yard at 3300 Yuma Street or as directed,
H. Pavement Pulverization
1. Pulver-ization
a. Pulverize the existing pavement to depth of 8 inches. See Section 32 11 330
b. remporarily remove and store the 8 inch deep pulverized niateriall, then cut the
base 2 inches.
c. Start 2 -inch base cut at a depth of 8 inches from the existing pulverized sutface.
2. Cement Application
a. Use 3.5% Portland cement.
b. See Section 32 1133.
3., Mixing: see Section 32 1133.
4. Compaction: see Section 32 1133.
6® Finishing: see Section 32 1133.
6. Curing: see Section 32 1133.
7. If the existing pavement, has a combination of 10 inches of H.MA.C. and crushed
stone/gravel:
a. Undercut not required
b. Pulverize 10 inches deep.
c. Remove 2 -inch the total pulverized amount.,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
s'rANDARD CONSTR UCTIO N SPECI F [CATION D00 WEN I'S TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
0244 15-6
PAVING REMOVAL
Page 6 of 6
i 1. Remove speed cushioni
2 1. Scrape or sawcut sl,')eed cushion from exisfing pavement without daniaging existing
3 pavement.
4 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
5 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
14 END OF SECTION
15
U M,
Revision Log
SUMMARY OF CHAN(IE
DATE NAME
12/20/20112 D. Johnson IZA inodilled, payment require nienis on utility projects
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC."FIGN SPE,'CIFICATION DOCUME"N'T'S TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
r
fi 033000-1
CAST. N -PLACE CONCIREITE
bra Page I of 25
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 03 30 00
CAST. -IN-PLACE CON(.°RETI:�"
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Cast -in place concrete, including foraliNork, reinfiorcement, concrete materials,
7 mixture design, placement procedures and finishes, for the following:
8 a. Piers
9 b. Footings
10 c. Slabs.. on -grade
I I d. Foundation walls
12 e. Retaining walls (non Txl)0'1')
13 f Suspended slabs
14 g. Blocking
15 h. Cast -in-place rnanholes
16 i. Concrete vaults for meters and valves
17 j. Con.crete encasement of utility lines
18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
19 1. None.
20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily linlited to:
21 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
22 2. Division I General Requirements
23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
24 A. Cast -in -Place Concrete
25 1. Meaiurcment
26 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed.
27 2. Payment
28 a. The work perfonned and the materials Furnished in accordance with this Item
29 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation
30 will be allo%ved.
31 1.3 REFERENCES
32 A. Definitions
33 1. Cementitious Materials
34 a. Portland cement alone or in combination with I or more of the fbilowing:
35 1) Blended hydraulic cement
36 2) Fly ash
37 3) Other pozzolans
38 4) Ground granulated blast -furnace slag
guar
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order C,onstniction Services at Various Louflions
IT RTW SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-201 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
03 30 00 2
CASIAN PLACE, CON CUTi_�
Page, 2 of 25
5) Silica fume
b. Sulject to compliance with the requirements of this specification
B. Reference Standards
L Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2 American Association of State Highway and Transl-)orlation (AASHTO):
a. M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf.
3. American Concrete Institute (A Q:
a. A.CI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials
b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete
c. ACI 305.1 Specification for of Weather Concreting,
d. ACI 306.1 Standard, Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
e. A.Cl 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete
f, ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
g. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete
4. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISQ:
a. 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges.
5. ASTM International (ASTM):
a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel.
b. A153, Standard Specification. for Zinc Coating (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel
Hardware.
c. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High-Ternperature Service and Other Special Purpose
Applications.
d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
e. A706, Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Defon-ned and Plain Bars for
Concrete Reinforcement.
f, C31, Standard Practice for Making and (wring Concrete Test Specimens in the
Field.
g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
h. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
Specimens,
L C42, Standard 'Test Method for Obtaining and'Festing Drilled Cores and Sawed
Beams of Concrete.
j. C94, Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete.
k. 0109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement
Mortars (Using 2 --inch. or (50-milimeter] Cube Specimens)
1. 0143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic -Cement Concrete.
m. 0171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
n. 0150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
o. C 172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete.
p. 0219, Standard Terminolop,
,y Relating to I Iydraulic Cement.
q. 0231, Standard 'Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Vw-iom Locations
�w'l',A,NT.)ARDCONS'rit..C(,"I"I(�)N SPE,(71FICATION IX)CUMENTS [1-1W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
033000-3
CASIAN- nor ACECONCRE-11 1'
Page 3 of'25
I
r.
C,260, Standard Specification for Air-1.,.ntrairnng Admixtures for Concrete.
2
s.
C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Menibrane-Fortaiing Compounds for
3
Curing Concrete.
4
Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.
5
u.
C618, Standard Spec ificatioiiii for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natura]
6
Pozzolan for Use in Concii-de.
7
v.
C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding Systems for
8
Concrete.
9
w.
C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag for
10
lJse in Concrete and Mortars,,
11
x.
C 1017, Standard Specification for Chernical Adinixtures for Use in Producing
12
Flmving Cojacrete.
B
y.
C 1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened
14
Concrete.
15
z.
0;1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydi-milic
16
Cement Concrete.
17
aa.
0;1240, Standard Specification. for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures.
l8
bb.
El 155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor 11'latness and FL Floor
19
Levelness Numbers.
20
cc.
F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers.
21
6. Anierican
Welding Society (AWS).
22
a.
D I 1, Structural Weld ing Code -Steel,
23
b.
DIA, Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel.
24
7. Concrete
Reiril'orcing Steel Institute (CRSI)
25
a.
Manual of Standard Practice
26
8. 'I"exas Departflaent of Transportation
27
a.
Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets
28
and Bridges
30 A. Work Included
31 1. Design, fabrication, erection and stripping of l5ormwork for cast -in-place concrete
32 including shoring, reshoring, falsework, bracing, proprietary fomiing systems,
33 prefabricated forms, void fortns,, pernianent metal forms, bulkheads, keys,
34 blackouts, sleeves, pockets and accessories.
35 a. Erection shall include installation in forniwork of items furnished by other
36 trades.
37 2. Furnish all labor and inaterials reqUIrired to fabricate, deliver and install
38 reintbrcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast-firi-place concrete, including
39 steel bars, welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves,
40 3. Furnish all labor and jinaterials required to perforlill the following:
41 a. ast-in-place concrete
42 b. Concrete mix designs
43 c. Grouting
CITY OF FORTWORTH
srANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE'(71FICATION DOCIMWI S
Revised December 20, 20#2
2015 Task Order Consauction services at Various Locations
'I'PW-2015-000003
03 000-4 A,
CAST-IN-PILACE CONCRETE
PN?,e 4 of 25
2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00,
3 B. All subinittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for
4 specialls.
5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
6 A. Product Data
17 1. Required for each type of product indicated
8 B. Design Mixtures
9 1. For each concrete inixture submit proposed mix design - in accordance with ACI
10 318, chapter 5.
11 2. Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance.
12 3. Submit alternate design mixtures when chaj-'acteristies of materials, Project condi-
13 tions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
14 4. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at 111roject site.
15 a. Include this quantity on delivery ticket.
16 C. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information
17 1. Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem -
18 ical analysis.
19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
22 A. Manufacturer Qualifications
23 1. A firm experienced in inanufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that co
24 plies with ASTM C94 requirements, for production facilities and equipment
25 2. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed
26 Concrete Production Facilities"'
27 B. Source Liniftations
28 1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same
29 manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from I source and obtain admixtures through
30 1 source from a single inanufacturer,
31 C. ACI Publications
32 1. Coinply with the following unless modified by requilrenlents in the Contract Docu-
33 ments:
34 a. ACI 301 Sections I through 5
35 b. ACI 117
36 D. ConcreteTesting Service
37 1. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSITUCTION SPE"CIFICATION DOCUMENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
03 30 00 - 5
CAM 4N. PLAGE CONCJUI:?]-1 �
flagye 5 of 25
1 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGr
2 A. Steel Reinforcement
3 1. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinif'orcenient to prevent benditig and damage.
4 2. Avoid daniaging coatings on steel rehilbrcenient.
5 B. Waterstops
6 1. Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil and other
7 contaminants.
8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS INOT USED]
9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
11 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OR OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
Ut"1111131110
13 A. Manufacturers
14 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
15 apply to product selection:
16 a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that
17 may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products
18 specified.
19 b. Available Manijfacturers� Subject to compliance with requirements,
20 manufacturers offierhag products that may be incorporated into the Work
21 include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.
22 B. Form -Facing Materials
23 1. lZough-ForrTied Finished Concrete
24 a. Plywood, lumbar, metal or another approved material
25 b. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and I side for tight fit.
26 2. ChafTlfer Strips
27 a. Wood, inetal, PVC or rubber strips
28 b. N-mch x 1/4-incti, minimum
29 3. Rustication Strips
30 a. Wood, metal, PVC or rubber strips
31 b. Kerl'ed for ease of form rctnoval
32 4. Form -Release Agent
33 a. Comnlercially formulated l'bi-in-release agent that will not bond with, stain or
34 adversely affect concrete surfaces
35 b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces
36 c. For steel form -facing materials, forinulate with rust inhibitor.
37 5. Form Ties
CITY OF FORT WORTI I
SIANDARD C(MSTRUCTION1 SPI �,CIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 'rash, Order d; "lora Services at Varous Locations
TM -2015-000M3
033000-6
CAST -N PLACIE CONCRETE
Pape 6 of 25
I a. 1,actoii-fabricatedl, removable or snal)-off metal or glens-fiber-rehiiforced
2 plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms
3 and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal.
4 b. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than I inch to the plane
5 of exposed concrete surface.
6 c. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than I inch in
"7 diameter in concrete surface.
8 d. Furnish. ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive
9 dampproofing or waterproofing.
10 C. Steel Reinforcement
11 1. Reinforcing Bars
12 a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, defon-ned
13 D. Reinforcement Accessories
14 1. Smooth Dowel Bars
15 a. A STM. A615, Grade 60, steel bars (smooth)
16 b. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of buffs.
17 2. Bar Supports
18 a. Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening
19 reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place
20 b. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic or precast concrete according
21 to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than
22 coricrete and as fbilows:
23 1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports
24 contact fornlis, use CRSI Class I plastic -protected steel wire or CRSI
25 Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports.
26 2) For slabs -on -grade, provide sand plates, horizontal runners or precast
27 concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs
28 or where vapor barrier has been specified.
29 E. Ernbedded Metal Assemblies
30 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: AST` A36
31 1 Headed Studs: Heads welded by luill-fusion process, as furnished by TRW Nelson
32 Stud Welding Division or approved equal
33 F. Expansion Anchors
34 1. Available Products
35 a. ej-it Bolt, Wej-it Corporation,"l'u1sa, Oklahoma
36 b. Kwik Bolt 11, Hilti Fastening Systems,]'Ulsa, Oklahoma
37 c. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Par,is, Kentucky
38 G. Adhesive Anchors and Dowels
39 1. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system
40 into hardened concrete or grout -filled masonry.
41 a. The adhesive system shall use a 2 -component adhesive mix and shall be
42 injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 015 Task Order Cnsiniction Services at Variows Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN'rs TIM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
17
INN
033000-7
CASTAN-PLACE CONCUTE
Page'7 of 25
I b. The embedment depth of the rod shall pr(wide a minimum allowable bond
2 strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod, unless otherwise
3 specified.
4 2. Available Pi-oducts
5 a. Hilti HIT HY 150 Max
6 b. Simpson Acrylic -41e
7 c. Powers Fasteners AC 100+ Gold
8 3. 'rhreaded Rods: ASTM A193
9 a. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel
10 b. W&shers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel
I Il c. Finish: I lot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A153, Class C
12 H. Inserts
13 1. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete
14 construction where not supplied by other trades:
15 a. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only, provide
16 adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts., nuts and
l 7 washers.
18 1) Provide 3/4 -inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated.
19 b. In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subJect to tension
20 forces, provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron furnished with full depth
21 bolts.
22 1) Provide 3/4 -inch bolt size, unless otherwise indicated.
23 I. Concrete Materials
24 1. Cernentitious Material
25 a. I.Jse the following cementitions materials, of the same type, brand, and source,
26 throughout Project:
27 1) Portland Cement
28 a) ASTM C150, Type 1/11, gray
29 b) Supplement with the following,
30 (1) Fly Ash
31 (a) As'rm C618, Class C or F
32 (2) Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag
33 (a) As'rm C989, Grade 100 or 120.
34 2) Silica Fume
35 a) ASTM 01240, amorphous silica
36 3) Normal -Weight Aggregates
37 a) ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better, graded
38 b) Provide aggregates from a single source.
39 4) Maximum (7oarse-Aggregate Size
40 a) '1/4 -inch nominal
41 5) Fine Aggregate
42 a) Free ofmaterials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement
43 6) Water
44 a) ASTM C94andpotable
45 J. Admixtures
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC"I'l(W S11FICIFICATION DOCUMENT'S
Revised December 20, 2012
rr
2015T&sk Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015 000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
033000-8
CAST. -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Pag,,e, 8 of 25
I . Air -Entraining Admixture
a. A STM 0260
1 Chemical Admixtures
a. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad-
inixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding
those permitted in hardened concrete.
b. Do not use calciuni chloride or admixtures containing calchnia chloride:.
c. Water -Reducing Admixture
1) ASTM C494, Type A
d. Retarding Admixture
1) A s,rm 0,494, Type B
e. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture
1) ASTM 0494, Type D
f. fligh-Range, Water -Reducing Admixture
1) ASTM C494, Type F
g. High -Range, Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture
1) ASTM 0494, Type G
h. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture
1) ASTM C1017, Type 11
K. Waterstops
1. Self -Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops
a. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodiun'i
bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete, %
inch x 1 -inch.
b. Available Products
1) Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-, R.X
2) Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS -231
3) Greenstreak; Swellstop
4) Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro -Flex
5) JP Specialties, inc.; EarlhshieldType 20
6) Progress Urillinifted, Inc.; Superstop
7) TCMiraDRl; Mirastop
L. Curing Materials
1. Absorptive Cover
a. AASHTO MI 82, Class 2, buji-lap cloth made from jute or keiiaf, weighing
approxinliatrely 9 ounces/square yard when dry
2. Moisture -Retaining Cover
a. ASTM 0171, Polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet
3. Water
a. Potable
4. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Fortrung Curing Compound
a. ASTM C309,Type 1, Class B, dissipating
b. Available Products
1) Anti -hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB
2) Burke by Edlo,co; Aqua Resin Cure
3) ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear
0%
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order COnstmetion Services at Various Locatiorls
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC111,4CATION DOCUMFNTS I'PW..2015 000003 41
Revised December 20, 2012
I
033000-.9
CAS F -M -PLACE CONCR 1.11
Page 9 of 25
1 4) Conspec Marketing & Manuf'aacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior
2 Company; W.B. Resin Cure
3 5) Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J.- I I- )
4 6) Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX
5 7) Katifinan Products, Inc.;'I'hinfilm 420
6 8) Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure -Clear
7 9) L (,'onstruction Cheinicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R
8 10) Meado%N+ s, W R., Inc.; 1100 Clear
9 11) Nox-Crete Products Group, Kinsinan Corporation; Resin Cure E
10 12) Symons Corporatioii, a Dayton Superior (,,oinpany; Resi-Chem Clear Cure
I I 13)'I'ainins Industries, Inc.; florricure, W13 30
12 14) Unitex; I Iydro Cure 309
13 15) US MixProducts Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear
14 16) Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100
15 M. Related Materials
16 1. Bonding Agent
17 a. ASTM 01059, Type 11, non-redispersible, acrylic em uls ion or styrene
18 butadiene
19 2. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive
20 a. ASTM C881, 2 -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding
21 to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to
22 suit requirements, and as follows:
23 1) Types I and 11, non -load hearing
24 2) IV and V, load bearing, for bonding
25 3) Hardened or fteshly mixed concrete to hardened coj!-icrete
26 3. Reglets
27 a. Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217 -inch thick, galvanized steel sheet
28 b. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete
29 or debris.
30 4. Sleeves and Blockouts
31 a. Formed with galvanized metal, galvanized pipe, polyvinyl chloride pipe, fiber
32 tubes or wood
33 5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts, Through Bolts, Anchorages
34 a. Sized as required
35 b. Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing
36 concrete
37 N. Repair Materials
38 1. Repair Underlayinerit
39 a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in
40 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater
41 1 Do not feather.
42 b. Cerrient Binder
43 1) ASTM C150, portland cement or l'iydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
44 defined in ASTM C219
4.5 c. Primer
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CON STRUC110N SPLKIFICAMN DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task OF -der Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2045-000003
1
2
3
4.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
03 30 00 - 10
CASTAN-P1.,AX CONCRETE
IINge 10 of'25
I) Product of underlayrnent manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi-
tions, and application
d. Aggregate
1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayinent manufacturer
e. Compressive Strength
1) Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to
ASI'M C 1, 09/C I 09M
2. Repair Overlayment
a. Cement -based, polymer -modified, self- level ing product that can be applied in
thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater
1) Do not feather.
b. Cement Binder
1) ASTM 0150, Portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as
defined in ASTM 0219
c. Primer
1) Product oftol,)ping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions,
and application
d. Aggregate
1) Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommend-
ed by topping manufacturer
e. Compressive Strength
1) Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to AS'I"M C109
0. Concrete Mixtures, General
1. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the
basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACT 301.
a. Required average strength above specified streng1b.
1) Based on a record of past performance
a) Deterinination of required average strength above specified strength
shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least
30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACT 318, Chapter 5.3
by the larger amount defined by fortnulm 5-1 and 5-2.
2) Based on laboratory trial mixtures
a) Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches
prepared in accordance with ACT 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an
average strength greater than the specified strength fc by the amount
defined in table 5.3.2.2.
3) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in-
dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier.
4) For each proposed irtixture, at least 3 compressive test cylinders, shall be
made and tested for strength at the specified age.
a) Additional cylinders maybe made for testing for information at earlier
ages.
2. Cementitious Materials
a. Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than Portland ce-
ment in concrete as R)llows,, unless specified otherwise:
1) Fly Ash: 25 pen -cent
I
)J"
MY OF FORT WOR:FH 2015 `rack Order Consiniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA HON DOCIMEN'rs TPW-2015-00001).3
Revised December 20, 2012
I
033000-11
CAST -R4 -P LACECONCRL1
1,
Page I I of 25
1 2) Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent
2 3) Ground Granulated 1311ast-1~amace Slag: 50 percent
3 4) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Gr(nind Gr-anulatedi Wast -Furnace
4 Slag: 50 I.-)erceiiiit
5 5) Portland cement minimuni, with fly ash or pozzollan not exceeding 25 per -
6 cent
7 6) Silica Fume: l0 percent
8 '7) Combined Fly Asti, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or
9 pozzolans not exceed ing 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per. -
10 cent
11 8) Courbined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag,
12 and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25
13 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent
14 1 Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to:
15 a. 0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides
16 (lypical)
17 b. 0,15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides
18 c. 1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be
19 continually dry and 1-.irotected.
20 4. Admixtures
21 a. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
22 b. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted
23 mixes.
24 c. Use water -reducing high -range water -reducing or plasticizing admixture in
25 concrete, as required, for placernent and workability,
26 d. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high
27 temperatures, low litunidity or other adverse placement conditions.
28 e. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use
29 industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight,
30 and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50,
31 f Use corrosion -inhibiting adniWure in concrete mixtures where indicated.
32 P. Concrete Mixtures
33 1. Refer to TxD0'r "Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of
34 Highways, Streets, and Bridges"' for:
35 a. Culverts
36 b. Headwalls
37 c. Wingwalls
38 2. proportion normal -weight concrete mixture as follows:
39 a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days
40 b. Maximum Water-Cententitious Materials Ratio: 0.50
41 c. Slump Limit: 5 inches or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4
42 inches before adding high -range water -reducing admixture or plasticizing
43 admixture, plus or minus I inch
44 d. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4-
45 inch nominal maximum aggregate size
46 Q. Fabricating Reinforcement
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPE CIFICATION DOCUMEN I -S
Revised December 20, 2012
20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations
ITW-2015-000003
03 30 00 - 12
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE
flee 12 of'25
1 1. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."
2 R. Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies
3 1. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop. Holes shall be made by drilling or
4 punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in
5 accordance with AWS Dl. L
6 2. Metal assemblies exposed to earth, weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized.
7 All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an
8 epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound
9 installed in accordance with the nianufacturees instructions. Repair painted
10 assemblies after welding with same type of paint.
11 S. Concrete Mixing
12 1. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch., mix, and deliver concrete according to
13 ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket info cation.
14 a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing
15 and delivery time from 1®1/2 hours to 75 animates„ when air temperature is
16 above 90 degrees Fahrenheit, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
17 2. Project -Site Mixing- Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete
18 according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate driun-type
19 batch machine mixer.
20 a. For mixer capacity of I cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2
21 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before'any
22 part of batch is released.
23 b. For mixer capacity larger than I cubic yard, increase mixing time by 15
24 seconds for each additional I cubic yard.
25 c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating
26 Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time,
27 quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final
28 deposit in structure.,
29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
31 PART 3 - EXECUTION
32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USLeD]
09MIMM
35 3.4 INSTALLATION
36 A. Forinwork
37 L Design, erect, shore, brace, and rnaintain fonirwork, according to ACI 301, to
38 support vertical, lateral, static, and dynani.ic loads, and construction loads that might
39 be applied, until structure can support such loads.
"I'll
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCT1014 SPE(IFICATION I X)CUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Rev i!.wd December 20, 2012
1
r
03 30 00 - 13
CAST-1114-1311ACF a'°Q°a IRl "'r"1'i
Pape, 13 of'25
1
2. Construct ft)rrnNvoi-k so concrete member's and structures are of size, shape,
2
alignmeni,
elevation, and position iridicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.
3
a. Vertical
aliginnent
4
1)
Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height - I inch.
5
2)
Outside comer of exposed corner col!unins and controlJoints in concrete
6
exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 112, inch.
7
3)
Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height - 1/1000 times the
8
height but not more than 6 inches.
9
4)
Outside comer of exposed comer columns and controljohits in concrete
10
exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height
11
but not more than 3 inches,,
12
b. Lateral a] igrinienit
13
1)
Members - I inch.
14
2)
Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger
15
openings in slabs - IP2. inch.
16
3)
Sawcuts, joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs - 3/4 inch.
17
c. Level alignment
18
1)
Elevation of slabs -on -grade - 3/4 inch.
19
2)
Elevation of top surfaces of fornied slabs before removal of shores - 3/4
20
inch.
21
3)
Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores 3/4 inch.
22
d. Cross-sectional! dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams,joists, and columns
23
and thickness of walls and slabs.,
24
1)
12 inch dimension or less - plus 112 inch to minus 1/4 inch.
25
2)
Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch.
26
3)
Greater than 3 foot dirniensiori - plus I inch to minus 3/4 inch.
27
e. Relative alignment
28
1)
Stairs
29
a) Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch.
30
b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch.
31
c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs - 3/8
32
inch.
33
d) Maximum diffierence in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8
34
inch.
35
2)
Grooves
36
a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch.
37
b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch.
38
3)
Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control
39
joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet.
4.0
4)
All other conditions 3/8 inch in 10 feet.
41 3. Limit concrete surface in-egu lari ties, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual,
42 as follows:
43 a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth' -formed finished surfaces.
44 b. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-fornied finished stirfaces.
45 4. Construct fbrms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
1!71
10
crry OF FORT WORTH 201 51'as'lk Order ConstrucUIDY11 Services at various Locations
STANDARD CONS1111)(7110N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
033000-14
CAST-IN-PLACE'CONCRETE
5. Fabricate forms for easy renjoval without hammering or prying against concrete
surfaces, Provide crush or wrecking Plates where stripping may damage cast
concrete surfaces, Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5
horizontal to I vertical.
a. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal,
b. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material.
7 6. Set edge f6rn-is, bulkheads, and interniediate screed strips for slabs to achieve
8 required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure
9 units to support sereed strips; use strike-offte rnp fates or compacting -type screeds.
10 7. Construct formwork. to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for
I I structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or
12 camber in -formwork as require(] for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight
13 and pressures of concrete and construction loads.
14 8. Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams, pier
15 caps, walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth
16 form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings,
17 9. Provide teinporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area
18 of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and
19 securely braced to prevent loss of c(,)ncrete mortar, Locate temporary openings in
20 forms at inconspicuous locations.
21 10. Chanifer exterior comers and edges of pennariently exposed concrete.
22 11. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and
23 bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades
24 providing such items.
25 12. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood,
26 sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
27 13. Refig
..),iten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar
28 leaks and maintain proper alignment.
29 14. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufachirers
30 written instructions, before placingreinforcenient, anchoring devices, and
31 embedded items.
32 a. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to
33 receive subsequent finishes which may be affected by agent, Soak contact
34surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to
35 placing concrete.
36 B. Embedded Items
37 1. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for
38 adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use
39 setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with
40 items to be embedded.
41 a. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying
42 with tolerances in RISC; 303, Section 7.5.
43 1) Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8 inch
44 2) Location of bolt group (center): V2. inch
45 3) Rotation ofbolt group: 5 degrees
CITY OF FOR"r WORTH 2015'cask Order Cnstniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE (IFICATION D01"IWENTS T11W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
03 30 00 - 15
C -INATACIF CONCRUH:S
AST
Pagle 15 of'25
1 4) A ngle off vertical; 5 degrees
2 5) Bolt proJectiow ± 3/8 inch
3 b. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in
4 outer fce concrete frame at exw
terior alk, wflas
here hing is shown at linjels,
5 shelf as
gleos,f and other conditions,
6 C. Removing and Reusing]F'on'ns
7 1 . Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28 -day design
8 compressive streng
jrh.
9 2. General: ForuiNvork for sides of beams, walls, colunins, and similar parts of the
10 Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively
I I curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahreiiiheit for 24 hours after placing concrete, if
12 concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and curing
U and protection operatior)s are maintained.
14 a. Leave fonnwork for beam soffits, Joists, slabs, and other structural elements
15 that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70
16 percent of its 28 -day design compressive strength.
17 b. Do not remove fbrinwork supporting conventionally reinf6rced concrete until
18 concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day cornpressive strength as
19 established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests,
20 supporting forrnwork, shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a
21 temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the MiniMUrn cumulative time
22 periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the
23 surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit, to the minimum
24 listed time period. Formwork for 2,-wvay conventionally reinforced slabs shall
25 remain in place for at least the min iinuin cumulative time periods specified for
26 1 -way slabs of the same n1arXimurn spam
27 c® Immediately reshore 2 -way conventionally reinfbrced slabs after lormwork-
28 removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 28
29 day compressive strength.
30 d. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high -early
31 strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without
32 disturbing shores, but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the
33 satisfaction of the Engineer, that the early, removal of forms will not cause
34 excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements.
35 e. Corripletely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required.
36 f. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete
37 if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time.
38 g. Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per
39 square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up
40 to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided
41 the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength.
42 h. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal
43 is the responsibility of the C.ontractor.
44 i. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms
45 without loosening or distur0ing, shores,
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRIXTION SPECIFICATION D00 MENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
20151"ask Order Comb. iniction Smices at Various L.ocations
TPW 2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1.3
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
033000-16
CAIST-IN.-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 16 of'25
3. Clean and repair surl'aces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed,
delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for
exposed surfaces. Apply new fora -release agent.
4. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to
closeJoints. Align and securejoints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for
exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer.
1. The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring.
2. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation, and removal of shoring
and reshoring.
a. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is
complete.
3. Plan sequence of removal of shores and restiore to avoid damage to concrete.
Locate and provide adequate reshoring to supp4�)rt construction without excessive
stress or deflection.
E. Steel Reinforcement
I . General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing
reinforcement.
a. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder
before placing concrete.
2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign
materials that would reduce and to concrete.
3. Accurately lx.)sition, support, and secure reinforcement, against displacement.
Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete
cover., Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars.
a. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS DIA, where indicated. Only steel
conforming to A.S'IFM. A706 may be welded.
4. Installation tolerances
a. Top and bottom bars in slabs, girders, beams and joists:
1) Members 8 inches deep or less: ±3/8 inch
2) Members more than 8 inches deep: ±1/2 inch
b. Concrete Cover to Formed or finished Surfaces: ±3/8 inches for members 8
inches deep or less; ±1/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep, except that
tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover.
5. Concrete Cover
a. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches
b. Reinforcing in formed beams, columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches
c. Grade beams and exterior face of fon-ned walls and columns exposed to
weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches
d. Interior faces of walls: I inches
e. Slabs: 3/4 inches
6. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. Comply
with ACI 318 for minirnurn lap of spliced bars where not specified on the
documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars.
omw
CFTYOF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order ('onstniction Services at Various Locations i
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D(..)('UMF',NTS ]IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20 R 2
POP
I
033000- 17
CAST -IN. PLACE" CONCR 11: �1 IT""
Page 17 of 25
1 7. Field Welding, of Enibedded Metal Assemblies
2 a. Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds.
3 b. Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the
4 specified paint or cold galvanizing conipound, respectively.
5 F. Joints
6 1. General: ("onstructjoints true to line with faces perpendicu fair to surface plane of
7 concrete.
8 2. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not
9 inipaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer.
10 a. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcenlent
I I across construct ion joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue
12 reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.
13 b. Form keyed Joints as indicated, Embed keys at least 1- 1/2 inches into concrete.
14 c. Locate Joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans.
15 Offset.joints in girders a n1inimurn distance of twice the beam width from a
16 bearn-girder imersection.
17 d. Locate horizontal Joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs,
18 beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.
19 e. Space verticalJoirits in walls as indicated. Localejointsbeside piers integral
20 with walls, near comers, and in concealed locations where possible.
21 f Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is place:d against
22 hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces.,
23 3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support asseiniblies at joints where
24 indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete
25 bonding to I side of joint,
26 G. Waterstops
27 1. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other points indicated to
28 form a continuous diaphrargn-L Install in longest lengths practicable. Stippoill and
29 protect exposed waterstoPs during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in
30 waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions.
31 2. Self-Explandii,ig Strip Waterstops: Install in constructionJoints and at other
32 locations indicated, according to rnaniijiflacturer's written instructions, adhesive
33 bonding, nliechanically fastening,, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest
34 lengths practicable.
35 H. Adhesive Anchors
36 L Comply with the inanufficturer's installation instructions on the hole diarneter and
37 depth required to fWly develop the tensile strength of the adhesive aiiclwr or
38 reinforcing bar.
39 2. Property clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all
40 loose material from the hole, prior to installing adhesive material.
41 1. Concrete Placement
42 1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of fon-nivork, reinfForcement, and
43 embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed.
CHY OF FOR'I'WORTH
S'FANDARD CONSI'MA"FION SPIL'4:11 FICA'rION DOCT MENIS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
IPW-2015-000003
03 30 00 18
CAST -IN PLACE CONCRETF
1 1 Do not add water to concrete during del ivery, at Prqject site, or during placement
2 unless approved by Engineer.
3 3. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site,
4 subject to limitations of ACI 301.
5 a. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing
6 admixtures to mixture.
7 b. Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cerrient ratio for the mix.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
4. Deposit concrete continuously in I layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness
that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause
seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide
cons tructionjoints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
a. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed forly1work design
pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction
joints.
b. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to
ACI 301.
c. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw
vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed
layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into
lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each inser'tion,
limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and
complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without
causing mixture constituents to segregate.
d. Do not pennit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for
concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture (superplasticizer) or
5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer
drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing
water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry, our concrete through a tremie
with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit.
e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure.
5. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous of ration,
within limits of constructionjoints, until placement of a panel or section is
cornplete.
a. Consolidate concrete during placement opet7ations so concrete is thoroughly
worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into comers.
b. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
c. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
d. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
e. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -
textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not
further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
6. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect
concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by
frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
a. When aver -age high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40
degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture
temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at. Various L,ocitions
STANDARD (_'0NS1'RUC"T'[ON SN"CIFICATION IIS( ."n, TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, .24912
I
I
I
I
I
03 30 00-19
CAs,r-IN-fll,A(�'r,,'CONC'IC�,"I'll,'
Page 19 of 25
I b. Do not use frozen materials or inaterials containing ice or snow. Do not place
2 concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen inaterials.
3 c. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifireeze
4 agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specifled and approved in
5 mixture designs.
6 7. Hot -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows:
7 a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of
8 placement. Chilled mixing water or cliopl.)ed ice may be used to coni 'r,ol
9 temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of
10 mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option,
11 b. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing
12 concrete. Keep subgrade unilbinily moist without standling water, soft spots, or
13 dry areas.
14 J. Finishing Formed Surfaces
15 1. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material
16 with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections
17 that exceed specified limits on 1 -brined -surface irregularities.
18 a. Apply, to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
19 2. Related Unformed Surfaces- At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar
20 unformed surfaces adjacent to fbillied surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a
21 texture matching adjacent fonried surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of
22 formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unfornied surfaces, unless otherwise
23 indicated.
24 K. Miscellaneous Concrete Items
25 1. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise
26 indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as
27 specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous
28 concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work.
29 2. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while
30 concrete is still green and by steel troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with
31 comers, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
32 3. Equipment Bases and FoundatioKm Provide machine and equipy.nellit bases and
33 foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment
34 at correct elevations, complying with diagran-is or templates from manufacturer
35 furnishing machines and equipment,
36 a. Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete (3000 psi), reinforced with
37 #3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad. Trovel concrete to a dense,
38 smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment
39 during pouring of concrete fill.
40 4. Protective slabs ("'Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete (2500 psi minimum) with a
41 minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches, Finish slab to a wood float finish.
42 L. Concrete Protecting and Curing
43 L General-, Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold
44 or hot teniperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and
45 ACI 305.1 for hot -weather protection duritig curing.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fasic Order C'onstruction Ser0ces at Various Locations
STANDARD C0Ns,muc'i,ioTq SPEX:IFICATION DOCUMEINTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
03 30 00 - 20
CAST-TN-PIACE CONCRETE
Pag,e 20 of 25
1 1 Fonned Surfaces: Cure forrned concrete surfaces, including underside of beani[s,
2 supported slabs, and other sinailar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period,
3 moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period,
4 continue curing for the remainder of the curing period,
5 3. [Jitfornied Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure
6 unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other
7 surfaces.
8 4. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by I or a combination of the following
9 methods"
10 a. Moist -Lire Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days
11 with the following materials:
12 1) Water
13 2) Continuous water -fog spray
14 3) Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover
15 concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch lap over adJ acent absorptive
16 covers
17 b. Moisture -Retaining -Cover (,..'urinig: Cover concrete surfaces with naoisture-
18 retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with
19 sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches, and sealed by waterproof tape or
20 adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears
21 during curing period using cover material and waterprooftape.,
22 1) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
23 receive floor coverings,
24 2) Moisture cure or use moisture -retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
25 receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.
26 3) Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture -
27 retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will
28 not interfere, with bonding of floor covering used on Project,
29 c. Curing Compound: Apply unifbimly in continuous operation by power spray
30 or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas
31 subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain
32 continuity of coating and repair, darnage during curhig period.
33 3.5 REPAIR
34 A. Concrete Surface Repairs
35 1. Defective Concrete: Repair and 113atch defective areas when approved by Engineer.
36 Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Elagineer"s,
37 approval.
38 2. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of I part portland
39 cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough
40 water for handling and placing.
41 3. Repairing Fortned Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture
42 irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other
43 projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be
44 removed by cleaning.,
CITY OF FORT W01UH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locafions
S I
TANDARD CONS I'RUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS '11-'W-2015-000003
Revised Demmber 20, 2012
iuiuuuig
7 1
W
I
10
11
12
B
14
Is
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
03 30 00-21
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRII.TF
a. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeyconabs, rock pockets, and voids
more than 1/2 inch in any diniension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch
in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surfac.e. Clean, datilpen
with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agem. Fill and
conipact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill forrn-tie
voids with patching mortar or cone pllugs secured in place with 1'.)onding agent.
b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed, to view by blending white portland cement
and star-idard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match
surroiniding color.. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verif'�,
MiXtUre and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in
place and strike off slightly higber than surroundirig surface.
c. Repair del:"scts on concealed t"brined surl'aces that affect concrete®s durability
and structural performance as detern'tined by Engineer'.
4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test untbrmed surfaces, such as floors and slabs,
for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and
high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use
a sloped ternplate.
a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop
outs, lioneycornbs, rock pockets, crazing, and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide
or that penetrate to rein f6rcenient or completely through unreinforced sections
regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions,,
b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding.
c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after conipleting surface
finishing operations by cutiling out low areas and replacing with patching
mortar, Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes I inch or less in
diameter, by cutting out and mplacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective
are with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinfbrcement with at least a 3/4 -
inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching
concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials
and mixture as original concrete except, without coarse aggregate. Place,
coinpact, and finish to blend with adJacent finished concrete. Cure in same
manner as adjacent concrete.
e. Repair random cracks and single holes I inch or less in diatileter with patching
mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off
dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply
bonding agent, Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried.
Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete., Keep patched
area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
5. Perform structural repairs of concrete, sukiect to Engineer's approval, using epoxy
adhesive and patching mortar.
6. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to
Engineer's approval.
CFIFY OF FORTWORTH 2015'Fask Order Constniefian Services at Various Locations
S"I'ANDAR.D(,,'I��)NSTR.I.,llCT'JON SPFCIFICATION DOMEINTS TPW201 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
IN
I
.5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
033000 22
CAST. -IN-PLACE CONCRM'E
Page 22 of'25
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and
inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Inspections
1. Steel reinforcement placement
2. Readed bolts and studs
3. Verification of use of required design inn tore
4. Concrete placeinent, including conveying and depositing
5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature
6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams
and slabs
C. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained
according to ASTM 0172 according to the following requirements:
I. Testing Frequency: Obtain I composite sample for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard, but less than 25 cubic yard, plus I set for
each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof.
2. Slump- ASIM 0143; I test at point of placement for each composite sample, but
not less than I test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional
tests when concrete consistency appears to change,,
3. Air Content: ASTM 0231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; I test for
each composite sample, but not less than I test for each day's pour of each concrete
mixture.
4.. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; I test hourly when air temperature is 40
degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fallrenheit and above, and I
test for each composite sarnple,
5. Compression Test Specimens: AS'TM C31.
a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sample,
1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a
inininruin of 24 hours.
6. Com press ive-S trength Tests: AsTN4 C39;
a. Test I cylinder at 7 days.
b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days.
c. of I cylinder for testing at 56 days as needed.
7. When strength of f teld-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion
laboratory -cured cylinders, evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures
for protecting and curing in-place concrete.,
8. Streng
gh of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 3
consecutive cornl,°)ressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive
strengt1i and no cot" pressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive
strength
y more than 500 psi.
"I
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECTFICKNON DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Rev isLd December 20, 2012
ir
03:30 00 -, 23
CA ST-IN.-PLACC CONCRE IC
r!'" Page 23 of'25
1 9. Report test results in writing to [Engineer, concrete manufactureir, and Contractor
2 within 48 hours of testing, Reports of corripressive-strength tests shall contain
3 Prqject identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of
4 concrete testing and inspecting ageil'ircy, location of concrete batch in Work, design
5 compressive strength at 28 days, concrete inixture proportions and linaterials,
6 compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7.- and 28 -day tests.
7 10. AdditionalTests: 1"esting and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of
8 concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entraitirnent, compressive
9 strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer.
10 Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete
11 by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by
12 E'ngineer.
13 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as
14 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements, provide
15 improved curing conditions and/or a4jushnents to the mix design as required to
16 obtain the required strength. If the average! strength of the laboratory control
17 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable, follow the core test
18 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be
19 approved by the 1"ngincer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors
20 expense.
21 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is
22 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered
23 by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City.
24 1 L Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to
25 determine conipliance of replaced, or additional work with specified requirements.
26 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not
27 comply with the Contract Documents.
28 D. Measure floor and slab flai:ness and levelness according to ASTM El 155 within 48
29 hours of finishing.
30 E. Concrete Finish Meatsurement and Tolerances
31 1. All floors are subject to rneasurement for flainess and levelness and con'liply with
32 the following:
33 a. Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with
34 a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in
35 both diretions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked, Low
36 spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge.
37 Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing.
38 b. Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of zk 1/4 inch in 10 feet, not to exceed 3/4
39 inches total variation, anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the
40 Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after
41 removal of forms.
42 c. Measurement Standard: All floors are subJect to measuremerpt for flatness and
43 levelness, according to ASTM El 155.
44 2. 2 T'iered Measurement Standard
45 a. Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conforin tothe 2, -tiered
46 measurement standard as specified herein.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Twsk Order ('Onsftction Set -vices at Various Locations
TM -201 5-,OO(KKP3
STANDARD CONSTRU(TION SPECIFICATION IX)(. WENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
03 30 00 - 24
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRI311'
Page 24 of 25
1 1) Minimum Local Value: The rninirnum local FF/FL values represent the ab -
2 solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any I test sample
3 (line of measurements) anywhere within the test area.
4 2) Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the
5 minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor
6 as a whole.
7 3. Floor Test Sections
8 a. A floor test section is defined as the sinaller oft e fbilowing areas:
9 1) The area bounded by column and/or wall lines
10 2) The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines
11 3) Any combination of colunin lines and/or Control joint lines
12 b. Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be
13 multidirectional along 2 ofthogonal lines, as defined by ASTM El 155, at a
14 spacing to be determined by the City's testing agency.
15 c. The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing
16 agency.
17 4. Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance
18 a. The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values (FL) do
19 not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas, nor to slabs poured on
20 metal deck or precast concrete.
21 1) Slabs
22 Overall Value FF45/FL30
23 Minimum Local Value F1730/171,20
24 5. Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope
25 a. The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the
26 slab surface, with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows
27 1 ) Slab -on -Grade ("'onstruction: A-, % inch
28 2) Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting
29 shores: ± 'Kinch
30 3) Top surfaces of all other slabs:.:i:: % inch
31 4) Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of
32 3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point, up to % inch from theoretical elevation at
33 any point.
34 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
35 3.9 ADJUNTING [NOT USED]
36 3.10 CLEANING
37 A. Defective Work
38 1. Imperfect or damaged work or any material darriaged or determined to be defective
39 before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re -
40 placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformit r with all of the requirernents. of
41 the Drawings and Specifications.
42 2. Perl'brin retnoval and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair
43 the appearance or strength of the structure in any way.
44 B. Cleaning
I
Ur
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Unwruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION EX)CUMENTS T11W-2095-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
03 30 00 - 25
Page 25 of 25
➢ 1. Upon completion of the work rernove ft-orn the sit.e aH fornis, equipinent, protective
2 coverings and any rubbish resulting therefi-oin.
3 2. After sweeping floors, wash floors with Dean water.
4 3. I.eave finished conerete surfaces in a clean condition, satisthaory to the City.
I
5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES NOT USED]
6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USEDI
7 3.13 MAINTENANCE INOTUSED1
8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS, INOT USED]
9 END OF SECTION
10
Revision L.og
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
2.2.0.3- Removed BlueText/Added Desciiptions for water-solullile,
12/20/2012 D. Johnson chloride -ion content
3A.C.1 Clianged75%to70%
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 ` ask Order Construction Senrioes at Varimis Locations
STANDARD CC:ONSTRUC, HON SPECIFICATION DOCUNIEN,rs TPU -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
033413.. 1
COINTROLUD LOW STR EN(; TJ I MATERIAL, (CL,SM)
Page I of'7
SECTION 03 34 13
2 CON'TROLLH) LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (('[.,,SM)
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use in the following:
7 a. Flowable backfill
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
I 1 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I —GeneralRequirernents
13 3. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concwte
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 L Measurement
17 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed.
18 2. Payment
19 a. The work. performed and the inaterials fu mished in accordance with this Item
20 are subsidiar
y to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation
21 will be allowed.
22 1.3 REFERENCES
23
A. Reference Standards
24
1.
Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
25
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
26
Spec i tication, unless a date is specifically cited,
27
B. ASTM International (ASTM)�
28
1.
C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete 'rest Specirviens in the
29
Field.
30
2.
C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates,
31
1
C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Sl,j-en&qli of Cylindrical Concrete
32
Specimens,
33
4.
C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete.,
34
5.
C231 - Standard 'rest Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
35
Pressure Method.
36
6.
C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
CITY �OF FORTWORTH 20151'ask Order Constniclion Services at Various L,ocafions
STANDARD C'ONSTRUCUON SIN'XIFICATION DOCUMENTS 1TW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
0334 13 - 2
CONTROLLED LOW S11REN4: TI I MATERIA.I, (CLSM)
Page, 2 of 7
1 7, 0;618 .- Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
2 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.
3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
4 1.5 SUBMITTALS
5 A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00.
6 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for
7 specials.
8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
9 A. Product data
10 B. Sieve analysis
11 1. Submit sieve analyses of fine and coarse aggregates being used.
12 a. Resubmit, at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials.
13 2. Mix
14 a. Submit full details, including mix design calculations for mix proposed for use.
15 C. Trial batch test data
16 1. Submit data for each test cylinder.
17 2. Submit data that identifies mix and slIump for each test cylinder.
18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT usED1
23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOTUSED1
24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
25 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OR OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
27 A. Materials
28 1. Portland cement: Type 11 low alkali portland cement as specified in Section 03 30
29 00.
30 2. Fly ash: Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618.
31 3. Water: As specified in Section 03 30 00.
32 4. Admixture: Air entraining admixture in accordance with AST M 0260.
CITY OF FORT WOKIN 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Variom Locations
STANDARI) CONSTRUC1.10N SPECIFICXHON EK)CUMENTS TM -2015-000011.3
Revised December 20, 2012
03314 i3-3
CONTROLI H)LOWSTRENGTH MATEMAL(CLSM)
Vp1ja Page, 3 of 7
1 5. Fine aggregate: Conci etc sand (does not need to be in accordance with
2
3 and ASTno lastic finM C33). No es shall be more than 12resent, percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve,
pp
)17[
4 6. Coarse aggregate: Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Is
B. Mixes
1. Performance requirements
a. Total calculated air content
1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent,,
b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength
1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days.
c. Maximum unconfined cornpressive strength
1.) Not greater than 150 psi mewsured at 28 days.
2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could
be re -excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if
necessary.
d. Wet density
1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot.
e. Color
1) No coloration required unless noted.
2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval.
2. Suggested design mix
23 2.3 ACCESSORIES INOT USED)
24 2.4 SOURCE QUALury CONTROL
25 A. Trial batch
26 1. After mix design has been accepted by Engineer, have trial batch of the accepted
27 mix design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer.
28 2. Prepare trial batches using specified cernentitious materials and aggregates
29 proposed to be used forte Work.
30 3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, %vork'ability,
31 consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders.
CRY OFFORT WORTH 20151'ask. Order Construction Servicw.,,s at Various Locations
STANDARI)CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS F11W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
Absolute Volume
Material
Weight
Specific Gravity ravity
Cubic Foot
Cement
30 pounds
3.15
0.15
Fly Ash
300 pounds
2.30
109
Water
283 pounds
1.00
4.54
Coarse Aggreg,ate
1,465 pounds
2.68
836
Fine Aggregate
1,465 pounds
2.68
8.76
Admixture
4-6 ounces
230
TOTAL
3,543 Fo:
27.00
23 2.3 ACCESSORIES INOT USED)
24 2.4 SOURCE QUALury CONTROL
25 A. Trial batch
26 1. After mix design has been accepted by Engineer, have trial batch of the accepted
27 mix design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer.
28 2. Prepare trial batches using specified cernentitious materials and aggregates
29 proposed to be used forte Work.
30 3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, %vork'ability,
31 consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders.
CRY OFFORT WORTH 20151'ask. Order Construction Servicw.,,s at Various Locations
STANDARI)CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS F11W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
033413 ...4
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL, (CLSM)
Page 4 of 7
I B. T'est cylinders:
2 1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with AS'"I'M C31 with the Jo flowing
3 exceptions:
4 a. Fill the concrete test cylinders, to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the
5 mix.
6 b. Do not rod the concrete mix.
7 c. Strike off the excess material.
8 2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and
9 transporting the cylinders since they are firagile and will withstand only minimal
10 N1111ping, banging, orjolting without darnage,
11 3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and
12 tested.
13 4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads:
14 a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.
15 b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter
16 than the test cylinders.
17 c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum
18 age of 3 days.
19 C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in
20 accordance with ASTM C39 except as modified herein:
21 1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to
22 or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed
23 maximum compression strength.
24 D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the Specifications for strength or density, revise and
25 resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional. trial batch and tests. Repeat until an
26 acceptable trial batch is produced that meets the Specifications.
27 1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by the
28 CONTRACT'OR.
29 2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix
30 design, trial batches, and test information.
31 E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM 0143 with the following exceptions:
32 L Do not rod the concrete material.
33 2. Place material in slump cone in I semi -continuous filling operation, slightly
34 (overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump.
CYTY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction services at Various Locations,
SIANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S 'I'1'W-2015-000003
Revised IX-cember 20, 2012
03 34 13 5
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MA'rERIAL (CLSM)
Page 5 of7
2 3.1 INSTALLERS INOTUSED]
EXAMINATION INOT USED]
PREPARATION [NOT USED1
INSTALLATIOV
6 A. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of
7 compressive strength and densit,.Y:
8 1. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that could
9 be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM, to the lesser of 4 feet or the lift
10 height indicated on the Dravyings. Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last
I I lift of CLSM has set and gained sufficient strength to prevent: lateral load due to the
12 weight of the next lift of CLSM.
13 2. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placernent methods is the
14 maintenance of its fluid properties.
15 3. Transport and place material so that it flows emily around, beneath, or through
16 walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures.
17 4., Use a shinip of the placed material greater than 9 inches, and sufficient to allow the
18 material to flow freely during placement:
19 a. After trial batch testing and acceptance, maintain slump developed during
20 testing during construction at all times within :±- I inch.
21 5. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability (where
22 required) such that when placed, the material is self -compacting, self-densilying,
23 and has sufficient plasticity that compaction or mechanical vibration is not required,
24 6. When using as embednwnt for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line and
25 grade of pipe.
26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION ]NOT USED]
28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
29 A. General
30 1. Make provisions for and fumish all material for the test specimens, and provide
31 manual assistance to assist the Engineer in preparing said specimens.
32 2. Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens.
33 B. Tests by the City
34 1. During the progress of construction, the City will have tests made to detennine
35 whether the CLSM, as being produced, complies with the requirements specified
36 hereinbefore. Test cylinders will be made and delivered to the laboratory by the
37 1"ngineer and the testing expense will be borne by the City.
38 2. Test cylinders
39 a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following
40 exception.s,
CITY O1C°F010'WORTH 2015 Task, Ordeir ( Onstruction SeTvicxs at Vwious Locations
'FPW-2015-.000003
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
03 34 U -6
CONTROLLED LOW STRE14GTH MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 6 of 7
1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle
the mix.
2) Do not rod the concrete mix.
3) Strike off the excess material.
b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities.
Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not
sprinkle water directly on the cylinders.
c. After 2 days, place the cy I inders in a prolective container for transport to the
laboratory for testing. The concrete test cylinders are fragile and shall be
handled carefully. The container may be a box with a Styrofoam or similar
lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders.
d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and
transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only
minimal bumping, banging, orjolting without Barna e.
e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped
and tested.
f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene
pads:
1) Perl'orm the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures.
2) LJse neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in
diameter than the test cylinders,
3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a
minimum age of 3 days.
1 The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the
Inspector.
a. Test I cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39
except as modified herein.
b. The compression strength oft e cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or
greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed
maximum compression strength.
4. The City will test the air content of the C1,SM. Test will be made immediately after
discharge from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C°231.
5. Test the slump of CL,SM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C1.43 with
the lollowing exceptions:
a. Do not rod the concrete material.
b. Place material in slump cone in I semi -continuous filling operation, slightly
overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump.,
6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirenients, make
corrections to the mix design to meet the requirements of this specification.
crry or FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Servicts at Vadow, Locations
STANDARD CON STRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S T11W-2015 000003
Revised December .SON 2012
oql%
0334 13 -.7
CONTROLLED LOW S'l'RErxi,rI i MATERIAL (CLSM)
Page 7 of 7
1 3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT" USED]
2 3.9
AD,J'(JSTIN(jr INOT USED
3 3.10
CLEANING [NOT tJSEDj
4 3.11
CL OSEou'r ACTIVITIFS [NOT USED]
5 3.12
PROTECTION INOTUSED1
6 3.13
MAINTENANCE INOT USED]
7 3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
8
END OF SECTION
X
la-,
Revisio n Log
DATE —F NAME SUMMARN OF CliANGI,-,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Or -der (:`onslmcion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Sll:(.'l FICATION DOCUMF NTS ')rPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 201"2
7
r
03 34 16 ... I
CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FORTRENCH REPAIR.
Page I of 4
I SECTION 03 34 16
2 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FORTRENCH REPAIR
3 PART 1® GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Concrete base material for trench repair
'7 B. Deviations fi-orn this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 L None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I General Requirements
12 1 Section 03 30 00 Cast -in -Place Concrete
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Measurement
16 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed,
17 2. Payment
18 a. The work. performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
19 are subsidiary to the structure or Items beifig placed and no other c(�)1111pensafion
20 will be allowed.
21 1.3 REFERENCES
22
A. Reference Standards
23
1.
Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
24
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
25
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
26
B. ASTM International (ASINt):
27
1.
C31, Standard Practice for Making and (,'uring (.1oncrete Test Specimens in the
28
Field.
29
2.
C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
30
3.
C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete
31
Specimens.
32
4.
C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cenient Concrete,
33
5.
0172, Standard Practice for Sampling Fresh ly Mixed Concrete.
34
6.
0231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
35
Pressure Method.
36
7.
C260, Standard Specification for Ain -E'ntraining Admixtures for Concrete.
37
8.
C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcified Natural
38
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete.
39
9.
0;1064, Standard Test Method for 'Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic -
40
Clement Concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Consti udion Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARI)CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICATION DOCUNui� Naas J'J'W-2,015-000003
Revised Dewmber 20,2012
0
03 34 16 - 2
CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FORTRENCH REPAIR
Page 2 of 4
i 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQ11REMENTS [NOT USED]
2 1.5 SUBMITTALS WWI
3 A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00.
4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for
5 specials.
6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
7 A. Submit proposed mix design for Engineer's review a minimuni of 2 weeks prior to start
8 of low density concrete backfill work.
9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
ll 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, ANDHANDLING [NOT USED]
13 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOTUSED1
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED OROWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
18
A. Mix Design
19
L
Performance requirements
20
a. Concrete Base Material for"I'rench Repair
21
1) 28 -day compressive strength of not less than 750 psi and not more than
22
1,200 psi.
23
B. Materials
24
1.
Portland cement
25
a. Type 11 low alkali portland cement as specified in Section 03 30 00.
26
2.
Fly ash
27
a. Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618.
28
3.
Water
29
a. As specified in Section 03 30 00.
30
4.
Admixture
31
a. Air entraining admixture in accordance with ASTM 0260.
32
5.
Fine aggregate
33
a. Concrete sand (does not need to be in accordance with ASTM C33).
34
b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve, and no
35
plastic fines shall be present.
36
6.
Coarse aggregate
37
a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch.
crry OF FORT wowrH
STANDARD CONST11f JCTION SPFCIFICA'rioq ix)UMEN'J'S
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 'Task. Order Construction Services at Various Locations
113W-2015-000003
I
03 34 16 - 3
com.,J? iii ,m BASE' MATERIAL FOR TREM .1l REPAIR
Page 3 of'4
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED1
2 2® SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL INOT IJSEDj
�
1111,%110 �-Axoutwmo
4 3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
EXAMINATION INOTUSED1
6 3.3
PREPARATION [NOT USEDI
INSTALLATION
8 A. Place concrete base material by any method which preserves the quality of the material
9 in terms of compressive strength and density.
10 1. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the
11 maintenance of its fluid properties.
12 1 Transport and place material sothat it flows easily around, beneath, or through
13 walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures.
14 3. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow char-acteristics, and punipability (where
15 required) such that when placed, the material is self -compacting, self'densil)ying,
16 and has suffilcient plasticity that compaction or mechanical vibration is not required.
17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT 1JSED1
18 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION JNOTIJSEDJ
19 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
20 A. General
21 1. Make provisions for and firmish all material for the test specimens, and provide
22 manual assistance to assist the E,ngineer in preparing said specimens,
23 2. Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens.
24 B. Concrete Tests: Perfonn testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained
25 according to ASTM 0172 according to the following requirements:
26 1. Testing Frequency. Obtain I composite sample for each day's pour of each
27 concrete mixture up to 25 cubic yards, plus I set for each additional 50 cubic yards
28 or fraction thereof
29 2. Slunip: ASTM 0143; I test at point of placement for each composite sample, but
30 not less than I test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. perform additional
31 tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
32 3. Air Content,: AST10231,„ pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; I test for
33 each composite sample, but not less than I test for each day's pour of each concrete
34 mixture.
35 4. Concrete 'Temperature: AS'17M 01 064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40
36 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 1
37 test for each composite sample.
38 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C3 L
39 a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sainple.
40 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a minitnum of
41 24 hours.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task On -der Construclion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SKCIFICATION DOCUMENT'S TM -2015-000003
Revised DecembeT 20, 2012
033416-4
CONCRETE BASE NIATERIA L FOR TRENCIH REPAIR
Page 4 of 4
i 6. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C39
2 a. Test I cylinder at 7 days.
3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED[
4. 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
5 3.10 CLEANIN r G [NOT USED]
6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT IJSED]
7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10
II
x
IWITSM191jam
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CIJANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fasic Order (."onslructjon Services at Vayious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRLJCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revi.u-,d December 20, 2012
038000-1
MODIFICATIONSTO EXISTING CONC°JRF'1'1i',
Page I of'7
I SECTION 03 80 00
2 MOD111CATIONSTo EXISTING CONCIZEITE STRUCTURES
3
1® GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including -
7 a. Manholes
8 b. Junction boxes
9 c. Vaults
10 d. Retaining walls
11 e. Wing and head walls
12 f Culverts
13 2. This section does not include modifications to Reinforced Concrete Pipe.
14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
17 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, ContractForms and Conditions of the Contract
18 2. Division I General Requirements
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Measurement
22 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed.
23 2. Payment
24 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
25 are subsidiarr)' to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation
26 will be allowe&
27 1.3 REFERENCES
28 A. Reference Standards
29 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
30 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2. ASTM International (ASTM):
33 a. A615, Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Rein forcernent.
34 b. 0881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin [lase Bonding Systems for
35 Concrete.
36 c. 0882, Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy -Resin Systerns Used
37 with Concrete by Slant Sheer.
38 d. 1 570, Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.
39 e. 1 638, Standard Test Method forTensile Properties of Plastics.
CITY OF FORT WOU11 2015 Task. Order Constnaction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
STANDARD CONSTRUC."HON SPECIFICATION DOCIUMFNI'S
Revised Decembeir 20, 2012
038000-2
,N,I(,�)II)IFI(-'A'r'1,0�NS'"I'O EXISTING CON( `RFI rr�
Pape 2 of 7
I f. D695, Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics.
2 g. D732, Standard Test Method for Shear Strength of Plastics by Punch Tool.
3 h. D790, Standard 'Fest Methods for Flexural Pt-' operfies of Unreinforced and
4 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials.
5 B. Where reference is made to I of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of
6 bid opening applies.
7 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
8 1.5 SUBMITTALS
9 A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00.
10 B. All stibmittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery, and/or fabrication for
11 specials.,
12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS'ANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
13 A. Product Data
14 1. Submit manufacturer's Product Data on all product brands proposed for use to the
1.5 Engineer for review.
16 2. Include the manufacturer's installation and/or application instructions.
1
17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1,
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
20 A. When removing materials or portions of existing structures and when making openings
21 in existing structures, take precautions and all erect all necessary barriers, shoring and
22 bracing, and other protective devices to prevent damage to the structures beyond the
23 limits necessary for the new work, Protect personnel, control dust, and to prevent
24 damage to the structures or contents by failing or flying debris.
25 B. Core sanitary sewer manhole penetrations.
26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
27 A. Deliver the specified products in original, unopened containers with the manul"acturer's
28 name, labels, prodluct identil.-Ication, and batch nuinbers,,
29 B. Store and condition the specified product as recommended by the manufacturer.
30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS INOT USED]
31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
0900u���iW
33 2.1 OWNER-FURNISIIED OR OWNER-SUPPIAED PRODUCTS JNOTUSEDJ
34 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
35 A. Manufacturers
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDAM.) CONSTRUCTION S111MMATION DOCUMINTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
'I'M 2015-000003
rw
038000-3
MODIFICA'nom,ro tAISTING CONCRIAT
Page 3 of 7
I L In other Part 2 articles where titles below introdui.ce lists, the following;, requ irements,
2 apply to product selectiow
3 a. Available Products
4 1) Subject to conaphance with requitenients, products that may be
5 incoqwrated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products
6 specified,
7 b. Available Mai-nifficturers
8 1) SubJect to coinpliance with requireinents, manufacturers offering products
9 that may be incorporate(![ into the Work include, but are not limited to,
10 manufacturers specified,
11 B. Materials
12 1. General
13 a. Comply with this Section and any state or local regulations.
14 C. Steel Reinforcement
15 1. Reinforcing Bars
16 a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, deformed,,
17 D. Epoxy Bonding Agent
18 1. A 2 component, solvent -five, asbestos -free, moisture- insensitive epoxy resin
19 niiiaterial. used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete complying with the
20 requirenicins of ASTM C881, Type V, and the additional requirements specified
21 herein.
22 2. Properties of the cured material
23 a. Compressive Strength (AS'I" D695)
24 1) 8,500 psi taiininimn at 28 days
25 b. Tensile Strength (ASTM D638)
26 1) 4,000 psi minimurn at 14 days
27 c. Flexural Strength (AST'M D790 - Modulus of Rupture)
28 1) 6,300 psi minimurn at 14 days
29 d. She Strength (ASTM D'732)
30 1) 5,000 psi niininium at 14 days
31 e. Water Absorfitioi-i (ASTM D570 - 2 hour boil)
32 1) 1 percent niaximurn at 14 days
33 f Bond Strength (AS'I"'M (7882) Hardened to Plastic
34 1) 1,500 psi nfinimuni at 14 days inoist cure
35 g. Color
36 1) Gray
37 h. Available Manufacturers:
38 1) Silva Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jer'sey - Sikadur 32, Ili -Mod
39 2) BASF, Ohio - Concresive 1438
40 E. Epoxy Paste
41 1. A 2 -component, solvent -five, asbestos free, moisture insensitive epoxy resin
42 material used to bond dissitifflar to to concrete such as setting railing posts,
43 dowels, anchor bolts, and all -threads into hardened concrete and complying with
44 the requirements of ASTM 0881, Type 1, Grade 3, and the additional requirements
45 specified herein.
46 2. properties of the cured material
47 a. (7onipressive Properties (AS"I'M D695)0 10,000 psi t-ninimuni at 28 days
CITY OF FORT WORTH 201 5'r&sk OrdeT Consirudion Services at Various Locafions
STANDAIU.) CONSIRUC110N "SPF C]FICATION D00 TAN N I'S T11W-20f5 OW00.3
Revised EX-cember :ICY„ 2012
16 F. Repair Mortars
17 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer -modified, Portland cement -
18 based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical
19 surfaces.
20 a. Available Manufacturers
21 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New,fersey - SikaTop 122
22 2) BASF - - Emaco Nanocretc R3
23 G. Pipe Penetration Sealants
24 L I component, polyurethane, extrudable swelling bentonite -free waterstop that is
25 chemically resistant, not soluble in water and capable of withstanding wet/dry
26 cycling.
27 a. Available Manufacturers
28 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey -- SikaSwell S®2
29 2) Approved equal
30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONI I ROL [NOT USED]
32 PART 3 - EXECUTION
33 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
UNMEMME"M 04 6M 11 4" 0 COM
36 A. General
37 1. Cut, repair, reuse, dernolish, excavate or otherwise modify parts oft e existing
38 structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, or
39 necessary to permit coinpletion of the Work. Finishes, joints, reirif6rceMents,
40 sealants, etc., are specified in respective Sections. Comply with other requirements
41 of this of Section and as shown on the Drawings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Variows Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECHICATION DOCUMENTS IM -2015-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
038000-4
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CV)NCRE , TE
Page 4 of 7
I
b.
'rensile Strength (ASTM D638): 3,000 psi mininnim at 14 days. 14,longation at
2
Break - 0.3 percent minimum
3
c.
Flexural St'rengt'h (ASTM D790 - Modulus of Rupture): 3700 psi ininfinurn at
4
14 days
5
d.
She Strength (ASTM 1D732): 2,800 psi minirruini at 14 days
6
e.
Water Absorption (ASTM D570): I.Opercent iriaximumat'7 days
ori
7
f,
Bond Stren&qh (A! l°l C882): 29000 psi at 14 days moist cure
8
g.
Color: Concrete grey
9
h.
Available Manufacturers
guy
10
1) Overhead Applications
11
a) Sika Corporation, Lyndburst, New Jersey - Sikadur 32,1 -1i -Mod LV
12
b) BASF - Concresive 1438
13
2) All tither Applications
14
a) Sika Corporation, 1,yndhurst, New Jersey - Sikadur Hi -mod LV 31
15
b) BASF - Concrcsive 1401
16 F. Repair Mortars
17 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer -modified, Portland cement -
18 based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical
19 surfaces.
20 a. Available Manufacturers
21 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New,fersey - SikaTop 122
22 2) BASF - - Emaco Nanocretc R3
23 G. Pipe Penetration Sealants
24 L I component, polyurethane, extrudable swelling bentonite -free waterstop that is
25 chemically resistant, not soluble in water and capable of withstanding wet/dry
26 cycling.
27 a. Available Manufacturers
28 1) Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst New Jersey -- SikaSwell S®2
29 2) Approved equal
30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONI I ROL [NOT USED]
32 PART 3 - EXECUTION
33 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
UNMEMME"M 04 6M 11 4" 0 COM
36 A. General
37 1. Cut, repair, reuse, dernolish, excavate or otherwise modify parts oft e existing
38 structures or appurtenances, as indicated on the Drawings, specified herein, or
39 necessary to permit coinpletion of the Work. Finishes, joints, reirif6rceMents,
40 sealants, etc., are specified in respective Sections. Comply with other requirements
41 of this of Section and as shown on the Drawings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Variows Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECHICATION DOCUMENTS IM -2015-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
PIP
2
038000-5
MODIFICA'noiqs,ro I-ANTING CONCRETE
Page 5 of 7
2. Store, mix, and apply all commercial products specified in this Section in strict
compliance with the manufacturer's recornmendations,
3 3. Make repairs in all cases where concrete is repaired in the vicillity of an exi"Mas loll
4 joint or control joint to preserve the isolation between components on either side of
5 the pint.
6 4. When drilling holes for dowels/bolts at new or existing concrete,,, stop drilling if
7 rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the
8 Engineer. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the Engincer.,
9 B. Concrete Removal.
10 1. Remove concrete designated to be rcrnoved to specific limits as shown on the
I I Drawings or directed by the Engineer, by chipping, jack-hanimering, or saNN, cutting
12 as appropriate in areas where concrete is to be taken out. Do notjacklik"ni-ner
13 sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. Remove concrete in such a manner that
14 Surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing to be left in place and existing in place
15 equipment is not damaged,
16 2. Where existing reinf6rcing is exposed due to saw CUttirig/core drilling and no new
17 material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treallnelit
18 of epoxy paste to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch.
19 1 In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete
20 will be exposed in the finished wo rk, except as otherwise shown. or specified,
21 provide a 1 -inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at
22 the edge of concrete removal.
23 4. Repair concrete specified to be left in place that is damaged using approved means
24 to the satisfaction of the f!'Jigineer.
25 5. The Engineer may from time to time direct additional repairs to existing concrete.
26 Make these repairs as specified or by such other methods as may be appropriate,
27 C. Connection Surf -ace Preparation
28 1. Prepare connection surfaces as specified below for concrete areas requ ff ing
29 patching, repairs or modifications as shown on the Drawings, specified herein, or as
30 directed by the Engineer.
31 2. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting
32 materials from the surface by dry mechanical means, ie., sandblasting, grinding,
33 etc., as approved by the Engineer. Be sure the areas are not less than 1/2-inell in
34 depth. Irregular voids or surf4ce stories need not be removed if they are sound, free
35 of laitance, and firmly embedded. into parent concrete, subject to the Err liner's
36 final inspection.
37 3, If reinforcing steel is exposed, it must be cleaned by wire brush or other similar
38 means to remove all contaminants, rust, etc.., as approved by the Engineer. If 1/2 of
39 the diameter of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out behind the steel.. Chip a
40 minimum of I inch behind the steel. Do not Damage reinforcing to be saved during
41 the dernolition operation.
42 4. Clean reinforcing from existing demolished concrete that is shown to be
43 incorporated in new concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all
44 loose material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. Cut,
45 bend, or lap to new reinforcing as shown on the Drawings and provided with I -inch
46 in inimuni cover all around.
CITY OF FORT WOTUH 20151'ask Order Cbvwi uction SeTvices at Vwious Locations
s'rANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE(AFICATION D(X_',UMFNTS T11W2015-00000.3
Revised Decernl)er 20, 2.012
038000--6
MODIFICATIONS TO FXISTING CONCRETE,
Page 6 of 7
1
5. The following are specific concrete surface preparation "methods" to be used where
2
called for on the Drawitigs, specified herein, or as directed by the Engineel%
3
a. Method A
4
1)
After the existing concrete surface at connection has been nnighened and
5
cleaned, thoroughly moisten the existing surface with water.
6
2)
Brush on a 1/1 6 -inch layer of cement and water mixed to the consistenCyr of
7
a heavy paste,.
8
3)
Immediately after application of cement paste, place new concrete or grout
9
mixture as detailed on the Drawings.
10
b. Mediod B
11
1)
After the existing concrete surface has been roughened and cleaned, apply
12
epoxy bonding agent at connection surface.
13
2)
C01-uply Strictly with the manufacturees recommendations for the field
14
preparation and application of the epoxy bonding agent.
15
3)
Place new concrete or grout mixture to limits shown on the Drawings
16
within time constraints recommended by the manufacturer to ensure bond.
1.7
c. Method C
18
1)
Drill a hole 1/4 inch larger than the diameter of the dowel.
19
2)
Blow the hole clear of loose particles and dustjust prior to installing epoxy.
20
First fill the drilled hole with epoxy paste, then butter the dowels/bolts with
21
paste then insert by tapping.
22
3)
Unless otherwise shown on the Dfawings, drill and set deformed bars to a
23
depth of 10 bar diameters and smooth bars to a depth of 15 bar diameters.
24
4)
If not noted on the Drawings, the Engineer will provide details regarding
25
the size and spacing of dowels.
26
d. Method D
27
1)
Combination of Method B and C
28 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
29 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
30 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
31 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED
32 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
33 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
34 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
35 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED
36 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
37 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
38 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED
39 END OF SECTIO0
M
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rask Order ConsiniWon Services at Various Locations
STANDARI)CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION EX)CUNEW is TM -2015-000003
Revised Dceember 20, 2012
I
I
9
03 80 00 -, 7
MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTINO CONCRETE
Page 7 of'7
Revision Log
DATE W SIUMMARY OF CHANGE.'
CITY OFFORTWORTH 2015'rwsk Order (:;ca ATuction Servicxs at Various Locations
STANDARD ('()NSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1,:)00 WIFNTS IFPW 20115-0000�03
Revised December 20, 2012
260500 1
C()MMON WORK RESIA.-J'S FOR EL FC
Pagel of5
I SECTION 26 05 00
PIP 2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELEC"rRICAL
f
3 PART1- GENERAL
5 A. Section Includes:
6 L All labor, materials and equipi,nent required to install, test and provide an
7 operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily fili'llited to:
11 1. Division 0 -- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I -"-General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. M'easurement and payment
15 L Electrical Facilities
16 a. Measurement
17 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work perfornked and materials fOrnished in accordartee to this Item
20 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Electrical Facilities".
21 c. The price bid shall include:
22 1 ) Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system
23 2) Wire
24 3) Cable
25 4) Conduit and related hardware
26 5) Supports
27 6) Excavation
28 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
29 8) Hauling
30 9) Clean-up
31 2. Furnish and Install EleclTica] Scrvice
32 a. Measurement
33 1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size furnished
34 and installed.
35 b. N(tnent
36 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
37 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Furnish/Install Electrical
38 Sew -vice" shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed.,
39 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical
40 service including, but not limited to:
41 1) Conduit
crry OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Consauction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S111,011CATION DOCINENTS TP -2o15 -000003
Revised November 22„ 2013
260500-2
COMMON WORK RES4313S FOR ELECTRICAL
Page 2 of
i 2) Pole risers
2 3) Meter base
3 4) Breaker box
4 5) Breakers
5 6) Coordination with Electrical Service Provider
6 3. Install Electrical Service
'7 a. Measurement
8 1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size installed.
9 b. Payment
10 1) The work perfonned and the materials furnished in accordance with this
11 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Install Electrical Service"
12 shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed.
13 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of conipleting the installation of electrical
14 service including, but not limited to:
15 1) Conduit
16 2) Pole risers
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Reference Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
20 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
21 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
22 2. Lhiderwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVEREQUIREMENTS
24 A. Coordination
25 1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification
26 Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications, the
27 Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those
28 rel"crences, and include such information or Work as may be specified,
29 2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of
30 the Specifications
31 B. Service and Metering
32 1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 1.20/240 Volts, Single Phase,
33 Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished. and installe4l by the
34 power company.
35 2. Power company responsibilities
36 a. Furnishing and insta I] ing the primary overhead conductors and pole line
37 b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole, primary cutouts,
38 lightning arresters and grounding
39 c. Furi-iishing and installing primary conduits and cables
40 d. I"urnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding (if pad -mourned
41 transfortner)
42 e. Furnishing and installing transformer
43 f Terminating underground primary cables
44 g. Furnishing metering current transfortners ((.71's), meter and meter wiring
45 h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer
CITY OF FORTWORTH
SlAN1: AR13 CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22,2013
2015 Task Order Cot0ruction Services at Various Locations
W-2015-000003
1
I
I
260500-3
COMMON WORK RESULA'S FOR LLE(JRICAL
Pq,w 3 oi'5
I i. 1:,'urnislung meter base atid enclosijre
2 3. Contractor responsibilities
3 a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables
4 b. Furnishing and installing power company approved inetering current
5 transformer enclostire (if required by power company)
6 c. Installing meter base
7 & Fumishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the nietering
8 current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type
9 approved by the power company
10 e. Coordinating electrical semice installation with power co inpany
11 4. City responsibilities
12 a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services
13 b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs
14 C. Codes, Inspections and Fees
15 1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees reclijired for pertri its and inspections
16 1.5 SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
17 1.6 ACTION suBmiTTALS/INFORMATIONAL suBmiTTALS ]NOT USED]
18
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE
21
A. Materials and Equiprnent
22
1. New, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be reused.
23
2. U1, listed, where such listing exists.
24
3. Electrical service
25
a. Service type shall be as shown on the Drawings.
26
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
27
1.11
FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USEDI
28
1.12
WARRANTY
29 A. Manufacturer Warranty
30 1. Mantifacturer's warranties are specified in each of the Specification Sections.
31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
32 PART 3 - EXECUTION
33 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
34 3.2 EXAMINATION
35 A. Interpretation of Drawiiigs
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L.ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPUCIFICAT11ON DOCAM11"N"I'S TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
260500-4
COMMON WORK RESUL,rS FOR El ECTRICAL
Pag
ge 4 of'S
I I, Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied
2 equipment.
3 2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete
4 raceway, installation.
5 3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and
6 receptacles prior to installation.
7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
8 3.4 INSTALLATION
9 A. Phase Balancing
10 1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panellboards to result in evenly
I I balanced loads across all phases.
12 3.5 REPAIR/ RESTORATION [NO"II USED]
13 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT usED]
14 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL jNOTIJSEDj
15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
A. Tests and Settings
I. Test systerns and equipment ffirnished under Division 26.
2. Repair or replace all detective work.
3. Make adjustments to the systerns as specified andlor required.
4.. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, make all tests required by the individual
Specification sections.
a. Submit a saniple test form or procedure.
b. Submit the required test reports and data within 30 days after the test.
c. Include names of all test personnel,.
d. Initial each test.
5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness.
6. Verify all terminations at transforniers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels,
and enclosures by producing a 12 3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when
connected to A, B, and C phases.
7. Inspect, set, and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers, disconnect switches,
motor starters, and control equipment.
8. Check interlocking, control and instniment wiring for each systern and/or part of a
system to prove that the system will function property as indicated by schematic
and wiring diagrams,
9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City at least 2 weeks in advance.
10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment.
11. Refer to the individual equipment Sections for additional specific testing
requirements.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'F&sk Order COTISUlAction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICATION EX)CUMENI'S TPW 20154)W003
Revised November 22, 2013
I
1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOTUSED]
5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOTUSED1
6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED1
7 END OF SECTION
M
E
r,
260500-5
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR 11-AICTRICAL
Page 5 of 5
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13
S. Amold
Added insinliation only pay item for electrical services
. . . .........
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constirwitni Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 WENTS IM -.2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
ir
V,
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
l2
13
14
is
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
IN
31
32
33
34
35
36
ffi
W,
I
2605 10-1
DUMOLI I ]ON FOR FLEC'M ICAL SYSTEMS
11,q7e I ot'4
SECTION 26 05 10
DEA40LITION FOR FLECTPICAL SYS`TEN4S
A.. Section Includes:
1. lFurnish, install and test all equipment, wiring and appurtenances as may be required
t® perforin the electrical demolition shown on the Drawings and as specified herein.
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
L None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
L Division 0 - Bidding Requirenients, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I General lZequirements
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payinent
I. A4easurenrient
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Salvage Electrical Equipment".
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Removing and salvaging electrical equipment including, but n®t limited to:
1) Wire and cable
2) Encasement
3) Conduit
4) Supports
b. Excavation
c. Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill
d. Hauling
e. Clean-up
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards
I. Reference standards cited in this Spec ification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date lei,gged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
a. 70, National Electrical Code (NEC)
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordination
CITY OF FORTWORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STA NDARD CONSTRUC; OtNN SPECIFICA'"HON D00 MENTS ITW-2015-0000013
Revised Dcmmber 20, 2012
16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 PART 3 - EXECUTION
18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
19 3.2 EXAMINATION
20 A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements.
21 B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned Jacilities.
22 C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disihirbing the existing installation.
23 3.3 PREPARATION
24 A.. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal.
25 B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number
26 of outages.
27 C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service
28 during construction.
29 D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel
30 experienced in such operations.
31 E. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
32 complete and ready for sejifice,
33 F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections,
MY OF FOR.1.. ORTH 2015 Task Order Conslyuction Services atVarious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC I HON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -20115-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
woo,
260510-2
DINOLI HON FOR ELE1. WRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 4
1
L Coordinate with the City or their desigiiiiee 48 hours in advance of removals.
2
2. Col)rdinale with other Trades for removal o1 electrical services in con.junction with
3
the removal of the associated equipment.
4
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NaT USED]
5
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NO1USED]
7
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [:NOT USED]
8
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
9
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
10
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
I 1
1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractor to the City at a location
12
designated by the Inspector. The Inspector, assisted by authorized representatives,
13
will serve as the receiving agent for salvage material.
14
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
15
1.12
WARRANTY [NoT USED]
16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
17 PART 3 - EXECUTION
18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
19 3.2 EXAMINATION
20 A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements.
21 B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned Jacilities.
22 C. Report Drawing discrepancies to City before disihirbing the existing installation.
23 3.3 PREPARATION
24 A.. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors and ceilings scheduled for removal.
25 B. Coordinate utility service outages with Utility Company to minimize length and number
26 of outages.
27 C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service
28 during construction.
29 D. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel
30 experienced in such operations.
31 E. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is
32 complete and ready for sejifice,
33 F. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections,
MY OF FOR.1.. ORTH 2015 Task Order Conslyuction Services atVarious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC I HON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -20115-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
woo,
I
260510-3
DIPMOLI ]'ION FOR 1-11J "1(1"R ICA 11, SYSTEMS
Page 3 of 4
1 G. Obtain perinission from City at least I week in advance, before partially or completely
2 disabling system.
3 3® DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK
4 A. Remove, relocate and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
5 B. Remove abandoned Nviring to source of supply.
6 C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above iccessible
7 ceiling finishes.
8 L Cut conduit flush with walls and floors and patch surfaces.
9 D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices.
10 1. Rernove abandoned outlets if conduit serving them is abandoned and reniolved.
11 2. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets which are not removed.
12 E. Disconnect and remove abandoned panelboards and distribution equiprilent.,
13 F. Disconnect and remove electrical devices and equipment that has been removed.,
14 G. .e air adJacent construction and finishes dai[i[iiaged during demolition and extension
l5 work.
16 H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify installation or
17 provide access to panels as appropriate.
18 1. Where the demolition or revision of any portionof araceway or box in the raceway
19 system, in an area, causes the raceway system of the area to no longer comply with the
20 classification or Specification requirements of the area, provide and install such boxes,
21 fittings, etc. as may be necessary to return the raceway, systein to con,iijfliance with
22 Specifications,
23 J. I.."xtend existing installations using iiii[aterials and methods as specified for new Work.
24 K. Minimize noise, dust, and vibration and conduct the work so as to avoid any dainage to
25 the surroundings.
26 L. Salvaged Equip inent and Materials
27 1. The City shall have the right to retain any or all electrical and instrumentation
28 equipment shown or spec i tied to be removed from the site,,
29 2. Deliver the City's equipment to a site designated by the City-.
30 3. If the City refuses the salvage, the Contractor must claim ownership of the
31 materials and dispose of them properly.
32 4. Prior to starting demolition, the Contractor and City shalljointly visit the areas of
33 demolition and the City will designate those items that are to remain the property of
34 the City.,
35 5. 'Take necessary precautions in removing City designated property to prevent
36 damage during the demolition process.
37 a. Rernove steel structural members by unbolting, cutting welds, or cutting rivet
38 heads and punching shanks through holes.
39 b. Do not use a Cuttring torch to separate the City's equipinent or material.
40 6. Remove items in I piece or in. a manner that does not inipact their reuse.
41 a. Loose components may be removed separately.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order (�'Onstnxion Services at Various I-ocations
S'fA14I)AItD(",'OTN1S7fRI.J(,'1"IOE',I SPEUIFICATION DOCUME.NTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised Demminr 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
2
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2605 W-4
DEN101,1110N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 4 of 4
b. Controls and electrical equipment may be removed from the equipment and
handled separately.
c. 1,arge units may be handled separately.
d. Salvaged piping shall be taken apart at flanges or fittings and removed in
sections.
M. Material removed from the construction site during demolition, and any equipment not
otherwise designated to remain the property of the City in accordance with the pre -
demolition identification process shall become the property of the Contractor, and shall
be promptly removed from the construction site.
N. Refurbish and replace any existing facility, to be left in place, which is damaged by the
demolition operations.
1. The repair of such damage shall leave the parts in a condition at least equal to that
found at the start of the work.
3.5 RESTORATION
A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment is remain or are to be reused.
B. Panelboards
1. Clean exposed surfaces,
2. Check tightness of electrical connections.
3. Replace damaged circuit breakers.
4, provide closure plates for vacant positions.
S. Provide typed circuit directory showing revised circuiting arrangement.
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [Nar USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
31 END OF SECTION
. .... .. . ..........
Revision Log
-- --------- --
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CRANGE
................... . . . ..... . .. ........................
32
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC ATION DOCUMENTS TM-2015.-OW003
Rev used Decen &r 20, 20 ➢ 2
I
p
por
I
260533-1
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page I of 12
I SECTION 26 05 33
2 RACEWAYS AND 130XES FOR ELIECI.R [CAI., SYSTENI S
3 PART I - GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section, Includes:
6 L 1�urnish and install complete raceway systeivis as shown on the lXwo(ings and as,
7 specified herein.,
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Spec i filcation
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
I 1 1. Division 0 Biddling Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I General Requirements
13 3. Section 26 05 43 - Underground Ducts and 11?,aceways for Electrical Systems
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measureinerit and Payment
16 1. Conduits and Related Hardware, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists
17 a. Measurement
18 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to 1-1eCtTical Facilities.
19 b. Payment.
20 1) The work perf-bri-ned and the materials fbrnished in accordance with this
21 Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidiary to the
22 lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other compensation will
23 be allowed.
24 2.. Conduits and Related Haird%varc, when no bid item for Electrical lFacilities exists
25 a.. Measurement
26 1) Measurement for conduit shall be per linear foot of the size, installation
27 method, and type of conduit installed.
28 2) Limits of measurement for conduit are from center to center between
29 ground boxes or poles, a combination of the two or to the termination. point.
30 b. Payment
31 1) Payntent for conduit shall be made at the price bid per linear foot of the
32 size, installation method, and type of conduit installed.,
33 c. The price bid shall include:
34 1) Installation of Conduit and Related Hardware including, but not limited to:
35 a) 1'.!"Ibows
36 b) Couplings
37 c) Weatherheads
38 3. Conduit Boxes, when a bid item for Electrical Facilities exists
39 a. Measurenient
40 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to Electrical Facilities.
41 b. Payment
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'Tasic Order COnstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE('1F'JCA'r90N D00 )MENTS 1TW2W5000003
Revised December 20, 2012
26 05 33 - 2
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR FLECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 2 of 12
1 1) The work perfonned and the materials fumished in accordance with this
2 Item are subsidiary to Electrical Facilities and shall be subsidimy to the
3 lump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities,, and no other compensation will
4 be allowed.
5 4. Conduit Boxes, when no bid item for Electrical Facilities exists
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Conduit Box installed per
8 location of installation.
9 b. Payment
10 1) The work performed and materials furnisfiied in accq:)rdance to this Item
I I shall be paid for at the unit price bid for "Conduit Box" installed.
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Furnishirig and installing the Conduit Box
14 2) Excavation
15 3) Furnishing, placernent and compaction of backfill
16 4) Glean -up
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Reference Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer tent e current reference
20 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
21 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
22 2. American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI.).
23 a. ANSI C80.6, American National Standard for Electrical Rigid Aluminum
24 Conduit (ERAC).
25 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
26 a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volt Maxiiii,urn).
27 b. 080.1, Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit.
28 c. TC -2, Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Tubin and Conduit.
29 d. TC -3, Poly v iny I Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Condui it and
30 Tubing.
31 e. TC -7, Smooth -Walled Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit.
32 4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
33 a. 70 -. - National Electrical Code (NEC).
34 1) Article 350, Liquidtight Flexible Metal CorOuill: Type I.YMC,
35 2) Chapter 9, Tables.
36 5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
37 a. 6, Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit -.... Steel.
38 b. 51413, Conduit, Tubing and Cable Fittings.
39 c. 651, Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit.
40 B. All equipment cornponents and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the
41 Specifications shall be the appropriate label of I.
42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
43 1.5 SUBMITTALS INOTUSED]
44 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
CITYOF FOWr WORTH
STANDARD COWrRUCTION SPFC111CATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 20 T 2
2015'Task Order ('onsbuChios Services at Various Locations
TPW 2015-00OW3
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
I
W
N
al
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
r
260533 3
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR FLEC' I'MCAL SYSTEMS
P4,c 3 of 12
A. Product Data
L Submit to the City, in accordance with Division 1, the tnanufacturers'narnes and
product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOT USEDI
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
I Manufacturers
a. Refer to Specification Section 01 60 00 for listing of approved manufacturers
for all IDaterials.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Handling: In accordance with manuflacturer's instructions.
2. Storage
a. In accordance with matitifacturer's instructions
b. Not exposed to sunlight
c. Completely covered
3. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected.
1.11 FIELD [SITEJ CONDITIONS [NOT USED1
1.12 WARRANTY
A. No separate warranty on conduit.
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 CONDUIT
A. Liquidtight Steel Flexible Metal Conduit
1. Interlocked steel core
2. PVC jacket rated for 80 degrees Celsius
3. Complies with NEC Article 350
4. Fittings
5. Extruded from 6063 T.-1 alloy
6. Maximum 0.1 percent copper conten t
7. Conform to:
a. ANSI 080.5
b. UL -6
B. Rigid Steel Condint
1. of dip galvanized
2. Threads: of galvanized after cutting
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Cousbuction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARI) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI n MY !.NTS TPW -2015-00000.3
Revised December 20, 2012
260533-4
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECMICAL SYSTEMS
Page, 4 of 12
1
3.
Conforms to:
2
a. NEMA 080.1
3
C. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit
4
1.
Designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC
5
2.
Resistant to sunlight,
6
3.
UL Labeled
7
4.
C onf6rrns to:
8
a. NEMA TC -2
9
b. UL 651
10
5.
Fittings confonin to:
11
a. NEMA. TC -3
12
b. IJL 514B
13
D. Rigid PVC Schedule 40 Conduit
14
1.
Designed for use underground as described in the NEC
15
2.
Resistant to sunlight
16
3.
IJI, Labeled.
17
4.
Conforms to:
18
a. NEMA TC -2
19
b. UL 651
20
5.
Fittings conform to:
21
a. NEMA TC -3
22
b. UL 514B
23
E. High Density Polyethylene (IMPE) Conduit
24
1.
Designed for use undergTound as described in the NEC
25
2.
Resistant to sunlight
26
3.
UL Labeled
27
4.
Conforms to:
28
a. UL 651 A
29
b. UL 651
30
c,, NEMA TC,,,.7
31
F. Raceway Boxes
32
1.
Use: Exposed raceway systerns only
33
1
Boxes for underground systems: Refer to Section 26 05 43.
34
1
Box size
35
a. Distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall: Not
36
be less than 6 times the trade size of the largest raceway in a row.
37
b. Distance shall be increased for additional entries by the arnount of the sum of
38
the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of
39
the box.
40
c. Each row calculated individually, and the single row that provides the
41
maximum distance used to size box.
42
2.3 ACCESSORIES
43 A. Conduit Outlet Bodies
MY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRIJCTION SPI.,,'(-r,'IFIICA'1'1()N DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012.
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW 2015-000003
2
3
4
5
6
7
260533-5
RA(,'EWAYS AND BOXES FOR i;i.,iX.:,rRwA L SYSTEMS
Page 5 of 12
1. Up t® and including 2 1/2 inches
a. Conduit outlet bodies and covers° Galvanized steel
b. Captive screw clamp cover
c. Neoprene gasket
d. Stainless steel screws and clanips
2. 1.,arger than 2-1/2 inches
a. Use junction boxes.
8
B.
(.11 onduit Hubs
9
1. Watertight
10
2. Threaded gah(anized steel
11
3. Insulated throat
12
4. Stainless steel grounding screw
13
C.
Grounding Bushings
14
1.. Insulated Jay -in lug grounding bushings
15
2. Tin-plated copper grounding path
16
3. Integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees
17
Celsius
18
4. Plastic insert cap each busilling
19
5. Lug size: Sufficient to accommodate maximum ground wire size required by the
20
NEC for theapplication
21
D.
Racewky Sealant
22
1. Use for scaling of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or enclosures
23
where shown or specified
24
E,
Conduit Penetration Seals
25
1. Use for conduit wall and floor seals
26
F.,
Coriduit and related hardware
27
1. All polyvinyl chloride conduits, including elbows and couplings shall be schedule
28
40 PVC conduit, conforming to Federal Specification W -C-1094 and Underwriters'
29
I..,aboratories, Inc. Standard UL -65 1. All conduit sizes shall be as indicated on the
30
Drawings.
31
2. Rigid metal conduit shall be steel, hot -dipped galvanized inside and outside.
32
3. Weather heads shall be made of aluminum and may be the threaded or the clamp on
33
type.
34
G.
PajjSion/jr�
Ex )eflection Fittings
35
1. Use
36
a. Embedded in concrete
37
b. Exposed
38
2. Description
39
a. Intenral grounding
40
b. 4 inch movement
41
c. Stainless steel/cast iron
42 It Expansion Fittings
CITY OF FOR'r WORTH 2015 Task. Order (:'onstrucfion Services at Vwious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI.JCTION SPE10171CATION DOCI SMEN I'S T1PW-2015--000(X)3
Revised December 20, 2012
2.60533-6
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELF,C1'RJ(,AL SYSTFMS
Page 6 of 12
1 1. Galvanized steel
2 2. 8 inch movement
3 3. Internal grounding
4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
5 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
511
I
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
I
I
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Interface with Other Work
1. Coordinate the placement of conduit and related components with other trades and
existing installations.
B. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the conduit type installed with
respect to the location shall be as follows:
1. Underground, 18 inches or more cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 40 or HE)PE
2. (hider round, less than 18 inches cover: Rigid PVC Schedule 80 or HDPE
3. Exposed: Rigid galvanized steel
4. Final connection to equipment subject to vibration: 11quidtight Steel Flexible Metal
Conduit
C. Box Applications
I. Furnish raceway junction, pull and terminal boxes with NEMA ratings for the
location in which they are installed.
2. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings:
Galvanized steel
3. Furnish boxes with fActory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or
enclosure is prohibited
D. Conduit Outlet Bodies Applications
1. Conduits up to and including 2-1/2 inches: Conduit outlet bodies maybe used,
except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified
2. Conduits larger than 2-1/2 inches: Usejunction boxes
E. Conduit Hub Applications
1. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall
terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. 1,ocknut or double locknut terminations
will not be perinitted.
F. Insulated Grounding Bushing Applications
1. Use: 'Terminnate raceways at bottom entry to pad -mounted electrical equipment or
switchgear, if there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the
raceway.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
�rp
f'
0
I
260533-7
RACEWAY'S AND BOXES FOR 1:`1LEC I'RICAL SYSTEMS
Page 7 of 12
i 2. Other raceways,,,, "Fert-ninate on enclosures with a conduit hub.
2 3. Grounding bushing caps: Rentain on the busliing until the wire is ready to be
3 pulled.
4 G. Conduit Fittings Applications
5 1 . Cornhination expansion deflection fittings: Install where conduits cross structure
6 expansion joints, on conduit transitions from underground to above ground, and
7 where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion -
8 deflection fittings does not exceed 150 feet of conduit run.
9 2. Expansion fittings. Install in lieu of a combination expansion -deflection litting, on
10 the exposed side of conduit transitions from underground to above ground, where
11 the earth has been disturbed to a depth of more than 10 feet.
12 H. Conduit Penetration Seals Applications
13 1. Conduit wall seals: Use where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other
14 locations shown on the Drawings
15 2. Conduit sealing bushings: Use to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at
16 other locations shown on the Drawings
17 I. Conduit Tag Aj.-)plications
18 1. Tag all conduits within I foot oft e entry of equipment, and wall and floor
19 penetrations,
20 2. Tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from
21 undergl"OL[nd, including manholes and handholes.
22 J. Raceway Installation
23 1. No conduit smaller than 11/4 inch electrical trade size.
24 2. No more than the equivalent of 3 90 degree bends in any I run.
25 3. Do not pull wire until the conduit system is complete in all details.
26 4. Install all underground raceways in accordance with Section 26 05 4.3.
27 5. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway systenn, where the raceway origin or
28 termination, could be subJected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type,
29 particularly where the termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment,
30 new or existing at a lower elevation, such raceways shall be tightly scaled, using
31 watertight sealant (Duxseal or equal), at the higher elevation, of before and after
32 the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to
33 the Raceway System at any time. Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to
34 the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be COrTeded by complete
35 replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the City. Cleaning or drying of such
36 darnaged equipment will not be acceptable.
37 6. Conduit supports, for other than for underground raceways: Space at intervals of 8
38 feet or less as required to obtain rigid construction,
39 7. Single conduits: Support with I hole pipe clamps in combination with I screw back
40 plates, to raise conduits from the Surface.
41 8. Multiple runs of conduits: Supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal
42 members and threaded hanger rods not less than 3/8 inch in diameter.
43 9. Surface mounted panel boxes,junction. boxes, and conduit: Supported by strut to
44 provide a ininimurn of 1/2 inch clearance between wall and equipment.
CITY OF FORTWOR TI 1 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDAM) L'ONSTRIX.-HON SPECIFICATION DOCAYMENI S TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
260533-8
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR. El EC'FIRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 8 of"I 2
10. Conduit hangers: Attacl'i to structural steel by means of beam or channel c lianaps.
2 Use concrete inserts of the spot type where attached to concrete surfaces,,
3 11„ Conduits on exposed work
4 a. Install at right angles to and parallel with the surroundilig wall.
5 b. Conform to the form of the ceilling.
6 c. No diagonal runs.
7 d. Provide concentric bends in parallel conduit runs.
8 e. Install conduit perfectly straiglit and true.
9 12. (.".ouduits terminated into enclosures: Install p1eqmendiMar to the walls where
10 flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required.
I I a. Do not use short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations, except for
12 connections to instrumentation transniitters where multiple penetrations are
13 required,
14 13. Use insulated throat grounding bushings for conduits containing equipment
15 grounding conductors and terminating in boxes. Connect groundiri[g conductors to
16 the box.
17
14. Install conduits using threaded fittings. Do not use running threads.
18
15. PVC conduit: Use glued type conduit fittings.
19
16. HDPE conduit: Use Fillings by same manufacturer as condluit.
20
IT Liquidtight flexible steel conduit
21
a. Primary and secondary of transformers
22
b. Getierator terminations
23
c. her equipmentr where vibration is present
24
d. Connections to instrumentation transniiffers, where multiple penetrations are
25
required
26
e. Do not use in other locations.
27
f Maximum length., Not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius
28
elbow of the conduit size being used
29
g. MLximun!i bending radius: Not less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9,
30
Table 2, "Other Bends".
31
h. Do not use BX or AC type prefabricated cables.
32
18. Conduits passing through openings in walls or floor slabs: Seal rernaining openings
33
against the passage of flame and snioke.
34
19. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases: Seal with conduit sealing
35
bushings.
36 20. Racewfkys terminating in Control Panels or boxes containing electrical equipment
37 a. Do not install to enter from the top of the panel or box.
38 b. Seal with a watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal
39 21. Conduit
40 a. The Contractor will be required to coordinate with all local utility companies,
41 long distance communication. companies, City utilities, railroad companies, and
42 Dig 'cess if applicable, to ascertain exact locations of conflicting underground
43 services.
44 b. The location of conduits and ground boxes are diagrammatic only and may be
45 shifted by the Inspector to accommodate field conditions.
46 c. The rnaxini,urn allowable overcut shall be I inch (25 mm) in diameter for bores.
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTIRIA.7110N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 'Task Order Constuction Services at, Various L,=Aions
IM -2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
I
260533-9
RAC'EWAYS AND BOXES FOR UECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 9 of 12
d. The vertical and horizontal tolerances shall not exceed 18 inches (457 mm) as
measured firorn the intended target point for bores.
e. The use of a pneumatically driven device for prinching holes beneath the
pavement (cornmoialy known as a "missile") will not be permitted,
f Conduit installed for future use shall have a non-metallic, nylon type pull string
and shall be capped using standard weather tight conduit caps, as approved by
the Inspector,
g. The Contractor shall place duct seal or foam at the ends of all conduit where
conductors and/or cables are present.
h. New CAmduit
1) All underground conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC con(luit.
2) All conduit or raceways above ground shall be rigid metal.
3) All conduit and fittings shall be of the sizes and types shown on the
Drawings,
4) Each section of conduit shall bear evidence of approval by Underwi-iter's
Laboratories,
5) Conduit terminating in posts or pedestal bases shall not extend vertically
more than 3 inches above the concrete foundation.
6) Field bends in conduit shall have a minimum radius of 12 diameters of the
nominal size of the conduit.
7) Exposed vertical conduit shall be galvanized rigid metal, and reamed and
couplings made tight. PVC conduit shall be joinedi by the solvent --weld
method in accordance with the conduit manufacturer's recommendations,
8) No reducer couplings shall be used unless specifically indicated on the
Drawings.
9) Conduit and fittings shall have buffs and rough places smoothed and shall
be clean and free of obstructions before the cable is installed.
10) Field cuts shall be made with a hacksaw only, and shall be square and true
so that the ends will butt or come together for the full dianietei., thereof
a) In no case shall a cutting torch be used to cut or join conduit.
11) Slip joints or running threads will not be permitted for coupling conduit
unless approved by the Inspector.
12) When a staiadard coupling cannot be used, an approved union coupling
shall be used and shall provide a water -tight coupling between the conduit.
13) Couplings shall be properly installed to bring their ends of ca.)nnected
conduit together to produce a good rigid connection. throughout the entire
length of the conduit run.
14) Where the coating on a rigid metal conduit run has been daimaged in
handling or instalkation, such damaged parts shall be thoroughly painted
with rust preventive paint.
15) Ends of conduits shall be capped or plugged until installation of the wire is
complete.
16) t1pon request by the Inspector, the Contractor shall draw a 1bll-size metal
wire brush, attached by swivel joint to a pull tape, thirough the metal
conduit to insure that the conduit is clean and free from obstructions.
17) Conduits shall be placed in an open trench at a minimum 24 inches (612
mm) depth below the curb grade in the sidewalk areas, or 18 inches (450
mm) below the finished street ,wade in the street area.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'T'asic Order Construcflon Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D(.)CTJMI,',N'I'S 'rPW-2015.-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
M
260533-10
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECI'RICAL SYSTEMS
P�.qge 10 of 12
18) Conduit placed for concrete encasement shall be secured and supported in
such a manner that the alignment will not be disturbed during p] 1cen'lent of
the concrete.
a) No concrete shall be placed until all of the conduit ends have been
capped and all box openings closed.
19) PVC conduit, which is to be placed under existing pavement, sidewalks,
and driveways, shall be placed by first providing a void through which the
PVC conduit shall be inserted.
a) The void may be made by boring.
b) Use of water or other fluids in connection with the boring operation
will be permitted only to lubricate cuttings.
c) Water jetting will not be permitted.
20) If it is determined by the Inspector that it is impractical to place the conduit
by boring as outlined above due to unforeseen obstructions, written
permission may be granted by the 'Traffic Services Manager or designee for
the Contractor, to cut the existing pavernent.
2 1) Pits for boring shall not be closer than 2 feet (612 mm) to the back of the
curb or the outside edge of the shoulder.,
a) The boring method used shall not interfere with the operation. of streets,
highways, or other facilities, and shall not weaken or damage any
embankment structure, or pavement.
22) Backfill .- Compaction & Density'rest for All Ditchlines
a) All ditchlines within paving areas of existing and proposed streets and
within 2 feet (600 mm) back of curb are to be mechanically tarnped,
b) All tamping is to be density controlled to 90 percent standard proctor
density at optimum moisture content and no greater than 5 percent
optimum or less than 2 percent below optimum.
c) All back.fil I material is to be select native material, 6 inches (150 mm)
diameter clods and smaller.
d) It is permissible to put backfill in 6 inches to 8 inches (150 mm to 400
mm) lifts with densities being taken for each feet (300 mm) of
compacted material on offsetting stations of 50 feet (15.9 M).
23) Provide adequately bent conduit and properly excavate so as to prevent
damage to the conduit or conductor by a bend radius which is too short.
24) All conduit runs shall be continuous and of the same material (meta:] only
or PVC only).
25) Where tying into existing conduit, the Contractor must continue with the
same material (metal to metal or PVC to PV(. -1).'
26) Each length of galvanized rigid metal conduit, where used, shall be reanied
and threaded on each end and couplings shall be made up tight.
27) White -lead paint or equal shall be used on threads of all joints.
28) Metal conduit and fittings shall have the buffs and rough places smoothed.
29) Where the coating on a metal conduit, run has been damaged in handling or
installation, such danraged parts shall be thoroughly painted with rust
preventive paint.
L Existing Conduit
1) Prior to pulling cable in existing underground conduit, the conduit shall be
cleaned with a mandrel or cylindrical wire brush and blown out with
compressed air.
CITY Or FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Cormtruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (,',0NSTRUC1 TION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFrNTS TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 211„ .2012
Off
260533 -TT
RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR FLE(:;MCAL SYSI'EMS
Page I I of 12
i 2) If conduit appear's to be blocked, the Contractor shall malke an attempt to
2 clear the conduit by rodding (The Contractor will not receive extra
3 compensation for rodding, )
4 3) If the existing conduit cannot be used, the Conti -actor may be required to
5 repair and/or replace this conduit as, directed by the Engineer.
6 a) Repair of this conduit will be paid for as "extra woric" on a Change
7 Order.
8 4) The Inspector shall be notified prior to disconnection or removal of any
9 existing cable.
10 22. Conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment
11 enclosure: Stub up into the bottom tiorizontal wireway or other manufacturer
12 designated area, directly below the vertical sectiort in which the conductors are to
13 be terminated.
14 23. Conduits entering from cable tray: Stub into the upper section.
15 24. Install conduit sealing and drain fittings in areas designated as NEMA 4X or
16 NEMA.7.
17 25. Conduit identification platens
18 a. Install on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of
19 the run and at intennedialejunction boxes and manholes.
20 b. Install conduit plates before conductors are pulled into conduits.
21 c. Coordinate exact identification plate location with the City at the time of
22 installation to provide uniformity of placenient, and ease of reading.
23 26. Pull mandrels through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new
24 conduits 2 inches in d ianieter and larger prior to installing conductors.
25 27. Install 3/16 inch polypropylene pull lines in all new conduits noted as spares or
26 designated for future equipment,
27 28. Install conduit to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not
28 possible, use conduit seals to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the
29 equipment
30 29. Route conduits to avoid crossing pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings,
31 present or f uture, in floor or ceiling construction.
32 30. Do not use ninning threads.
33 31. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated
34 spaces, or cold air plenums: Sealed with watertight sealant: Duxseal or equal
35 32. Locate conduits a minimum of 3 inches from steam or hot water piping.
36 a. Where crossings are unavoidable, locate conduit at least I inch from the
37 covering of the pipe crossed.
38 31 Conduits terminating at a cable tray
39 a. Support independently from the cable tray,.
40 b. Provide conduit support within 1 -feet of the cable tray.
41 c. Weight of the conduit not supported by cable tray
42 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
43 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
4.4 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
C11Y OF FORT WORTH 2015Task Order Construction Services at Vwious LocMions
STAM )ARD CONSTRI WITION SPECIFWATION DOCUM1114TS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
26 05 33-12
RACEWAYS AND 13OXES FOR FLECIRNCA L, SYSTEMS
Pape 12 of'l 2
1. 3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [N(.)TUSEDj
2 3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED1
3 3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
4 3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6 3.13
MAINTENANCE INOTUSED1
7 3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
8
END OF SECTION
9
- -I , Revision Log
DATE NAMESUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPUCIFIC,A BON DOCUMENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised l3ecember 20, 2012
N
260543-1
IRMERGROLND If UCIS ANT) RACEWAYS FOR. H FCTRICAL SYSI'EMS
Pape I of 7
I SECTION 26 05 43
2 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 L Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, n-janholes and
7 handholes
8 2. Raceways for use in structural concrete are specifiedl in Section 26 05 33, Raceways
9 and Boxes for Electrical Systems
to B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
11 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0 -- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Measurement
21 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the Electrical Facilities being installed.
22 2. Payment
23 a. The work perIbmied and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
24 are subsidiary to the electrical facilities specified on the Drawings and shall be
25 subsidiary to the Jump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other
26 compensation will be allowed.
27 1.3 REFERENCES
28 A. Reference Standards
29 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer tothe current reference
30 standard published, at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASFITO)
33 a. M306 - - Standard Specification for Drainage Structure Castings.
34 3. Underwriters f,aboratories, Inc. (UL).
CIFOF FORT WOU11 2015 Task Order Consftuction Servims at. Various Locations
STANDARD C'ONS'FRUCTION SPKIFICAIJON D0CkYmuTvrs TPW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
14
2
Division I General Requirements
15
3.
Section 03 30 00 - - (I I ast-in-Place Concrete
16
4.
Section 26 05 33 — Raceways and Boxes for Electrical ysterns
17
5.
Section 33 05 10 - Util'i'ty "french Excavation, Enibedment and Backfill
18
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
19 A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Measurement
21 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the Electrical Facilities being installed.
22 2. Payment
23 a. The work perIbmied and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
24 are subsidiary to the electrical facilities specified on the Drawings and shall be
25 subsidiary to the Jump sum price bid for Electrical Facilities, and no other
26 compensation will be allowed.
27 1.3 REFERENCES
28 A. Reference Standards
29 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer tothe current reference
30 standard published, at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASFITO)
33 a. M306 - - Standard Specification for Drainage Structure Castings.
34 3. Underwriters f,aboratories, Inc. (UL).
CIFOF FORT WOU11 2015 Task Order Consftuction Servims at. Various Locations
STANDARD C'ONS'FRUCTION SPKIFICAIJON D0CkYmuTvrs TPW-2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
I
PE
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
260543-2
UNDERGROUND DIXTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECIRI"AL SYSTEMS
Pape 2 of 7
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1® SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1. Plastic duct spacers
B. Shop Drawings
1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9
QUALITY A.SSURANCE
A. Qualifications
1. Manufacturers
a. Precast manholes: Manufactured in a NPCA (National Precast Concrete
A.ssociation) Certified Plant
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Handle and store material in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Store materials completely covered; do not expose materials to sunlight.
3. Materials showing signs of previous orjobsite exposure will be rejected,
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS
1.12 WARRANTY
A. No separate warranty for this equipment
2.1 OWNER-F'URNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPP'LIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Manufacturers
1. Manufacturer List
a. Refer to Section 0160 00.
B. Conduit
1. PVC Schedule 40 or HDPE
2. Refer to Section 26 05 33
3. Terminators: Same size and type as the raceway
C. Concrete cap for raceways and duct banks
L Refer to Section 03 30 00,
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C,ONSTRUCTION Sill,"CIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Jady 1, 2011
2015'Fask Order Coristruction Services at Various I.A.)calrons
11'PW-2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
I
260543-3
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR IJ 1"C110CA], sys,rEMS
Page 3 of 7
2. Red dye
a. 40 pounds per 10 cubic yards of concrete
D. Manholes and Handholes
I. Precast concrete
2. Designed for aAASHT0 Class H2O load.
3. Sizes shown on Drawings
4. Manhole tops
a. Field removable
b. Stainless steel lifting eyes
5. Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole
a. Centered on the entering wall
b. Contain the number and size of duct terminators to match the corresponding
duct bank
6. Concrete sump
a. Minhrium dimensions: 12 inches x 12 inches x 2 inches deep
b. Located in the middle oft e floor of the manhole or handhole, or as shown on
the Drawings
E. ManhoJe (overs
1. Heavy duty
2. 36 inch diameter
3. Machined gray iron
4. AASI-IT0 M306 CL35B rninimurn
5. 40,000 -pound proof load value (AASHTO Class H20 X 2.5)
6. Including frame
7. "Electric" or "Communication" raised lettering recessed flush on the cover
8. Drop handles
F. Castings
1. Made Inthe USA
2. Cast with the foundry's name and production date (exaniple: mm/dd/yy)
3. True to pattern in for and dimension
4. Free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks, blow holes, or other detects in
positions affecting strength and value
5. Angles: Filleted
6. Arises: Sharp and true
G. Hardware
1. Cable racks
a. Heavy duty
b. Non-metallic
c. Arm lengths of 8 inches, 14 inches and 20 inches, each sLil-.)porting a load of not
less than 250 pounds at the outer end
d. Molded in I piece of U.L. listed glass reinforced nylon
e. Secured tote manhole and walls using drilled epoxy anchoritigsystern, with
316 stainless steel bolts
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20 5 Task Order Consh-uction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CON STRt ICTION SPI �0 FICATION DOCUMMI's TPW--20t5-000003
Revised Afly 1, 2011
260543-4
UM)ERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS POR fl,EcTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page, 4 of 7
1. f. Arms vertically spaced not greater than 24 inches on center
2 2. Pulling irons
3 a. Copolyrner polypropylene coated 1/2 inch diameter cable
4 b. Rated pulling strength: 7500 lbs
5 c. Polyethylene pulling iron pocket
6 d. Manholes: Recessed in wall opposite each duct entry
7 e. Handholes: Located near center of h[andhole floor
8 3. Ladders
9 a. Fiberglass reinforced plastic
10 b. Safety yellow
11 c. 18 inch rung width
12 d. 12 inch rung spacing
13 e. Furnish 2 ladders, length 4 feet greater than the deepest manhole in the
14 underground system
15 H. Polyethylene Warning Tape
16 1. Red polyethylene film
17 2. 2 inches minimum width
18 3. Embedded metallic wire for location tracing
19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [N r OT USED
21 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION
24
A.
Verification of Conditions
25
L Field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before placement
26
2. Modify the routing to avoid underground utilities or above ground objects
27
3. Provide any alternate routing of the duct banks to the City for approval before
28
installation
29
3.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION
30
A.
Provide suitable room for installfiag nianholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances
31
B.
Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports.
32
C.
Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered.
33
D.
Pavement: Cut with saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before
34
excavating
35
E.
Refer to Section 33 05 10.
36
3.4 INSTALLATION
37
A.
Trench Excavation
38
1. Provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRI-Jcrt(:.YN SPECIFICATiON DOCI.JN4ENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
I'PW-2015-000003
I
r
260543-.5
1 P,DERGROI M) DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR 1-,1A-'C'rRJCA1 SY51TMS
Page 5 of 7
2. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports.
2 3. Excavate material of every description and of whatever substance encountered in
3 conl'brinance with Section 33 05 10.
4 4, Pavement
5 a. Cut with saw, wheel or pneutuatic chisel along straight lines before excavalting,
6 5. Trenching and Compaction shall be in accordance with Sectiorl 33 05 10.
7 B. Special Techniques
8 1. Changes of direction
9 a. Less than 20 degrees
10 1) Use hotbox, strictly in conforniance with the conduit manufacturer's
I I instructions
12 b. Greater than 20 degrees
13 1) Use long radius bends
14 2. Mininitrin raceway size between manholes or handholes shall be 2 inches
15 C. Slopes
16 1. Install raceways to drain away from buildings.
17 2. Install raceways between manholes or handholes to drain toward the manholes or
18 hand,holes.
19 3. Slopes
20 a. At least 3 inches per 100 feet
21 D. Lay raceway lines in trenches on sand bedding.
22 E. Plastic spacers
23 1. Not more than 4 feet apart
24 2. Provide not less than 2 inch clearance between raceways.
25
F.
Raceway banks cover: 24 inches
26
G.
Raceway terminations at manholes: Terminator for PVC conduit
27
H.
Blank duct plugs
28
1. Use to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system
29
2. Installed where ducts enter manholes or handholes, and at entrances and exits to the
30
underground system
31
1.
Raceways entering or exiting the underground system, rising to higher, elevation
32
1. Seal at higher, elevation before and after the installation of cables
33
2. No entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time
34
J.
Complete duct systema before pulling any wire.
35
K.
Swab all raceways clean before installing cable.
36
L.
Cables in manholes and handholes
37
1. Train, support and restrain on cable racks.
38
2. Route cables passing duct entrances above all duct entrances.
39
3. Do not route cable in front of or below duct bank entrances.
40
4. Install polyethylene warning tape trench above each raceway or duct bank.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Construction Services at Vw-issues Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECII FICATION 1)(KUMENTS TPW.2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
260543-6
UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Page 6 of 7
M. Tag all underground conduits at all locations exiting and entering from underground,
2 including manholes and handholes
3 3.5 REPAIR I RESTORATION
4 A. Remove and replace sub grade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise
5 unsal'isfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other trenching
6 methods, using gravel fill.
7 B. Existing pavement
8 1. Saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and modified existing duct
9 banks.
10 2. Cut along straight lines.
11 3. Replace pavement with the same type and quality of the existing paving.
12 C. Grassy areas
13 1. Remove and replace sod, or
14 2. Loam and reseed surface
15 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION
16 A. Backfilling
17 1. Remove materials unsuitable for backfilling.
18 2. Trench fill
19 a. Common fill material
20 b. Void of rock or other non -porous material
21 c. Layers not to exceed 8 -inches in loose measure
22 d. Compact to 90 percent standard Proctor density at optiinum moisture content of
23 4 percent
24 e. Mounded 6-inclics above existing grade
25 3. Existing grass, loam or gravel surface
26 a. Remove surface material
27 b. Conserve
28 c. Replace to the full original depth
29 4. Paved are or designated future paved areas
30 a. Backfill with select fill material
31 b. Layers not to exceed 8 -inches loose measure
32 c. Compact to 95 percent standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of
33 ± 3 percent
34 5. Compaction
35 a. Hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least 20 pounds
36 b. Place material being spread and compacted in layers not over 8 -in loose thick.
37 c. Sprinkle in conjunction with rolling or ramming, if needed to achieve required
38 compaction
39 6. Do not place bituminous paving in backfill.
40 7. Do not use water jetting as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill.
41 8. Road surfaces
42 a. Broom and hose -clean immediately after backfilling
43 b. Ernploy dust control measures at all times.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CON SJR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised July 1, 2011
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
I'PW-2015-000003
1711
260543-7
UNDERGROUND M.K"T'S ANT) RACEWAYS FOR II ECURICAL SYS'FEMS
Page 7 of'7
1
3.7
CLEANING
2
A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the undeqp'ound system.
3
B. Ren -rave dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes,
4
handholes and structures, using brushes, vacuum cleaner or clean, lint free rags.,
5
C. Do not use compressed ain
6
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED1
7
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
8
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
9
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
10
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
11
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED1
12
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
13
END OF SECTION
z
w
Revision Log
-JMMAR-Y'OF CliANIGE
DATE, NAME
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015Task Order ("OnstrucOon Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (7 NS ]RUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS IM -2015-000003
Revised July 1, 2011
I
I
4 1.1 SUMMARY
I
SECTION 3110 00
SITE CLE'ARING
31 10 00 - I
SITE CLEARING
Page I of 5
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Preparation of right -(:)f -way and other designated areas for construction olieratioi-is
7 by removing and disposing of all obstructions including cleariniv.,and grubbing and
8 trees, when removal of such obstructions is not sIxciflically shown on the Drawings
9 to be paid by other Sections. The City of Fort Worth's Urban Foresiry Ordinance
10 governs all tree removals.
I I B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
14 I. DivisionO Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division I — General Requirements
16 3. Section 02 41 13 — Selective Site Demolition
17 4. Section 02 41 14 Utility Reni!i,o)ral/At)andoniirierit
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
N A. Measurement and Payment
20 1. Site Clearing
21 a. Measurement
22 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
23 b. Payment
24 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
25 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "Site Clearing".
26 c. The price bid shall include:
27 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs
28 2) Removal and disposal of trees, structures and obstructions
29 3) Backfilling of holes
30 4) Clean tip
31 2. Tree Removal (typically include(] in "Site Clearing", but should be used if "Site
32 Clearing" is not a bid item)
33 a. Measurement
34 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each.
35 b. Payment
36 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
37 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tree Removal"' for:
38 a) Various caliper ranges
39 c. The price bid shall include:
40 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs
41 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Servim at Vxious Locations
STANDAR➢D CONSTRI CC'11014 S9'FC1 FICATION D00 MENTS T11W-2015-000003
Revised Decembei 20, 2012
31 10 00- 2
1
SITE CLEARING
Page 2 of'S
1 3) Grading and backfilling of hol,es
2 4) Excavation
3 5) Fertilization
4 6) Clean-up
5 3. Tree Removal and Tri-nisplantation
6 a. Measurement
-7 1) Measuremet'it for this Item shall be per each.
8 b. Payment
9 1) The work. performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
10 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each `Tree J "ransplanit" for:
11 a) Various caliper ranges
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Pruning of designated trees and shrubs
14 2) Removal and disposal of structures and obstructions
15 3) Moving tree with truck mounted tree spade
16 4) Grading and backfilling of holes
17 5) Replanting tree at temporary location (determined by Contractor)
18 6) Maintaining tree until Work is completed
19 7) Replanting tree into original or designated location
20 8) Excavation
21 9) Fertilization
22 10) Clean-up
23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
24 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
25 A. Permits
26 L Contractor shall obtain Tree Remova,l Pervifts and Urban Forestry Permits as
27 required by the City'sTree Ordinance. (www.FortWoj1,hTexas.gov)
28 B. Preinstallation Meetings
29 1. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Arborist,
30 City Inspector', and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the
31 Contractor's tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site
32 prior to the meeting.
33 2. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to
34 Division 01.
35 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
36 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
37 1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
38 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
39 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
40 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
41 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONST R UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'I'mic Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -1015-000003
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
64" 014 � 9 tUMUM11:241M WONIM
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED1
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED1
31 1000-.3
SITE C11 EARING
Page 3 of'5
7 A. All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with
8 survey tape.
9 B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing, the Contractor shall meet
10 with the City, the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary, to confirm trees to be
11 saved.
12 3.4 INSTALLATION
13 A. Protection of Trees
14 1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings.
15 Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details.
16 2.. If the Drawings do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall be
17 fenced by placing 6 -foot tall metal 'T -posts in a square around the tree trunk with
18 the comers located on the canopy drip line, unless instructed otherwise.
19 3. When site conditions do not allow for the'l'-posts to be installed at the drip line, the
20 T -posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4 -foot high 12 V,.,,
21 gauge stock feticing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T -posts to
22 form the enclosure.
23 4. Do not park equipnient, service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area
24 under the branches of trees designated for preservation,,
25 5. When shown on the Drawings, treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound
26 dressing within 20 minutes of rnaking a prt,ining cut or otherwise causing damage to
27 the tree.
28 6. Trees and brush shall be n-ralched on-site.
29 a. iuurnirng as a method of disposal is not allowed.
30 B. hazardous Materials
31 1 . The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazaxdous or
32 questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes;
33 but not limited to:
34 a. Floor tiles
35 b. Roof tiles
36 c. Shingles
37 d. Siding
38 e. Utility piping
CITY OF FORT WORTH 201 ST&A Order Construction Services at various Locations
TPW 2015-000003
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFtCA FION DOCUMFNTS
Revised DeceMj)ff 20, 2012
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
I
31 1000-4
SITE C1 ENRING
Page 4 of 5
2. The testing, removal, and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance
with Division 1.
C. Site Clearing
I. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions, except those landscape
features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to:
a. Remains of buildings and other structures
b. Foundations
c® Floor slabs
d. Concrete
e. Brick
f Lumber
g. Plaster
h. Sel'ytic tank drain fields
L Abandoned utility pipes or conduits
j. Equipment
k. Trees
1. Fences
in. Retaining walls
n. Other items as specified on the Drawings
2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation,
whether above or below grourid, including, but not limited to:
a. Curb and gutter
b. Driveways
c. Paved parking areas
d. Miscellaneous stone
e. Sidewalks
E Drainage structures
g. Manholes
h. Inlets
i. Abandoned railroad tracks
J, Scrap iron
k. Other debris
3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to
maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14.
4. In are receiving embankment, remove obstructions not designated for
preservation to 2 feet below natural t,7.ound.
5. In areas to be excavated, remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level.
6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to I foot below natural ground.
T When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer', cut trees and stumps
off to ground level.
a. Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13.
D. Disposal
1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal.
2.. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor, unless
otherwise stated on the Drawings,
CITY OF t;'owr WORTH
STANDARD ('ONSTRAKMON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construdion Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
mm
ffg
. . ........
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
F_/20/2012 D.. Johnson 1.4 A. Permfts. Removed cirdirimice number and added City's website address
CITY OF FORT WORTI I 2015 Task Order C.'onstruction Services at Various Locations,
S]"ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SITKIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
SITE CLEARING
Page 5 of'5
1
1 The Contractor will disj!)ose of material and debris
off. site in accordance with local,
2
state, and federa I laws and regulations,
3
3.5
REPAIR INOT USED]
4
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION INOT USED]
5
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
6
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED1
7
3.9
ADJUSTING INOTUSED]
8
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
9
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES INOT (ISED1
10
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
11
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT IJSED]
12
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED)
13
END OF SECT ON
mm
ffg
. . ........
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
F_/20/2012 D.. Johnson 1.4 A. Permfts. Removed cirdirimice number and added City's website address
CITY OF FORT WORTI I 2015 Task Order C.'onstruction Services at Various Locations,
S]"ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SITKIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
r
3123 16.. 1
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page I of 5
I SECTION 3123 16
2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Removal of rnaterials
7 ejacountered to the lines, grades, and ly1iical sections shown on the Drawings and
8 removal from site. Excavations may include construction of
9 a. Roadways
10 b. Drainage Channels
11 c. Site Excavation
112 d. 1!xcavation for Structures
13 e. Or any other operation involvirig the excavation of on-site rnaterials
14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Statidard. Specification
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lirnited to:
17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirelnelits, Contract Forms and Conditiojis of the Contract
18 2. Division I —General Requirements
19 .3. Section 3.123 23 110-1-0141
20 4. Section 3124 00 Ern]"lankinents
21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
22 A. Measureinent and Payment 1,41&isuretnent andpa),pnent methodin this,��ecijicaflon,
23 Shouldcoorclinate with the methodc-hosen in &ction 3.123 23 andS'ec,°Iion 3.124 00J
24 1. Excavation by Plan Quantity flhis method req uires the Design Engineerto
25 esliniale quantities. (.7are should be taken to vefijj,, calculation tan ocetlures are in
26 accordance with all
27 a. Measurement
28 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
29 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on
30 the Drawings.
31 2) When nicasured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans
32 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown
33 in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General
34 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if
35 adjustments of quantities are required,,
36 b. Payment
37 1) The work perfornied and materials furnished in accordwice with this Item
38 and measured as provided under "Measurenient" will be paid for at the unit
39 price bid per cubic yard of "Unclassified Excavation by Plan". No
40 additional compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell
41 factors, as these are the Coritractor's responsibility.
42 c. The price bid shall include:
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONS I'M AlION SPECIFICATION DOCUNIENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 201
312310®2
1INCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 2 of 5
I I ) Excavation
2 2) Excavation Safety
3 3) Drying
4 4) Dust Contro I
5 5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts
6 6) Hauling
7 7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite
8 8) Scarification
9 9) Clean-up
10 2. Excavation by Surveyed Quantity his method is hiten(ledfor Projeco in heavily
I I WOoded areas or other areav where the accurac�y requirecl to (Jelerynine quantifies
12 for ineasureynent and paYment is unattainable during design.]
13 a. Measurement
14 1) Measurenrent for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
15 calculated using the average end area or composite method.
16 a) The City will perforryt a reference survey once the Site has been cleared
17 to obtain existing ground conditions.,
18 b) The City will perform a final post -construction survey.
19 c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Excavated material
20 calculated as the difference between the two surveys,
21 d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity
22 measurements calculated by the Engineer.
23 b. Payinent
24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordwice with this Item
25 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
26 price bid per cubic yard of "Unclassified Excavation by Surve!y".
27 c. The price bid shall include:
28 1) Excavation
29 2) Excavation Safety
30 3) Drying
31 4) Dust Control
32 5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts
33 6) Hauling
34 7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite
35 8) Scarification
36 9) Clean-up
37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED1
38 A. Definitions
39 1. Unclassified Excavation Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be
40 considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to
41 Rock or other materials on the Drawings or in the specifications is solely for the
42 City and the Contractor's information and is not to be taken as a classification of
43 the excavation.
44 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
45 A. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to Division
46 01.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDAIM CONSTRuc, rioiq spit DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28,2013
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW 20,115-0(WO03
I
I
3123 16-3
UNCLASSIFIM EXCAVATION
Page 3 of* 5
1 1.5 SUBMITTALS INOTUSED]
2 1.6 ACTION SIJB.MIT'T'AI,S/INI�ORMATIONAI., SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMIT] I ALS [NOT USED]
4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I
ffl
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
A. Excavation Safety
1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for inaking all excavations, in a safe
manner.
Z. All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall co,nil'.31y with the requirements
of OSHA excavation safety standard's 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements.
A. Stonage
1. Within Existing Righis.-of-Way (ROS W)
a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary construction
easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents.
b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans,
e. In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
landscape(] areas.
2. Designated Storage Areas
a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of slX)ils within the ROW,
easernent or temporary construction easenient, then secure and maintain an
adequate storage location.
b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on
private property.
c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 00.
d. Do not block drainage ways.
30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
31 A. Existing, C.onditions
32 1, Any data which has been or may be provided on sulDsurface conditions is not
33 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It
34 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the E-Jigineer will be responsible
35 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.
36 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.
0TY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order C0nS(j'UC1rj()n Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPI.,CIFICATION DOCUMEN]"S TIM -2015-0001003
Revised Tanuary 28, 2013
3123 16-4
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Page 4 of 5
1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
2 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS [NOT USED1
3 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
4 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
5 A. Materials
6 1. Unacceptable Fill Material
7 a. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM
8 D2487
9 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
10
11
12
13
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 CONSTRUCTION
A. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site
accordance with local, state, and federal regulations at locations.
B. Excavations shall be performed in the dry, and kept free from water, snow and ice
during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control.
C. Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and
properly dispose according to disposal plan.
D. Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and
proposed or existing structures.
E. Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the
City.
F. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades.
Remove and dispose of slides as directed.
G. Rock Cuts
1. Excavate to finish 11,rades.,
2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades
established in the Drawings, use approved embankirient material compacted in
accordance with Section 3124 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional
cost to City.
H. Earth Cuts
1. Excavate to finish subgrade
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRIXTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 20113
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
T1'W-2015.-000003
I
T
h
H.",
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
RE
NJ
71
3123 16 5
UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION
Pa.ge 5 of 5
2. In the event of over excavation due t® contractor error below the lines and grades
established in the Drawings, useapproved, embankirnent material compacted in
accordance with Section 31 24 00 to replace the over excavated. at no additioliial
cost to City.
3. Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00.
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. SubgradeTolerm'iecs;
1. Excavate to within 0,1 foot in all directions.
2. In areas of over excavation, Contractor provides fill material approved byte City
at no expense to the City,
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NO'F USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATF
NAME
SUMMARY OF (.H NG
12/20/2012 D. Johnson
1/28/13 D.Johnson
12 - Measurement and Payrnerit Section inodified; Blue Text added for clarification
1.2 - Modified Bid Item names in pay ment section to differentiate between Payment
Methods on bid list.
ary OF FORT WORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S TANDAU) CONSTRuc r i spiCIFICATION DO0 AIEN rS 'TI'W-2015-000003
Revised January 28,2013
7
SECTION 3123 23
BORROW
3 1® GENERAL
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Furnish, place and compact Borrow inaterial for grading.
7 B. Deviations from this City, of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I — General Requirements
12 3. &clion 3123 16 — thielass�fied Ercavathlm
13 4. Section 3124 00 - Embankments
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Borrow by Plan Quantity
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on
the Drawings.
2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans
quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown
in the proposal, unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General
Conditions, Additional measurements or calculations will be made if
a(Ijustments of quantities are required.,
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this ftem,
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per cubic yard of "Borrow by Plan" for the various borrow
materials, No additional compensation will be allowed for rock or
shrinkage/swell fiactors, as these are the Contractor's responsibility.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Transporting or hauling material
2) lZurnishing,, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow
3) Construction Water
4) Dust Control
5) Clean-up
6) Proof Rolling
7) Disposal. of excess or waste material
8) Reworking or replacement of undercut inaterial
2. Borrow by Surveyed
a. Measurement
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order ( °onstrucfion Services at Vguious Locations
STANDARD cxms,riki ici"ioiq SPECIFICATION EX)CUNIENTS '1'M-2015-000003
Revised Janumy 28, 2013
312323-2
BORROW
Page 2 of 6
1
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
2
calculated using the average end area or composite method.
3
Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard of loose Borrow
a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared
4
material as delivered to the Site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the
to obtain existing ground conditions.
5
city.
b) The City will perform a final post -construction survey.
6
32
c) The Coj Aractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Borrow material
7
33
calculated as the difference between the two surveys.
8
34
(1) Booi,v material may also be required'when in-situ inalel-ial is
9
35
coyi.,Ti(ic�rt,,d'unciccel,�)table and must be removedftom the site.
10
36
d) Partial payments will be based on estiniated plan quantity
11
37
measurements calculated by the Engineer.
12
b. Payment
13
1)
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
14
40
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
15
41
price bid per cubic yard of "Borrow by Survey" for:
16
42
a) Various Borrow tiraterials
17
c. The price bid shall include:
18
1 )
Transporting or hauling material
19
2)
Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow
20
3)
Construction Water
21
4)
Clean-up
22
5)
Dust Control
23
6)
Proof Rolling
24
7)
Disposal of excess or waste niaterial
25
8)
Reworking or replacement of undercut material
26
3. Morrow by Delivered Quantity
27
a. Measurement
28
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard of loose Borrow
29
material as delivered to the Site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the
30
city.
31
b. Payment
32
1)
The work performed and materials fu fished in accordance with this Item
33
and treasured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
34
price bid per cubic yard of "Borrow by Delivery" delivered to the Site and
35
recorded by truck ticket for:
36
a) Various Borrow materials
37
c. The price bid all include:
38
1)
Transporting or hauling material
39
2)
Furnishing, placing, compacting and finishing Borrow
40
3)
Construction Water
41
4)
Clean-up
42
5)
Dust Control
43
6)
Proof Rolling
44
7)
Disposal of excess or waste material
45
8)
Reworking or replacement of undercut material
46
1.3 REFERENCES
47 A. Reference Standards
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constnhetiim Services at. Various Locations
STANDAR.I.) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'rPW..2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2093
r3123
23 ....3
BORROW
Page 3 of 6
I
L Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
2
standard published at the tirne of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
3
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
4
1 ASTM Standards
5
a. ASTM D2487, Standard Practice for ("lassiflication of Soils for Engineering
6
purposes (t.inifted Soil Classification System)
7
b. ASTM D4318-10, Standard Test Methods for Liquid L.irnit, Plastic Limit, and
8
Plasticity Index of Soils
9
c. ASTM D6913, Standard Test Methods for Particle -Size Distribution
10
(Gradation) of Soils Using Sieve Analysis
11
d. ASTM D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Cot npaction
12
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/ft')
13
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
10w,
14
1.5 SUBMITTALS
15
A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00,
what
16
B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction,
17
Co Submit laboratory tests reports for each soil borrow source used to supply general
18
borrow and select fill materials.
19
1.6 ACTION SUBmi,rTALS/INFORMATIONAI, SUBMITTALS
20
A. Shop Drawings
21
1. Stockpiled Borrow niaterial
22
a. Provide a description of the storage of the delivered Borrow inaterial only if the
23
Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the
24
easement.
ME
25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
28 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site.
29 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material
30 from each source.
31 a. All testing listed above shall be perft)rnied in terms of AsTN4 D698, ASTM
32 D6913 and ASTM D4318-10 respectively.
33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
34 A. Delivery
35 1. Coordinate all deliveries and haul -off.
36 B. Storage
37 1. Within Existing Rights -of -Way (ROW)
38 a. Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW, easements or temporary
39 construction easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract
40 Documents.
CITY e. FORT WOWFH 201 5'rask Order ("'Onstmiction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC-110N SIIECWICA'110N DOCUMENTs TPW 2015 00,0003
Revised January 28, 2013
312323-4
BORROW
fla,ge 4 of'6
16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI
18 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS
19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
20 2.2 PRODUCTTYPES AND MATERIALS
21 A. Borrow
22 1. Additional soil beneath pavements, roadways, foundations and other structures
23 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings.
24 2. Acceptable Fill Material.
25 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with
26 ASTM 1.2487
27 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
28 c. Can be placed free from voids
29 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
30 3. Blended Fill Material
31 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487
32 b. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the
33 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material
34 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
35 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
36 4. Select Fill
37 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487
38 b. Liquid limit less than 35
39 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20
40 5. Cenient Stabilized Sand (CSS)
41, a. Sand or silty sand
42 b. Free of clay or plastic material
43 c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content ofType 1/11 portland cement
CITY OFFORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1)(KI1UMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
2®1.5 "cask Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
TM -2015-000003
ramst
b.
Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways,
2
c
Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00.
3
d.
Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control Plans.
4
e.
In non -paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
5
landscaped areas.
6
2. Designated
Storage Areas
7
a.
If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within
8
the ROW, easement or temporary construction easement, then secure and
9
maintain an adequate storage location.
10
b.
Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on
11
private property.
12
c.
Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00.
13
d.
Do not block drainage ways.
14
e.
Only materials used for I working day will be allowed to be stored in the work
15
zone.
16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI
18 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS
19 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
20 2.2 PRODUCTTYPES AND MATERIALS
21 A. Borrow
22 1. Additional soil beneath pavements, roadways, foundations and other structures
23 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings.
24 2. Acceptable Fill Material.
25 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with
26 ASTM 1.2487
27 b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
28 c. Can be placed free from voids
29 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
30 3. Blended Fill Material
31 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487
32 b. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the
33 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material
34 c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
35 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
36 4. Select Fill
37 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487
38 b. Liquid limit less than 35
39 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20
40 5. Cenient Stabilized Sand (CSS)
41, a. Sand or silty sand
42 b. Free of clay or plastic material
43 c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content ofType 1/11 portland cement
CITY OFFORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1)(KI1UMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
2®1.5 "cask Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
TM -2015-000003
ramst
j
2
3
4
5
z
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
W
I
1
312323-5
BORROW
Page 5 of 6
d. 100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM
D1633, Method A
e.. 200 to 250 psi con.11'Nessive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM
171 633, Wthod A
f Mix in a stationary pug mill, weigh -batch or continuous mixing plant
2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED]
2.4 ACCESSORIES [No,r USED]
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. All Borrow placement shall be perfortned in accordance to Section 31 24 00.
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section31 24 00.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
rolicifluFf M
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12,120/2012
D. Johnson
I I - Measurernent and Rkyrill Section modiGed; Blue Text added for cWificadon
1/28/13
D. Johnson
11 Modified Bid [trin names in payment section to differentiate between Payrient
Methods on bid list
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION E)0(1"(.J NIFNI'S T1'W-2015 000003
Revised Jan uwy 28, 2013
In
0
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1)0(-,'LJMEN'rS TPW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
I
3 PART 1 - GENERAL
900FREEMMUNDIMM
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
312400-1
EMBANKMENT'S
Page 1 of 9
SECTION 3124 00
EMBANKMENTS
A. Section Includes:
1. Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of
the Site for construction of -
a. Roadways
b. Finbarikiijents
c. Drainage Channels
d. Site Grading
e. Any other operation involving the placement of on-site materials
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Statidard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 -- Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I General Requirements
3, Section, 3.123 16 - - (J),7cle-t,�,sfliecl.Excav,ati,'on
4, Section 3.123 23 - - Borrow
A. Measurement and Payment /Ahasureinent and payin.ent melhod in this S)7eeijication
shouhl coordinate with the inethod chosen in Section 3.1,23.16 and Section, .3.1 .2 23.]
L Embankments by Plan Quantity El is method requires, the Design Ej,,
�, !. �agineer to
estimate quanfifies. Care Asha uld be taken to verijj' calculation ptwcedures are in
acc(,-.)?,dance with all �5pecffication Sectiorls, I
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on
the Drawings,
2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position, this is a plans
quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown
in the proposal, unless niodiried by Article 11.04 of the General
Conditions. Additiorial measurements or calculations will be made if
adjustments of quantities are required,
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per cubic yard of "Embankment by Plan". No additional
compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these
are the Contractor's responsibility.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Transporting or hauling material
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Cons miction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFNTS TM -2015-000003
Revised January 2S, 211'13
312400-2
EMBANKMENTS
Page 2 of 9
1
2)
Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment
2
3)
Construction Water
3
4)
Dust Control
4
5)
Clean -tip
5
6)
Proof Rolling
6
7)
Disposal of excess materials
7
8)
Reworking or replacement, of undercut material
8
2. Embankments
by Surveyed Quantity I'This melhoelis intendedforl1rojects in
9
heavilY mla,)oded areas or other areas where the accuracy required to determine
10
quanlitiesfor
measurement andpayinent is unattainable during design.]
I1
a. Measurement
12
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position
13
calculated using the average end area or composite method.
14
a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared
15
to obtain existing ground conditions.
16
b) The City will perform a final post -construction survey.
17
c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Embankment
18
calculated as the difference between the two surveys.
19
d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity
20
measurements calculated by the Engineer.
21
b. Payment
22
1)
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
23
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24
price bid per cubic yard of "Embankment by Survey".
25
c. The price bid shall include:
26
1)
Transporting or hauling material
27
2)
Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment
28
3)
Construction Water
29
4)
Dust Control
30
5)
Clean-up
31
6)
Proof Rolling
32
7)
Disposal of excess materials
33
8)
Reworking or replacement of undercut material
34
1.3 REFERENCES
35 A. Reference Standards
36 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
37 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
38 specification, unless a date is specifically, cited.
39 2. ASTM Standards
40 a. AS D4318-10, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid I.Amit, Plastic Limit,
41 and Plasticity Index of Soils
42 b. ASTM D4.943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the
43 Wax Method
44 c. ASTM D698-07el, Standard Test Methods for I.-aboratory Compaction
45 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
46 d. ASTM D1557 09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
47 Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort
CITY OF FOWI'WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised January 28, 2013
2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locaiions
1°PW-2015-000003
N
I
I
3124 00 - 3
EMBANKMEN 1'S
llagp 3 of 9
I e. ASTA4 137382-08, Standard Test fbr Deterniination of A4axiinum Dry Unit
2 Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Conapaclion of Graniular Soils
3 Using a Vibrating Hammer
4 f. ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In -Place
5 by the Sand Cone Method
6 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUtREMENTs
7 A., Sequencing
8 L Sequence work. such that calls of proctors are complete in accofdai'ice with ASTM
9 D698 prior to commenceinent of construction activities,,
10 1.5 SUBMITTALS
I I A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00.
12 B. All submittals shall be apl3roved by the City prior to constructi
13 1.6 ACTION suBmi,rTAL.S/INFORMA,rIONAILSUBIV
14 A. Shop Drawings
15 1. Stockpiled material
16 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only Tithe
17 Contract Docuinents do not allow storage of materials in the right -of -'way or the
18 etisement
19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOT IJSEDj
21 1.9 QUA, LITY ASSURANCE I NOT USED 1
22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
23
A. Storage
24
L Within
Existing lights -of= ay (ROW)
25
a.
Soil may be stored within. existing ROW, easerneiats or ternporary construction
26
easernents, unless specifically disallowed in the Coi,Aract Documents.
27
b.
Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways.
28
c.
Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00.
29
d.
When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in
30
areas barricaded as provided in the traffic con'troll plans.
31
e.
In Ition-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in
32
landscaped areas.
33
2. Designated Storage Areas
34
a.
If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement
35
or temporary construction easerneiit, then secure and maintain an adequate
36
storage location.
37
b.
Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the rniaterials on
38
private property.
39
c.
Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00.
40
d.
Do not block drainage ways.
CITYOF FORTWOWFH 2015Task Order C,onstmetion SeTvircs at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUNIENTS 'rPW 2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
312400-4
EMBANKMENTS
Page 4 ®f9
1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
2 A. Existing Conditions
3 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not
4 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It
5 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible
6 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor.
7 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor.
-m= R 1,41L,"I'l tj taxy AlftaluLlbw
9 PART2- PRODUCTS
10 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
11 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
A. Materials
1. Acceptable Fill Material
a. In-situ, or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with
AS"I'M D2487
b. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
c. Can be placed free from voids
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
2. Blended Fill Material
a. In-situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with
ASTM D2487
b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the
requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material
c. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size and organics
d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve
3. Unacceptable Fill Material
a. In-situ soils classified as ME, MH, PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM
D2487
4. Select Fill
a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487
b. Liquid limit less than 35
c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
1 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NO"Il'USED]
2 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
3 2®5 SOURCE QUALITY ( 11
ONT11OL [NoT USED]
4 PART 3 - EXECUTION
5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USE DI
6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT [,JSED]
919
I
I
r
3124 00-.5
INBANKMINTS
Page 5 of 9
A. Protection of In. -Place Conditions
1. Pavement
a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not darnage existing pavement that is
designated to remain,
b. Repair or replace any pavernent damaged due to the negligence of the
contractor ontside the limits designated for pavenient removal at no additional
cost
2. Trees
a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and teniporary
construction easernern's.
b. Restrict all construction activities to the desigriated easements and ROW.
c. Flag and protect, all trees designated to rernain in accordance with Section 31 10
00.
d. (Ionduct embankments in a manner such that there is no daniage to the tree
canopy.
e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically arflowed by the Drawings or as
specifically allowed by the City,
1) pruning or trimming may only be arceornplished with equipment
specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming.
3. Above ground Structures
a. protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction.
4. Traffic
a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in
accordance with Section 34 71 11
b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless:
1) Alternative access has been provided
2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident
3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Embankments General
1. Placing and Compacting Embankment Material
a. Perform fill operation in an orderly and systernalic manner using equipment in
proper sequence to meet the compaction requit7ements
CITY OF FORT WOUH 2015'raLsic Ordeir Construction Services at Various I..,ocations
STANDARID CONSTRUCTION SPKIFICATION DOCIUN11 WTS TM -2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
39 C. Earth Embankments
40 1. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct
41 embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited
42 for sprinkling and rolling.
43 2. Rock or Concrete
44 a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete
45 produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment.
46 b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where
47 future utilities are anticipated.
U
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS rPW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
312400-6
EMBANKMENTS
Pale 6 of 9
I
b. caril r and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock, to a depth of at least
41
2
6 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
3
c. Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other
4
deleterious materials
5
d. Bench slopes before placing material.
6
e. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area
7
f. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose
8
material and proof roll existing surface.
9
g. After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its
10
moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material
11
with the placed embankment, material.
12
h. Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required
13
compaction,
14
i. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for
15
specified compaction
16
j. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted.
17
2.
Surface Water Control
18
a. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and
19
transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point.
20
b.' Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is
21
created.
22
c. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess
23
amounts of runoff collect.
24
d. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and
25
free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction.
26
e. Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work
27
placement oft e material and compaction
28
f Prior to resuming compaction operations, remove muddy material off the
29
surface to expose firm and compacted materials
30
B. Embankments for Roads
31
1.
Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways
32
2.
Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to
33
the finished grade of the street
34
3.
Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as
35
shown in the Drawings.
36
4.
Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings
37
5.
Maintain finished sections of enibankinent to the grade and compaction
38
requirements until the project is accepted.
39 C. Earth Embankments
40 1. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct
41 embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in lengths suited
42 for sprinkling and rolling.
43 2. Rock or Concrete
44 a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete
45 produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment.
46 b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where
47 future utilities are anticipated.
U
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS rPW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
I
pial
312400-7
EMBANKMENTS
Page 7 of 9
I
c. When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness
2
place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or
3
pavement, Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken
4
concrete,
5
3.
Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods
6
and inc(:)rporate it into uniforni layer,,.
7
4.
Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to
8
ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material.
9
5.
Break down clods or lunips of material and mix embankment until a uniform
10
material is attained.
11
D. Rock Embankments
12
1.
Rock embankinent is mainly composed of rock.
13
2.
Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on
14
the Drawings.
15
3.
Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width oft e roadway
16
cross-section with a depth of 18-inclies or less.
17
4.
The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 -inches in any
18
case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the
19
placement and filling operations.
20
5.
Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension
21
of any rock.
22
6.
Do not place rock greater than 18 -inches in its maximum dimension.
23
7.
Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and unilbili'lity is
24
in accordance compaction requirements.
25
8.
The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than
26
4 inches in their maximum dimension.
27
E. Density
28
1.
Cornpact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698
29
is achieved.
30
a. Not Under Roadway or Structure:
31
1) are to be compacted in the open, not beneath any structure, pavement,
32
flatwork, or is a minimum of I foot outside of the edge of any structure,
33
edge of pavement, or back of curb.
34
a) Compact each layer to a minimurn. of 90 percent Standard Proctor
35
Density.
36
b. Embankments under future paving:
37
1) Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density
38
with a moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or -2 percent of optimum
39
moisture or as indicated on the Drawings
40
c. Embankments under structures:
41
1) Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings
42
F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking
43
1.
Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met.
44
2.
For soils with a PI greater than 15., maintain the moisture content no lower than 4
45
percentage points below optimurri.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1)()CLJMFNTS 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised January 28, 2013
312400-8
EMBANKMENTS
Page 8 of'9
1 3. Rework the material to obtain the specified, compaction when the material loses the
2 required stability, density, moisture, or finish.
3 4. Alter the conripaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain
4 specified density as directed by the City.
5 3.5 REPAIR [NO], USED)
6 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
7 3.7 FIELD QUAILITYCONTROL
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
A. Field Tests and Inspcctions
1. Proctors
a. The City will perforin Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698.
b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calenidar days and dlistr,ibuted
to:
1) Contractor
2) City Project Manager
3) City Inspector
4) Engineer
c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes.
d. City will perform new proctors, for varying soils:
1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix
2) If notified by the Contractor
3) At the convenience of the City
e. Embankments where diffierent soil types are present and are blended, the
proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils.
2. Proof Rolling
a. Embankments under Future Pavement
I) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations.
2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut
or pump.
a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck
with a 1500 gallon capacity.
3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back I pass).
4) Offset each trip by at most I tire width.
5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area.
6) Correct
a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch.
b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform
7) If a non-uniform area is found then correct the area.
b. Embankments Not Under Future Paving
1) No Proof Rolling is required.
3. Density Testing of Embankments
a. Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM, D2922.
b. For Embankments under future pavement:
1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when
coinpaction operations are being conducted.
2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests, but the riumber of
test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONDOCUMENT'S IM -.2015-00000.3
Revised January 28, 2013
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ys 9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
W.
24
25
26
27
28
29
In
RE
32
312400-9
EMBANKATN'rs
Page 9 of 9
3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted.
4) Special attention should be placed on edge conditions.
c. For Embanknients not under future plavement or structures:
1) The City will perfimn density testing once working day when compaction
operations are being conducted.
2) The testing lab shall take a i n i n i inu in of 3 density, tests.
3) 1"esting shall be representative of the current lift being coinpacted.
d. Make the area where the ernbankment is being placed available for testing.
e. The City will determine the location of the test.
f, The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City's Inspector
upon completion of the testing.
& A.fornia] report will be posted to the City's Buzzsaw site within 48 hours,.
h. Test reports shall include:
1) Location of test by station number
2) Time and date of test
3) Depth of testing
4) Field moisture
5) Dry density
6) Proctor identifier
7) Percent Proctor Density
B. Non-Confbrrning Work
1. All non -conforming work shall be removed and replaced.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USEDI
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARYOF CHANGE
possible nicasurement and payment procedures and Blue
12/20/2012
MilliAdded
1 text for instructions on how the methods should be applied
2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications
Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate
sit1.2
D. Johnson
between Payment Methods on bid list.
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF CIFICATION DOCUMENTS rpw.,201i 5--000003
Revised January 28, 2013
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
312500-1
EROSION AND Sf,'I)IMFNT CONTROL
Page, I of 9
SECTION 3125 00
EROSION AND SERI MDINT CONTROI.,
5 A. Section. Includes:
6 1. linplementation of the prqject's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (S PPP)
7 and installation, maintenance and rernoval of erosion and sediment control devices
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None,
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
I 1 1. Division 0 -, Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions oft e Contract
12 2, Division I .-General Requirements
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A., Measurement and Payment
15 1. to Water P011111tion Prevention Plan <1 acre
16 a. Measurement
17 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
20 Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other
21 compensation will be allowed.
22 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan' -,, I acre
23 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum.
24 b. Payment
25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
26 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for "SWPPP > I acre".
27 c. The price bid shall include:
28 1 ) Preparation of SW1.1'PP
29 2) Implementation
30 3) Permitting fees
31 4) Installation
32 5) Maintenance
33 6) Removal
34 1.3 REFERENCES
35 A. Reference Standards
36 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
37 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
38 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
39 2. ASTM Standard:
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fasic Order Constiuction Services at Various Locations
STAP413A1M CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA.TION DOCUMENTS IT1W 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
312500-2
EROSION AND SI: DIA11"Wr CONTROL
Page 2 of 9
I a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile
2 Fabrics ---Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method
3 b. A STM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation
4 of Geotextiles
5 c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size
6 of a Geotextile
7 d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of
8 Geomembraties and Related Products
9 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (,rCEQ),rPDES General Permit No.
10 TXR150000
4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications (DMS)
12 a. DMS -6230 "Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric"
13 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
14 1.5 SUBMITTALS
15 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
16 B. TCEQ Notice of Intent (NO]) for for Water Discharges Associated with
17 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit
18 C. Construction Site Notice
19 D. TCEQ Notice of Termination (NOT) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with
20 Construction Activity under theTPDES General Permit
21 E. Notice of Change (if applicable)
22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
27 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
30 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
31 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
32 A. Rock Filter Dams
33 1. Aggregate
34 a. Furnish aggregate with hardness, durability, cleanliness and resistance to
35 crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable tothe Engineer.
36 b. Provide the following:
37 1) Types 1, 2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams
CITY OF FOUIVOR.TH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPLA UICATION DOCUMENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
312500.3
EROSION AND SEDMI'MYCONTROL
Page 3 of 9
a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate.
2 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams
3 a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate,
4 2. Wire
5 a. Provide rnininium 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie
6 wires for"I'Ypes 2 and 3 rock filter dams
7 b. Type 4 dams require. -
8 1) Double -twisted, hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 21/2
9 inches x 3 114 inches
10 2) Minimurn 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting
11 3) Minimum 0,1063 inch steel wire for selvages and comers
12 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire
13 B. Geoltextile Fabric
14 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the t'011OWing criteria:
15 a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds, per ASTM D4632
16 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds, per ASTM D4833
17 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi, per ASTM D3786
18 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max), per ASTM D4751
19 C. Sandbag Material
20 1. Furnish sandbags meeting Section 2.5 except that any gradation of aggregate may
21 be used to fill the sandbags.
22 D. Stabilized Construction Entrances
23 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section.
24 a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and sliort-term construction exits.
25 b. Furnish aggregates that are clean, hard, durable and free from adherent coatings
26 such as salt, alkali, dirt, clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic
27 and injurious matter.
28 c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a ininimmn thickness of 12 inches.
29 d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geoltextile fabric ineeting the following
30 criteria:
31 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds, per ASTM D4632
32 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds, per ASTM D4833
33 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi, per ASTM D3786
34 4) Apparent Opening Size ofNo. 40 (max), per ASTM D4751
35 E. Enabankment for Erosion Control
36 1. Provide rock, loam, clay, topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable
37 embankment to meet the intended use.
38 F. Sandbags
39 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene, polyethylene or polyaniiide woven
40 fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard, a Mullen burst -
41 strength exceeding 300 psi, and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent.
42 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table
43 1 to fill sandbags.
44 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide, and 6 to 8
45 inches thick.
46 Table 1
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTR LJCTION SPECIFICATION 1300 IMENTS TPP -20)15 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
312500-4
EROSION AND SN-DiRnAI'',�INT C "Ca�aV"�"]rtt" L
Page 4 of 9
1 Gradation
..............
.�................._
neve_ Maximum Retained �� lr VJl�ei ht
.. ...w..— _.
4ercent
1000 percent
................__....................................................................................................................................
200 95crcent
2 G. J.emporary Sediment Control Pence
3 1. Provide a net -reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric.
4 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed.
5 a. Fabric
6 1) Provide fabric niaterialls in accordance with DMS -6230, `Teurrporary
7 Sediment Control Pence Fabric."
8 b. Posts
9 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minim urn length of
10 48 inches, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
11 2) Soft woad pasts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch
12 3) Hardwood pasts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1 /2 x 1-'1 /2 inch
13 4) T- or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per
14 foot.
15 c. Net Reinforcement
16 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 1./2 gauge galvanized welded wire
7 mesh, with a maximums opening size of 2 x 4 inch, at least 24 inches wide,
18 unless otherwise shown can the Drawings.
19 d. Staples
20 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch lona.
21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USEDI
24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USEII]
28 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
29 1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
30 (SWPPP) in accordance with the TPDI S C"onstruucticaru General Permit TXR150000
31 requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and
32 maintaining appropriate strflactural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants
33 discharges to the MS4 from the construction site.
34 B. Control Measures
35 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning
36 constnictioru, or as directed. Limit the di�sbirbance to the area shown on the
37 Drawings or as directed.
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONS 1"RUCTION SllTC1111C",A iON H: OC:GU EN'J'S
Revised December 20, 2012
20 n 5 " wk Order Co nstmetion Services at Various Locations
a'If iv -201 Z-R70€OCUCa3
r
312500 5
EROSION AND SEDIMENTCONTROL
Page 5 of 9
1 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout
2 water, chernicals, litter and sanitary waste at the construclion site.
3 3. If, in the opinion of the E.,"rigineer, the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and
4 sedirrientation resulting from construction operations, the Engineer will limit the
5 disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. Minimize disturbance
6 to vegetation.
7 4. Immediately correct ineffective conuol measures, Implement additional controls as
8 directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the
9 applicable storm water permit,
10 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all
11 temporary control. measures, temporary embanlurtenits, bridges, niatting, falsework,
12 piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of
13 the finished work, or as directed.
14 C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland, water body, or
15 stream bed.
16 D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the
17 prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer.
18 E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an
19 approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers off bare ground and
20 provide shelter for stored chemicals.
21 F. Installation and Maintenance
22 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit
23 TXR150000.
24 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas
25 where the material will not contribute to further siltation.,
26 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local
27 regulations.
28 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed.
29 a. Upon removal, finish -grade and dress the area.
30 b. Stabilize disturbed are in accordance with the permit, and asshown on the
31 Drawings or directed,
32 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from
33 the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required.
34 G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control
35 1 . Rernove trees, brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may intei-fere
36 with the construction of rock filter dams.
37 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor's option,
38 3. ForTypes 1, 2, 3, and 5, place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes
39 specified, without undue voids.
40 4. For Types 2 and 3, place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the
41 upstrean'r side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with
42 wire ties, or hog rings, oras directed.
43 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular tothe flow of the stream or channel unless
44 otherwise directed.
CITY OF FORT WOUT 1 2015 Task Order Construdion Services at Various Locations
STA NDARD CONSTRIXTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, .2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
H. Construction Eittrances
1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the
construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking
area, or other right of way are other than at the location of construction entrances.
2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary.
a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the
construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width oft e
drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings.
a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1 -way and 24 feet for 2 -way traffic for all
other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer.
I. Earthwork for Erosion Control
1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to irnininnize erosion and to remove
collected sediments from other erosion control devices.
a. UNcavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures
1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations, of both aloiag the low crown of
daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 "rash Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations
SI'ANDAIU3 CONS I' SPECIFICATION DOCUMENI's TM,2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
312500-6
EROSION AND SEDINIENT CONI ROL
Page 6 of 9
qq)
6. ("onstruct filter dams according to the following criteria, unless otflerwise shown on
the Drawings:
a. 'Type I (Non-reinforeed)
1)
Height- At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2)
Top Width - At least 2 feet
'7
3)
Slopes - At most 2:1
b. Type 2 (Reinforced)
1)
Height - At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2)
Top Width - At least 2 feet
3)
Slopes - At most 2:1
ru
c. Type 3 (Reinforced)
1)
Height - At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top
of filter dam
2)
Top Width .- At least 2 feet
3)
Slopes - At most 2:1
d. Type 4 (Back Gabions)
1)
Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends.
2)
For vertical filling, connect the sides by lacing in a single loop—double loop
patten't on 4 . to 5-inclies spacing. At I end, pull the end facing rod until
tight, wrap around the end, and twist 4 times. At the filling end, fill with
stone, pull the rod tight, cut the wire with approximately 6 inches
remaining, and twist wires 4 times.
3)
For horizontal filling, place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone, and
connect sides and secure ends as described above.
4)
Lift and place without damaging the gabion.
5)
Shape sack gabions to existing contours.
e. Type 5
1)
Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings.
H. Construction Eittrances
1. When tracking conditions exist, prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the
construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway, alley, sidewalk, parking
area, or other right of way are other than at the location of construction entrances.
2. Place the exit over a foundation course, if necessary.
a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the
construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width oft e
drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings.
a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1 -way and 24 feet for 2 -way traffic for all
other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer.
I. Earthwork for Erosion Control
1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to irnininnize erosion and to remove
collected sediments from other erosion control devices.
a. UNcavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures
1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations, of both aloiag the low crown of
daily lift placement, or as directed, to prevent runoff spillover.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 "rash Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations
SI'ANDAIU3 CONS I' SPECIFICATION DOCUMENI's TM,2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
312500-7
EZOSION AND SEDIMENTCONTROL
Iia p. 7 of'9
i 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as
2 directed to prevent runoff spillover, or to divert runol-T.
3 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent
4 erosion of hillsides.
5 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other
6 erosion C01111AT01 measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
7 5) Where, required, create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of
8 storage per acre drained, or equivalent control measures for drainage
9 locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at I time, not
10 including offsite areas.
1.1 b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris
12 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of
13 the devices, after a rain, and when directed.
14 J. Sandbags for Erosion Control
15 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment -laden storm water
16 runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release
17 water in sheet flow.
18 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to
19 allow for proper tying of the open end.
20 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction,
21 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row.
22 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap.
23 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to
24 berms or dams of sandbags or earth.
25 K. Temporary Sediment -Control Fence
26 1. Provide temporary, sedirnent-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a
27 disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow.
28 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion -control measures used to control sediment in
29 are of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings, as specified in this
30 Section, or as directed.
31 a. Post Installation
32 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep, or adequately anchor, if in rock, with a
33 spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source.
34 b. Fabric Anchoring
35 1) Dig trenches along the Uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of
36 fabric.
37 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches
38 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2
39 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction.
40 4) Backfill the trench, then hand -tamp.
41 c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment
42 1) Unless otherwise shown under the DrarWings, attach the reinforcement to
43 wooden posts with staples, or to steel posts with T -clips, in at least 4 places
44 equally spaced.
45 2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts.
46 3) Fasten the fabric tothe top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord
47 every 15 inches or less.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order (",bastruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION slat CIFICATION DOCUMENTs I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
312500-8
1"ROSION AND SEDIMENT MNTROL
pag., 8 of 9
I d. Fabric and Net Splices
2 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a rnininitim, lap of 6 inches attached in at
3 least 6 places equally spaced, unless Otherwise shown under the Drawings.
4 a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas.
5 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment -control fence
6 include the following:
7 a) Fabric with minintal or no visible signs of biodegradation (weak fibers)
8 b) Fabric without excessive patching (more than I patch every 15 to 20
9 feet)
10 c) Posts without bends
11 d) Backing without holes
12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USEDI
13 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED[
14 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL® [NOT USED
15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP INO1.1 USED[
16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
17 3.10 CLEANING
18 A. to Management
19 1. Removesedirnent, debris and litter as needed.
20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
21
A.
Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing
22
activities at the project site have been completed.
23
B.
Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas,
24
on are not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion
25
control measures (i.e. riprap, gabions, or geotextiles) have been employed.
26
3.12 PROTECTION
[NOT USED]
27
3.13 MAINTENANCE
28
A.
Install and maintain the integrity of ternporary erosion and sedimentation control
29
devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork. construction and permanent
30
erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized
31
as determined by theEngineer.
32
B.
If a device ceases to finiction as intended, repair or replace the device or portions
33
thereof as necessary.
34
C.
Perform inspect ions of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General
35
Permit TXR 15000 .
36
D.
Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be
37
maintained and available in accordance with the permit.
"n"
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015Task Order Construction services at Various Locations
STANDARI) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW,-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20 x 2
1 ®I ATTAC14MEN-1-S [NOT USED]
2 END OF SECTION
I
11
312500-9
EROSION AND SUDIMENTCONTROL
llagc 9 ol'9
Revision Log
. . . ..... . . . . ....... . ..
DATE SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION I)OCUMFNTS I'9'W-2015-000003,
Revised December 20, 2012
r
I
313600-1
GABIONS
Page I of 6
I SECTION 3136 00
2 GABIONS
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Furnishing and installing gabions and gabion mattresses.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 L None.
9 C,. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 -- Bidding Requirenients, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division 1. _..e General Requirements
12 3. Section 3123 23 .... Borrow
13 4. Section 31 24 00 Embankrnents
14 5. Section 3125 00 Erosion and Sediment Control
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16 A. Measurement and Payment
1.7 1. Gabions
18 a. Measurement
19 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard of stone -filled
20 gabions.
21 b. 1"'ayinent
22 1) The work performed and materials fumished in accordance with this Item
23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per cubic yard for "'Gabions" installed. to#-:
25 a) Various types
26 c. The price bid shall include,
27 1) Furniishing wire baskets, lacing, fasteners filter fabric and filter material
28 2) Excavation
29 3) Grading and lmckfill
30 4) Clean-up
31 2. Gabion Mattresses
32 a. Measurement
33 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard.
34 b. Payment
35 1) The work performed and materials fiirnished in accordance with this Item
36 and measured as provided under "Mcasureinent" will be paid for at the unit
37 price bid per cubic yard for "Gabk)n Mattresses" installed for:
38 a) Various types
39 c., The price bid shall include:
40 1) Furnisliftig wire baskets, lacing,, fasteiwrs filter fabric and filter inaterial
41 2) Excavation
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Twk Order C.'Onstruction Servims at Various Locations
STANDARD (7ONSTRIXTION SM X71FR'ATIaVF DOCUVE'114TS I'PW-2015-00000.3
Revised Decembew 20,2012
313600-2
GARIONS
Pag,c 2 of 6
1 3) Gradirig and backfill
2 4) Clean-up
3 1.3 REFERENCES
4 A., Reference Standards
5 1 Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
6 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
7 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
8 2. ASTM Standards
9 a. As,rM A974, Standard Specification for Welded Wire Fabric Gabions and
10 Gabion Mattresses (Metallic Coated or Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Coated)
11 b. AS'I'M A.975, Standard Specification for Do uble-'rwisted Hexagonal Mesh
12 Gabions and Revet Mattresses (Metallic -Coated Steel Wire or Metal I ic-,Coated
13 Steel Wire With Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Coating)
14 3. TxI)OT Test Procedures
15 a. Tex -411-A, Test Procedure for Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodiurn Sulfate
16 or Magnesium Sulfate
17 4. TxDOT Departmental Materials Specilications
18 a. DMS -6200, Filter Fabric
19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
20 1.5 SUBMITTALS
21 A. Furnish producer or suppllier certification that wire baskets, stilifeners, lacing wire, and
22 spiral connectors confionni to the applicable ASTM specification.
23 B. If alternative wire fasteners are proposed, furnish producer or supplier certification that
24 the fasteners conforrn to the strength requirements in Table I when tested in accordance
25 with the applicable ASTM specification.
26 1.6 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29 1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
31 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
32 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
33 1.13 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
MY OF Foiu woRrH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various L.ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 IMENTS 'rPW-2,0115-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
N
I PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
3 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
W
W
W,
I
3136 00 ... 3
GABIONS
Page 3 of 6
A. Gabion. A wire fabric or mesh container, filled with stone, with a heiglliit of I foot or
greater.
B. Gabion Mattress. A wire fabric or mesh container filled with stone and with a height of
6, 9, or 12 inches, referred to as "revet mattress" in ASTM A 975.
C. Welded wire gabions and gabion mattresses. Furnish welded wire gabions and gabion
mattresses with Style 5 PVC wire coating in accordance with ASTM A 974.
D. Twisted wire gabions and gabion mattresses. Furnish twisted wire gabions and gabion
mattresses with Style 3 PVC wire coating in accordance with As"rM A 975.
Table 1. Minimum Panel -to -Panel Connection Strength
Application
Strent! 111, 1
Gabions
1,200
Gabion mattresses
700
E. Filler stone. Provide stone consisting of clean, hard, durable stone that does not contain
shale, caliche, or other soft particles. Stone appearing to contain such particles will be
tested for soundness. Stone with 5 --cycle magnesium sulfate soundness of more than 18
percent when tested in accordance with Tex -41 I .-A will be rejected. Use stones that are
between 3 and 8 inches in their least dimension for gabions and between 3 and 6 inches
for gabion mattresses. Prevent contamination when storing and handling stone.
F. Filter Fabric. Provide Type 2 filter fabric when required in accordance with DMS -
6200.
G. Filter Material. Provide filter material when required consisting of hard, durable, clean
sand or gravel with a maximum particle size of 3/8 inch.
2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLE RANOES [NOT USED]
2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. At the start of construction, the gabion and gabion mattress manufacturer must have a
qualified representative available for consultation as needed throughout the gabioji and
gabion mattress construction.
29 PART 3 - EXECUTION
30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
32 3.3 PREPARATION
33 A. Foundation Preparation
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFKATION DOCUMENTS 'I'MV-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
313600-4
Cr IONS
Page 4 of 6
I 1. Excavate the foundation to the extent shown on the Drawings or as directed.
2 Remove all loose or otherwise unsuitable materials.
3 2. Carefully backfill all depressions to grade with suitable materials from adjacent
4 required excavation or another approved source, and compact the backfill to a
5 density at least equal to that oft e adjacent -roundation,,
6 3. Remove any buried debris protruding from the foundation that will impede the
7 proper installation and final appearance of the gabioni or gabion mattress, and
8 carefully back.fill and compact voids as specified above.
9 4. Have the City inspect the prepared foundation surface immediately before gabion
10 placement.
KINEIRMINBR91 F.1 a My 0 1110
12
A. Filter Placement
13
1.
When filter material is required, spread it uniformly on the prepared foundation
14
surface tote slopes, lines, and grades indicated on the Drawings. Do not place
15
filter material by methods that tend to segregate particle sizes. Repair all damage to
16
the foundation surface that occurs during filter placement before proceeding with
17
the work.
18
2.
Compaction of the filter material is not required. Finish the material to present a
19
reasonably even surface without mounds or windrows.
20
B. Filter
Fabric Placement
21
1.
When filter fabric is required, place it as shown on the Drawings. Any defects, rips,
22
holes, flaws, or damage to the material may be cause for rejection..
23
2.
Place the material with the long is parallel to the centerline of the structure,
24
highway, or darn. Place securing pins in the lapped longitudinal joints, spaced on
25
approximately 10 -foot centers. Keep the fabric material free of tension, stress,
26
folds, wrinkles, or creases.
27
3.
Lap the material at least 3 feet along the longitudinal' joint of material, or lap the
28
joints I foot and sew them. Lap the ends of rolls at joints by at least 3 feet
29
4.
Place securing pins through both strips of material at lapped joints at approximately
30
the midpoint of the overlap. Place additional securing pins as necessary to hold
31
filter fabric in position. Store filter fabric out of direct sunlight.,
32
5.
Repair to or punctured fabric by placing a layer of fabric over the damaged area,
33
overlapping at least 3 feet beyond the damaged area in all directions.
34
6.
After placing filter fabric, cover as soon as possible but within 3 days.
35
C. Unit Placement
36
1.
Do not place PVC -coated materials unless the ambient temperature and the
37
temperature of the coated wire are at least 15 degrees Fahrenheit above the
38
brittleness temperature of the PVC.
39
D. Assembly
40
1.
Empty gabion or gabion mattress units individually, and place them on the
41
approved surface to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with the sides,
42
ends, and diaphragms erected to ensure that all creases are in the correct position,
43
the tops of all sides are level, and all sides that are to reirnain exposed are straight
44
and plumb.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD ( ' 'ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 21x112
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
I
FE
F
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
r 0
313600-5
GABIONS
Page 5 of 6
2. Fill the basket units after transporting them to their final position. in the work.
10 Place the front row of gabion or gabion mattress units first and successively
construct units toward the top of the slope or the back of the structure. Place the
initial line of basket units on the prepared surface, and partially fill them to provide
anchorage against defibi-iiiation and displacement during subsequeilt filling
operations.
2. Stretch and hold empty basket units as necessary to remove kinks and provide a
uniform alignment. Before filling, connect all ad ' joining empty gabion. or gabion
mattress units with lacing, wire spiral binders, or approved fasteners along the
perimeter of their contact surface to obtain a monolithic structure.
3. If lacing wire is used, provide continuous stitchitig with aftenriating single and
double loops at intervals of no more than 5 inches. Fasten all lacing wire ten-ninals
securely.
4. Provide connections ineeting the required joint strength requirenicnts. These
requirements apply to all connections including attachment of end panels,
diaphragms, and lids.
5. Join twisted wire baskets through selvage -to -selvage or selvage -to -edge wire
connection; do not use mesh -to -mesh or selvage -to -mesh wire connection except
where baskets are offset or stacked, in which case join each mesh opening where
mesh wire meets selvage or edge wire.
6. Carefully fill the basket units with stone. Use an placement to avoid dar-flaging
wire coating, to ensure as few voids as possible between the stones, and to maintain[
alignment. Machine placement of stone will be allowed if approved by the
Engineer. Correct excessive deformation and bulging of the mesh before further
filling. To avoid localized del'orination, fill the basket units in a row in stages
consisting of maximum 12 --inch courses; do not at any time fill a cell to a depth
exceeding I foot more than its a(ljoitiing cell.
7. Do not drop stones into the basket units from a height greater than 36 inches
8. For gabion units more than 2 foot high, place 2 uniformly spaced internal
connecting wires between. each stone layer in all front and side gabion units,
connecting the back and the front faces of the compartments. Loop connecting
wires or preformed stiffeners around 2 twisted wire -mesh openings or a welded
wire joint at each basket face, and securely twist the wire terrninals to prevent
loosening.
9. Carefully place the outer layer of stone and arrange it by hand to ensure a neat and
compact appearance along all exposed faces. Overfill the last layer of stone
uniformly by I to 2 inches for gabions and I inch for gabion mailresses to
compensate for future settlement in rock while still allowing forte proper closing
of the lid and providing an even surface with a uniforni appearance.
10. Make final adjustnients for compaction and surface tolerance by hand. Stretch lids
tight over the stone fill, using an approved lid -closing tool, until the lid meets the
perimeter edges of the front and end panels. Do not use crowbars or other single -
point leverage bars for lid closing.
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at V`Niows Locations
sTANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA]ION DOCUMENT'S 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised Mexmber 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
go
K
In
313600-6
GABIONS
Page 6 of 6
11. Close the lid tightly along all edges, ends, and internal -cell diaphragms., with spiral
binders or lacing wire or with other wire 1'&steners if approved. Ensure that all
pro.jections or wire ends are turned into the baskets. Cut the basket unit and fold and
wire it together to suit site conditions as shown on the Drawings, when directed, or
where a complete gabion or gabion mattress unit cannot be installed because of
space limitations.
12. Fold the mesh back and neatly wire it to an adjacent basket face. Complete the
assembling, installation, filling, lid closing, and lacing of the reshaped gabion or
gabion mattress units in accordance with this Section.
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WOW11 I
s'rANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN'J'S
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TTW-2015-,000003
I
I
3 PART1- GENERAL
SUMMAVY
SECTION 3137 00
RIPRAP
3137 00 - I
RIPRAP
Page I of 10
5 A. Section Includes:
6 L Furnishing and installing concrete, stone, cement -stabilized, or special riprap.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. one.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I ..-.General Requirernents
12 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -In -Place Concrete
13 4. Section 3125 00 - Erosion and Sediment Control
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Measurement
17 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the face square yard to the depth
18 specified of material complete in place. Volume will be computed on the basis
19 of the measured area and type, verified by field memurernents.
20 2. payment
21 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and
22 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price
23 bid per square yard of "Riprap" installed for:
24 1) Various types
25 2) Various thicknesses
26 3) Various void -filling techniques
27 3. The price bid shall include:
28 a. Furnishing, hauling, and placing riprap
29 b. Filter fabric
30 c. Expansion joint material
31 d. Concrete andreinforcing steel
32 e. Excavation of toe wall trenches, as applicable
33 f Excavation below natural ground or bottom of excavated channel, as applicable
34 g. Shaping of slopes, as applicable
35 h. Bedding
36 i. Grout and mortar
37 j. Scales
38 k. Test weights
39 1. Clean-up
40 1.3 REFERENCES
41 A. Reference Standards
crry OF FORTWORT H 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN I TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
313700-2
RIPRAP
Page, 2 of 110
I 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
2 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end oft is
3 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
4 2. ASTM Standards
5 a. ASTM 0136-06, Standard ,rest Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse
6 Aggregates
7 b. ASTM D7370-09, Standard Test Method for Determination of Relative Density
8 and Absorption of Fine, Coarse, and Blended Aggregate Using Combined
9 Vacuum Saturation and Rapid Submersion
10 c. ASTM 05240-04„ Standard Test Metllod for, Testing Rock Slabs to Evaluate
11 the Soundness of Riprap, by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate
12 d. ASTM D4632-08, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and
13 Elongation of Geotextiles
14 e. ASTM D4533-04, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid'Yearing Strength of
15 Geotextiles
16 f ASTM D751-06, Standard. Test Methods for Coated Fabrics
17 g. ASTM D4751-04, Standard Test Method for Determining .Apparent Opetting
18 Size of a Geot.extile
19 h. ASTM D4491 -99a, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of
20 Geotextiles by Permittivity
21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQJIREMFI1TS [NOT USED1
22 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
27 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
28 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT t)SED1
29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
31 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
32 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS
33 A. Concrete Riprap
34 1. Use concrete with a compressive strength of 4,000 psi at 28 -days, according to
35 Section 03 30 00, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
36 B. Stone R.iprap
37 1. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use durable natural stone with a
38 minimum bulk specific gravity of 2. Provide stone that has a maximum weight loss
39 of 18 percent after 5 cycles of magnesium sulfate solution and 14 percent after 5
40 cycles of sodium sulfate solution.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRAJCTION SPECIFICATION D00JMEN'I'S
Revised December 20, 2012
mqT11
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
'I'PW-2015-000003
I
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
W,
3137 00 .. 3
RIPRAP
Page 3 of 10
2. For all types of stone riprap pertbrm a size verification test on the first 5,000 square
yards of finished riprap stone at a location determined by the Engineer. Weigh each
stone in a square test area with the length of each side of the square equal to 3 times
the specified riprap thickness, The weight of the stories, excluding spalls, should be
as specified below. Additional tests may be required. Do not place additional riprap
until the initial 5,000 square yards of riprap has been approved.
3. When specified, provide grout and mortar as defined as I part Portland cement to 3
parts sand and mixed with water until it achieves a consistency that will flow into
and completely fill all voids.
4. Provide filter fabric in accordance with Section 3125 00. For slab riprap, provide
the filter fabric type shown on the Drawings
a. Large
1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 50 percent of
the stones heavier than 100 pounds
b. Medium
1 Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds with a minimum of 40 percent of
the stones heavier than 100 pounds Use stones with at least I broad at
surface.
c. Block
1) Use stones between 50 and 250 pounds. Use stones that are at least 3 inches
intheir least dimension. Use stones that are at least twice as wide as they
are thick. When shown on the Drawings or approved, material may consist
of broken concrete removed under the Contract or from other approved
sources. Before placement of each piece of broken concrete, cut exposed
reinforcement flush with all surfaces,
d. Slab
1) Use boulders or quarried rock that meets the gradation requirements of
Table 1. of the width and the thickness of each piece of riprap must be a
least 1/3 oft e length. When shown on the Drawings or as approved,
inaterial may consist of broken concrete removed under the Contract or
from other approved sources. Before placement of each piece of broker]
concrete, cut exposed reinforcement flush with all surfaces.
2) Provide bedding stone that in-place meets the gradation requirements
shown in Table 2 or as otherwise shown on the Drawings.,
Table 1
RiDraD Gradation Reouirements
Thickness
Maximum Size
90 percent Size'
50& Size'
8 percent Size,
b.)
Minim
200
80- 180
30-75
7�1 5 �in.�
320
170-300
60-165
18in.
530
2 1 in.
24in.
�HU1010��
CiTY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUcTiON SPF-CIFICATION DOCUMI-NI'S 111W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
313700-4
RIPRAP
Page 4 of 10
Table 2
Bedding Stone Gradation
Sieve Size (Square Mesh)
3 inches
Percent byW'eiglnt Passin
100
1-4/2 inches
50-80
3/4 inches
20-60
No. 4
0-15
—No. 10
0-5-
3
4
5 2.3
6 2.4
7 2.5
C. Special Riprap
1. Furnish materials for special riprap according to the Drawings.
ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED]
ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
8 PART 3 - EXECUTION
9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
1.2 3.4 INSTALLATION
13 A. Dress slopes and protected areas to the line and grade shown on the Drawings before
14 the placement of riprap. Place riprap and toe walls according to details and dimensions
15 shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
16 B. Concrete Riprap
17 1. Reinforce concrete riprap with No. 3 reinforcing bars spaced at a maximum. of 18
18 inches in each direction unless otherwise shown. Provide a minimum 6 -inch lap at
19 all splices. At the edge of the riprap, provide a minimum horizontal cover of I inch
20 and a maximum cover of 3 inches. Place the first parallel bar at most 6 inches from
21 the edge of concrete. Use approved supports to hold the reinforcement
22 approximately equidistant from the top and bottom surface of the slab. Adjust
23 reinforcement during concrete placement to maintain correct position.
24 2. As directed, sprinkle or sprinkle and consolidate the subgrade before the concrete is
25 placed. All surfaces must be moist when concrete is placed.
26 3. Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density with a
27 moisture content not to exceed +4 percent or .-2 percent of optimum moisture or as
28 indicated on the Drawings.
29 4. After placing the concrete, compact and shape it to conform to the dimensions
30 shown on Drawings. After it has set sufficiently to avoid slumping, finish the
31 surface with a wood float to secure a smooth surface or broom finish as approved.
32 5. Immediately after the finishing operation, cure the riprap according to Section 03
33 3000.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI NENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
'I'PW-2015-000003
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
313700-.5
RIPRAP
Page 5 of � 0
C. Stone Riprap
1. Provide the following types of stone riprap when shown on the Drawings,
a. Dry Riprap
1) Dry riprap is stone riprap with voids filled with only spalls ors all stones.
b. Grouted Riprap
1) Grouted riprap is Type Large, Meditini, or Block stone riprap with voids
grouted after all the stones are in place.
c. Mortared Riprap
1) Mortared riprap is Medium stone riprap laid and mortared as each stone is
placed.
2. Use spalls and small stones lighter than 25 pounds to fill open joints and voids in
stone riprap, and place to a tight fit°
3. Do not place mortar or grout when the air temperaiture is below 35 degrees
Fahrenheit.
4. Protect work from rapid drying for at least 3 days after placement. Unless otherwise
approved, place filter fabric with the length running up and down the slope. Ensure
fabric has a minimum overlap of 2 feet,
5. Secure fabric with nails or pins. Use nails at least 2 inches long with washers or U-
shaped pins with legs at least 9 inches long. Space nails or pins at a maximum of 10
feet in each direction and 5 feet along the seams. Alternative anchorage and spacing
may be used when approved.
6. Large
a. Construct riprap as shown in Figure I and as shown on the Drawings. Place
stones in a single layer with close Joints so that most oft eir weight is carried
by the earth and not by the adjacent stones.
b. Place the upright axis of the stones at an angle of approximately 90 degrees to
the embankment slope.
c. Place each course from the bottom oft e embankment upward with the larger
stones inthe lower courses.
d. Fill open joints between stones with spalls.
e. Place stones to create a uniform finished top surface. Do not exceed a 6 -inch
variation between the tops of adjacent stones. Replace, embed deeper, or chip
away stones that project more than the allowable airiount above the finished
surface.
f. When the Drawn-igs require Large stone riprap to be grouted, prevent earth,
sand, or foreign material from fill'ing the spaces between the stones. After the
stones are in place, thoroughly wet the stones, fill the spaces between the stones
with grout, and pack. Sweep the surtlace oft e riprap with a stiff broom after
grouting.
7. Medium
a. Dry Placement
1) Construct riprap asshown in Figure 2. Set the flat surface on a prepared
horizontal earth bed, and overlap the underlying course to secure a lapped
surface.
2) Place the large stones first, roughly arranged in close contact. Fill the
spaces between the large stones with suitably sized stones placed to leave
the surtace evenly stepped and conforrydrij.r to the contour required.
3) Place stone to drain water down the face of the slope.
CITYOF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDA RD ('ONSTRUC"TION SPECIFKATION DO(A NENTS 'YPW.-2015-00,0003
Revised December 20, 2012
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
313700.•6
RIPRAP
Page 6 of 10
b. Grouting
1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 3. Size, shape, and lay large flat -
surfaced stones to produce an even surface with Minimal voids.
2) Place stones with the flat surface facing upward parallel to the slope. Place
the largest stones near the base of the slope.
3) Fill spaces between the larger stones with stones of suitable size, leaving
the surface smooth, tight, and conforming to the contour required.
4) Place the stones to create a plane surface with a maximum variation of 6
inches in 10 feet from true plane. Provide the same degree of accuracy for
warped and curved surfaces.
5) Prevent, earth, sand or foreign material from filling the spaces between the
stones. After the stones are in place, thoroughly wet them, fill the spaces
between the with grout, and pack. Sweep the surface with a stiff broom
after grouting.
c. Mortaring
1) Construct riprap as shown in Figure 2. Lap courses as described for dry
placement. Before placing mortar, wet the stones thoroughly.
2) As the larger stones are placed, bed them in fresh mortar and shove
adjacent stones into contact with one another.
3) After completing the work, spread all excess mortar forced out during
placement oft e stones uniformly over the to fill all voids completely.
Point up all joints roughly either with flush joints or with shallow, smooth -
raked joints as directed.
I . Construct riprap as shown in Figure 4. Place stones on a bed excavated for the base
course. Bed the base course of stone well into the ground with the edges in contact.
Bed and place each succeeding course in even contact with the preceding course.
2. Use spalls and small stones to fill any open joints and voids in the riprap., Ensure
the finished surface presents an even, tight surface, true to the line and grades of th,%,
typical sections.
3. When the Drawings require grouting Block stone riprap, prevent earth, sand, or
foreign material from filling the spaces between the stones. After the stones are in
place, wet them thoroughly, fill the spaces between them with grout, and pack.
Sweep the surface with a stiff broom after grouting.
R�PTI
I . Construct �riprap as shown in Figure 5. Place riprap stone on the slopes within the
limits shown on the Drawings. Place stone for riprap on the bedding material to
produce a reasonably well -graded mass of riprap with the minimum practicable
percentage of voids.
2. Construct the riprap to the lines and g�rades shown on the Drawings or staked in the
field. A tolerance of +6 inches and -0 inch from the slope line and grades shown on
the Drawings is allowed in the finished surface of the riprap.
3. Place t-iprap to its full thickness in a single operation. Avoid displacing the bedding
material. Ensure that the entire mass of stones in their final position is free from
objectionable pockets of small stones and clusters of larger stones.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
PAR"!
2015'1Cask Order ConsUuction Services at Various Locations
TP -2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
V
F 22
23
11
24
25
�V
26
fou
P", 27
2tt8
29
30
31
32
33
34
I
313700-.7
RIPRAP
Page 7 of'10
4. Do not place ii-iprap in layers, and do not place it by durnping it into chutes,
dumping it from the top of the slope, pushing it from the top of the sllope, or any
method likely to cause segregation of the various sizes.
5. Obtain the desired distribution of the various sizes of stories throughout the mass by
selective loading of material at the quarry or other source or by other methods of
placement that will produce the specified results.
6. Rearrange individual stones by mechanical equipment or by hand if necessary to
obtain a reasonalfly Nvell-graded distribution of stone sizes.
F. Special Rip tap
1. Construct special riprap according to the Drawings.
3.5 REPAIR [NOT USEDI
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUA.LiTy CONTROL [NOT USED1
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USEDI
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USEDI
3.10 CLEANIN(-. [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED1
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USEDI
3.14 ATTACHMENTS
M
Grout when
specified
Slope of
embankment
Upright axes of stone
perpendicular to stop@
C
10-6" min
Figure I - Large stone riprap, dry or grouted,,
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rask Oyler Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 MENTs TPW-2015-000003
Revised Demnber 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
a
Grout when
specified
Flat side up
min
Slopeof
embankment
P
T-6* min
1,40 min
MOMS=
CITY OF, FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPFCIFICATION EX)CUMIENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Multiple layers
(more than one
rack depth)—
M
C44
Grout when
T-6" min
Slope of
embankment
Figure 4 -- Block stone riprap, dry or gi-Outed.
Figure 5 - Slab stone ripnip
31 3700--9
RIPR.A.11
Page 9 ofA 0
Cj,,Yr OF FOR17WORTH 20151'ask. Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRU,".TION SPECIFICATION D00 AWNTS [TW -2015-000003
Revised December 20., 2012
K
a
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012
D. Johnson
3A.B..... defined compaction requirements beneath concrete rip rap
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC710N SPECIFICATION DOC1. ME.'14TS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order (..onstruction Services at Various Locations
I'PW-2015-000003
1
tl
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
I
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
320117-1
PERMANJEINT ASPf fALTPAVING REPAIR
Pa1.!,e I of 5
SECTION 32 0117
PERMANEN"I'ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
A. Section includes;
L Flexible pavement repair to include, but not limited to:
a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, franchise utilities, etc.)
b. Warranty work
c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor
d. Any permanent asphalt pavement repair needed during the course of
construction
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Statidard Specifications
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forttis, and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division I General Requirements
3. Section 03 34 16 - Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair
4. Section 32 12 16 - -Asphalt Paving
5. Section 32 13 13 Concrete Paving
6. Section 33 05 10 utility 'French Fxcavation, Embedment and Backfill
22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
I
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Asphalt Pavement -Repair 11,or utifily trench i eq)air, rel7air width is, to include the
width be and the trench shown in the Di-aivings as well as any additional width
required aroundstructures
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of Asphalt Pavernent
Repair based on the defined width and roadway classification specified in
the Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurenient" will be paid for ate unit
price bid price per linear foot of Asphalt, Pavement Repair.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Preparing final surfaces
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
CITY OF FORT WORTI 1 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIJCTION SPE,"CIFICATION DOCUMENTS T11W-2015-000W.3
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7'
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
320117-2
PERMANENTASPHAILT PAVING REPAIR
Pape 2 of 5
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
2. Asphalt Pavement Repair for Utility Service' Trench
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of Asphalt Pavement
Repair centered on the proposed sewer service line measured from the face
of curb to the limit of the Asphalt Pavement Repair for the main sewer line.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials flurnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Meastirernent" will be paid for at the unit
price bid price per linear foot of "Asphalt Pavement Repair, Set -vice"
installed for:
a) Various types of utilities
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Preparing final surfaces
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and rcyalty
3) Traff le control for all testing
4) A.sphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) 'rack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
3. Asphalt Pavement Repair Beyond Defined Width
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard for asphalt pavement
repair beyond pay limits of the defined width of Asphalt Pavement Repair
by roadway classification specified in the Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work perfort-ned. and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per square yard of Asphalt Pavement Repair Beyond Defined
Width.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Preparing final surfaces
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
4. Extra Width Asphalt Pavement Repair
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard for surface repair
(does not include base repair) for:
a) Various thicknesses
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 T&A Order Construction Services at Variow Locations
S]'JWDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION I X)CUMEN'I'S TPW-2015000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
,7i
16
A. Definitions
17
3201 17-3
18
1.4
PFRAIANENTASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
19
Page 3 of 5
20
I
b. Payment
21
2
1) The work performed and materials 1°6mished in accordance with this Item
22
3
and measured as provided under "Measurenic:nt" will be paid for at the unit
23
4
price bid per square yard of Extra Width Asphalt Pavenient Repair
24
5
c. The price bid shall include.
25
6
1) Preparing final surfaces
U
7
2) I'lumishing, loading, tinloading, storing, liauling and handling all materials
27
8
including fitight and ro.),,alky
28
1.8
3) Traffic control for all testing
29
10
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
30
11
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
31
12
6) Trial batches
13
7) Tack coat
14
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
MIN
15
1.3 REFERENCES
I
,7i
16
A. Definitions
17
1. H.M.A.C. - -Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete
18
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
19
A., Permitting
20
1, Obtain Street I Jse Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation
21
and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances.
22
2. The Transportation and Public Works DepallItTlent will inspect the paving repair
23
after constructioliv,
24
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
25
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
26
A. Asphalt Pavenient Mix I . )esign: submit for approval: see Section 32 12 16.
27
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
28
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29
1.9
QUALITY ASSURXNCE [NOT USED)
30
1.11
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
31
1.12
FIELD CONDITIONS
32 A. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is 45 degrees F or higher and
33 rising unless othenvise approved.
0TY OF FOU WORT14 20151' fir Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAP13 CONSTRUCI DON SPUCIFIC' ATION DOCUMI �'N I'S 'I'M.20 f 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
2 PART2- PRODUCTS
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
E
14,
99
32 01 I7-4
PERMANEN'r ASPHALTPAVING RFPAIR
Page 4 of 5
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Backfill
1. See Section 33 05 10.
B. Base Material
1. Concrete Base Material for 'rrench.R.epair: See Section 03 34 16.
2. Concrete Base: See Section 32 13 13.
C. Asphalt Paving: see Section 32 12 16.
1. FI.M,A.C. paving: Type D.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation
1. Mark pavement cut for repairs for approval by the City.
2. Contractor and City meet prior to saw cutting to confirm limits of repairs.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. General
1. Equipment
a. Use machine intended for cutting pavement.
b. Milling machines maybe used as long as straight edge is maintained.
2. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensiotis shown on the Drawn'igs.
3. Utility Cuts
a. In a true and straight line on of sides of the trench
b. M inimurn of 12 inches outside the trench walls
c. If the existing flexible pavement is 2 feet or less between the lip of the existing
gutter and the edge of the trench repair, remove the existing paving to such
gutter.
4. Limit dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage
facilities.
B. Removal
CITY OF I; ORT' 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDMU) CON5TRUC71ON SPEC1111DOCI WEINTS 'rPW-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
j
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
E
I
3201 17-5
PF'RMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
Page, 5 of 5
1. Use care to prevent firacluring existing pavement structure ad.jacent to the repair
area.
C. Base
1. Install replacementbase material as specified in Dravvings.
D. Asphalt Paving
1, H.M.A.0 placement: in accordance with Section 32 12 16
2, Type D surface mix
3. Depth: as specified in Draivings
4. Place surface mix in lifts not to exceed 3 inches.
5. Last or to lift shall not be less than 2 inches thick.
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [[dfOTUSED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012
D. Johnson
12.A Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for clarification
of repair width on utility trench repair; Added a bid item for utility service french
repair.
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consauction services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPI., . IFICATION DOCUMENTS' TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
� 9.1 4171
4 1.1 SUMMARY
3201 18 1
11"WORA RYASPHALTPAVING REPAIR
Page I of 3
SECTION 32 01 18
TE�'MPORARN ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. I.Aility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.) along streets programmed for
7 total reconstruction under a Capital Improvement Program or resurfacing under a
8 Street Maintenance Program,
9 2. Repair's of damage caused by Contractor
10 3. Any other temporary pavement repair needed during the course of construction.
11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract l7orms, and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division I - General Requirenients
16 3. Section 32 11 23 - Flexible Base Courses
17 4. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
18 5. Section 33 05 10 . LAility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payrnent
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Temporary Asphalt
Paving Repair.
2. Payment
a. The work perfonned and materials t1imished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price
bid per linear foot of Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair. No additional
payment will be provided for repairs of dain'Irge to adjacent pavement caused by
the Contractor.
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Preparing final surfaces
b. Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and han,dlitig all materials
including fteight and royalty
c. Traffic control for all testing
d. Asphalt, aggregate, andadditive
e. Materials and work needed for corrective action
f Trial batches
g. Tack coat
h. Removal and/or sweeping excess material
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Task Order ("Onstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONs't-RUCTION SPECIFICA11ON D00 MENTS TM -20115-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
N
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
M
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Backfill: see Section 33 05 10.
B. Base Material
1. Flexible Base: Use existing base and add new flexible base as required in
accordance with Section 32 1123.
C. Asphalt Concrete: See Section 32 12 16.
1. H.M.A.0paving: rype]3.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE CIFICNI'lON DOCUMEN'rs TPW.-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2017
MIT
3201 18-2
TEMPORARY ASPHALT PAVING IREPAIR
Page 2 of 3
1.3
REFERENCES
A. Definitions
1. H.M.A.0.... Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete
1.4
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Permitting
1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make Utility Cuts in the street from the Transportation
and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances.
2. The Transportation and Public Works Departnient will inspect the paving repair
after construction.
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Asphalt Pavement Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 12 16.
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11
FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions: Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is 40 degrees
F or higher and rising unless otherwise approved,,
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Backfill: see Section 33 05 10.
B. Base Material
1. Flexible Base: Use existing base and add new flexible base as required in
accordance with Section 32 1123.
C. Asphalt Concrete: See Section 32 12 16.
1. H.M.A.0paving: rype]3.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE CIFICNI'lON DOCUMEN'rs TPW.-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2017
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
W
W
M
3201 B-3
'fl,'%lf'O��AltYASPIIIAI,'I'I-IAVIIN(,'iR,FTIA,IR,
Page 3 of'3
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3® INSTALLATION
A. Removal
1. Use an approved niethod that produces a neat edge.
2. Use care to prevent fracturing existh,ig pa. vcure ent structure adjacent to the repair
area.
B. Base
1. Install flexible base niaterial per detail.
2. See Section 32 1123.
(.1. Apshalt Paving
1. H.l .A.C. placement: in accordance with Section 32 12 16.
2. Type D surffice mix.
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION INOT' USED]
3® RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3® FIELD QUAL117Y CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3® ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3® CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED1
3.12 PROTECTION [.NOT USED]
® MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision I,og
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CIIANGE
12/20/2012 D.Joh nson 1,2,A Modified Iterns to be incguded in price bid
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order ("Onstyucfion Seivices at Vargo us Locations
S1 ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPFCIFICATION D(XA WENTS 'I'I'W-2015-000003
Revised December 20,,2012
I
I
3 1® GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
I
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
I
I
32 01 29 1
(.',0NCRF',TE1' PAVING REPAIR
PaFe I of 4
SECTION 32 0129
A. Section includes-.
1. Concrete pavernent repair to include, but not limited to:
a. Utility cuts (water, sanitary sewer, drainage, etc.)
b. Warranty work
c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor
d. Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of construction
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I - General Requirements
3. Section 32 01 18 - Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair
4. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
5. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
6. Section 33 05 10 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
ANYA131 01210 9
A. Measurement and payment
I Concrete Pavement Repair lWhen, pentel reph'icement is not requiredfor utili(y
trench rej)air, rejpair width is to include the width be)iond the trench shown in the
Draivinys as well as any additional width required aroundstruclures. Yhere is no
X116-entiation beliveen main line trench relmir and service line trench repairfor
concrele roadways because the quanfity is measure,'d by square yard,
a. Mewsurernent
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete
Pavement Repair for various:
a) Street types
2) Limits of repair will be based on the time of service of the existing
pavement. The age of the pavement will need to be determined by the
Engineer through coordination with the City. For pavernent ages:
a) 10 years or less: repair entire panel
b) Greater than 10 years: repair to limits per Drawings
b. Payment
1) The work perfoiTned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per square yard of Concrete pavement Repair
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Shaping and fine gradic,iig the placement area
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIC,ATION DOCUMENT'S 'I'I'W-2015-000003
Revised December 20,2012
32 01 29 2
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR
Page 2 of 4
1 2)
Furnishing and applying all water required
2 3)
f`urnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all
3
concrete
4 4)
Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all base
5
material
6 5)
Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete
7 6)
F'umishing and installing reinforcing steel
8 7)
Furnishing all niaterials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion and
9
contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load
10
transmission units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and
11
supporting the steel bar, load transmission units, and joint filler in the
12
proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings
13 8)
Seatin joints
14 9)
Monolithically poured curb
15 10) Cleanup
16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
18
A. permitting
19
1. Obtain Street I Jse Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation
20
and Public Works Department in conforniance with current ordinances.
21
2. 'franspi-Mation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after
22
construction.
23
1.5
SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
24
1.6
ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
25
A. Concrete Mix Design: subtnit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 11
26
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
27
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
28
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
29
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
30
1.11
FIELD CONDITIONS
31 A. Weather Conditions: Place concrete as specified in Section 32 13 13.
32 1.12 WARRANTY [NGT USED]
33 PART2- PRODUCTS
34 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
35 2.2 MATERIALS
36 A. Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 05 10.
37 B. Base material: Concrete base: see Section 32 13 11
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C ' 'ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEN'rs
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
7
320129-3
CONC.'RE"aka PAWNG REPAIR
Page 3 off
I Concrete: see Section 32 13 13.
2 1. Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES.
3 2. Replace concrete to the sl�)ecified thickness.
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
1� W-1 tv W� x4lifirrm
7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
EXAMINATION INOT USED)
W
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
19
20
21.
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
WE
A. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from edge
of one repair tothe edge of a second repair.
B. If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to support
traffic.
1. Construct a transition of hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt from the top of the steel plate
to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface.
a. Hot -mix or cold -mix asphalt: conform tothe requirements of Section 32 12 16.
C. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Sawing
1. General
a. Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth.
b. Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent to
sawing to remove damaged areas.
c. Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight lines.
2. Sawing equipment
a. Power -driven
b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement
c. In good operating condition
d. Shall not spall or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area
3. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings
4. Utility Cuts
a. Ina true and straight line on both sides oft e trench
b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls
5. Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage
fticilifies.
B. Removal
1. Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spalling or fracturing
concrete adjacent to the repair area.
C. Base: as specified in Drawings
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Vayious Locations
ST Nr' SPECIFICATION E)OCUME, Ni's T11W2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
j
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
D. Concrete Paving
2
1.2.A, — Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for clarification
1, Concrete 1: lac in accordance with Section 32 13 13.
3
of repair width on inifity trench repair
2. Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings
4
3.5
REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
5
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION INOT USED]
6
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOTUISED]
7
3.8
SYSTENI STARTUP [NOT USED]
8
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
9
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
10
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES (NOT USED]
11
3.12
PROTECTION INOTUSED]
12
3.13
MAINTENANCE INOTUSED1
13
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
14
END OF SECTION
In
3201 2.9-4
CONCRUE PAVING REPAIR
Page 4 of'4
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1.2.A, — Modified Items to be included in price bid; Added blue text for clarification
12/20/2012
D. Johnson
of repair width on inifity trench repair
2.2,C, I — Changed to Class P to Cl&ss 11
C117Y OF FORT woR:'rH 2015 Task Order Comstruction Servim-s at Vmious Locatiom
STANDARD CONSTRI ucriciN SP1 EKIFICATION D(XXMJI"�NTS '11'W -2015-000W3
Rcviscd Mcewnbcr 20, 2012
Ir
I
I
I
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
r
321123-1
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Page I of 7
SECTION 32 1123
]Fl T"XIBU BASE (""OURSFS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludcsw
1. Foundation course for surface course or for other base course cotliposed of flexible
base constructed in one or more courses in confbrrnity with the typical sectiolil.
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
L None
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Fornis, and Conditions of the
Contract
2. Division I — Genet -all Rcqtdrernents
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENTPROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payment
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard of Flexible Base (,,ourse
for various:
1) Depths
2) 'hypes
3) Gradations
2. flaymerit
a. The work lwrfomied and tuaterials furnished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under "Measurenient" will be paid for at the unit price
bid per square yard of Flexible Base Course.
3. The price bid shall include:
a. Preparation and correction of subgrade
b. Fujrnishing of material
c. Hauling
d. Blading
e. Sprinkling
f. Conipacting
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Definitions
1. RAP-- Recycled Asphalt pavement.
B. Reference Standards
I., Reference standards cited in this specitication refer to the current irefer nce standard
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. ASTM. International (ASTM):
ury OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAIaD (.',0NSTW C110N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S T11, "'-208;5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
321123-2
FLEXIBLE BASE COIJISES
Page 2 of 7
I a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
2 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ffl (600 kN ni/nA))
3 3. Texas Department of Transportation (T D01):
4. a. "I"ex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils
5 b. "I"ex 106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
6 c. Tex -107-E, Deterin in ing the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
7 d. Tex -11.0-E, Particle Size A nal.ysis of Soils
8 e. Tex -116 E, all Mill Method for I)e1crinining the Disintegration of Flexible
9 Base Material
10 f Tex -1 17-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials
11 g. Tex. -411 �A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
12 Sulfate
13 h. Tex -413-A, Detrennining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
15 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
20 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
21 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
22 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
24 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.5 2.2 MATERIALS
26 A. General
27 1„ Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirernetas of
28 the Drawings, and specifications.
29 2. Obtain materials from approved sources.
30 3. oc tify City of changes to material sources.
31 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction
32 throughout the duration of the project to assure sl3ecification compliance.
33 B. Aggregate
34 1. Iurnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the Drawings and conforming to
35 the requirements of Table 1.
36 2. Each source must meet Table I requirements for liquid limit, plastiC ity index, and
37 wet ball mill for the grade specified.
38 3. Do not use additives such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify
39 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1, unless shown on the Drawings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C,ONSTR: UC TION SPIECIMCATION DO(.1JIVIENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
1
32 11 23-3
FLEXIBLE' BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 7
Table I
Material R ents
. . .... . .... . "Wre.
P-roperty Fest Melhod Grade I Grade 2
Master gradation sieve
size (%o retained)
..... . . .................. . ... ... ....... .
2- 112, in. 0
. ..... . ........ .......... . . ..... . ... .. - .. . . ...... . ..... . . .. .. ...................
1-3/4 in. 0 0 10
7/'11'ex- I I 0--E 5-
8 in. , 10,35
. .. . .......... ............... . . . ... .. ........ . ...................... . . . . - . ..... . ..... .
3/8 in. 30 50
-------- --
No, 4 .4.5.5 .................... --- 4.5-75
No. 40 70 85 60-85
li4aau ej I i i n i t—,% -i ii i -a ---x 3e..:.101 —11 TT ........
. . . . ...... . .... . ... ... . ......... ... . ...........................-1
40
. .. .............. .. ...... . . ......... .
index, inax, ...... Tex -406-1., 0 12
Wet ball mill, %
0 NO 45
%vet Will n6fl, % 11MX. lex-110- E
increase poring the20
No. 40 sieve
sifiv-ation - Lo1.1 23
-
7"n, coin-pre—ss"i-v-e
streng,0, psi Tex- 117 -E
Nateral pressure 0 psi 45 35
lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175
1, ...... .......................... . .......... -
, ennine plaslic index in accordatux wills Tex -107--E (finear
shrinkage) when liquid limit is unatlahiable as defined in
1"ex-104--E,
2, ften a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test
material in accordance with Tex X111 -A.
3, Meet both the classificaflonvid the rninimurn a)rnpressive
strengffi, unless othenvise shown on die DraNiagSr
4. Material Tolerances
a. The City may accept material if no more than I of the 5 most recent gradation
tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation,
b. When target grading is required by the Drawings, no single failing test may
exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4
and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4.
c. The City may accept material if no more than I of the 5 most recent plasticity
index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the
allowable limit by more than 2 points.
5. Material Types
a. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved.
b. Furnish the type specified on the Drawings in accordance with the following:
1) Type A
a) Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate
that originates from a single, naturally occurring source.
b) Do not use gravel or multiple sources.
2) Type B
a) Only for use as base material for temporary pavement repairs.
b) Do not exceed 20 percent RAP by weight unless shown on Drawings.
3) Type D
a) Type A material or crushed concrete,
b) Cri,ishedconcrete coiitaiiiiiiggi-aveI will be considered Type D
material.
6"1°1""y OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order Consiructiou Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECHICATION DOCUME N'l S TPW-2015-0000113
Revised EX-cernber 20, 2012
32 J 123-4
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSIE'S
Page 4 of"I
I c) The City may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verit.
2 coinphance.
3 d) Crushed concrete must meet the following requirements:
4 (1) Table I for the grade specified.
5 (2) Recycled niaterials must be free from reinforcing steel and other
6 objectionable material and have at most 1.5 percent deleterious
7 material when tested in accordance with TEX-413 A.
8 C. Water
9 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter.
10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION
A. General
1. Shape the sub rade or existing base to conforni to the typical sections shown on the
Drawings or as directed.
2. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base:
a. Deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required an-iount.
b. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide
a uniforni mixture to the specified depth before shaping -
88�1
EF
B. Subgrade Compaction
1. Proof roll the roadbed before pulverizing or scarifying in accordance with the
following:
a. Proof lolling
1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations.
2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut
or pump.
a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck
with a 1500 gallon capacity.
3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back ::= I pass).
4) Offset each trip by at most I tire width.
5) If an unstable or non-unifi)rrn area is found, correct the area.
b. Correct
1) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch
2) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform
2. Installation of base material cannot proceed until compacted subgrade approved by
the City.
INSTALLATION
A., General
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION ]DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-4)00003
Revised December 20, 2012
i
32 11 23-5
FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES
Pa --e 5 of 7
I
1.
Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the
2
required density and moisture content.
3
2.
Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades
4
shown on the Drawings or as directed.
5
3.
Haul approved flexible base in clean, covered trucks.
6
B. Equipment
7
1.
General
8
a. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the
9
work.
10
2.
Rollers
I I
a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
12
quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
13
or directed.
14
b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
15
specified requirements.
16
c. Alternate Equipment.
17
1) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved,
18
operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results.
19
2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
20
equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
21
d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
22
quality requirements of the Contract are not rnet.
23
C. Placing
24
1.
Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same
25
day as delivered unless otherwise approved.
26
2.
Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation.
27
3.
Construct layers to the thickness shown on the Drawings, while maintaining the
28
shape of the course.
29
4.
Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more
30
courses of equal thickness.
31
5.
Minimum lift depth: 3 inches
32
6.
Control dust by sprinkling.
33
7.
Correct or replace segregated areas as directed.
34
8.
Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction
35
methods required for the first course.
36
D. Compaction
37
1.
General
38
a. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
39
b. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved.
40
c. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the
41
material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density.
42
d. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain
43
firm and stable under construction equipment.
44
2.
Rolling
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
NWR
CITY OF FORT' WORT H 2015 Task Order Consbructioni Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFWATION DOCUM]EINTS TPW-2015000003
Revised December 20, 2012
321123-6
FLEX1131. FBASE COURSES
Pa.ge 6 of 7
I
a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center,
2
overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit.
3
b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
4
high side.
5
c. Offset alteniate trips of the roller.
6
d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed.
7
e. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses
8
required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or
9
the project is accepted.
10
f Continue work until specification requirements are met.
11
g. Proof roll the compacted flexible base in accordance with the fiollowing:
12
1) Proof Rolling
3
a) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling
14
operations.
15
b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that
16
rut or pump.
17
(1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck
18
with a 1500 gallon capacity.
19
c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back I pass).
20
d) Offset each trip by at most I tire width.
21
e) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found, correct the area.
22
2) Correct
23
a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch.
24
b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform.
25
3. 'rolerances
26
a. Maintain the shape of the course by blading.
27
b. Completed surface shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections
28
shown on the Drawings to the established lines and grades.
29
c. For subgrade beneath paving surfaces, correct any deviation in excess of 1/4
30
inch in cross section. in length greater than 16 feet measured longitudinially by
31
loosening, adding or removing material. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling
32
and rolling.
33
d. Correct all fractures, settlement or segregation immediately by scarifying the
34
areas affected, adding suitable material as required. Reshape and recompact by
35
sprinkling and rolling.
36
e. Should the subbase or base course, due to any reason, lose the required
37
stability, density and finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be
38
recompacted at the sole expense of the Contractor,
39
4. Density Control
40
a. Minimurn Density: 95 percent compaction as determined by ASTM D698.
41
b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum,
42
E. Finishing
43
1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight -blade the surface with a
44
maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch.
45
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location.
46
3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic
47
tire roller until a smooth surface is attained.
48
4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling.
CITY OF FORT' WORT H 2015 Task Order Consbructioni Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFWATION DOCUM]EINTS TPW-2015000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
WA
NJ
W
321123-7
F'1,1,"XI]Bl...k:'1: ASE.'COk.J1tSES
Page 7 of 7
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the tylll)ical sections,
Nunes, and grades as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4
inch in 16 feet meast.ired longi(ndinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire
width of the cross -sect ion.
T Correct by loosening, adding, or removing materiall.,
8. Reshape and recompact in accordance with 3A.C.
® REPAIR/RESTORATION INOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Density Test
1. City to measure density of flexible base course.
a. Notify City Project Representative when flexible base ready for density testing.
b. Spacing directed by City (I per block minimum).
c. City Project Representative determines location of density testing.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION I NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE IN r OT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
fllcfl��
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTI 1 2015 Task Order Conslyuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION STIE"CIFICATION D00 SMENTS 'TTI W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
SUITNT-ktY
SECTION 32 1129
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
321129-1
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page I of 9
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Treating sub rade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization,,addition of lime,
7 i[nixing and compacting the mix material to the required density.
8 2. Its applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavel-nent; base or
9 subbase courses placed and shall con form to the typical section, lines and grades
10 shown on the l3rawings,
I1 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
12 1. None.
13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forins, and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division I - (lencral Requirements
16 3. Section 3123 23 - Borrow
17 4. Section 32 11 23 - Flexible Base Courses
18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMEN,r PROCEDURES
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
r
A. Measurement and Paynient
1. Hydrated Lime
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Its shall be by the ton (dry weight) of I lyd rated
Lime used to prepare slurry at the job site.
b. Payment
1) The work. perfortned and materials furnished in accordance with this Its
and measured as provided under "Measureinent" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per ton of Hydrated Lime.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) I7urnishing the material
2) All freight involved
3) All unloading, storing, and handling
2. Cornniercial Lime Slurry
a. Measurement
1) Mcasureirtent for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) as calculated
from the minimum percent dry solids content of the slurry multiplied by the
weight of the slurry in tons delivered.
b. Payment
1) The work perforiiied and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per ton of Commercial Lime Slurry.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing the material
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order (',onstiuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C0NS'1'RLV"r1()N SPEC111("ATION DOC'UME,"INTS VPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 201.2
37 3. Quicklime-. dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two
38 grades:
39 a. Grade DS grade of "pebble" quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of
40 slurry for wet placing,
41 b. Grade S — finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for
4.2 wet placing,,
43 B. Reference Standards
44 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
45 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
46 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
4.7 2. AS'FM International (ASTM):
0TY OF FORTWORM 2015 Task Order Consbuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SITCIFICAFION DOCUMENTS 'rPw 2015-OWN.3
Revised Devember 20, 2012
R
32112.9-2
LIMETREATED BASE COURSES
Pag,e 2 of 9
1
2) All freight involved
2
3) All unloading, storing, and handling
3
3, Quicklime
4
a. Measurement
5
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight) oft uuick:lime.
6
Measurement for Quicklime in slurry form shall be measured by the ton
7
(dry weight) of the Quicklime used to prepare the slurry.
8
b. Payment
9
1) The work performed and materials flumished in accordance with this Item
10
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
11
price bid per ton of Quicklime.
12
c. The price bid shall include:
13
1) Furnishing the material
14
2) All freight involved
15
3) All unloading, storing, and handling
16
4. Lime Treatment
17
a. Measurement
18
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area as
19
established by the widths shown on the Drawings and the lengths measured
20
at placement.
21
b. Payment
22
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
23
and measured as provided under "'Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24
price bid per square yard of Lime Treatment applied for:
25
a) Various depths
26
c. The price bid shall include:
27
1 ) Preparing the roadbed
28
2) Loosening, pulverizing application of lime, water content in the slurry
29
mixture and the mixing water
30
3) Mixing, shaping, sprinkling, compacting, finishing, curing and maintaining
31
4) Performing all manipulations required
32
1.3 REFERENCES
33
A. Definitions
34
1. Hydrated Lime: dry powdered material consisting of calcium flydroxide,,
35
2. Commercial Lime Slun-y: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water
36
delivered to a project in slurry form.
37 3. Quicklime-. dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in either of two
38 grades:
39 a. Grade DS grade of "pebble" quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of
40 slurry for wet placing,
41 b. Grade S — finely graded quicklime for use only in the preparation of slurry for
4.2 wet placing,,
43 B. Reference Standards
44 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
45 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
46 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
4.7 2. AS'FM International (ASTM):
0TY OF FORTWORM 2015 Task Order Consbuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SITCIFICAFION DOCUMENTS 'rPw 2015-OWN.3
Revised Devember 20, 2012
32 11 29-.3
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 3 of 9
I a. 1 69,8, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
2 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-IIA/W (600 kN-m/m3))
3 b. 1..)6938, Standard Test Method for In -Place Densily and Water Content of Soil
4 and Sod -Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
5 3. Texas,, Department of fransportation ("I"X1.01):
6 a. 'Iex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materialls forTesting
7 b. Tex -140-E, Measuri ng ]"hickness of PaN,enient Layer
8 c. Tex -600 J, Sampling and Testing of Hydrated I'Alne, Quicklitne and
9 Cojininercial Lime Slurry
10 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
11 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS jNoT USED]
12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBmrrTALS [NOT USED1
13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMI[TTLAS [NOT USED]
15 1.9 QUALITYASSURANCE INOT USED]
16 1.10 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
17 A. Truck Delivered Lime
18 L Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of lime tneasured on certified, scales.
19 2. Subrnit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk
20 delivery of lime to the site.,
21 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS
22 A. Start lime application. only when the air temperature is at least 35"F and rising or is at
23 least 40'F. Measure teniperature in the shade and away from arfificiall heat.
24 B. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable.
25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED1
26 PART2- PRODUCTS
27 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED1
28 2.2 MATERIALS
29 A. General
30 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniforin quality that meet the requirements of
31 the Drawings and specifications.
32 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources.
33 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification requirements are met before
34 using the sources.
35 4. The City may sample and test pro.ject materials at any time before compaction.
36 B. Lime
37 1. Ilydrated Lime
38 a. punipable suspension of solids in water
ary OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consimfion Servim at Vadous Locations
STANDARD ('ONSTRUC 110N SPFC1 FICATION DOCUME NTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1
13
14
321129®4
[.,1 E; `rREA`l`ED BASE COURSES
Pape 4 apt"9
b. solids portion of the jilii tore when considered as a basis of "solids cotiten'nt,"
shall consist of principally hydrated line of a quality and 1"inneness sufficient to
meet the chemical and physical requirements.
2„ Dry Lime. Do not use unless approved by City'.
3. Quicklime
a. Use quicklime only when specified by the City.
b. dry material consisting of essentially calcium oxide.
c. Furnished in either of a grades;
l) Grade DS
2) Grade S
4. Furnish lune that meets the follo wfilg requirements
a, Chemical Requirements
Table
Lime Cbearieal Reauiremernts
. Physical Requirements
Hydrated
Commercial Lime
Quicklime
Table
LimeSlurry
Lime lCal Re uir'ements
Total actnve9P lime
"
90.0 Mian
�............... 87.0 Min
Quicklime
content, percent by
Lime__
_ Slurry_
Wet Sieve Recluire mecnt, As
l3nhydrated lime
5.0 Max57.0
Min
content, percent by
weight CaO
0.2 Max0.2
Max8.0
Marr
"Free Watee, �
5.0 Max
Max
content, percent by
.m11t water
. Physical Requirements
Table
Lime lCal Re uir'ements
Hydrated
Commercial Lime
Quicklime
Lime__
_ Slurry_
Wet Sieve Recluire mecnt, As
percentage by Weight
Residiue°
Retained on No. 6 sieve
0.2 Max0.2
Max8.0
Marr
Retained on No. 30 sieve
4.0 Max
Max
Dry Sieve Requirement, As
percentage by Weight
Residue:
Retained on a 1 -in sieve
Retained ®n a 3/4 ---in sieve10.0
_0.0
Max
Retained on a No. 100
_..__.._
._......... .....
Grade Ds -- 80 Min
sieve
Grade S -- n® limits
R.etainW on a ]fan. 6 sieve
0.2 ax
0.2 Max'
8.61
I The amount total "active" lime content,
as CaO, in
the innaterial retained on the
Vier.. Ci sieve mast not
exceed 10% by. weight oldie original
a uicklill1ge.
c" Shiny Grades
Table 4
Lime Slur 6 rades
b r tear eutta e atfftli C"nnteunt
1M1ini,,num Dry Solids�XSlunrx ..
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order C°arinstnictiain Services at Various l.,ocatiarns
S°i"ANDARDC:ONS"l"1:8.V.16;;;" ION SP1;'(71F'IC"A,"1"ION DOCUMENTS t'pW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
FOR
321129-5
UME'rREATED BASE COURSES
Page 5 of 9
.. .... .... . .......
31
T-2 35
!E ................... .... . ... . ........ . ..
r, de 3
. . . . . ....... ....... . ........ .
2 C., Flexible Base Courses: Furnish base rnalerial that meets the requirements of Section 32
3 1123, for the type and grade shown. on the Drawings, before the addition of lime.
4 D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable I'llaterial.
5 E. Borrow: See Section 31 23 23.
6 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
7 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
8 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
11 3.3 PREPARATION
12 A. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the
13 Drawings or as directed.
14 3.4 INSTALLATION
15 A. General
16 1. Produce a cornpleted course of treated material containing:
17 a. uniform lime inixture, free from loose or segregated areas.
18 b, uniform density and moisture content.
19 c. well bound for full depth,
20 d, with smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses.
21 2. Maximum layer depth of lime treatment in single layer: 8 inches.
22 3. For treated subgrade c xceed ing, 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, compact
23 and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep.
24 B. Equipment
25 10 General: Provide inachinery, tools, and equipment necessatry for proper execution
26 of the work.
27 2. Rollers
28 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
29 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Dra%vings
30 or directed.
31 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
32 specified requirements.
33 c. Alternate Equipment
34 1) Instead of the specified equiptnent, the Contractor may, as approved,
35 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results.
36 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
37 equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
38 d. City may require Contractor to substittite equipment if production rate and
39 quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
CITY OF Fowr WORT14 20151'ask Order Constmefion Servces at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTIUK HON SPECIFICATION DOCUNUNTS 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
I
321129..6
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 9
3. Storage Facility
a. Store quicklime and dry hydrated lime in closed, weatherproof containers.
4. Slurry Equipment
a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices to slurry hydrated lime or
quicklime on the pro.ject or other approved location.
b. The City may approve other slurrying methods.
c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not
equipped with an agitator.
5. Pulverization Equipment
a. Provide pulverization equipment that:
1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and uniformly
mixes the materials
C., Pulverization
1. Pulver ize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent passes a 2
1/2 inch sieve.
2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass,
excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve
processing to dept[i as shown in the Drawings.
D. Application of Lime
1. Uniformly apply lime as shown on the Drawings or as directed.
2. Add lime at the percentage specified in Drawings.
3. Apply, lime only on an area where mixing can be completed during the same
working day.
4. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind
conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous to
traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners.
5. Slurry Placement
a. Hydrated Lime
1) Mix Lime with water and apply slurny
2) Apply Type B, commercial lime slurry, with a lime percentage not less
applicable for grade used
3) Distribute lime at the rate shown on the Drawings
4) Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the
proper moisture and lime content have been achieved.
b. Quicklime
1) Spread the residue for the Quicklirne slurrying procedure uniformly over
the length of the roadway.
2) Residue is primarily inert material with little stabilizing value; however,
may contain a small amount of Quicklime particles that slake slowly. A
concentration of these particles could cause the compacted stabilized
material to swell during slaking.
1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
20151'ask Order C: On Services at Various Locations
'I'PW..2015-000003
I
321129-7
LIME TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 7 of'9
1 2. Hydrated lime exposed to the open air for 6 hours or more between application and
2 niixing, or that experiences excessive loss due to washing or blowing, will not be
3 acceptedl for payinent.
4 3. Thorougldy mix the inaterial and lime using approved equipment.
5 4. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of inateriarl and lime is obtained, free
6 from all clods and Jumps.
7 5. Do not mix greater than I inch deeper than the stabilization depth specified.
8 6. Materials containing plastic clay or other materials that are not readily mixed with
9 lime shall be mixed as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime al,)plication,
10 brought to the proper moisture content and sealed with a pneumatic roller.
11 7. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours or as directed by City.
12 8. When pebble grade quicklitne is used, allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days.
13 9. Sprinkle the treated materials during the inixing and curing operation to achieve
14 adequarte hydration and proper moisture content.
15 10. After curing, resume mixing until ahomogeneous, friable mixture is obtained.
16 11. After mixing, City will sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in
17 accordance with Tex. -101-1F, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation
18 requirements in Table 5.
19 Table 5
20 GradatioLq Tte uir men % Passing)
Sieve SizeBase
1-3/4 in. 100
3/4, in. 85
21 . .
No. 4 60
. . .........
22 F. Compaction
23 1. General
24 a. Begin compaction iminediately after final mixing.
25 b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content.
26 c. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved.
27 d. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed.
28 2. Rolling
29 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center,
30 overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit.
31 b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
32 high side.
33 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller.
34 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed.
35 e. Rework, recoinpact:, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses
36 required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or
37 the project is accepted.
38 1) Continue work until specification requireinents are met.
39 2) Rework in accordance with Maintenance item of this Sectiort.
40 f Proof roll the lime treated base course in accordance with the following:
41 1) Proof Rolling
42 a) City 11to " ject Representative must be on-site during proof rolling
43 operations.
CITY OF FOR WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services aL Various L,ocafions
STANDAIU) CONSTRUCTION SPFCIFIC'N110114 DOCUMEN I'S TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
321129-8
LIME'll'RFATED BASE COURSES
Page 8 of 9
b) Use equipment that will app1 sufTicient load to identify soft spots that
rut or pump.
(1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single -axle water truck
with a 1.500 gallon capacity.
c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back I pass).
d) Offset each trip by at most I tire width.
e) If an unstable or non-uniforni area is found, correct the area.
2) Correct
a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch.
by Areas that are unstable or non-uniform,
3. Density Control
a. Cornpact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a unifbrm density of
not less than 95 percent of the niaximuni density as determined by ASTM
D698.
b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 optimum.
G. Maintenance
1. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as
to grade, crown and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed.
2. Keep surface of the compacted course moist until covered by other base or
pavement.
3. Reworking a Section
a. When a section is reworked within 72 hours after completion of compaction,
rework, the section to provide the required density.
b. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of
compaction, add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified.
c. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable
material if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing.
H. Finishing
L After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight -blade the
surface of the lime. treated material with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a
depth of approximately 1/4 inch.
2. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location.
3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth
surface is attained.
4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling.
5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections,
lines, and grades shown on the Drawings or as directed.
1. Curing
1. Cure for the minimum number of days shown in Table 6 and by finished pavement
type:
a. Concrete pavement
1) Sprinkle with water
2) Maintain moisture during curing
3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as
required for sprinkling.
b. Asphalt Pavement
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUC, J'10N SPIKIFICATION DOCUMENTS 7`M-2,015-0)0003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
W,
WS
I
32 It 29-9
LIW"TREATED BASE COURSES
Page 9 of 9
1) Apply an asplialt material ata rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard.
2) Do not allow equipaiient on the finished course during eurin&
WIM MW
Minimum Curing Reg!�iret�!,"ts.,Before..Placi!���ubs,!�quent C_'oursesl
F—Untreated Material Curia �' Tia
PI !: 35 2
. .
. ..........I ..........
P I > 35 5
... . .. ... .
........ . . . . .....
i. SubJect to the approval of the City, Proof rolfing Fnay be required as
an indicator of adequate curing.
2. Begin. paving operations or add courses within 14 calendar days of final
cornpaction.
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USEDI
3.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A.. Density Test
I City project Representative must be on site during density testing
2. City to measure density of lime treated base course in accordance with ASTM
D693 8.
3. Spacing directed by City (I per block ininiinum).
4. City Project 11JIepresentative determines density testing locations.
B. Depth 'fest
1. In-place depth will be evaluated for each 500-1bot. roadway section
2. Determine in accordance with 'rex 140-E in hand excavated holes.
1 For each 500 -foot section, 3 phenolphthalein tests will be performed.
4. City Protect Representative determines depth testing locations.
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOTUSED1
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT IJSEDJ
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION INOTUSED1
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USEDI
3.14 ATTACHMENTS (NOT USED1
WaINJAM=
. ........ .
Revision I..og
DATE T—NA—ME SUMMA RY OF Cl JANGE
CITY OF FOR'r WORTH 2015 Task Order (7onsiniction Seri at Various Locations
-.2015--000003
STANDARD CONSTRUC"HON SPEICIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW
Revised December 20, 2912
I
I
3"31133-a.
("EMEN'T"T'REA,rED BASE COURSES
Page I of 7
SECTION 32 1133
2 CEMI.INT"FREATED BASE COURSES
3 PARTI- GENERAI.,
4 1®1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes
6 1. Treating subgrade, subbase and base courses by the pulverization, addition of
7 cement, mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density.
8 2. Item applies to the natural ground, embankment, existing pavement, base or
9 subbase courses placed and shall conforin to the typical section, lines and grades
10 shown on the Drawings.
I I B. Deviations from City, of Fort Worth Standards
12 1 . None
13 C. Related Specification. Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
15 2. Division I - General Requirements
16 3. Section 32 1123 .- Flexible Base Courses
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
A. Measurement and Payment
I . Cement
a. Measurement
I) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton (dry weight).
b. llayment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per ton (dry weight) of Cement.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing Cement material
2) All fteight involved
3) All unloading, storing and handling
2. Cernent"freatment
a. Measurer -tent
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of surface area.
2) The dimensions for detennining the surface area are established by the
widths shown on the Drawings and the lengjhs measured at placement.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
and measured as provided under "Measurernent"' will be paid for at the unit
price bid per square yard of Cement Treatment placed for:
a) Various depths
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pulverizing or providing the soil material
2) 1 landling, hauling and spreading dry or sltjrf)r cement
3) Mixing the cement with the soil either in-place or in a mixing plant
CITY OF FC. RT 2015 Task Order Constj uction Services at Various Locations
S FANDARD C'ONsrRuc rioQ '� SPECIFWATION DOCUMEN FS TM-2015-00OW3
Revised December 20, 2012
24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOI I USED]
25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
26 A. Truck Delivered Cement
27 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of cement ni.i.easured on cerfified scales.
28 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk
29 delivery of cement to the site.
30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS
31 A. Start cement application only when the air temperature is at least 35 degrees F and
32 rising or is at least 40 degrees F.
33 B. Measure temperattire in the shade away from artificial heat.
34 C. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable.
35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
36 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS
37 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
38 2.2 MATERIALS
39 A. General
Ul
C11Y OF FOWTWOUH 20157'ask Order Consizuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF(IFICA'rION D)CUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20t 2
32111 33-2
BASE COURSES
Pa,pe 2 of 7
1
4) Furnishing, hauling and mixing water with the sod-cenilent mixture
2
5) Spreading and shaping the mixture; compacting the mixture, including all
3
rolling required for cf,�)rnpaction
4
6) Surface finishing
5
7) Water and sprinki ing
6
8) Curing
7
1.3 REFERENCES
8
A. Re'f'erence Standards
9
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
10
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
11
specification, unless a date is specifiCarilly cited.
12
2. ASTM International (A.STM)-.
13
a. 0150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement
14
b. D698, Stajidard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
15
Soil L)sing Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-nf/m3))
16
3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxD0'J)
17
a. Tei: -101' E, Preparing soil and flexible base materials for testing
18
b. Tex -140-E, Measuring thickness of paving layers
19
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
20
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS jNoT USED]
21
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22
1.7 CLOSEOIJT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
23
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTLAS [NOT USED]
24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOI I USED]
25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
26 A. Truck Delivered Cement
27 1. Each truck ticket shall bear the weight of cement ni.i.easured on cerfified scales.
28 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk
29 delivery of cement to the site.
30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS
31 A. Start cement application only when the air temperature is at least 35 degrees F and
32 rising or is at least 40 degrees F.
33 B. Measure temperattire in the shade away from artificial heat.
34 C. Suspend application when the City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable.
35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
36 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS
37 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
38 2.2 MATERIALS
39 A. General
Ul
C11Y OF FOWTWOUH 20157'ask Order Consizuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF(IFICA'rION D)CUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20t 2
32 II 3-3
CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES
Pag,e 3 of 7
I 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of
2 the Drawings and specifications.
3 2. Notify the City of the proposed inaterial sources and of changes to material sources.
4 3. Obtain verification from the City that the specification require nienis are met before
5 using the sources.
6 4. The City may sample and test"project inateriarls at any time before conlipaction.
7 B. Cement: ASTM C;150 Type 11, 11 or 1P.
8 C. Flexible Base Courses: Furnish tmse material that meets the requirements; of Section 32
9 1123 for the type and grade shown on the Drawings, before the addition of cement.
10 D. Water: Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable 1111aterial.
11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
12 2.4 SOlJRCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
13 PART 3 - EXECUTION
14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED1
15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED[
16 3.3 PREPARATION
17 A.. Shape existing material in accordance with applicable bid items to conform to typical
18 sections shown on the Drawings and as directed.
19 3.4 INSTALLATION
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
I
A. General
I . Produce a completed course of treated material containing:
a. Unif6rm l"ortland cement mixture, free from loose or sepregated areas
b. Uniform density and moisture content
c. Well bound for full depth
d. With smooth surface and Suitable for placing subsequent courses
2. Maxii-nurn layer depth of cement treatment in single layer- 8 inches.
1 For treated subgrade exceeding 8 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix,
compact and finish in equal layers not exceeding 5 inches deep.
B. Equipment
1. 11rovide inachiner
,y, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the
work.
2. Rollers
a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
or directed.
b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
specified requireirients.
c. Alternate Equipment
1) Instead of the specified equipmerit, the Contractor may, as approved,
operate other coinpaction equip inent that produces equivalent results.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20 5'Fask Order (.7onstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRU(.7TION SPECIFICATION D(U IN4FN'FS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
N
23 D. Cement Application
24 1. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method unit-lomily on the soil at the rate
25 specified on the Drawings
26 2. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by, string lines or other approved method
27 during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement.
28
32 1133 4
Apply to an area that all the operations can be continuous and completed in daylight
CEMENTTREATED BASE COURSE'S
Pape 4 of 7
1
2) Discontinue the use of the altemate equipment and furnish the specified
2
equipment if the desired results are not achieved.
3
d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if Production rate and
4
quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
5
3. Slurry Equipment
6
a. Use slurry tanks equipped with agitation devices for cement application. Esau
7
b. The City may approve other slurrying methods.
8
c. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry when the distributor truck is not
9
equipped with an agitator.
10
4. Pulverization Equipment
11
a. Provide pulverization equipaient that:
12
1) Cuts and prilverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that
13
plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut
14
2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times
15
3) (Jifformly mixes the materials
16
C. Pulverization
17
1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry
18
weight passes a I inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve
19
exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves.
20
2. Pulverize recycled asplialt pavement sothat 100 percent by dry weight passes a 2
21
inch sieve, and 60 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve exclusive of ggavel or
22
stone retained in sieves.
23 D. Cement Application
24 1. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method unit-lomily on the soil at the rate
25 specified on the Drawings
26 2. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by, string lines or other approved method
27 during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement.
28
3.
Apply to an area that all the operations can be continuous and completed in daylight
29
within 6 -hours of initial apiflication,
30
4.
Do not exceed the quantity of cement that perm its uniform and intimate mixture of
31
soil and cement during dry -mixing operations
32
5.
Do not exceed the specified optimuin. moisture content for the soil and cement
33
Mixture.
34
6.
No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass over
35
the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil.
36
E. Mixing
37
1.
Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment.
38
2.
Mix until ahorriogencous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free
39
from all clods and humps,
40
3.
Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation.
41 4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer.
42 5., After mixing, the City shall sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in
43 accordance with Tex 101 E, Part 111, to determine compliance with the gradation.
44 requirements in Table 1.
C11"YOF FORT WORTH 2015 "rash Order CODMIII(Ai011 Services at Variows Locations
STANDARD CONS fIX,"I'10N SPFCIFICATION DOCUMEN, I'S TPW-2015�,.000003
Revised December 20,2012
r
32 1133-5
CEMENT TRIEATED BASE COURS11 S
Page 5 of" 7
I
Table 1
2
Gradation Requirements Minintuin % Passing
. . . .. .....
. .. ..... . . ..... . . . ....... . .
Sieve Size Base
............
. .
. .... . ....................... —.--
1 -3/4 100
-in.
.3/4 in,85
. ............... .
No. 4
N 60
...... . . ................ . . . ................. .. . . . . . ....................... —
3
E, Compaction
4
L
Prior to the beginning of compaction, the jinixture shall be in a loose conidition for
5
its full depth.
6
2.
Compact material to at least 95 -percent of the inaximum density as determined by
7
A STM D698.
8
3.
At the start of compaction, the percentage of inoisture in the niixture and in un -
9
pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil -
10
cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing.
11
4.
When the Uncornpacted soil-cenient inixture is wetted by rain so that the average
12
moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the time of final compaction, the
13
entire section shall be reconstructed in accordance with this specification at the sole
14
expense of the Contractor.
15
5.
The specified opthnum moisture content and density shall be determined in the
16
field on the representative samples of soil-cepTient mixture obtained from the area
17
being processed.
18
6.
Final moisture content shall be within minus -2 to plus-4-of-optitnum.
19
7.
Begin compaction after mixing and after gradation and moisture f-equirements have
20
been met.
21
8.
Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth oft e mixture is
22
uniformly compacted.
23
9.
Un iforinly compact the inixtum to the specified density within 2 -hours.
24
10. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted unifornilly apply water as needed
25
and thoroughly mix in.
26
H.
Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades and cross section and then lightly
27
scarify to loosen any iniprint left by the compacting or shaping equipment.
28
G. Maintenance
29
L
Maintain the soil -cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts
30
work until all work shall is completed.
31
2.
Maintenance includes ininiediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the
32
cement is applied,
33
3.
Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense and
34
repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact.
35
4.
Repairs are to be made in such a manner as to insure restoration of a uniform
36
surface for the full depth of treatment.
37
5.
Reniedy any low area of treated subgrade by scat-ifying the surface to a depth of at
38
least 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and conipacting.
39
6.
Remedy any low area of subbase or base shall by replacing the material for the full
40
depth of subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized
41
material to the completed work..
0TY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order ('Onstruction Semi at. Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF-CUICATION DOCUMEIN,rs I PW -20115-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32 1133 -6
CEW-NTTREATED BASE COURSES
Page 6 of 7
I H. Finishing
2 1, After completing compaction of the final course, clip, skin, or tight -blade the
3 surface of the cement -treated material with a maintainer or sub rade trimmer to a
4 depth of approximately 1(4 inch.
5 2. Remove loosened inaterial and dispose of at an approved location.
6 3. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small
7 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained.
8 4. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling, Shape and maintain the
9 course and surface in cotifornaity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown
10 on the Drawings or as directed.
11 5.. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in
12 not more than 2-tiours, a sinooth, closely knit suilace, free of cracks, ridges or loose
13 material, conf'orming to the drawn grade and line shown on the Drawings.
14 6. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it
15 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical
16 sections.
17 7. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or
18 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro cracking.
19 I. Curing
20 1. General
21 a. Cure for at least 48 hours.
22 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage
23 points below optimum.
24 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type:
25 a. Concrete pavement:
26 1) Sprinkle with water
27 2) Maintain moisture during curing
28 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as
29 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved.
30 b. Asphalt Pavement:
31 1) Apply an asphalt material at a rate of 0.05 to 0.20 gallon per square yard.
32 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing
33 3. Continue curing until paving operations begin.
34 3.5 REPAIR I RESTORATION [NOT USEDJ
35 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
36 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
37 A. Density, Test
38 1. City Project Representative must be on site during density testing
39 2. City to measure density of cement treated base course in accordance with ASTM
40 1693 8.
41 3. Spacing directed by City (I per block minbraim).
4.2 4. City Project Representative determines density testing locations.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'T&sk Order Consbuction Services at Various Localioffi
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP13 XHICATION DOC'UMINT'S TPW-20115.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
Mf
I
32 11 3-7
CEMEN I' MEATED BASE COURSE'S
Page 7 of'7
i B. Depth Test
2 1. Take minimum of one core per 500 linear feet per each direction of travel
3 staggering test location in each lane to deterwifile in-place depth.
4 2. City Project Representati%re determines depth testing locations.
5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED1
6 3.9 ADJUSTING INOT USED1
7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES fNO'r USEDI
9 3.12 PROTECTION [Nur USI D11
10 3.13 MAINTENAN C E [N OT U SED1
11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USS DI
12 END OF SECTION
13
m
Revision Log
DATE, NAME SUMMARY OF CHAWE
CITY OF F: ORTWOR'm 2015'Fask OrderConstiucfion Services at Various Locatim
STANDARD CONSTRUC HON SPLIKIFICATION DOCUNIUN I'S 11 PAI -20115-00000.3
Revised December 20, 2012
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
yuyu
5 A. Section Includes;
6 1. C, onstructing a pavement layer C01uposed, of a conapacted, dense -graded mixture of
r 7 aggregate and asphalt binder for surface or base courses
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lill-nited to:
11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requireivents, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I - General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 01 17 - Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair
14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
32 12 16-1
A. Measurement and Payment
ASPHAl. TPAVING
16
Pap
.,.,e I of 25
17
a. Measurement
SECTION 32 12 16
18
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and
2
ASPHALT PAVING
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
yuyu
5 A. Section Includes;
6 1. C, onstructing a pavement layer C01uposed, of a conapacted, dense -graded mixture of
r 7 aggregate and asphalt binder for surface or base courses
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1. None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lill-nited to:
11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requireivents, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I - General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 01 17 - Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair
0TY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (ZONSTRUCTION SPE"CiFICATION DOCUMENTS I'MV-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 26412
14
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15
A. Measurement and Payment
16
1. Asphalt Pavement
17
a. Measurement
18
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and
19
accepted asphalt, pavement in its final position for various:
20
a) Thicknesses
21
b) Types
22
K Payment
23
1) The work perfonned and materials ffirnisbed in accordance with this Itetlm
24
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
25
price bid per
26
c. The price bid shall include;
27
1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area
28
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
29
including freight and ro:yalty
�rl
30
3) Traffic control for all testing
31
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
32
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
33
6) Trial batches
34
7) Tack coat
35
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
36
2. H.M.A.C. Transition
37
a. Measurement
38
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton of composite of Mix
ft
39
Asphalt required for H.M.A.C. Transition.
40
b. Payment
0TY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (ZONSTRUCTION SPE"CiFICATION DOCUMENTS I'MV-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 26412
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
321216-2
ASPHAITPAVING
iia e, 2 of 25
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per ton of Hot Mix Asplia It.
c. The price bid shall include:
1 Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2) FLUMiShing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including fteight and royalty
3) Traffic control for all testing
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5) Materials and work. needed for corrective action
6) Trial batches
7) Tack coat
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
3, Asphalt Base Course
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Asphalt Base
Course completed and accepted in its final position for:
a) Various thicknesses
b) Various types
b.
Payment
1)
The work perlbrmed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per square yard of Asphalt Base Course.
c.
The price bid shall include:
I )
Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2)
Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including freight and royalty
3)
Traffic control for all testing
4)
Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5)
Materials and work needed for corrective action
6)
Trial batches
7)
Tack coat
8)
Removal and/or sweeping excess material
4. H.M.A.C.
Pavement Level Up
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be by the ton of H.M.A.C. completed and
accepted in its final position.
b.
Payment
1)
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per ton of H.M.A.C.
c.
The price bid shall include:
1)
Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
2)
Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
including fteight and royalty
3)
Traffic control for all testing
4)
Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
5)
Materials and work needed for corrective action
6)
Trial hatches
CITY OF FORTWORTH
S'JANDAFD CONSTRUCHON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Consawfion Services at Various Locations
,rmv-201 S-O(Xi)003
"q
MIN
521216-3
ASPHALITAVIN(Y
Page 3 of 25
1
7) Tack coat
2
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
3
5.
H.M,A.C, Speed Cushion
4
a. Measurement
5
1) Measureineill for this Item shall be per each H.M.A.( . 7. Speed Cushion
6
installed.
7
K Payment
8
1) The work perfornied and nraterials furnished in accordance with this Item
9
and ineasured as provided under "Measurentent"' will be paid for at the unit
10
price bid per each H.M,A.C. Speed Cushion installed and accepted in its
11
final position.
12
c. The price bid shall include:
13
1) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
14
2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials
15
including freight and royalt.),
16
3) Traffic control for all testing
17
4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive
18
5) Materials and work needed for corrective action
19
6) Trial batches
20
7) Tack coat
21
8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material
22
1.3 REFERENCES
23
A. Abbreviations
and Acronyms
24
1.
RAP (reclaimed asphalt pavement)
25
2.
SAC (surface aggregate classification)
26
3.
BR.SQC (Biturninous Rated Source Quality Catalog)
27
4.
AQMP (Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program)
28
5.
I-I.M.A.C. (Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete)
29
6.
WMA (Warm Mix Asphalt)
30
B. Reference Standards
31
1.
Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
32
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
33
specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
34
2.
National Institute of Standards and'I"echnology (N[ST)
35
a. Handbook 44 - 2007 Edition: Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical
36
Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices
37
3.
ASTM International (ASTM):
38
a. ASTM D6084 - 06 Standard 'rest Method for Elastic Recovery of Bituminous
39
Materials by Ductilorneter
40
4.
American Association of State tligbway and Transportation Officials
41
a. MP2 Standard Specification for Superpave Vohnnetric Mix Design
42
b. PP28 Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt
43
(HMA)
44
c. T 201, Kinernatic Viscosity of Asphalts (Biturnens)
45
d. T202 Standard Method of'rest for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary
46
Visconieter
CITY OF FOWrWORTH 2.0915 Task Or -der COBIruefion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 9: 00 MIENTS 'FPW..2015-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32,1216-4
ASPHALT11AVING
Page, 4 of 25
I
e.
T 316 Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder
2
1,.Jsijiig Rotational Viscometer
3
f
TP 1-93 Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt
4.
Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR)
5
5. Texas Department of Transportation
6
a.
Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQQ
7
b.
TEX 100--E, Surveying and Swripling Soils for Highways
8
c.
Tex 106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils
9
d.
Tex 107 E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils
10
e.
'Tex 200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
I I
f.
Tex 203-F, Sand Equivalent Test
12
g.
Tex-204-F,I)esign of Bituminous Mixtures
13
h.
Tex -207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bitinninous Mixtures
14
i.
Tex, 217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse
15
Aggregates
16
j..
Tex -226-F, IndirectTensile Strength 'rest
17
k.
Tex -227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures
18
1.
Tex -243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion
19
m.
Tex-244-F,'Iliermal profile of of Mix Asphalt
20
n.
'Tex 280-F, Determination of Flat and Elongated Particles
21
o.
'Tex 406-A, Material Finer Than 75 pm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates
22
(Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates)
23
p.
Tex 408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for (",oncrete
24
q.
Tex 410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate, using the Los Angeles Machine
25
r.
Tex 411 -A, Soundness of Aggregate by Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium
26
s.
Tex 460-A, Deterrn ining Crushed Face Particle Count
27
t.
Tex 461-A, Degradation of Coarse Aggregate by Micro-Deval Abrasion
28
u.
Sulfate
29
v.
Tex -530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixttires
30
w.
Tex -540-C, Measurement of Polymer Septuation on I leating in Modified
31
Asphalt Systems
32
x.
Tex -541 C', Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders
33
y.
Tex --920-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Drum Mix Plant Belt Scales
34
z.
Tex -921-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Hot Mix Plant Asphalt Meters
35
aa.
'Iex, 923-1C, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems
36 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
37 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
38 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
39 A. Asphalt Paving Mix Design: Submit for approval. See 2.2.13.1.
CITY OF FORTWORTH
S'FANDA.R.I�)(.',ONS'I'Itk.JC'�'ION SPECtFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
I
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
IN
321216®5
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 5 of 25
1.7 C1.0SEOUTSUBMiTTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMtrrALS [NOT USED1
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOTUSED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING INOT USED]
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Conditions
1. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is equal to or higher than the
temperatures listed in Table L
Table 1
Minimum Pavement Surfacel rn ratures
.. ........ . . . .................. ........... . .... . ........................... . .. . .................. . . .......... . . .....
.Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures in
Degreesahrenheit
... . . ... .......... . .... . .. ......... . . ..............................
Originally Specified High Subsurface Layers or Surface Layers Placed in
Temperature Binder Night Paving Operations Daylight Operations
Grade
PG64 or lower 45 50
.... . ...... . . ............................
PG 70 55' 60'
60' 60'
PG 76 or
"Contractors may pave at temperatures I O'F lower than the values shown in Table I
when u fi I izing a paving process inckuding WMA or equipment that eliminates thermal
segregation. In such cases, the contractor must use either a hand held thermal camera
or a hand held infi7ared thermometer, operated in accordance with Tex -244-17 to
demonstrate tothe satisfaction of the City that the uncompacted mat has no more than
10° F of therma I segregatio n.
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, place inixtures only when weather
conditions and moisture conditions of the roadway surface are suitable in the
opinion of the City.
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT I]SEDJ
24 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
25 2.2 MATERIALS
26 A. Cjeneral
27 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of unifbi-rn quality that meet the requirements of
28 the Drawings and specifications.
29 2. Notif
y the City of all material sources.
30 3. Notify the City before changing any material source or formulation.
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015'I'ask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
S IANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOA -1 )MENTS 'rpw-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
X21216 -Co
ASPHALT PAVING
flape, 6 of 25
1 4. When the Contractor makes a source or fonnulation change, the City will verify
2 that the requirements of this specification are met and may require a new laboratory
3 mixture design, trial batch, or both.
4 5, The City may sample and test prqject materials at any time during the project to
5 verify compliance.
6 6. The depth of the compacted lift should be at least 2 times the noutinal maximum
7 aggregate size.
8 B. Aggregate
9 1. General
10 a. Furnish aggregates from sources that corilbrm to the requirements shown in
I I Table 1, and as specified in this Section, unless otherwise shown on the
12 Drawings.
13 b. Provide aggregate stockpiles that meet the definition in this Section for either
14 coarse aggregate or fine aggregate.
15 c. When reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP') is allowed by Drawing note, provide
16 RAP stockpiles in accordance with this Section.
17 d. Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet Table 2 requirements unless
18 otherwise shown on the Drawings,
19 e. Supply mechanically crushed. gravel or stone aggregates that meet the
20 definitions in Tex 1001.
21 f Samples must be from materials produced for the protect.
22 g. The City will establish the surface aggregate classification (SAC) and peribrin
23 Los Angeles abrasion, magnesium sulfate soundness, and Micro-Deval tests.
24 h. Perform all other aggregate quality tests listed in Table 2.
25 i. Document all test results on the mixture design report.
26 j. The City may perform tests on independent or split samples to verify
27 Contractor test results.
28 k. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately and designate for the
29 city.
30 1. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing
31 based on the washed sieve analysis given in Tex 200 F, Part 11.
32
crry OF FORTWORTH
s,rANDARD CON a"1"& icriON SPECIFICATH)N D00 MENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'rask Order Consiruction Services at Various Locations
T1" -2015-000003
I
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
32 12 16-7
Pap 7 arl"°25
Table 2
rc gate c�U, Jra tiirenren.ts
Property Teat �letlrad
f�equirerrv�BAl
....._m. ....._..._._..,..,...... alri
IT_...�AggKedtC,..._..........._�._.
_ _ .......mm..
SAC At1
As shown on
.... .__�__ _.. _....._w_..
T)rawin s
9.....�^ ..
Deleterious material .x.....l�ercertt, max "JTex-X17.-.1" .Part
1.5
Decantation, percent, max "]Tex 217-F, Part II
._..................................................................................� - -- .....-
� 1.5
Microw eva:l abrasion, _dent, ax Tex -461-A
Note 1
Los �n�el�s a ra.��nn, a��r�s nt, rr� 7C��.-X110-A
40
_.....�.......................... ....w.._.._..___._...
Magnesium sulfate soundness, 5 cycles, percent, max Tex -41 I -A
........,,......m,..y...._...._.._______
�..__M... 30.'
Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, Tex 460-A., Part I
5'..._
percent, min
Flat and elongated partic les d) 5: erc ent, maxTex-280-F
_..___..�...�
1 .......��.......
_ Fine ,� re ntc
Linear shrinkage, ercent, max Tex- 107®F
..............................._..........
ine re at.
Sand e rrry ae�mr ent, min I'ex-203-I'
cam`
45
.Ient,_ _._ani
_ale�at .� �
1. Not used for, acceptance purposes. Used by the City as an irndica aur of the need for firth r
�.�_....._
it vesli,ga�tirun.
2. Unless otherwise shown on 11re Drawings,
3. Unless c0errw ise shown on the ttraivin s, Only applies to crushed p uveto
in. Coarse Aggregate
1) Coarse aggregate stockpiles must have no more than 20 percent material
passing the No. 8 sieve.
2) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth
to prevent: particle on particle contact issues.
3) Provide aggregates ates from sources listed in the BRSQC.
4) Provide aggregate from unlisted sources only when tested by the City
and/or approved before use.
5) Allow 30 carlendar days for the City to sample, test, and report results for
unlisted sources.
) Class B aggregate meeting; all other requirements in Table 2 may be
blended with a Class A aggregate in order to meet requirements for Class A
materials.
7) When blending Class A and Baggregates to meet a Class A requirement,
ensure that at least 50 percent by weight of the material retained on the
No. 4 sieve comes from the Class A aggregate source.
} ]blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of the Class A and
aggregates differ by more than 0"300.
9) When blending,,, do not use Class C or D aggregates.
10) For blending purposes, coarse aggregate from RAP will be considered as
Class B aggregate,,
ate,,
11) provide coarse a.g gr'eg;at�.e with at least the i'ni'n'imunt SAC; shown on the
Drawings.
12) SAC requirements apply only to aggregates used on the surface of travel
lanes, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
na RAP is salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavernent.
1) No RAP permitted for TYPED I lAI.A.C:.
CITY 'ri' FORT wOR°rj...l 2015 Task Order Consra°ruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Sill ;°K flFiC.r"uTH"M lXXTMs EN'rs TM -1015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
321216-8
ASPHAL,T PAVING
Page 8 of 25
2) Use no more than 20 percent RAP on TYPE B H.M.A.C. unless otherwise
shown on the Drawings.
3) Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the 2 inch
sieve.
4) RAP from either Contractor or City, including RAP generatediduring the
project, is permitted only when shown on the Drawings.
5) ('1ty-owned RAP, if allowed for use, will be available at the location
shown on the Drawings.
6) When RAP is used, determine asphalt content and gradation for mixture
design purposes.
7) Perform other tests on RAP when shown on the Drawings.
8) When RAP is allowed by plan note, use no more than 30 percent RAP in
Type A or B mixtures unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
9) Do not use RAP contaminated with dirt or other objectionable materials.
10) Do not use the RAP if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the
plasticity index is greater than 8.
11) Test the stockpiled RAP for decantation in accordance with the laboratory
method given in Tex -4106--A, Part 1.
12) I)etennine the p1mticity index using Tex. -106®E if the decantation value
exceeds 5 Percent.
13) The decantation and plasticity index requirem, eats do not apply to RAP
samples with asphalt removed by extraction.,
14) Do not intermingle Contractor -owned RAP stockpilles with City -owned
RAP stockpiles.
15) Remove unused Contractor -owned RAP material from the project site upon
coinpletion of the prqject.
16) Return unused City -owned RAP to the designated stockpile location.
o. Fine Aggregate
1) Fine aggregates consist of manufactured sands, screenings, and field sands.
2) Fine aggregate stockpiles must meet the gradation requirements in Table 3.
3) Supply fine aggregates that are free from organic impurities.
4) The City may test the fine aggregate in accordance with 'I"ex-408-A. to
verify the material is free from organic impurities.
5) At most 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other
uncrushed fine aggregate.
6) With the exception of field sand, use fine aggregate from coarse aggregate
sources that meet the requirements shown in Table 2, unless otherwise
approved.
'7) If 10 percent or more of the stockpile is retained on the No. 4 sieve, test the
stockl)He and verify that it meets the requirements in Table I for coarse
aggregate angularity ('rex-460-A) and at and elongated particles
(Tex -280-I°).,
CITY OF FORT woRrii 2015'Fask Order ConslTuction Services at Various 1,ocations
S I'ANDARI) C'ONS I'M ICTION SPECIFICATION M)CUMIN rs TPW 2015-00,0003
Revised December 20, 2012
12 Table 4
13 Gradation .Requirements for Mineral Filler
percent Passing by Weight or
Sieve Size Volume
#8 100
#200 55-100
14
15 3. Baghouse Fines
16 a. Fines collected by the baghouse or other dust -collecting equipment may be
17 reintroduced into the mixing drum
18 4. Asphalt Binder
19 a. Furnish the type and grade of perforniance-graded (PG) asphalt binder specified
20 as follows:
21 1) Perforinance-Graded Binders (PG Binders)
22 a) Must be smooth and homogeneous
23 b) Show no separation when tested in accordance with Tex -540-C
24 c) Meet Table 5 requirements
CITY OF FORTWOR7111 26115 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-20 N 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32 12 16-9
ASPHAL,T PAVING
r
Page 9 of 25
Table 3
PIP
Gradation Requirements for FineAggregate
percent Passing by Weight or
Sieve Size
Volume
-.I---------.,., . . .. . . .
3/8"
...................................................................................... . ....... . . . .......... . ...
100
#870-100
. . . ---------.....................
............................................................................................................ . .
#200
. . ...................
—
030
........................................................................................................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . .
2
2. Mineral Filler
3
a. Mineral filler consists of finely divided mineral matter such as agricultural
4
lime, crusher fines, liydi -aled lime, cement, or fly ash.
5
b. Nlineral filler is allowed unless otherwise shown on the Drawings,.
6
c. Do not use more than 2 percent hydrated lime or cement, unless otherwise
7
shown on the Drawings. The Drawings may require or disallow specific
8
mineral fillers. When used, provide mineral filler that:
9
1) Is sufficiently dry, free-flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter;
10
2) Does not exceed 3 percent linear shrinkage when tested in accordance with
rip
11
Tex- 107..-E; and meets the gradation requirements in Table 4.
12 Table 4
13 Gradation .Requirements for Mineral Filler
percent Passing by Weight or
Sieve Size Volume
#8 100
#200 55-100
14
15 3. Baghouse Fines
16 a. Fines collected by the baghouse or other dust -collecting equipment may be
17 reintroduced into the mixing drum
18 4. Asphalt Binder
19 a. Furnish the type and grade of perforniance-graded (PG) asphalt binder specified
20 as follows:
21 1) Perforinance-Graded Binders (PG Binders)
22 a) Must be smooth and homogeneous
23 b) Show no separation when tested in accordance with Tex -540-C
24 c) Meet Table 5 requirements
CITY OF FORTWOR7111 26115 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-20 N 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
C)
A c,4 I`
eq
(20 C0,04 III cq C14 C> N
v A cNNq 00 00
II �o CD
A
m A It -
00 00 CD
�c C'4 A c,4
v
,
A c,4 cl C>
C)
A
g
A C>
co 00 C)
�u C,4 A c-4
CD CD u
t- — m a.
% v � C14 F-
cl C)et
s. A C14
F,
A
u
00 00
'IT cq A c,4
0. C-4 v C,4
C, 0 4 C,4
A
c,
A
00
v
rq
N A c-4
u u
0
0 tl30 0
CU
OCD
CL CD kn Pa
ua1 CP
Lf)0
Q CD
q& C) vr
tA CD *0
of
x
0 Ln rl
6or r= 6 .
u E�
M
U cn
I
yi
1
�IJ
s
CIA»,
lu
tlA�a 'ML
1b -V
r
wv U^„ a,»
qp
ld ^
ry '
"""" perp^^,." d•A �
6
q
v
II
f
uY
�teaa.' ees tea sz G
Ice
r'
5,
an
be � -1 cn
a
II
CIA
a
zam�w
Ci&S
00
00
64
u•+w QMH f"" �b
�
Yu
d.x
9,U " ^rJ�0.6C%
e a mI*
°
CD
%0
u
U
iz
0.0G'td'b
C,+
• QUA ve "
fwY
rn
Cmc
C'4
Fj
C14
N
tl.o
u
asa r'
^E 0 e
rvx
e,
an
cy cs
w
f
�b
0 0
f�k
f"°
eU
u
L
co
"CC{ m� � GA
' "day
CIA
00
'¢^�y',,
Ui .MY w' ✓� u'n .wA.'•9i
Y�Q.A-n
68 G4 ""m '::A • �;. . at 0.0
25
m .A'
6
ell
rro "Y
1,
�
ca
Fr
,�, ami
aro aA
✓= aA
f aB dD
Ucr
' fir.
a„rq
n
CIA
w e
e
Cwt`.•
CU
fp'9,
CIA
00
��
00
nw
00
d' o
CA
N
u�
o
x�
d
00
CA
R
It
q
It
Q„q
u
w -A
u
u
00
N
00
00
a
Cq
CA
air
0.
Cc
af
Cdr
o
>
C�6
9®i�
M.✓
4�
s
lu
tlA�a 'ML
1b -V
r
wv U^„ a,»
qp
ld ^
ry '
"""" perp^^,." d•A �
6
'� pJy, �G �e 4n. �' u✓
Y�
�teaa.' ees tea sz G
Ice
r'
5,
an
be � -1 cn
a
zam�w
Ci&S
00
64
u•+w QMH f"" �b
�
d.x
9,U " ^rJ�0.6C%
e a mI*
°
CD
%0
�
".A
U
iz
0.0G'td'b
C,+
• QUA ve "
fwY
rn
Cmc
Fj
tl.o
u
asa r'
^E 0 e
rvx
e,
an
cy cs
�b
0 0
Ms mi9 S"U
f"°
co
"CC{ m� � GA
' "day
cCY aA p l.a 0.➢ m�-
?
Ci
'¢^�y',,
Ui .MY w' ✓� u'n .wA.'•9i
Y�Q.A-n
68 G4 ""m '::A • �;. . at 0.0
25
m .A'
6
ry5
rro "Y
1,
n
ca
,�, ami
aro aA
✓= aA
f aB dD
Ucr
' fir.
4'+�
m..
�u Gp'k
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
3.2 12 16 .- 1.2
ASPHAU'PAVING
Page 12 of 25
b. Separation testing is not required if
1) A modifier is introduced separately at the mix plant either by injection in
the asphalt line or mixer,
2) The binder is blended on site in continuously agitated tanks, or binder
acceptance is based on field samples taken from an in-line sampling port at
the hot mix plant after the addition of inodifiers.
5. Tack Coat
a. Unless other -wise shown on the Drawings or approved, ffirnish CSS -IH, SS -IH,
or a PG binder with a minimum high-teniperature grade of PG 58 for tack coat
binder in accordance with Section 2.,2.A,5.
6. Additives
a. General
1) When shown on the Drawings, use the type and rate of additive specified.
2) Other additives that facilitate mixing or improve the quality of the i.11[ixtilre
may be allowed when approved,
b. Liquid Antistripping Agent
1) Furnish and incorporate all required asphalt antistripping agents in asphalt
concrete paving mixtures and asphalt -stabilized base mixtures to meet
moisture resistance testing requirements.
2) Provide a liquid antistripping agent that is uniforin. and shows no evidence
of crystal lization, settling, or separation.
3) Ensure that all liquid antisiripping agents arrive in:
a) Properly labeled and unopened containers, as shipped from the
manufacturer, or
b) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities
c) Provide product information to the City including:
(1) Material safety data sheet
(2) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer's recommended
addition temperature,
(3) Manufacturer's recommended dosage range, and
(4) Handling and storage instructions
4) Addition of lime or a liquid antistripping agent at the Mix Plant,
incorporate into the binder as follows:
a) Handle in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
b) Add at the nianuNcturer's recommended addition temperature.
c) Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metcring device.
c. 1'..,iquid Asphalt Additive Meters
1) Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for asphalt primer,
fluxing niaterial, and liquid additives.
2) Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0. 1 gale or less.
3) Verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex -923 K
4) Ensure the accuracy of the meter within 5.0 percent.
7. Mixes
a. Design Requirements
1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use the typical weight design
example given in Tex -204 F, Part 1, to design a mixture meeting the
requirements listed in Tables 2 through 8.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
&TANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction SLrvices at Various Locations
If M-2015-000003
�nur'
tuCt
5Z
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
1
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
32 1216 43
ASPHALT PAVING
G
Pape 13 of 2`5
2) Furnish the City with representative samples of all .materials used in the
mixture design,
3) The City will verify the mixture design,
4) If the desi ua cannot he verified by the City, tfrnish another mixture: design.
Table 6
Master Gradation Bands ( percent Passing by Wei ,ht or Volume)
---and Volumetric Pro 4"11"tif,"s
Property est Requirement
Method
I abet laboratory rruolded clensit ,c u tent Tex -2......0....7. 'I 96,0'
__.........._.. ...........
Tensile strength (dry), psi (molded to 93 Tex -226_1: 85--200
kers ent .:t: fl ercent density)
_oil test °.1."e�x-530-C
T -
Unless otherwise shcawn on tpua fl u°ar�wun,p s.
2. May exceed 200 psi when approved aurid rimy be waived when approved.
3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results, May he waived when
apaparoved.
8. Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)
a. WMA is defined as additives or processes that allow a reduction in the
temperature at which aa.spllia.lt mixtures are produced and placed.
b. WMA is allowed for use at the Contractor's option unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings,
c. Produce an asphalt mixture within the temperature range of 215 degrees F and
275 degrees F.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S"1CANDA.RDCOVS7"pdL:Ce:"t ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFINTS 'I'PW-201 .-000003
Revised Dece-mber 20, 2012
C
D
Sees
Fine
Coarse
Fine
Size
aseurfa.ce
_..........
..�.........__........................ _..
Surface
1....1/2tltl
._
_
__
_._....__.
_
...........
_ _..
_....
1. YY
98.0---100.0
_... _.. ..w
__......_..................
3/4"
X4,0-- ,0
95.0-100.0
1/°°
98.0-100.0
3/
60.0 -80.0
70.0-85.0
85.0--100.0
#440.0-
60.0
43,0 -63.0
...._.
..........
50,0-70.0
#
-
29.0" .0
2. :.w�44.0
35.0-46.O
#30
110-28.0
14,6. 28.0
15 0-29.0
#50
6.0--20.0
7.0-21.0
7.0-20.0
#200
2.0 7.0
2.0-7.0
2.0--7.0
Design u percent Minimum
13.0 14,0 15.0
Plant -Produced VMA, percent Minimum
. ............................
12.0 13,0 14,0
7 Voids it Mineral .^ fit"rega:ues
Property est Requirement
Method
I abet laboratory rruolded clensit ,c u tent Tex -2......0....7. 'I 96,0'
__.........._.. ...........
Tensile strength (dry), psi (molded to 93 Tex -226_1: 85--200
kers ent .:t: fl ercent density)
_oil test °.1."e�x-530-C
T -
Unless otherwise shcawn on tpua fl u°ar�wun,p s.
2. May exceed 200 psi when approved aurid rimy be waived when approved.
3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results, May he waived when
apaparoved.
8. Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)
a. WMA is defined as additives or processes that allow a reduction in the
temperature at which aa.spllia.lt mixtures are produced and placed.
b. WMA is allowed for use at the Contractor's option unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings,
c. Produce an asphalt mixture within the temperature range of 215 degrees F and
275 degrees F.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S"1CANDA.RDCOVS7"pdL:Ce:"t ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFINTS 'I'PW-201 .-000003
Revised Dece-mber 20, 2012
3.21216-14
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 14 of 25
d. When WMA is not required by Drawings, produce an asphalt mixture within
the temperature range of 215 degrees F and 275 degrees F.
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOTUSED1
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
9 3.3 PREPARATION
10 A. Hauling Operations
I 1 1. Before use, clean all truck beds to ensure mixture is not contaminated.
12 2. When a release agent is necessary to coat truck beds, use a release agent approved
13 by the City.
14 3. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel, should not be used.
15 4. If wind, rain, temperature or haul distance impacts cooling, insulate truck beds or
16 cover the truck bed with tarpaulin.
17 5. If haul time in project is to be greater than 30 minutes, insulate truck beds or cover
18 the truck bed with tarpaulin.
19 3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment
1. General
a. Provide required or necessary equipment to produce, haul, place, compact, and
core asphalt concrete pavement.
b. Ensure weighing and measuring equipment complies with specification.
c. Synchronize equipment to produce a mixture meeting the required proportions.
2. Production Equipment
a. Provide:
1) Drum -mire. type, weigh -batch, or modified weigh -batch mixing plants that
ensure a uniform, continuous production
2) Automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off
circuits that stop operations if the control system malfunctions
3) Visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate
proportions
4) Safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces
5) Permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform
calibration and weight checks
6) Additive -feed systems to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the
desired proportion.
3. Weighing and Measuring Equipment
a. General
1) Provide weighing and measuring equipment for materials measured or
proportioned by weight or volume.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
sTANDARD CONSIR.LICTION SPECIFICATION DOC UME,NTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
IM -2015-000003
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
I
MIMI
32 12 i6 -r5
ASPHAL r PAVING
Page 15 of 25
2)
provide certified scales, scale installations, and measuring equipirleirlit
meeting the requirements ol'NISTf landbook 44, except that the required
accuracy must be 0.4 percent of the material being weighed or measured.
3)
Furnish leak -free weionng containers large enough to hold a complete
batch of the material beirig measured.
b. Truck
Scales
1)
Iurnish platfonn truck scales capable of weighing the entire truck or gruels:
trailer cornbination in a single draft.
c. Aggregate Batching Scales
1)
Equip scales used for weighing aggregate with aquick ad.justinent at zero
that provides for any change in tare.
2)
Provide a visual means that indicates the required weight for each
aggregate.
d. Suspended
Hopper
1)
Provide a means for the addition or the removal of small amounts of
material to adjust the quantity to the exact weight per batch.
2)
Ensure the scale equipment is level.
e. Belt
Scales
1)
Use belt scales for proportioning aggregate that are accurate to within 1.0
percent based on the average of 3 test runs, where no individual test run
exceeds 2.0 percent when checked in accordance with Tex -920-K.
f Asphalt Material Meter
1)
Provide an asphalt material meter with an automatic digital display of the
volume or weight of asphalt material.
2)
Verify the accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex -92 I -K.
3)
When using the asphalt meter for payment purposes, ensure the accuracy of
the meter is within 0.4 Percent,
4)
When used to measure component materials only and not for payment,
ensure the accuracy oft e meter is within 1.0 percent.
g. Liquid
Asphalt Additive Meters
1)
Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for asphalt primer,
fluxing material, and liquid additives.
2)
Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0,1 gallon or less.
3)
Verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex -923-K.
4)
Ensure the accuracy of the meter within 5.0 percent.
4. Drum -Mix Plants, Provide a mixing plant that complies with the requirements
below.
a. Aggregate Feed System
1)
Provide:
a) A nununum of I cold aggregate bin for each stockpile of individual
materials used to produce the mix
b) Bins designed to prevent ovefflow of material
c) Scalping screens or other approved methods to remove any oversized
material, roots, or other olliectionable materials
d) A feed system to ensure a unifiorm, continuous material flow in the
desired proportion to the dryer
e) An integrated means for moisture compensation
f) Belt scales, weigh box, or other approved devices to measure the
weight of the combined aggregate
(ITY OF FORT WORTH
20157'ask Order Construction Servims at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC"TION
SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
IJ
321216-16
ASPHAL,TPAYING
Page 16 ol'25
g) Cold aggregate bin flow indicatfars that automatically signal interrupted
material flow
b. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) Feed Systera.
1) Provide a separate system to weigh and feed RAP into the hot mix plant.
c. Mineral Filler Feed System
I ) Provide a closed system for mineral filler that maintains a constant supply
with minimal loss of material through the exhaust system.
2) Interlock the tneasuring device into the automatic plant controls to
automatically adjust the supply of mineral filler to plant production and
provide a consistent percentage to the mixture.
d. Heating, Drying, and Mixing Systems
1) Provide:
a) A dryer or alixing system to agitate the aggregate during beating
b) A heating system that controls the temperature during production to
prevent aggregate and asphalt binder damage
c) A heating system that conipletely bums fuel and leaves no residue
d) A recording thermometer that continuously measures and records the
mixture discharge temperature
e) Dust collection system to collect excess dust escaping from the drum.
e. Asphalt Binder Equipment
1) Supply eqluipment to heat binder to the required temperature.
2) Equip the heating apparatus with a continuously recording thermometer
located at the highest temperature point.
3) Produce a 24 hour chart of the recorded teinperature.
4) Place a device with automatic temperature compensation that accurately
7
meters the binder in the line leading to the mixer.
5) Furnish. a sampling port on the line between the storage tank and mixer.
Supply an additional sampling port between any additive blending device
and mixer.
f Mixture Storage and Discharge
1) Provide a surge -storage system to minimize interruptions during operations
unless otherwise approved.
NOR,
2) Furnish a gob hopper or other device to minimize segregation in the bin.
3) Provide an automated system that weighs the mixture upon discharge and
produces a ticket showing:
a) Date
b) Pa.-Ject identification number
c) Plant identification
d) Mix identification
e) Vehicle identification
f) Total weight, of the load
g) Tare weight of the vehicle
h) Weight of mixture in each load
i) Load number or sequential ticket number for the day
g. Truck Scales
1) Provide standard plad'orm scales at an approved location.
5. Weigh -Batch Plants. Provide a tnixing plant that complies with Section 2.2.13.4
"Drum -Mix Plants," except as required below:
a. Screening and Proportioning
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD COM3TRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
*11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1]
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
32 12 16 - 17
ASPHALTPANING
Page 17 of 25
1) Provide enough hot bins to separate the aggregate and to control
proportioning of the mixture type specified.
a) Supply bins that discard excessive and oversized material through
overflow chutes.
b) Provide safe access for inspectors to obtain sa.inples from the hot bins.
b. Aggregate Weigh Box and Batching Scales
1) Provide a NNileigh box and batching scales to hold and weigh a complete
batch of aggregate.
2) Provide an automatic proportioning system with low bin indicators that
autoniatically stop when iniaterial level in any bin is not sufficient to
complete the batch.
c. Asphalt Binder Measuring System
1) Provide bucket and scales of stifficient capacity to hold and weigh binder
for I batch.
d. Mixer
1) Equipment mixers with an adjustable automatic timer that controls the dry
and wet mixing period and locks the discharge doors for the required
mixing period
2) Ftirnish a pug mill with a mixing chamber large enough to prevent spillage,,
6. Modified Weigh -Batch Plants. Provide amixing plant that complies with Section
2.2.13.5. "Weigh -Batch Plants," except as specifically described below.
a. Aggregate Feeds
1) Aggregate control is required at the cold feeds. of bin screens are not
required.
b. Surge Bins
1) Provide I or more bins large enough to produce I complete batch of
mixture.
c. Hauling Equipment
1) Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss.
2) Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins.
3) Before use, clean all truck beds to ensure the mixture is not contaminated.
4) When necessary, coat the inside truck beds with an approved release agent
from the City.
d. Placement and Compaction Equipment
1) Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement.
2) Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles.
3) When permitted, other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactory
results may be used.
7. Asphalt Paver
a. General
1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal
and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements.
2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling
equipment other than the connection,
3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other
motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavernent quality.
4) Equip the paver with an autornalic, dual, lojigitIidinal-grade control system
and an automatic, transverse -grade control system.
b. Tractor Unit
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
fro lANDARD CONSTRuc,rioN sm:CIFI(ATION D(X1 IMEN I'S TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 211„ 2.012
321216-18
ASPHALTPAVING
Pape 18 of 25
1 1) Supply a tractor unit that can push or propel vehicles, dunal')ing directly into
2 the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to eliminate any
3 hand finishing.
4 2) Equip the unit with a hitch sufficient to maintain contact between the
5 hauling equipment's, rear wheels and the finishing naachine's pusher rollers
6 while mixture is unloaded.
7 c. Screed
8 1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surt'itce
9 that meets longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and
10 placenient requirements.
11 2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as
12 the main unit unless otherwise approved.
13 d. Grade Reference
14 1) lln.wide a grade reference with enougll'i support that the maximum
15 deflection does not exceed 1116 inch between supports,
16 2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls can operate from any longitudinal
17 grade reference including a string, line, ski, mobile string line, or matching
18 shoes.
19 3) Furnish paver skis or mobile string line at least 40 feet long unless
20 otherwise approved.
21 8, Material Transfer Devices
22 a. Provide the specified type of device when shown on the Drawings.
23 b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the asphalt
24 paver.
25 c. When used, provide windrow pick-up equipment constructed to pick up
26 substantially all roadway mixture placed in the windrow.
27 9. Remixing Equipment
28 a. When required, provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch
29 augers, or variable diarrieter augers operating under a storage unit with a
30 minimum capacity of 8 tons.
31 10. Motor Grader
32 a. When allowed, provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12
33 feet and a wheelbase of at least 16 feet.
34 11. Handheld InfiraredTherilliometer
35 a. Provide a handheld infrared thermonaeter meeting the requirements of
36 Tex 244-F.
37 1.2. Rollers
38 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and
39 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings
40 or directed.
41 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the
42 specified requirements.
43 c. Alternate Equipment
44 1.) Instead of the specified equipment, the Contractor may, as approved,
45 operate other conipaction equipment that produces equivalent results,
46 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified
47 equipment if the desired results are not achievedi.
48 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and
49 quality requirements of the Contract are not met.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRuc'rION SPECIFICATION T)(X'UM]HNTS
Revised December 20, 2112
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
'I'PW-.1015-00000-3
32 1216-19
ASPHALT PAVING
Page 19 of 25
1 13. Straightedges and Templates. Furnish 10 lbot straightedges and other tem plates as
2 required or approved.
3 14. Distributor vehicles
4 a. Fi.irnish vehicle that can achieve a uniforrn tack coat placement.
5 b. The nozzle pattems, spray bar height and distribution pressure must work
6 together to produce uniforn-t application,
7 c. The vehicle should be set to provide a "double lap" or "triple lap" coverage.
8 d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor
9 spray bar.
10 e. Spray bar height should rernain constant,
11 f, Pressure within the distributor must be capable of lbrcing the tack coat material
12 out of spray nozzles at a constant rate.
13 15. Coring Equipment
14 a. When coring is required,
, provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavernent
15 specimen mectitig the diniensions for testing.
I
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
I
I
B. Construction
I„ Design, produce, store, transport, place, and compact the specified paving mixture
in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide the mix design.
3. The City will perform quality assurance (QA) testing.
4. Provide quality control (QC) testing as needed to meet the requirements of this
Section.
C. Production Operations
1. General
a. The City may suspend production for noncompliance with this Section,.
b. Take Corrective action and obtain approval to proceed after any production
suspension for noncompliance.
2. OperationalTolerances
a. Stop production if testing indicates tolerances are exceeded on any of the
following:
1) 3 consecutive tests on any individual sieve
2) 4 consecutive tests on any of the sieves
3) 2 consecutive tests on wsphalt content
b. Begin production only when test results or other information indicate, to the
satisfaction of the City, that the next mixture, produced will be within Table 9
toleranccs.
3. Storage and Heating of Materials
a. Do not heat the asphalt binder above the temperatures specified in Section
2.2.A. or outside the manufacturer's recommended val ties.
b. On a daily basis, provide the City with the records of asphalt binder and hot -
mix aspha It discharge temperatures in accordance with Table 10.
c. Unless otherwise approved, do not store rn ix ture for a period long enough to
affect the quality of the mixture, nor in any case longer than 12 hours.
4. Mixing and Discharge of Materials
a. 'Notil'
y the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixti.1re
within 25 deg
y,ees F of the target.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015T&sk Order Construction SerOces at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTM SPEM'ICATION D00 flWM'S TM -2015-000003
Revised Demrnber 20, 2012
321216-20
ASPHALTPAVING
Page 20 of 25
22 Table 9
23 Corn acted Lift Thickness and Required Core U
�6��m_p�cted Lift Thickness
Mini iniu
Mixture Type Minrn Maximum
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
B 2.00 3.00
C 2.00 2.50
1.50 2.00
9. Tack Coat
a. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. t.hilless otherwise approved,
apply tack coat unifonnly at the rate directed by the City.
b. The City will set the rate between 0.04 and 0. 10 gallons of residual asphalt per
square yard of surface area.
c. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to all contact surfaces of curbs, structures, and
all joints.
d. Prevent splattering of -tack coat when placed adjacent to curb, gutter, metal
beam guard fence and structures.
e. Roll the tack coat with a pneurnatic-tire roller when directed.
f. The City may use 'Tex -243-F' to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive
properties.
g. The City may suspend paving operations until there is adequate adhesion.
h. The tack coat should be placed with enough time to break or set before
applying of mix asphalt layers.
i. fraffic should not be allowed on tack coats.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UMION SPECIFICATION DOCUME"N"I'S
Revised December 20, 2012
2015Task Order Consiniction Servioes at Various Locations
TPW-2M 000003
I
b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck be -fore shipping to ensure
2
that it does not exceed 350 degrees F. Tbe City will not pay for or allow
3
placement of any mixture produced at more than 350 degrees F.
4
c. Control the inixing time and temperature so that substantially all moisture is
5
removed from the mixture before discliarging from the plant.
6
D. Placement Operations
7
1.
Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a smooth,
8
finished surface or base course with a unifomi appearance and texture.
9
2.
Offset longitudinalJoints of successive courses of hot mix by at least 6 inches.
10
3.
Place mixture so longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with lane lines,
11
or as directed. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly.
12
4.
When End Dump Trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver when
13
raised.
14
5.
Placeinent can be perfonned by hand in situations where the paver cannot place it
15
adequately due to space restrictions,
16
6.
Hand -placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and surface
17
texture issues.
18
7.
All hand placement shall be checked with a straightedge or ternplate before rolling
19
to ensure unifon-nity.
20
8.
Place mixture within the compacted lift thickness shown in Table 9, unless
21
otherwise shown on the Drawings or otherwise directed.
22 Table 9
23 Corn acted Lift Thickness and Required Core U
�6��m_p�cted Lift Thickness
Mini iniu
Mixture Type Minrn Maximum
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
B 2.00 3.00
C 2.00 2.50
1.50 2.00
9. Tack Coat
a. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. t.hilless otherwise approved,
apply tack coat unifonnly at the rate directed by the City.
b. The City will set the rate between 0.04 and 0. 10 gallons of residual asphalt per
square yard of surface area.
c. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to all contact surfaces of curbs, structures, and
all joints.
d. Prevent splattering of -tack coat when placed adjacent to curb, gutter, metal
beam guard fence and structures.
e. Roll the tack coat with a pneurnatic-tire roller when directed.
f. The City may use 'Tex -243-F' to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive
properties.
g. The City may suspend paving operations until there is adequate adhesion.
h. The tack coat should be placed with enough time to break or set before
applying of mix asphalt layers.
i. fraffic should not be allowed on tack coats.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UMION SPECIFICATION DOCUME"N"I'S
Revised December 20, 2012
2015Task Order Consiniction Servioes at Various Locations
TPW-2M 000003
I
1
:12 1216..21
ASPHALT' PAVING
Page 21 of 25
I j. When a tacked road surface must be opened to traffic, they should be covered
2 with sand to provide ftiction and prevent pick tip.
3 L A typical rate for applying a sand cover is 4 to 8 lbs/square yard,
4 10. General placement requirements
5 a. Material should be delivered to maintain a relatively constant head of material
6 in front of the screed.
7 b, The hopper should never be allowed to empty during paving.
8 c. Dumping wings between trucks not allowed. Dispose of at end of days
9 production.
10 E. Lay -Down Operation
11 1. Minimum MjXjrure lllaceiiietil.'I'emperkittit,°es. Use Table 10 for minimum mixture
12 placement terriperattifes.
13 2. Windrow Operations. When hot mix is placed in windrows, operate windrow
14 pickup equipirient so that substantially all the mixture deposited on the roadbed is
15 picked up and loaded into the paver.
16
Table 10
17
rem.. .....
§yMsted Minimufixture Pl.a........c.c..m.,e.ntT..e _ !L� r....atu
. .......
High -Temperature, Minimum Placement
Binder Grade Temperature
(Before Entering Paver)
PG 64 or lower 2'60"F
.. .... . ....... .... .....
.
....._......._........................_,.°............
PG 70 270 I^
PG 76 2800F
PG 82 or higher . . .. . ........ .. 290OF
18
F. Compaction
19
1.
Use air void control unless ordinary compaction control is specified on the
20
Drawings.
21
2.
Avoid displacement of the mixture. If displacement occurs,, correct to the
22
satisfaction of the City.
23
3.
Ensure pavernent is fully compacted before allowing rollers to stand on the
24
pavement.
25
4.
Unless otherwise directed, use only water or an approved release agent on rollers,
26
tamps, and other compaction e(lUipment.
27
5.
Keep diesel, gasoline, oil, ,grease, and other foreign matter off the mixture.
28
6.
Unless otherwise directed, operate vibratory rollers in static mode when not
29
compacting, when changing directions, or when the plan depth of the pavement mat
30
is less than 1-1/2 inches.
31
7.
Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, headers,
32
and similar structures and in locations that will not allow thorough coinpaction with
33
the rollers.
34
8.
The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, and
35
in other limited areas.
36
9.
Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees F or lower before opening to
37
traffic unless otherwise directed.
CITY OF FORT WORTI 1 2015 Tas. k Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S IM -2015--000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
321216-22
ASP HAL TPAVING
Page 22 off 2.5
10. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limeivater to expedite
opening the roadway to traffic.
11. Air Void Control
a. General
1) Coiii,[)actdelase- grad edhot-j,tiixasphalt to contain from 51 eccent to 9
percent in-place air voids.
2) Do not increase the asphalt content of the mixture to reduce pavement air
voids.
b. Rollers
1) Furnish the type, size, and number of rollers required for compaction, as
approved.
2) Use a pneumatic -tire roller to seal the surl'ace, unless otherwise shown on
the Drawings.
3) Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks,
c. Air Void Determination
1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, obtain 2 roadway specimens at
each location selected by the City for in-place air void determination.
2) The City will measure air voids in accordance with 'l.ex-207-F and
'rex-227-F.
3) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be predried using a Corelok
or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture.
4) The City will use the average air void content of the 2 cores to calculate the
in-place air voids at the selected location.
d. Air Voids Out of Range
1) If the in-place air void content in the compacted mixture is below 5 percent
or greater than 9 percent, change the production and placement operations
to bring the in-place air void content within requirements,
e. Test Section
1) Construct a test section of I lane -width and at most 0.2 miles in length to
demonstrate that compaction to between 5 percent and 9 percent in-place
air voids can be obtained.
2) Continue this procedure until a test section with 5 percent to 9 percent in-
place air voids can be produced.
3) The City will allow only 2 test sections per day.
4) When a test section producing satisfiictory in-place air void content is
placed, resume full production.
12. Ordinary Compaction Control
a. Furnisb the type, size, and number of rollers required for compaction, as
approved. Furnish at least I medium prieuniatic-fire roller (minimurn 12 -ton
weight).
b. Use the control strip method given in Tex -207-F, Part IV, to establish rolling
patterns that achieve maximum compaction.
c. Follow the selected rolling pattern unless changes that affect compaction occur
in the Mixture or placement conditions,
d. When such changes occur, establish a new rolling pattern.
e. Compact the pavement to meet the requirements of the Drawings and
specifications.
crry OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUC710N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised TXcember 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Vann as Locations
TIIW-2015 -000003
I
32 12 16 23
ASPHAL,TPAVING
Page 23 (415
I f. When rolling with the 3 --wheel, tandem or vibratory rollers, start by first rolling
2 the joint with the adjacent pavernent and then continue by roll'itig longitudinally
3 at the sides.
4 g. Proceed toward the center of the paverrient, overlapping on successive trips by
5 at least I ft., unless otherwise directed.
6 It. Make alternate trips of the roller slightly diMrenit in length.
7 L On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the
8 high side unless otherwise directed.
9 G. Irregularities
10 1. Identify and correct irregularities including, but not limited to segregation, rutting,
11 raveling, flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller
12 marks, tears, gouges, streaks,, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken aggregate
13 particles,
14 2. The City may also identilirregularities,, and in such cases, the City shall promptly
15 notify the Contractor.
16 3. If the City deterinines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavenient
17 performance, the City may require the Contractor to remove and replace (at the
18 Contractor's expense) areas of the pavement that contain the irregularities and areas
19 where the mixture does not bond to the existing pavement.
20 4. If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to immediately
21 suspend operations or may allow the Contractor to continue operations for no more
22 than I day while the Contractor is taking appropriate corrective action.
23 5. The City may suspend production or placernent operations until the problem is
24 corrected.
25 6. At the expense of the Contractor and to the satisfaction of the City, remove and
26 replace any mixture that does not bond to the existing pavenaent or that has other
27 surface irregularities identified above.
28 3.5 REPAIR
29 A. See Section 32 01 IT
30 3.6 QUALITY CONTROL
31 A. Production 1'esting
32 1. Perfortil production tests to verify asphalt paving meets the petfonnance standard
33 required in the Drawings and specifications.
34 2. City to measure derisity ofasphalt paving with nuclear. gauge.
35 3. City to core asphalt paving from the normal thickness of section once acceptable
36 density achieved. City identifies location of cores.
37 a. Minimum core diarneter: 4 inches
38 b. Mininium spacing: 200 feet
39 c. Minimum of I core every block
40 d. Alternate lanes between core
41 4. City to use cores to determine parvement thickness and calculate theoretical density.
42 a. City to perform theoretical density test a minit-nuin of I per day per street.
43 B. Density Test
44 1. The average measured density of asl,)ha]t pavirig must meet specified density.
CITYOF FORT WORTH 2015Trask Order (:"Onstruction Se�vices at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCI ION S111 UIFICATION DOCA WENTS 'I'MV-20115-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
321216-24
ASPHALITAVING
Page 24 of 25
Z. Average of measurements per street not meeting the minimum specified strength
shall be subject to the money penalties or removal andreplacenvent at the
Contractor's expense as show in Table 11.
Table 11
Dens!ty_fa
Tent Schedule
Percent Rice Percent of Contract Price Allowed
89 and lower remove and replace at the entire cost and expense of Contractor as
directed b)L(,J!X.
90 7-5
_prceiLt
91-93100 ercent
94 90- ercent
95 5- ercent
0v_er _95— remove and replace -ii—the —entire —cost an-d—cxpense of Contractor as
directed by CO.
3. The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due t® Contractor.
4. These requirements are in addition to the requirements of Article 1.2.
C. Pavernent Thickness Test
I . City measure each core thickness by averaging at least 3 measurements.
2. The number of tests and location shall be at the discretion. of the City, unless
otherwise specified in the special provisions or on the Drawings.
3. In the event a deficiency in the thickness of pavement is revealed during production
testing, subsequent tests necessary to isolate the deficiency shall be at the
Contractor's expense,
4. The cost for additional coring test shall be at the same rate charged by commercial
laboratories.,
5. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient, payment
shall be made at an adjusted price as specified in Table 12.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consinaction Sew -vices at Vafious L.ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI )NIENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised Ikeember 20, 2012
32 12 16-25
ASPHALT'PAVING
Page 25 of 25
I Table 12
2 Thickness Deficien fties
.... . .. .. . ....... ....... . .... . . ...........
r)efoie ncy in Thickness Proportional Part
Detel"Inined Of Contract Priec
. ......... .. — ------
Greater'fl-i.an 0 percent - Not More than 10 percent 90 percent
. . . . ....................... . . ...... . . ...... -
Greater "]Clean 10 percent .- Not More than. 15 percent 80 percent
. ....... ....... ... . . ........
remove and replace at
Greater Than 15 percent the entire cost and
expense of'Contractor
as directed by City,
3
4
6. If, in the .judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal,, the
5
area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with asphalt
6
paving of the thickness shown on the Drawings,
7
T No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement
8
of a thickness exceeding that rquired by the Drawings,
9
®7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
10
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
11
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
12
3.10
CLEANING' [NOT USED1
13
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
14
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
15
®1
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
16
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USE D1
17
END OF SECTION
Im
9
Revision Log
NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
DATA
12/20/2012 1 D. johnson LIA – Modified items to be included in price bid
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'1'ask Order Cmistruction Services at Various Locations
S rANDARD C'ONSTRUCTION SPDAICATION DOCI JIMILA"41 S TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
11
1212 73 - I
ASPHAL,TPAVING CR.A(,..K SEALANTS
Pap 1 01,5
SECTION 32 12 73
2 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALAN"I'S
�'1'Z1!41F190VKj0xf M
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Sealing transverse and longitudinal cracks no larger than 1-1 /2 inches in asphalt
7 paving
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 L None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 I. Division 0 - Bidding Requirenients, Contract Forins, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I - General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving,
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMEN,r PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and payment
16 1. Measurement
17 a. Measurement for this Item shall by the gal lon of Asphalt Crack Sealant placed.
18 2. Payment
19 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and
20 measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price
21 bid per gallon of Asphalt Crack Sealant.,
22 3. The price bid shall include:
23 1.3 REFERENCES
24 A. Reference Standards
25 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
26 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
27 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
28 2. American Society forTesting and Materials (AS"I'M):
29 a. D6690-.07, Standard Specification for Joint and Crack Sealants, Hot A pp lied,
30 for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements,
31 b. D5329-09, Standard Test Methods for Sealants and Fillers, I lot. -Applied, for
32 Joints and Cracks in Asphaltic and Portland Cement Concrete Pavements.
33 c. D2196-05, Method A, Standard 'Test Methods for Rheological Properties of
34 Non -Newtonian Materials by Rotational (Brookfield type) Visconieter.
35 d. D217 - 02, Standard Test Methods for Cone Penetration ofLubricating Grease.
36 3. American Association of State I-fighway and Transportation Off 1cials
37 a. T 48, Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup.
38 b. T 49, Standard Method of Test for penetration of Bituniinous Materials.
39 c. T 51, Ductility ofBiturninous Materials.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STAINDARD (70NSTRI ICTION SPECIFICATION DOCI IMENTS 'FPW.-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
IJ
323273-2
ASPHALTA"AVING CRACX SEALANTS
Page 2 of 5
I d. 'r 53, Point of Bitumen (Ring -and -Ball Apparatus).
2 e. 'r 59, Standard Method of Test for Emulsified Asphalt.
3 4. Texas Depailment of"Iransportation
4 a. Item 300: "Asphalt, Oils and Etnulsions".
5 b. Tex -543-C, Evaporative Recovery of Residue for Emulsified Crack Sealant.
6 c. "1 ex- C, Rubber Content for Rubber -Asphalt Crack Sealant.
7 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT LYSED]
8 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
10 A. Test and Evaluation Reports
11 1. Prior to installation, CONTRACTOR shall furnish the City certification by an
12 independent testing laboratory that the crack sealant from each lot of sealant to be
13 used, meets the requirements of this Section.
14 2. The manufacturer of the crack sealant shall have a minimum two-year
15 demonstrated, documented successful field performance with asphalt and concrete
16 pavement crack sealwit systems, Verifiable documentation shall be submitted to
17 the City.
18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
20 1.91 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
23 A. Weather Conditions
24 1. Place mixture according to manufacturer specifications.
25 2., Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, place mixtures, only when weather
26 conditions and moisture conditions of the roadway surface are suitable in the
27 opinion of the City.
28 1.12 WARRANTY INOTUSED1
29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
30 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
31 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
32 A. Materials
33 1. I.Jse materials approved by the City.
34 2. Furnish materials unless otherwise shown on the Drawings in accordance with
35 AS'l I N4 D 6690-07 and ASTM D 5329-09 and Tables I and 2.
36 a. Polymer modified asphalt-eniulsion crack sealer must meet the requirements of
37 Table 1.
CITY OF FORT WOMB 20 15 Order Constiuctioll Services at Various Locations
s'rANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S I'PW-2015-,000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32 1273-3
ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Page 3 of 5
I
Table 1
2_.Pol
nier-Modified Asphalt Emulsion Crack Seater
. . . . . ........ —.Y ...........
Property
. ...... . ...... . . .........
Test
in
Max
Procedure
Rotational viscosity, 77 degrees F, cP
.. . . . ........... . . ....................... . . .......... ......... .... .... . ....... . . ..................
D 21969
Method A.
10,000
25,0100
Sieve test p��rent
! . .. . . ...........
. ...... T 59
...
. ....... ..................... . ..... .
0.1
StegS.�t�bilLjtyz I d�yLpercent
T 59
. ......
........... . .......
Evaporation
t
Tex 543-C
Residue b evaporation, percent
y
65
b
Tests on residue from evaporation:
Penetration, 77 degrees F, 100 g,
T49
35
75
5 sec.
pro
Sofiening point, degrees F
T53
140
Ductility, 39.2 degrees F,
T 51
100
5crn/min., cm
. . . . ....... ...........
3
4
b. Rubber -asphalt crack sealer must meet the requirements of Table 2.
5
Table 2
6
R.ubber-A pl!!!j!_nck Sealer
Test
Class A
Class B
Property
—®r
Procedure
. ..................
Min
Max
Min
Max
E
(JR —co 1;ten—t,--G—ra d, —eA pereent
Tex -544-C
22
26
. ............
. ..........
.......................
CRM content, Grade B, percent by
Tex -544-C
. ....
13
17
wt.
Virgin rubber contents, percent by
2
wt�
Flash Point", COC, degrees F
T48
400
400
Penetration3 , 77 degrees F, 150 g, 5
T 49
30--
50
3a
50
_see.
Penetration-, 32 degrees F, 200 g, 60
T 49
12
12
Softening, point, 'F
T 53
—170
ji�nd'
153Z� . . ....
Pass
1. Provide certific,ition that tfic ann. percent virgin rubber was added.
2. Before passing the test flame over the cup, agitate the sealing comlwund with a 3/8® to 1/2 -inch (9.5 to
123 -min) wide, square -end metal spatula. in a manner so as to bring the material on the bottom of the cup to
the suiface, i.e., turn the material over. Start at one side of the'thennorneler, move around to the other, and
then rel urn to the starting point using 8 to 10 rapid circular strokes., Accomplish agitation in 3 to 4 sec. Pass
the test flame over the cup inirnediatelyafter stiffing is completed.
3. F"N.ception tar T49: Substitute the cone specified in ASIM D 217 for the penetration needle,
4. No crack in the crack sealing materials or break in the bond between the sealer and the mortar blocks over
1/4 in. deep for any specimen, after completimi of the test.
7
B. Equipment
8
1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equiptnent in a satisfactory working
9
condition.
10
2. The rninifnuni requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows:
CITYOF FORT WORTH 2015'cask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTR: LA.."NON SlIECIFR ATION DOCI MENTS TPW-20) 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3212734
ASMIM.'r PAVING CRACK SEALANTS
Pape 4 of 5
I
a. Doubleboiler/agitator-type kettle. k..Jsed to heat and install the hot -applied crack
2
sealant.
3
b. Hose. Transfer the sealant from the kettle to the crack by means of a direct -
4
connected pressure-type extruding device (hose) with a nozzle that will insert in
5
the crack.
6
1) The equipment should allow recirculation into the inner kettle when sealing
7
is not performed.
8
c. Tbermorneters., 'Fliermorneters should be positioned on the equipment to ensure
9
application temperatures are being met.
10
d. Handtools. Due to the nature of cracks, handtools are required to insert the
11
sealant material in cracks that are deeper than 3/4 inch.
12
1) These tools should not twist, cut or darnage the sealant inaterial.
13
e. Air compressor. Consists of an air compressor, hoses, and a venturi-qpe
14
nozzle with an opening not exceed 1/4 inch.
15
1) The air compressor should be equipped with traps that will keep the
16
compressed air free of oil and moisture.
17 2.3 ACCESSORIES [110T USED]
18 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED
19 PART 3 - EXECUTION
20 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
21 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT "USED]
23 A. Surface Preparation
24 1. Singular cracks will be thoroughly cleaned of all debris and foreign material with
25 an industrial air compressor.
26 2. The pavement shall be free of moisture,
27 3.4 INSTALLATION
28 A. Exercise caution to prevent additional darnage to the pavement surface.
29 B. Crack Sealant
30 1. The crack should be sealed from the bottom to the top to minimize bubbling due to
31 entrapped air.
32 2. The sealant should be recessed approximately 1/8 to 1/4 inch below the pavement
33 surface to prevent tracking.
34 3. A squeegee may be used to remove excess sealant from the pavement surface when
35 a crack is overfiffled,,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Or -der Sex -vices at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTIM JC TION SPE,(AFICATION IX)CUMIENTS 'FPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20 D 2
1
3.5
REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOTUSED]
2
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NO'r 1.11SED]
3
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
4
3.8
SYSTEMS ARTUP [NOT USEI)j
5
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED1
6
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
7
3.11
CLOSEOUTACTIVITIES [NOT USEDI
8
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USEDI
9
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USCI)]
tO
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOTUSED]
11
END OF SECTION
w
IN
321273-5
ASPHAIJ PAVING CRACK. SEALANTS
Page 5 of 5
Revision Log
DA NAME I l JMMARY OF (..'HAN(iE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Construclion Services at Various Locations
S'I'ANDA.R.DCONS'riIJ("1'10&'4 SPECIFICATION DOCUMINTS I'PW-2015-.000003
Revised December 20, 2012
pup
I SECTION 32 13 13
2 CONCRETE PAVING
3 PART1- GENERAL
321313-n
C"ONCRI-117 PAVING
Page I of 21
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section includes:
6 L Fin ished pavement constructed of p(�)rtlau d cement con crete in cl ud in g
7 nionolithically poured curb on the prepared subgrade or other base course.
r 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1, None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. Division 0 -Bidding Requirements, Contract Fon.ris, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I - General Requirements
13 3. Section 32 01 29 - C oncrete flaving Repair
14 4. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
16
A. Measurement
17
1. Measurement
18
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of completed and
19
accepted Concrete Pavement in its final position as measured from back of curb
20
for variotis:
IJ
21
1) Classes
22
2) "Thicknesses
23
2, Payment
24
a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will
25
be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement.
26
3. The price bid shall includle:
27
a. Shaping and fine grading the placement area
28
b. Furnishing and applyiing all water required
29
c., Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all concrete
30
ingredients including all freight and royally involved
31
d. Mixing, placing, finishing and curing all concrete
32
e. Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel
33
f Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal, warping, expansion, and
34
contraction joints, including all steel dowels, dowel caps and load transmission
35
units required, wire and devices for placing, holding and supporting the steel
36
bar, load transin ission units, and joint filler mal crial in the proper position; for
37
coating steel bars where required by the Drawings
38
g. Sealingjoints
39
h. Monolithically poured curb
40
i. C'learmp
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'T'ask Order CcmsbuWon Seivi(xs at Variotm L.ocafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION StIECIFICATION D00 WfUtUS 1TW-2015-.000003
Revised DecemW 20, 2017
37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED)
38 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USEDI
39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
40 A. Mix Desig
,ji: submit for approval, See Item 2A.A.
CITY OF F01UWORT11 2015'Fask, Order Construction services at Various Locations
STANDART.) CONSTRUCTION SPE.CMICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-20115 00003
Revised December 20, 2012
3213 13-2
CONCRETE PAVINGr
Page 2 of 21
11101!
1
1.3 REFERENCES
2
A. Reference Standards
3
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
4
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
5
specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
6
2. AsTm International (ASTM):
7
a. A615/A615M, Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel, Bars for Concrete
8
Reinforcement
9
b. C31, Standard Practice for Maring and Curing Concrete 'Test Specimens in the
10
Field
11
c. C33, Concrete Agp'egates
12
d. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cy I indrical Conct etc
13
Specimens
14
e. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
15
Beams of Concrete
16
f ('94/C94M, Standard Specifications for Ready -Mixed Concrete
17
g. C150, Portland Cement
18
h. 0156, Water Retention by Concrete C tiring Materials
nu
19
i. C172, Standard Practice for Sarnpling Freshly Mixed Concrete
20
j. (1260, Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
21
k. C309, Liquid Membrane-Fortning Compounds for Curing Concrete, Type 2
'71'
22
1. 0494, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, Types "A", 6613", "F" and "G"
23
m. 0618, Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzollain for use as a Mineral
24
Admixture in Concrete
7111
25
n. 0881, Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin. -Base Bonding Systems for
26
Concrete
27
o. 01064, Standard Test Method for I eniperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic -
28
C ement Concrete
29
P. C1602, Standard Specification, for Mixing Water Used in the Production of
30
Hydraulic Cement Concrete.
31
q. D698, Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
32
(12,400 tl-lbf/M)
33
1 American Concrete Institute (ACI):
34
a. ACI 305.1-06 Specification for of Weather Concreting
35
b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting
36
c. ACI 318
37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED)
38 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USEDI
39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
40 A. Mix Desig
,ji: submit for approval, See Item 2A.A.
CITY OF F01UWORT11 2015'Fask, Order Construction services at Various Locations
STANDART.) CONSTRUCTION SPE.CMICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-20115 00003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
32 13 13-.3
CONCIR F" I FE PAVING
Page 3 of 21
1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
3 1.9 QUAUrrY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
4 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT (JISED1
5 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
6 A. Weather ConditiOns
7 1. Place concrete when conci ete temperature is between 40 and 100 degrees when
8 mieasured in accordance with ASTM 01064 at point of placeiinent.
9 2. Hot Weather Concreting
10 a. Take immediate corrective action or cease paving when the ambient
11 temperature exceeds 95 degrees.
12 b. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City when the concrete
13 temperature exceeds 100 degrees. See Starj'idard Speen cation for Hot Weather
14 Concreting (ACI 305.1-06).
15 3. Cold Weather Concreting
16 a. Do not place when ambient temp in shade is below 40 degrees and filling,.
17 Concrete may be placed, when ambient temp is above 35 degrees and rising or
18 above 40 degrees.
19 b. Concrete paving operations shall be approved by the City when ambient
20 temperature is below 40 degrees,, See Standard Specification for Cold Weather
21 Concreting (ACI 306.1-90).
22 B. 'Time: Place concrete after sunrise and no later than shall permit the finishing of the
23 pavement in natural light, or as directed by the City.
24 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
26 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
27 2.2 MATERIALS
28 A. Ceinentitious Material: ASTM 01 50.
29 B. Aggregates: ASTM C33.
30 C. Water: ASTM C1602.
31 D. Admixtures: When admixtures are used, conform to the appropriate sp.ecirication:
32 1, Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete: ASTM 0260.
33 2.. Chemical Admixtures for Concrete: AsTm C494, Types "A", 6&D", "F" and "G."
34 3° Fly Ash
35 a. Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use in Concrete:
36 AsTm C618.
37 b. Fly ash may be substituted at one pound per pound of cement up to 25% of the
38 specified cement content when such batch design is approved by the 1.1,11gineer.
dr: TY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rasic Order Construction, Services at. Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEICIFICATION DOC I MENTS TYW20 15-00,0003
Revised December 20, 2012
U
IQ
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
tui
3213 13-4
CONCRETE PAVING
Page, 4 of 21
E. Steel Iter nibreenient: ASTM A615,.
F. Steel Wire Reinforcement: Not used for concrete pavement,
G. Dowels and Tie Bars
L Dowel and tie bars: A.sTM A615.
I Dowel Caps
a. Provide dowel caps with enough urange of rnovement to allow coinplete closure
of the expansion joint.
b. Caps for dowel bars shall be of the length shown on the Drawings and shall
have an internal diameter sufficient to permit the cap t® freely slip over the bar.
c. In no case shall the internal diameter exceed the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch,
and one end of the cap shall be rightly closed.
3. 1]"poxy for Dowel and Tie Bars: As"rm C881.
a. See following table for approved producers of epoxies and adhesives
............. . . . ...........
Pre - Qualified Producers of Epoxies and Adhesives
................
Product Name Producer
Concresive 1420 BASF
HTE -50 Hilti
T 308 + Powers Fasteners
P E 1000+ Powers Fasteners
C-6 Rarnset-R.edhead
Epcon G-5 Rarnset-Redhead
1-1'ro-Poxy-300 Fast Tube Unitex
. . ...............
Sbep-Poxy Tx11I CMC Construction Services
Ultrabond 1300 Tubes AdhesivesTechnology
. ...........
Ultrabone 2300 M& A-22-2300 Adhesives Technology
Slow Set
. . . . ........................ . .
Dynapoxy EP -430 Pecora Corp.
............................ .........
EDOT Simpson Strong Tie
. .. . . ........
ET22 Simpson Strong Tie
. . ..... . . . . ........
SET 22 Simpson Strong Tie
. ..... ..............
Spe&oxy 3000F'S SpecChern
. . ............. . ---, . . . . ................ .......
b. Epoxy Use, Storage and limidling
1) Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and
moisture.
2) Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all
safety information and warnings regarding contact with the components.
3) Epoxy, label requirements
a) Resin or hardener components
b) Brand name
c) Narne of tnanufacturer
CITYOFFORTwowni 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIM EXCUMEM'S TM-20154*0003
Revised EX-cember 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
to
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
M
I
32 13 13--5
C0NCIZE"TT-'PAVHqG
Page 5 of 2�
d) Lot or batch n un!i ber
e) Temperature range for sloral,re
1.) Date of nianufacture
g) Expiration date
h) Quantity contained
4) Store epoxy and adhesive conq)onents at temperatures recommended by the
inanufacturer,
5) Do not use (-.1aniaged or previously opened containers and any inateriall that
shows evidence of crystallization, lumps skinning, extreme thickening, or
settling of piginents that cannot be readily dispersed with norinal agitation
6) Iollow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and
adhesive wastes.
7) Dispose of all empty containers separately.
8) Dispose of epoxy by completely eniplying and mixing the epoxy before
disposal
H. Reinforcement Bar Chairs
1. Reinforcement bar chairs or supports shall be of adequate strength to support the
reinl'orcernent bars and shall not bend or break under the weight of the
rehil'orcernent bars or Contractor's personnel walking on the reinforcing bars.
2. Bar chairs may be made of metal (free of rust), precast mortar or concrete blocks or
plastic.
I For approval of plastic chairs, representative samples of the plastic shall show no
visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 -percent solution of
sodiuln hydroxide for 120 -hours.
4. Bar chairs may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements oft is
specification.
1. Joint Filler
1. Joint filler is the inaterial. placed in concrete pavement and concrete structures to
allow for the expansion and contraction of the concrete.
2. WoodBoards: Used as joint filler for concrete paving,
a. Boards for expansion joint filler shall be of the required size, shape and type
indicated on the Drawings or required in the specifications.
1) Boards shall be of selected stock of redwood or cypress. The boards shall
be sound heartwood and shall be free from sapwood, knots, clustered
birdseyes, checks and splits,
2) Joint filler, boards, shall be smooth, flat and straight throughout, and shall
be sufficiently rigid to pennit ease of installation.
3) Boards shall be furnished in lengths equal to the width between
longitudinal joints, and may be furnished in strips or scored sheet oft e
required shape.
3. Dimensions. The thickness of the expansion joint filler shall be shown on the
Drawings; the width shall be not less than that shown on the Drawings, providing
for the top seal space.
4. Rejection. Expansion joint filler may be rejected for failure to meet any of the
requirenients of this speci I ication.
J. Joint Sealants. Provide Joint Sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various I.,ocations
-2015-000003
STANDARD CONSTRUCHON SPECHICATION DOCI WENTS I'M
Revised Decembei 20, 2.012
3213 13-6
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 6 of 21
I K. Curing Materials
2 1. Mcnibrane-Forming Conipounds,
3 a. Confornri to the requirements of ASTM C309,Type 2, white pigmented
4 compound and be of such nature that it shall not produce perinanent
5 discoloration of concrete surf"aces nor react deleteriously with the concrete,,
6 b. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous unifbrt.n nioisture-impernivable
7 film free from 1-)inholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp
8 concrete.
9 c. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the specified rate of
10 coverage, dry to touch in I hour and dry through in not more than 4 hours under
11 normal conditions suitable for concrete operations,
12 d. It shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciably sagging,,
13 e. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required cu'ring p�eriod.
14 f. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from
15 the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration.
16 g. The compound shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original
17 containers only, which shall be clearly labeled with the nianufacturer's name,
18 the trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test
19 samples may be correlated.
20 h. When tested in accordance with ASTM Cl 56 Water Retention by Concrete
21 Curing Materials, the liquid trienibrane-fionning compound shall restrict the loss
22 of water present in the test specimen at the time of application of the curing
23 compound to not more than 0,01 -oz. -per -2 inches of surface.
24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
26 A. Mix Design
27 1. Concrete Mix Design and Control
28 a. At least 10 calendar days prior to the start of concrete paving operations, the
29 Contractor shall submit a design of the concrete mix it proposes to use and a
30 full description of the source of supply of each material component,
31 b. The design of the concrete mix shall pnMuce a quality concrete complying with
32 these specifications and shall include the following information;.
33 1) Design Requirements and Design Summary
34 2) Material source
35 3) Dry weight of cement/cubic yard and type
36 4) Dry weight of fly ash/cubic yard and type, if used
37 5) Saturated surface dry weight of fine and coarse aggregates/cubic yard
38 6) Design water/cubic yard
39 7) Quantities, type, and name of admixtures with manufacturer's data sheets
40 8) Current strength tests or strength tests in accordance with ACI 318
41 9) Current Sieve Analysis and -200 Decantation of fine and coarse aggregates
42 and date of'tests
43 10) Fineness modulus of fine aggregate
44 11) Specific Gravity and Absoq)tion Values of fine and coarse aggregates
45 12) L.A. Abrasion of coarse aggregates
46 c. Once mix design approved by City, maintain intent of mix desigil and
47 maximum water to cement ratio.
ary OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRIA,"FION SPFICIFICAT110N DOC'UMENTS
Revised December 20,2012
2015 Task Order Constnwfioni Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
WIT
1.
rr 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
t 32
33
34
35
36
37
38
Ir 39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
321313_7
CONCI� EITE, PAVING
Page'7 of 21
d. No concrete maybe placed on the job site until the mix design has been
approved by the City.
2. Ouality of Concrete
a. Consistency
1) In general, the consistency of concrete mixtures shall be such that:
a) Mortar shall cling to the coarse aggregate
b) Aggregate shall not segregate in concrete when it is transported to the
place of deposit
c) Concrete, when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the mixer,
shall flatten out at the center of the pile, but the edges of the pile shall
stand and not flow
d) Concrete and mortar shall show no free water when removed from the
mixer
e) Concrete shall slide and not flow into place when transported in metal
chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal
f) Surface of the finished concrete shall be free from a surface film or
laitance
2) When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the
final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be
applied to the surface by hand sprayer only and be held to a minimum
amount.
3) The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing
qualities and be of the stiffiest consistency that can be placed and vibrated
into a homogeneous mass.
4) Excessive bleeding shall be avoided.
5) If the strength or consistency required for the class of concrete being
produced is not secured with the minimum cement specified or without
exceeding the maximum water/cernent ratio, the Contractor may use, or the
City may require, an approved cement dispersing agent (water reducer); or
the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates, or aggregates with
different characteristics, or the Contractor may use additional cement in
order to produce the required results.
6) The additional cement may be permitted as a temporary measure, until
aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates
or cement dispersing agent.
7) The Contractor is solely responsible for the quality of the concrete
produced.
8) The City reserves the right to independently verity the quality of the
concrete through inspection of the batch plant, testing of the Various
materials used in the concrete and by casting and testing concrete cylinders
or beams on the concrete actually incorporated in the pavement.
b. Standard Class
1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the
standard class for concrete paving for streets and alleys is shown in the
following table:
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (T)NSTRUCTION SPWIFICATION DOCUMENTS f'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 201 2
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
I
I
321313-8
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 8 of 2 l
2) Machine -Laid concrete: Class P
3) fland-Laid concrete: Class H
c. High Early Strength Concrete (RFS)
1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for
very early opening of pavements area or leaveouts to traffic.
2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for concrete
pavement and a mininium compressive strength of 2,600 psi in 24 hours,
unless other early strength and time requirements are shown on the
Drawings allowed.
3) No strength overdesign is required.
Standlard
Classes of Pavement
- - - ----------------------- - -
Concrete
_6a;s of
Ki7ii Fn'iurn
2 8 Day Min.
Maximum
Course
Concrete'
Cementitious,
Compressive,
Water/
Aggregate
L,K/CY
Strength 2
Cee entitious,
Maxitritim
psi
Ratio
Size
__tch—
h
P
517
. .. . . ....... _....
3600
0.49
1-1/2
_-T6i4500
0.45
1-1/2
.
.. .... . ....... . . .
1. All exposed
.......
horizontal concrete
shall have entrained
-air.
2. Min ern um
Coinpressive Strength
Required.
2) Machine -Laid concrete: Class P
3) fland-Laid concrete: Class H
c. High Early Strength Concrete (RFS)
1) When shown on the Drawings or allowed, provide Class HES concrete for
very early opening of pavements area or leaveouts to traffic.
2) Design class HES to meet the requirements of class specified for concrete
pavement and a mininium compressive strength of 2,600 psi in 24 hours,
unless other early strength and time requirements are shown on the
Drawings allowed.
3) No strength overdesign is required.
d. Slump
1) Slump requirements for paventent and related concrete shall be as specified
in the following table:
Concrete Pavenient Slumr) Reauirernents
Concrete Use Recommended Maximum
Design Acceptable
and Placement Placement
Slump, shimp,
inch inch
Sl -Form/Form-Ridin Pavirtg
1-1/2 3
Hand Formed Paviri.&___4 5
Sidewalk, nth and Gutter, 1TnWjt�__ 4 5
Valley Gutter and Other Miscellaneous
Concrete
2) No concrete shall be permitted with sluji,iij) in excess of the maxinituns
shown.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD (",ONSTRUCTION SPECIJ�'ICATION D(WTJN4E,NTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Cansliuction Services at, Various Locations
TM -2015-0000O3
Standard Classes
of Pavement
Concrete
Class of
Minimum
28 Day in.
. . . .....................
Maximurn
Course
Coneretel
Cementitious
Compressive
Water/
Aggregate
Lb./C Y
Strength 2
Cementitious
Maximum
psi
Ratio
Size,
inch
S
56
00
0.45
1-1/2
d. Slump
1) Slump requirements for paventent and related concrete shall be as specified
in the following table:
Concrete Pavenient Slumr) Reauirernents
Concrete Use Recommended Maximum
Design Acceptable
and Placement Placement
Slump, shimp,
inch inch
Sl -Form/Form-Ridin Pavirtg
1-1/2 3
Hand Formed Paviri.&___4 5
Sidewalk, nth and Gutter, 1TnWjt�__ 4 5
Valley Gutter and Other Miscellaneous
Concrete
2) No concrete shall be permitted with sluji,iij) in excess of the maxinituns
shown.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD (",ONSTRUCTION SPECIJ�'ICATION D(WTJN4E,NTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Cansliuction Services at, Various Locations
TM -2015-0000O3
32 13 13 -.9
CONCRETIE PAVING
Page 9 of 21
3) Any concrete mix failing to meet the above consistency reqiairentents,
2 although meeting the slunil) ii equirenients, shall be considered
3 unsatisfactory, and the rnix shall be changed to correct such unsatisfactory
4 conditions.
5 PART 3 - EXECUTION
6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOTUSED]
EXAMINATION [NOT ]USED]
8 3.3 PREPARATION [NO'FUSED]
INSTALLATION
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
3(
37
38
39
40
41
42
A. Equipment
1. All equil-,inient necessary for the construction of this item shall be on the project.
2.. The equipinent shall include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration,,
taniping, and surface floating necessary to finish the fieshly pllaced concrete in such
a manner as to provide a dense and homogeneous pavement.
3. Machine-I..,aid Concrete Pavement
a. Fixed -Form Paver. Fixed-l"onn I)aving equipment shall be provided with forms
that are uniformly supported on a very firm subbase to prevent sagging under
the weight of niacidne,
b. Slip -Form Paver
I ) Slip -form paving equipment shall be provided with traveling side forms of
sufficient d finetis ions, shape and stTength so as to support the concrete
laterally for a sufficient length of time during placement.
2) City may reject use of Slip -Form Paver if paver requires over -digging and
impacts trees, mailboxes or other improvements.
4. Hand -[..,aid Concrete Pavement
a. Machines that do not incorporate these features, such as roller screeds or
Nlibrating screeds, shall be considered tools to be used in hand -laid concrete
construction, as slumps, spreading methods, vilr)ratiorl, and other procedures are
more common to hand methods than to machine methods.
5. City may reject equipment and stop operation if equi.ipment does not meet
requireIrrientsi,
B. Concrete klixing, and IDefivery
1. Transit Batching: shall not be used -- onsite rnixing not permitted
2. Ready Mixed Concrete
a. The concrete shall be produced in an approved method con forming, to the
requirements of this specification and A, STM (94/(194M. City shall have access
ready mix to get sarnples of irnaterials.
b. City shall have access to ready mix plant to obtain material samples,
c. When ready inix concrete is used, sample concrete per AS'I'M C94 Alternate
Procedure 2:
1) As the mixer is being emptied, individual, samples shall betaken after the
discharge of approxiinately, 15 percent and 85 percent of the load.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SJ1E'('IFK'AT1ON DO(I't JMENTS rpW-2015.,000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
I
3213 13-10
CONCRETEPAYING
Page 10 of 21
2) The method of sampling shall provide that the samples are representative of
widely separated portions, but not from the very ends of the batch.
d. The mixing of each batch, after all materials are in the drum, shall continue until
it produces a thorouighly mixed concrete of unifori'n mass as determined by
established mixer performance ratings and inspection, or appropriate uniformity
tests as described in ASTM C94.
e. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are
placed therein for the succeeding batch.
f Retempering or remixing shall not be permitted.
3. Delivery
a. Deliver concrete at an interval not exceeding 30 minutes or as determined by
City to prevent cold joint.
4. Delivery Tickets
a. For all operations, the nianutheturer oft e concrete shall, before unloading,
furnish to the purchaser with each batch of concrete at the site a delivery ticket
on which is printed, stamped, or written, the following inforination to determine
that the concrete was proportioned in accordance with the approved mix design:
1) Name of concrete supplier
2) Serial number of ticket
3) Date
4) Truck number
5) Name of purchaser
6) Specific designation of job (name and location)
7) Specific class, design identification and designation of the concrete in
conformance with that employed in job specifications
8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards
9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates
10) Water added by receiver of concrete
11) Type and arnount of admixtures
C. Subgrade
1. When manipulation or treatment of subgrade is required on the Drawings, the work
shall be performed in proper sequence with the preparation of the subgrade for
pavement,
2. The roadbed shall be excavated and shaped in conformity with the typical sections
and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or established by the City.
3. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled and compacted with suitable material
and, if required, the subgrade shall be thoroughly wetted and reshaped.
4. Irregularities of more than 1/2 inch., as shown by straightedge or template, shall be
corrected.
5. The subgrade shall be uniformly coinpacted to at least 95 percent of the niaxilillum
density as determined by ASTM D698.
6. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum.
7. The prepared subgrade shall be wetted down sufficiently in advance of placing the
pavement to ensure its being in a firm and moist condition.
8. Sufficient subgrade shall be prepared in advance to ensure satisfactory prosecution
of the work.
MY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE"(111FICATION DOCUMI.iNTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
IM -2015-000003
)7�r
ppv
32 13 13- 11
(�'ONCRETE PAVING
Page I I of 21
1 9.. The Contractor shall noti(y the City at least 24 hours in advan(,,,e of its intention to
2 place concrete pavernent.
3 10. After the specified nii)isture and density are ai:hieved, the Contractor shall maintain
4 the subgrade moisture and density in accordance with this Section.
5 Il. In the event that rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition
6 of the snub grade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City.
7 D. Placing and Removing Forms
8 1. Placing Forms
9 a. Forms for Machine laid concrete
10 1) The side forms shall be metal,, of approved cross section and bracing, of a
I I height no less than the prescribed edge thickness of the concrete section,
12 and a miturnum, of 10 feet in length for each individual form.
13 2) Forms shall be of ample strength and staked with adequate number of pins
14 capable of resisting the pressure of concrete placed against them and the
15 thrust and the vibration of the construction, equipment operating upon them
16 without appreciable springing, settling or deflection,
17 3) The forms shall be free from warps, bends or kinks and shall show no
18 variation from the true plane for face or top.
19 4) Forms shall be pointed neatly and tightly and set with exactness to the
20 established grade and alignment,,
21 5) Forms shall be set to line and grade at least 200 feet, where practicable, in
22 advance of the paving operations.
23 6) In no case shall the base width be less than 8 inches for a form 8 inches or
24 more in height.
25 7) Forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their length
26 and base width..
27 8) If the subgrade becornes unstable, forms shall be reset, using heavy stakes
28 or other additional supports may be necessary to provide the required
29 stability.
30 b. Forms for hand -laid concrete
31 1) Forms shall extend the full depth of concrete and be a minimuln of 1-1/2
32 inches in thickness or equivalent when wooden forms are used, or be of a
33 gauge that shall provide equivalent rigidity and strength when metal forms
34 are used.
35 2) For curves with a radius of less than 250 feet, acceptable flexible metal or
36 wood forms shall be used.
37 3) All forms showing a deviation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a straight line
38 shall be rejected.
39 2. Settling. When forms settle over 1/8 inch under I mishing operations,, paving
40 operations shall be stopped the forms reset to line and grade and the pavement then
41 brought to the required section and thickness,
42 3. Cleaning. Forms shall be thoroughly cleaned after each use.
43 4. Removal.
44 a. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete has taken its final set.
45 b. Avoid damage to the edge oft e 1,,)avernent when renioving forms.
46 c. Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a
47 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless ottierwise approved.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S11[ C`:II11CATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
RLvised December 20, 2012
I
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1.5
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
3213 r3 - a2
6'0NCRFTE PAVING
Page 12 of 21
d. Clean „point face and repair honeyc(�)mbed or damaged areas within 24 hours
after a bulkhead for a transverse constructionjoint has been removed unless
otherwise approved.
e. When forrns are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly
apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement.
E. Placing Reinforcing Steel, Tie, and Dowel Bars
1. General
a. When reinforcing steel tie bars, dowels, etc., are required they shall be placed
as shown on the Drawings.
b. All reinforcing steel shall be clean., fi-ee from rust in the form of loose or
objectionable scale, and of the type, size and dirnensions shown on the
Drawings.
c. Reinforcing bars shall be securely wired together at the alternate intersections
and all splices and shall be secui-ely wired at each intersection dowel and load®
transmission unit intersected.
d. All bars shall be installed in their required position as shown on the Drawings.
e. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs
generally shall be avoided and, where permitted, such storage shall be linaited
to quantities and distribution that shall not induce excessive stresses.,
2. Splices
a. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends.
b. Comply with ACI 318 for ininitnuna lap of spliced bars where not specified on
the Drawings.
3. Installation of Reinfoi-eing Steel
a. All reinforcing bars and bar mats shall be installed in the slab at the required
depth below the Finished surface and supported by and secur"ely attached to bar
chairs installed on prescribed longitudinal and transverse centers as shown by
sectional and detailed drawings on the Drawings.
b. Chairs Assembly. The chair assembly shall be similar and equal tothat shown
on the Drawings and shall beapproved by the City prior to extensive
fabrication.
c. After the reinforcing steel is securely installed above the subgrade as specified
in Drawings and as herein prescribed, no loading shall be imposed upon the
bar mats or individual bars before or during the placing or finishing of the
concrete.
4. Installation of Dowel Bars
a. Install through the predrilledjoint filler and rigidly support in true horizontal
and vertical positions by an asseirnbly of bar chairs and dowel baskets.
b. Dowel Baskets
1) The dowels shall be held in position exactly parallel to surface and
ccntertine of the slab, by a dowel basket that is left in the pavement.
2) The dowel basket shall hold each dowel in exitedy the correct position so
firinly that the dowel's position cannot be altered by concreting operations,
c. Dowel Caps
l ) Install cap to allow the bar to move not less than 1- 1 A inch in either
direction,
5. Tie Bar and Dowel Placeinciat
a. Place at mid -depth of the pavement slab, parallel to the surfarce.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONs,rRU('T10N SPECIFICATFON DOCUMEXTS
Revised 1)ecember 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Constnaction Services at Various Locations
'11W.2015-000003
a
rmiuiylr
RM
r R
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
32 13 U-13
CONCRETE' PAVING
Page 13 of 21
b. Place as shown on the Drawings
6. Epoxy for Tie and Dowel Bar Installation
1) Epoxy bars as shown on the Drawings.
2) Use only drilling operations that do not damage the surrounding operations.
3) Blow out drilled holes with compressed air.
4) Completely fill the drilled hole with approved epoxy before inserting the tie
bar into the hole,
5) Install epoxy grout and bar at least 6 inches embedded into concrete.
1. Joints shall be placed where shown on the Drawings or where directed by the City.
2. The plane of all joints shall make a right angle with the surface of the pavement.
3. leo joints shall have an error in a lignment of more than 1/2 inch at any point,
4. Joint Dimensions
a. The width oft e joint shall be shown on the Drawings, creating the joint
sealant reservoir.
b. The depth oft e joint shall be shown on the Drawings.
c. Dimensions of the sealant reservoir shall be in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations.
d. After curing, the joint sealant shall be 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the pavement
surface at the center of the joint.
5. Transverse Expansion Joints
a. Expansion joints shall be installed petliendicu larly to the surface and tothe
centerline oft e pavement at the locations shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City.
b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City.
c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the speci CTed spacing.
d. Support dowel bars with dowel baskets.
e. Dowels shall restrict the free opening and closing of the expansion join and
shall not make planes of weaknesses in the pavement,
f Greased Dowels for Expansion Joints,
1) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease or other approved de -bonding
material.
2) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar.
g. Proximity to Existing Structures, When the pavenient is ad ' jacent to or around
existing structures, expansionsjoints shall be constructed in accordance with
the details shown on the Drawings.
6. Transverse (.,on traction Joints
a. Contraction or dimuny joints shall be installed at the locations and at the
intervals shown on the Drawings,
b. Joints shall be of the design width, and spacing shown on the Drawings, or as
,approved by the City.
c. Dowel bars, shall be of the size and type shown on the Drawings, or as
approved by the City, and shall be installed at the specified spacing.
d. Joints shall be sawed into the completed pavement surface as soon after initial
concrete set as possible so that some raveling of the concrete is observed in
order for the sawing process to prevent uncontrolled shrinkage cracking.
CITY OF kORT WOW111 201 5'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI RAENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
321313-14
CONCRETE PAVING
Page 14 of 21
Icy
e. The joints shall be constructed by sawing to a 1/4 inch width and to a depth of
1/3 inch (1/4 inch pennitted if litnestone aggregate used) of the actual
pavement, thiclkness, or deeper if so indicated on the Drawings.
f. Complete sawing as soon as possible in hot weather conditions and within a ?
maximum of 24 hours after saw cutting begins under cool weather conditions.
g. If sharp edge joints are being obtained, the sawing process shall be sped up to
the point where some raveling is observed.
h. Damage by blade action to the slab surface and to the concrete immediately
ad ' jacent to the joint shall be minhai ized.
i. Any portion of the curing inembrane which has been disturbed by sawing
operations shall be restored by spraying the areas with additional curing
C011,111pound. dHIN,
7. Transverse Construction Joints
a. Construct ion joints formed at the close of each day's work or when the placing
of concrete has been stopped for 30 -minutes or longer shall be constructed by
use of metal or wooden bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished
pavement and clearied.
b. Wooden bulkheads shall have a thickness of not less than 2 -inch stock material.
c. Longitudinal bars shall be held securely in place in a plane perpendicular to the
surface and at right angles to the centerline of the pavement,.
d. Edges shall be rounded to 1/4 inch radius.
e. Any surplus concrete on the subgrade shall be removed upon the resumption of
the work.
8. Longitudinal Construction Joints
a. Longitudinal construction joints shall be of the type shown on the Drawings.
9. Joint Filler
a. Joint filler shall be as specified in 2.21 of the size and shape shown on the
Drawings.
b. Redwood Board joints shall be used for all pavement except for
expansion Joints that are coincident with a butt joint against existing
pavenients.
c. Boards with less than 25 -percent of nioisture at the time of installation shall be
thoroughly wetted on thejob.
d. Green lumber of much higher moisture content is desirable and acceptable.
e. The joint filler shall be appropriately drilled to admit the dowel bars when
required.
f. The bottom edge of the filler shall extend to or slightly below the bottom. of the
slab. The top edge shall be held approximately 1/2 inch below the finished
surface of the pavement, in order to allow the finishing operations to be
continuous.
g. The joint filler may be composed of more than one length of board in the
length ofjoint, but no and of a length less than 6 foot may be used unless
otherwise shown on the Drawings.
h. After the removal of the side forms, the ends of the joinits at the edges of the
slab shall be careffilly opened, for the entire depth of the slab.
10. Joint Sealing. Routine pavement joints shall be filled consistent with paving details
and as specified in Section 32 13 73. Materials shall generally be handled and
applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations as specified in Section
32 1373.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 T&sk Ow -der C.'owlrucfion, Sex -vices at Vivious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICA ]HON DOCUMENTS
Revised Dccember 20, 2012
r
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UM
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
I
on
32 13 ll 3 15
C'ONCRE , FEPAYING
Page 15 of 21
Placing Concrete
1. Unless otherwise specified in the Drawings, the finished pavement shall be
constructed monolithically and constructed by machined laid method unless
impractical,
2. The concrete shall be rapidly deposited on the stibgrade in st,iccessive batches and
shall be distributed to the required depth and for the entire width of the pavement
by shoveling or other approved methods.
3. Any concrete not placed as herein prescribed within the time limits in the following
table will be rejected. Time begins when the water is added to the mixer.
Te117 erabire Time Requiremerns
Concrete Temperature Max Time — in i Fitites Max Time — minutes
In
went)
fat j)oint of2lacenjer�t)(no retiEent)
ardin -,en (with retardin agent)'
a
Non -Agitated Concrete
All ter eratures ®�._ .45 45
Agq4Led concrete
Above 90°F Time may be reduced by 75
. ............. C,1
Above 75°F thru 90°F 60 90
75'F and Below 60 120
I No at dosage of retarder.
4. Rakes shall not be used in handling concrete.
5. At the end of the day, or in case of unavoidable interruption or delay of more than
30 minutes or longer to prevent cold joints, a transverse construction joint shall be
placed in accordance with 3.4.F.7 oft is Section.
6. Honeycombing
a. Special care shall betaken in placing and spading the concrete against the
forms and at all joints and assemblies so as to prevent honeycombing.
b. Excessive voids and honeycombing, in the edge oft e pavement, revealed by
the removal. of the side farms, may be cause for rejection of the section of slab
in which the defect occurs.
H. Finishing
1. Machine
a. Tolerance Limits
1) While the concrete is still workable, itshall be tested for irregularities with
a 10 foot straightedge placed parallel tothe centerline of the pavement so as
to bridge depressions and to touch all high spots.
2) Ordinates measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the
pavement shall at no place exceed 1/16 inch -per -foot from the nearest point
of contact.
3) In no case shall the maxini.tun ordinate to a 10 foot straightedge be greater
than 1/8 inch.
CITY OF FORTWORT11 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAW) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMFINTS T'PW-2015-W)0003
Revised December 20, 20112
321313-16
CONCREHEA"'AWNG
Page 16 of 21
1 4) Any surface not within the tolerance limits shall be reworked and
2 refinished.
3 b. ls*uig
4 1) The edges of slabs and all joints requiring edging shall be carefully tooled
5 with an edger of the radius required by the Drawings at the time the
6 concrete begins totake its ""set" and becomes non -workable.
7 2) All such work shall be left smooth and true to lines.
8 2. and
9 a. and finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessilF.)le to a
10 finishing machine.
11 b. When the hand method of striking off and consolidating is permitted, the
12 concrete, as soon as placed, shall be approxiniately leveled and then struck off
13 with screed bar to such elevation above grade that, when consolidated and
14 finished, the surface oft e pavement shall be at the graide elevation shown on
15 the Drawings.
16 c. A slight excess of material shall be kept in front of the cutting edge at all times.
17 d. The straightedge and joint finishing shall be as prescribed herein.
18 I. Curing
19 1. The curing of concrete pavement shall be thorough and continuous throughout the
20 entire curing period.
21 2. Failure to provide proper curing as herein prescribed shall be considered as
22 sufficient cause for immediate suspension of the paving operations.
23 3. The curing method as herein specified does not preclude the use of any of the other
24 commonly used methods of curing, and the City may approve another method of
25 curing if so requested by the Contractor.
26 4. If any selected method of curing does not afford the desired results, the City shall
27 have the right to order that another method of curing be instituted.
28 5. After ret-noval of the side fbi-ins, the sides of the slab shall receive a like coating
29 before earth is banked against them.
30 6. The solution shall be applied, under pressure with a spray nozzle, in such a manner
31 as to cover the entire surfaces thoroughly and completely with a uniform film.
32 7. The rate of application. shall be such as to ensure complete coverage and shall not
33 exceed 20 -square -yards -per -gallon of curing compound.
34 8. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous and flexible jaiembrane, free
35 from cracks or pinholes, and shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the
36 curing period,
37 9. If for any reason the seal is broken during the curing period, it shall be immediately
38 repaired with additional sealing solution.
39 10. When tested in accordance with ASTM 0156 Water Retention by Concrete Curing
40 Materials, the curing compound shall provide a film which shall have retained
41 within the test specimen a percentage of the moisture present in the specimen when
42 the curing compound was applied according to the following.
43 11 M Contractor shall maintain and properly repair damage to curing materials on
44 exposed surfaces of concrete pavement cotilinuously for a least 72 hours.
45 J. Monolithic Curbs
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C0Ns,f"Rt..jc,1 (-oj sih`j...',CIFICAIION DOCUWNTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order (:`Onstrucfion Services at Various Locations
'll'I'W-2,0115-000003
71
PARI
Fit,
32 B 13-17
CONCRETE PAVING
Page G 7 of 2
I I. Concrete for monolithic curb shall be the same as for the pavement and, if carried
2 back from the paving mixer, shall be placed within 21.1 -minutes after being inixed.
3 2. After the concrete has been struck off and sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces
4 shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden flat.
5 3. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging too] to the radius
6 indicated on the Drawings.
7 4. All exposed surfaces of curb shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform, surface.
8 K. Alley Paving
9 1 Alley paving shall be constructed in accordance with the specifications for concrete
10 paving hereinbefore described, in accordance with the details shown on the
11 Drawings, and with the following additional provisions:
12 a. Alley paving shall be constructed to the typical cross sections shown on the
13 Drawings.
14 b. Transverse expansion joints of the type shown on the Drawings shall be
15 constructed at the property line on each end oft e alley with a maximum
16 spacing of 600 feet.
17 c. Transverse contraction and dummy joints shall be placed at the spacing shown
18 on the Drawings,
19 d. Contraction and dUM111y joints shall be tbrined in such a manner that the
20 required joints shall be produced to the satisfaction of the City.
21 e. All joints shall be constructed in accordance with this specification and filled
22 in accordance with the requirement of Section 32 13 73.
23 L. Pavement Leaveouts
24 1. Pavement leaveouts as necessary to maintain and provide for local traffic shall be
25 provided at location indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the City.
26 2. The extent and location of each leaveout required and a suitable crossover
27 connection to provide for traffic movements shall be determined in the field by the
28 city.
29 3.5 REPAIR
30 A. Repair of concrete pavement concrete shall be consistent with the Drawings and as
31 specified in Section 32 01 29.
32 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED)
33 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL
34 A. Concrete Placement
35 1. Place concrete using a fully automated paving machine. Hand paving only
36 permitted in areas such as intersections where use of paving machine is not
37 practical
38 a. All concrete paven'tent not placed by hand shall be placed using a fully
39 automated paving machine as approved by the City.
40 b. Screeds will not be allowed except if approved by the City.
41 B. Testing of Materials
42 1. Samples of all materials for test shall be made at the expense of the City, unless
43 otherwise specified in the special provisions or inthe Drawings,
crry, OF FORT WORTH 2015Task Order Consbi tiction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CON STRIJ CTI ON SPILUFICATION D00 MENTS TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
321313-I8
CONCRJ:�,TE PAVD14G
Page 18 of 21
1 In the event the initial sampling and testing does not comply with the specifications,
2 all subsequent testing of the material in order to determine if the material is
3 acceptable shall be at the Contractor's expense at the same rate charged by the
4 commercial laboratories.
5 3. All testing shall be in accordance with applicable ASTM Standards and concrete
6 testing technician must be ACI certified or equivalent.
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
KM
C. Pavement Thickness Test
1. Upon completion of the work and before final acceptance and final payment shall
be made, pavement thickness test shall be made by the City.
2. The number of tests and location shall be at the discretion of the City, unless
otherwise specified in the special provisions or on the Drawings.
3. The cost for the initial pavement thickness test shall be the expense of the City.
4. Inthe event a deficiency in the thickness of pavenient is revealed during normal
testing operations, subsequent tests necessary to isolate the deficiency shall be at
the Contractor's expense.
5. The cost for additional coring test shall be at the same rate charged by commercial
laboratories.
6. Where the average thickness of pavement in the area found to be deficient in
thickness by more than 0.20 inch, but not more than 0.50 inch, payment shall be
made at an adjusted price as specified in the following table.
. . ........
Deficiency in'-rhik�a�ess�
Proportional Part
Determined by Cores
Of Contract Price
Inches
Allowed
0.00-0.20
100 percent
. . . . .
0.21--0.30
— — — — — — .
. ............. .
80 percent
. ........... ............... —
0.31 -.0.40
70 percent
0.41 -0.50
. . .. . ....... .
60 percent
. . ....... —1
7. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.50 inch but not
more than 0.75 inch or 1/10 of the thickness specified on the Drawings, whichever
is greater, shall be evaluated by the City.
8. If, in the j udgment of the City the area of such deficiency should not be removed
and replaced, there shall be no payment for the area retained.
9. If, in the judgment of the City, the area of such deficiency warrants removal, the
area shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with
concrete of the thickness shown on the Drawings.
10. Any area of pavement found deficient in thickness by more than 0.75 inch or more
than 1/10 of the plan thickness, whichever is greater, shall be removed and
replaced, at the Contractor's entire expense, with concrete of the thickness shown
on the Drawings.
11. No additional payment over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement
of a thickness exceeding that required by the Drawings.
D. Pavement `strength "fest
C1'Y.'Y OF FORT WORIE 2015 Task Order C()nWucfion Services at Various Locations
STANDAIW CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS '1'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 20 2
I
I
32 13 13 ..19
19
CONCRETE PAYING
Pape 19 of'21
I 1. During the progi,ess of the work-, the City shall provide trained technicians to cast
2 test cylinders for conforining to AS"I'M C;31, to maintain a check on the
3 compressive strengths of the concrete being placed.
4 2. After the cylinders have been cast, they shall remain on the job site and then
5 transported, moist cured, and tested by the City in accordance with ASTM C31 and
6 ASTM C39.
7 3. In each set, I of the cylinders shall be tested at 7 days, 2 cylinders shall be tested at
8 28 days, and I cylinder shall be held or tested at 56 days, if necessary.
9 4. If the 28 day test results indicate deficient strerigth, the Contractor may, at its option
10 and expense, core the pavement in question and have the cores tested by an
11 approved laboratory, in accordance with AS"I'M C42 and ACI 318 pro 1.0col, except
12 the average of all cores must meet 100 percent of the in ininiurn specified strength,
13 with no individual core resulting in less than 90 percent of design strength., to
14 override the results of the cylinder tests.
15 5. Cylinders and/or cores must meet minnnum, specified strength. If cylinders do not
M meet minh-num specified strength, additional cores shall be taken to identify the
17 limits of deficient concrete pavement: at the expense of the Contractor.
18 6. Cylinders and/or cores must meet mini -num specified strength. Pavement not
19 meeting the minimum specified strength shall be subject to the money penalties or
20 removal and placement at the Contractor's expense as show in the following table.
21
.... .........._...m...........
Percent Deficientof Contract Price Allowed
I r � 'a"t"e' r'Tha-n- 2_Lercenj- Not More Tharp 10 )ercent 90 -percent
. ...................................... .
Greater Than I 02e1�erq - Not More Than 15 percent . . . .. . ............ . ...... . .......
Greater Than 15 percent 0 --percent or removed and replaced at the entire cost
22
23
7.
The amount of penalty shall be deducted from payment due to Contractor; such as
24
penalty deducted is to defray the cost of extra Mailjtenance.
25
8.
The strength requirements for structures and other concrete work are not altered by
26
the special provision.,
27
9.
No additional paynw tit over the contract unit price shall be made for any pavement
28
of strength exceeding that required by the Drawings and/or spec i f -i cat ions.
29
E. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy
30
1.
If cracks exist in concrete pavement upon completion of the project, the Project
31
Inspector shall make a determination as tothe need for action to address the
32
cracking as to its cause and recommended remedial work.
33
2.
If the recommended remedial work. is routing and sealing of the cracks to protect
34
the subgrade, the Inspector shall make the determination as to whether to rout and
35
seal the cracks at the time of final inspection and acceptance or at any time prior to
36
teend of the project: maintenance period. The Contractor shall perform the routing
37
and sealing work as directed by the Project Inspector, at no cost to the City,
38
regardless of the cause of the cracking.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task, Order Consli uction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDNRD CONSTRUCTION SPLCIFICATION DOCI WFN'T"S TPW-2015-000003
Revised 1Decernber.20, 2012
3213 13-20
C.ONCREI'IE PA V ING
11,V,e 20 of 21
1 1 if remedial work beyond routing and sealing is determined to be necessary, the
2 Inspector and the Conti -actor will attempt, to agree on the cause of the cracking. If
3 agreement is reached that the cracking is due to deficient materials or workiiianship,
4 the Contractor shall Perform the remedial work at no cost to the City. Remedial
5 work in this case shall be 114nited to removing and replacing the deficient work with
6 new material and workmanship that meets the requirements of the contract..
7 4. If remedial work beyond rotiting and sealing is determined to be necessary, and the
8 Inspector and the Contractor agree that the cause of the cracking is not deficient
9 materials or workinanship, the City may request the Contractor to provide an
10 estimate of the cost of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work to
11 address the cause of the cracking, and the Contractor will perform that work at the
12 agreed-upon price if the City elects to do so.
13 5. If remedial work is necessary, and the Inspector and the Contractor cannot agree on
14 the cause of the cracking, the City may hire an independent geotechnical engineer
15 to peribrin testing and analysis to determine the cause of the cracking.The
16 contractor will escrow 50 percent of the proposed costs of the geoteclinical contract
17 with the City. The Contractor and the City shall use the services of a geotectinical
18 firm acceptable to both parties.
19 6. If the geotechnical engineer determines that the primary cause of the cracking is the
20 Contractor's deficient material or workmanship, the remedial work will be
21 peiformed at the Contractor's entire expense and the Contractor will also reimburse
22 the City for the balance of the cost of the geotechnical investigation over and above
23 the arnount that has previously, been escrowed. Remedial work in this case shall be
24 limited to rernoving and replacing the deficient work with new material and
25 workmanship that meets the requirements of the contract.
26 7. If the geotechnical engineer deteniiiiies that the priniary cause of the cracking is not
27 the Contractor's deficient material or workinansit ip, the City will return the
28 escrowed funds to the Contractor. The Contractor, on request, will provide the City
29 an estimate of the costs of the necessary remedial work and/or additional work. and
30 will perform the work at the agreed-upon price as directed by the City.
31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACT[vITIES [NOT USED]
35 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED1
36 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
37 3.14 ATTACHMENTS INOTUSED1
38
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rasic Order Const uction Services at Various Localions
s"rANDAR.D CONSTRUCTION SPEVIFIC'NrioN DOCUMFNI'S 17W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
I
I
32 13 13-21
CONCRET117 PAVING
Page 21 orf 2
. ....... . .. -
Reviision Log
DATE
NAME
SLIMMARY OF CHANGE
12/20/2012
014
Doug Rademaker
102.E - Modified items to be included in price bid
2.2.1) - - odified t® chuify acceptable fly ash substitution in concrete paving
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fasic Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-.2015-000003
STANDARD CGNSTRUCTION SPE( DOCUMIFN'TS
Revised December 20, 2012
r
w
32 13 20- 1
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 1 of 5
1 SECTION 32 13 20
2 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Concrete sidewalks
7 2. Driveways
8 3. Barrier free ramps
9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
10 1. None.
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements
14 3. Section 02 41 13 - Selective Site Demolition
15 4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
16 5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete Paving Joint Sealants
17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18 A. Measurement and Payment
19 1. Concrete Sidewalk
20 a. Measurement
21 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and
22 accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position for various:
23 a) Thicknesses
24 b) Types
25 b. Payment
26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
27 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
28 price bid per square foot of Concrete Sidewalk.
29 c. The price bid shall include:
30 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
31 2) Furnishing and placing all materials
32 2. Concrete Driveway
33 a. Measurement
34 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and
35 accepted Concrete Driveway in its final position for various:
36 a) Thicknesses
37 b) Types
38 2) Dimensions will be taken from the back of the projected curb, including the
39 area of the curb radii and will extend to the limits specified in the
40 Drawings.
41 3) Sidewalk portion of drive will be included in driveway measurement.
42 4) Curb on drive will be included in the driveway measurement.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised April 30, 2013
37 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
38 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
39 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13.
40 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre -cast detectable warning for
41 barrier free ramp.
42 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
43 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAW) CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICAT]ON DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised April 30, 2013
32 13 20 .-2
CONCRITM SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 2 of 5
I
b. Payment
2
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
3
and measured as provided under "Measuremelat" will be paid for at the unit
4
price bid per square toot of Concrete Driveway.
5
c. The price bid shall include:
6
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
7
2) Furnishing and placing all materials
8
3. Barrier Free Ramps
9
a. Measurement
10
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Barrier Free Ramp completed
11
and accepted for various:
12
a) Types
13
b. Payment
14
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this to
15
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
16
price bid per each "Baff ier Free Ramp" installed.
17
c. The price bid shall include:
18
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
19
2) Furnishing and placing all materials
20
3) Curb Ramp
21
4) Landing and detectable warning surface asshown on the Drawings
22
5) Adjacent flares or side curb
23
1.3 REFERENCES
24
A. Abbreviations and Acronyrnis
rit
25
1. TAS -- Texas Accessibility Standards
26
2. TR .- Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
27
B. Reference Standards
28
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
29
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
30
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
31
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
32
a. D545, Test Methods for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
33
Construction (Non-extruding and ResilientTypes)
34
b. D698, Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
35
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/fl:3)
36
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
37 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
38 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
39 A. Mix Design: submit for approval. Section 32 13 13.
40 B. Product Data: submit product data and sample for pre -cast detectable warning for
41 barrier free ramp.
42 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
43 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAW) CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICAT]ON DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised April 30, 2013
:121.320-2
CONCRFITE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Pili
Pape 3 of 5
1
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE, [NOT USED]
2
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC'r [NOT USED1
3
1.11
FIELD CONDITIONS
4
A. Weather Conditions- Placement of concrete shall be as specified in Section 32 13 13.
5
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USED1
6
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
7
2.1
OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
8
2.2
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
9
A. Forms: wood or metal straight, free from warp and of a depth equal to the thickness of
10
the finished work.
11
B. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13.
12
1. 1,,Jnless otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specifications, the standard
13
class for concrete sidewalks, driveixays and barrier free ramps is shown in the
14
following table:
15Standard
Classes of Pavement Concrete
. ........... .
Class of
.......
Minimurn
28 Day Min.
Maximum
Course
Concrete
Cenientitious,
Cornpressive
Water/
Aggregate
]..,b./C)(
Strength 2
Cementitious
Maximum
psi
Ratio
Size,
s.
.
. . . . . ...........
inch
A
470
3000
_J_
0.
1-1/2
16
C. Reinforcernent: see Section 32 13 13.
IF
17
1. Sidewalk, driveway and barrier free ramp reinforcing steel shall be #3 defoirmed
18
bars at 18 inches on-center-both-ways at the center plane of all stabs, unless
19
otherwise shown on the Drawings or detailed specificatiojis.
20
D. Joint Filler
21
1. Wood Filler: see Section 32 13 13.
22
2. Pre.-Molded AsI,)halt Board Filler
11
23
a. Use only in areas where not practical for wood boards.
24
b. Pre-molded asphalt board filler: ASTM D545.
25
c. Install the r,equired size and uniforin thickness and as specified in Drawings.
26
d. Include 2 liners of 0.016 asphalt impregnated kraft: paper filled with a mastic
27
mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler.
28
E. Expansion Joint Sealant: see Section 32 13 73 where shown on the Drawings.
29
2.3
ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
30
2.4
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [Nar USED]
31
PART 3 - EXECUTION
11
32
3.1
INSTALLERS [NOT USED1
33
12
EXAMINATION [NOT USED1
iJu
CITY OF FORT WORTEi 201.5 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locarions
STANDARD
coNs,rRUCTION SPECIFICATION D(K UNIENTS
Revised April 30, 2013
ffl4]!J
38 F. Joints
39 1. Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed
40 using redwood.
41 2. Expansion joints shall be placed at 40 foot intervals for 4 foot wide sidewalk and 50
42 foot intervals for 5 foot wide and greater sidewalk.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECI FICATION DOCI )MENTS
Revised April 30, 2013
2015 Task Order Construcl ion Services at Various Locations
IM -2015-000003
,"M
32 13.20-4
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 4 of 5
1
3.3 PREPARATION
2
A. Surface Preparation
3
1, Excavation: Excavation re( tured for the construction of sidewalks, driveways and
4
barrier free ramps shall be to the lines and grades as shown on the Drawings or as
5
established by the City.
6
2. Fine Gradin.
'7
a. The Contractor shall do all necessary filling, leveling and fine grading required
8
to bring the su bgrade to the exact grades specified and compacted to at least 90
9
percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698.
10
b. Moisture content shall be within minus 2 to plus 4 of optintuni,
11
c. Any over -excavation shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City.
12
B. Demolition / Removal
13
1. Sidewalk, Driveway and/ or Barrier Free Ran)p Removal: see Section 02 41 11
14
3.4 INSTALLATION
15
A. General
16
1. Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of 4 inches.
17
2. Sidewalks constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a minimum
18
thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as called for by Drawings and
19
specifications within the limits of the driveway approach.
20
3. Driveways shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches. Standard cross -slopes for
21
walks shall be 2 percent max in accordance with current TAS/TDLR guidelines,
22
The construction oft e driveway approach shall include the variable height radius
23
curb in accordance with the Drawings.
24
4. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location,
25
slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the
26
Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS (no
27
separate pay).
28
B. Forms: Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true
29
position during the depositing of concrete.
30
C. Reinforcement: see Section 32 13 13.
31
D. Concrete Placement: see Section 32 13 13.
32
E. Finishing
33
1. Concrete sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be finished to a true,
34
even surface,
35
2. Trowel and then brush transversely to obtain a smooth uniform brush finish.
36
3. Provide exposed aggregate finish if specified.
37
4. Edge joints and sides shall with suitable tools.
38 F. Joints
39 1. Expansion joints for sidewalks, driveways and barrier free ramps shall be formed
40 using redwood.
41 2. Expansion joints shall be placed at 40 foot intervals for 4 foot wide sidewalk and 50
42 foot intervals for 5 foot wide and greater sidewalk.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECI FICATION DOCI )MENTS
Revised April 30, 2013
2015 Task Order Construcl ion Services at Various Locations
IM -2015-000003
,"M
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
M
11
I
321320-5
CONCRETE SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS AND BARRIER FREE RAMPS
Page 5 of 5
1 Expansion joints shall also be placed, at all inlersectik,)ns, sidewalks with concrete
driveways, curbs, f6rinations, other sidewalks and other adjacent old concrete work.,
Similar material shall be placed, around all obstructions protnlding into or through
sidewalks or driveways,
4. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness.
5. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all sidewalks shall
be finished to approxit'nately a 1/2 inch radius with a suitable finishing too]..
6. Sidewalks shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of the walk with a
marking too].
7. When sidewalk is against the curb, expailsionjohats shall match those in the curb.
G. Barrier Free Ramp
I . Furnish and install brick red color pre -cast detectable warning Dome -Tile,
manuf4ctured by Strong6ro Industries or approved equal by the City.
2. Detectable warning surface shall be a minimurn of 24 -inch in depth in the direction
of pedestrian travel, and extend to a ininitliurn of 48 -inch along the curb ramp or
landing where the pedestrlian access route enters the street.
3. Locate detectable warning surface so that the edge nearest the curb line is a
minimum of 6 -inch and maximurn of 8 -inch from the extension of the face of the
curb.
4. Detectable warning Dome -Tile surface may be curved along the comer radlius.
5.. Install detectable warning surface according to nianufachirer's instructions.
3.5 REPAIRJRESTORATION [NOT USEDI
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING INOT USED]
3.10 CLEANINGF INOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS INOT USED1
DATE NAME SUMMARYOF CHANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2,A.3 — N4easurenieiit and Payment for Barrier Free Ramps rnodified to match
updated to Details
4/30/2013 F. Griffin (7orreded Part 1, 1.2, A, 3, b, I to read; from square foot of Concrete Sidewalk,
I I to ... each ",Bufier Free Ramp"' installed, I
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONS 11 RUCI HON SPECIFICArION DOCUMENTS
Revised April 30, 2011
20157'ask Order C'mis1rudion Services at Various Locations
TPW2015-000003
I
32 13 73- 1
CONCRETE 11AVING.10INT SEALANTS
Paae I of 4
SECTION 32 13 73
CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Specification for silicone joint sealing for concrete pavement and curbs.
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I - General Requirements
12 3. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
14 A. Measurement and Payment
15 1. Measurement
16 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Joint Sealant completed
17 and accepted only when specified in the Drawings to be a pay item.
18 2. Payment
19 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item are
20 subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will be allowed,
21 unless specifically specified on Drawings.
22 1.3 REFERENCES
23 A. Reference Standards
24 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
25 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
26 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
27 2. ASTM International (ASTM):
28 a. D5893, Standard Specification for Cold Applied, Single Component,
29 Chemically Curing Silicone Joint Sealant for Portland Cement Concrete
30 Pavements
ata-py"00 L&SLO"ohn
32 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
33 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
34 A. Test and Evaluation Reports
35 1. Prior to installation, furnish certification by an independent testing laboratory that
36 the silicone joint sealant meets the requirements of this Section.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
9 A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 3 5
10 degrees F
11 B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free.
12 C. Do not place sealant in an expansion -type joint if surface temperature is below 35
13 degrees F or above 90 degrees F.
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI
15 PART 2- PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT U'SEDJ
17 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
18 A. Materials
19 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM 115893.
20 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape
21 a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer
22 rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal
23 b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be histalled inthe saw -cut joint to prevent
24 the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint.
25 c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint
26 sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them.
27 2.3 ACCESSORIES 1,NOTUSED1
28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
29 PART 3 - EXECUTION
30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED)
31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
32 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED)
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDAM) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 JMENTS
Revised F.kcewnber 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Comistiuction Servims at Various Locations
'I'MI-2015-000003
32 13 73 2
CONCRIAE PAVING JOINT SIALA.11; 1�'S
Pa.pe 2 of 4
1
2. Submit verifiable documentation that the manufacturer of the silicone joint sealant
2
has a minimum 2 -year demonstrated, documented successful field perf6rirnalace
3
with ci.)ncrete pavement silicone joint sealant systems.
4 1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5 1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
7 1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IJANDLING [NOT USED1
8 1.11
FIELD CONDITIONS
9 A. Do not apply joint sealant when the air and pavement temperature is less than 3 5
10 degrees F
11 B. Concrete surface must be clean, dry and frost free.
12 C. Do not place sealant in an expansion -type joint if surface temperature is below 35
13 degrees F or above 90 degrees F.
14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI
15 PART 2- PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT U'SEDJ
17 2.2 MATERIALS & EQUIPMENT
18 A. Materials
19 1. Joint Sealant: ASTM 115893.
20 2. Joint Filler, Backer Rod and Breaker Tape
21 a. The joint filler sop shall be of a closed cell expanded polyethylene foam backer
22 rod and polyethylene bond breaker tape of sufficient size to provide a tight seal
23 b. The back rod and breaker tape shall be histalled inthe saw -cut joint to prevent
24 the joint sealant from flowing to the bottom of the joint.
25 c. The backer rod and breaker tape shall be compatible with the silicone joint
26 sealant and no bond or reaction shall occur between them.
27 2.3 ACCESSORIES 1,NOTUSED1
28 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
29 PART 3 - EXECUTION
30 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED)
31 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
32 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED)
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDAM) CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION D00 JMENTS
Revised F.kcewnber 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Comistiuction Servims at Various Locations
'I'MI-2015-000003
32 13 73 -3
CONCREIT' PAVING JOIN TSFAI ANTS
Pagp 3 of 4
2 A. General
3 1. The silicone sealant shall be cold applied.
4 2. Allow concrete to cure for a minitnurn of 7 days to ensure it has suillicient strength
5 prior to sealing joints.
6 3., Perform joint reservoir saw cutling, eteaning, bond breaker installation, and joint
7 sealant placement in a continuous sequence of operations.
8 4. See Drawings for the various joint details with their respective dimensions,
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
M,
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
B. Equipment
1. Provide all necessary equipment and keep equipment in a satisfactory working
condition.
2. Equipment shall be inspected by the City prior to the beginning of the work.
3 The mininiuni requirements for construction equipment shall be as follows:
a. Concrete Saw. The sawing equipment shall be adequate in size and power to
complete the joint sawing to the required dimensions.
b. Air Compressors, The delivered compressed air shall have a pressure in excess
of 90 psi and shall be suitable for the removal of all free water and oil from the
compressed air.
c. EXtrusion Pump. The output shall be capable of supplying a sufficient voluille
of sealant to the ' johit.
d. Injection Tool. This mechanical device shall apply the sealant unifornfly into
the joint.
e. Sandblaster. The design shall be for coinmercial use with air compressors as
specified in this Section.
f Backer Rod Roller and Tooling Instrument. These devices shall be clean and
free ofC01111-frinination. They shall be cornpatitfle with the joint depth and width
requirements.
C. Sawing Joints: see Section 32 13 13.
D. Cleaning joints
1. Dry saw in I direction with reverse cutting blade then sand blast.
2. Use compressed air to remove the resulting dust from the joint,,
3. Sandblast joints after complete drying.
a. Attach nozzle to a mechanical aiming device so that the sand blast will be
directed at an angle of 45 degrees and at a distance of I to 2 inches from the
face of the joint.
b. Sandblast both joint faces sandblasted in separate, I directional passes,
c. When sandblasting is complete, blow-out using compressed air.
d. The blow tube shall fit into the joints,
1
4. Check the blown joint for residual dust or other contarnination.
a. If any dust or contatnination is f'ound, repeal sandblasting and blowing until the
joint is cleaned.
b. Do not use solvents to remove stains and contamination.
5. Place the bond breaker and sealant in the joint ininiediately upon cleaning.
6. Bond Breaker Rod and Tape: install in the cleaned joint prior to the application of
the joint sealant.
crry OF FORT WORXH 201.5 `'ask Order Construction Servk-ts at Various Location
s,rANDARD CONSTRI JCTION Sill XI1 1'^ICA HON DOCI JMEN,rs 1'111W -2Q145-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
M
M
29
321373-4
CONCRETE PAVING JOINTSEALANTS
Page, 4 of 4
7 Do not leave open, cleaned joints unsealed overnight.
E. Joint Sealant
1. Apply the joint sealant upon placement of the bond breaker rod and tape, using the
niechanical injection too].
2. Do not seal joints unless they are cimm and dry.
3. Rei�'nolve and discard excess sealant left on the pavement surface.
a. Do not excess use to seal the joints.
4. The pavement surface shall present a clean final condition as deternimed by City.
5. Do not allow traffic on the fresh sealajif until it beconies tack.-ftee.
F. Approval of Joints
1. The City may request a representative of the sealant manufacturer to be present at
the job site at the beginning of the final cleaning and sealing ofjoints.
a. The representative shall demonstrate to the Contractor and the City the
acceptable niethod for sealant installatioil.
b. The representative shall approve the clean, dry,joints before the sealing
operation commences.
3.5 REPAIRIRESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION INOTUSED1
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE NAME
iA SUW RY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STA NDAR D CONSTRU."'I"10N SPUCIFICATION DOCUMENT'S
Revised December 20,,2012
20151'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
I
IF 32 14 16 1
BRICK. UNI1711AVING
Page � of9
SEC117ION 32 14 16
2 BRICK 1,.1Ni,r PAVING
6190p4lifflum
4 1.1 SUMMARY
1 ,
F 5 A. Section Includes:
6 L All labor, materials and equipment necessary to install brick pavers, set in mortar
7 on reinforced concrete base for:
8 a. New brick paving
ar 9 b. Brick paving repair
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
I 1 1. None.
N
frP
F,
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirenients, Contract Farms, and Conditions of the Corifi,act
14 2. Division I - General Requiret-nents
15 3 Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurenient and Payinent
18 1. Brick Paving
19 a. Measuremenit
20 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Brick Paving.,
21 b. Payrnent
22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per square yard of Brick Paving completed and accepted in its
25 final position per Drawings.
26 c. The price bid shall include:
27 1) Sarnple panels
28 2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
29 3) Furnishing and applying all water required
30 4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling, handling, mixing,
31 placing, finishing and curing all concrete ingredients for concrete base
32 material
33 5) Furnishing and instal ling all rein.forcing steel for concrete base
34 6) Furnishing, mixing and placing all setting materials including mortar
35 selling bed, wet mortar joint filler and high bond mortar mix
36 7) Furnishing and setting all brick unit pavers
37 8) Scaling joints
38 2. Brick Paving Repair
39 a. Measurement
40 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Brick Paving
41 Repaired.
42 b. Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTI I 2015'rask Order ConstruWofl Services at Vadous Locafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMEIN,rs TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
321416-2
BRICK UNI'117PAWN(I
Page 2 of 9
i
1)
The work perforined and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
2
and measured as provided under "Measurement"" will be paid for at the unit
3
price bid per square yard of Brick Paving Repair completed and accepted in
4
its final position per Drawings.
5
c. The price bid shall include:
6
1)
Sample panels
7
2)
Shaping and fine grading the roadbed
8
3)
Furnishing and applying all water required
9
4)
Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling, handling, mixing,
10
placing, finishing and curing all concrete ingredients for concrete base
H
material
1.2
5)
Furnishing and installing all reinforcing steel for concrete base
13
6)
Furriishing, mixing and placing all setting materials including mortar
14
setting bed, wet mortar joint filler and high bond mortar mix
15
7)
Furnishing and setting all brick unit pavers
16
8)
Sealingjoints
17
1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Ref6rence Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
20 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
21 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
22 2. As'rm International (ASTM):
23 a. C67, Test Methods of Sampling and'I'esting Brick and Structural Clay Tile
24 b. C 144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
25 c. 0150, Portland Cement
26 d. C207, Specification for Qydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes
27 e., 0902, Specification for Pedestrian and Light Traffic Paving Brick
28 f 01602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of
29 Hydraulic Cement Concrete
30 3. The Brick Industry Association, "Technical Notes
31 a. No. 1, Cold and Hot Weather Construction
32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
33 A. Penniffing
34 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts inthe street from the Transportation
35 and Public Works Department, in conformance with current ordinances.
36 2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after
37 construction.
38 1.5 SUBMITTALS
39 A. Product ata: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each manufactured product,
40 including certification that each product complies with specified requirements.
41 B. Samples
42 1, For material verification purposes submit the fol lowing:
43 a. Manufacturer's testing certification conforming to ASTM C67 testing methods
44 for:
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPIECIFICATION DOC'UMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
Al
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
321416®S
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 3 of 9
I I ) (..ornpressive strength, pounds per square inch
2 2) Absorption, 5 hour submersion in cold water
3 3) Absorption, 24 hour submersion in cold water
4 4) Maximuna saturation coefficient
5 5) Initial rate of absoil3tion (suction)
6 6) Abrasion index
7 7) Freeze -thaw
8 8) Efflorescence
9 b. Masonry paving unit sarnples for each type of niasonryr paving required,
10 Include in each set the full range of exposed color and texture to be expected in
11 the completed work.
42 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATiONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
16 A. Installer: Brick paver and any subcontractors shall have experience in brick paving and
17 their previous work will be reviewed by the City prior to start of work.
18 B. Sample Panel: Prior to installation of masonry paving work, fabricate sample panel
19 using materials, pattern and joint treatment indicated for project work, including special
20 features for expansion joints and contiguous work.
21 1. Include color range, size, texture, bond, expansionjointing, pattern, finish, and
22 workmanship.
23 2. Make 6 feet x 6 feet minimum.
24 3. provide range of color, texture and workmanship to be expected in the completed
25 work,
26 4. Sample panel shall be inspected by the City. If the sample is not acceptable,
27 construct additional panels at no cost to the City until an acceptable panel is
28 constructed,
29 5. Obtain City's acceptance of visual qualities of the panel before start of masonry
30 paving work.
31 6. Maintain the sample panel as the standard of minimal quality for approval of all
32 proposed brick pavement work required for the project. 1"..,ocate sample panel near
33 the pavement work to facilitate comparison
34 7. Do not change source of brands for masonry units, setting materials, or grout during
35 progress of work.
36 8. Remove sample panel from the site at completion of project.
37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
38 A. Delivery: Brick pavers and associate(] installation materials shall be delivered to the
39 job adequately protected from daniage during transit,
40 1. Brick pavers shall be carefully packed by the supplier for shipment with name of
41 manufacturer and identification of contents.
42 2. Pavers dainaged in any manner will be rejected and replaced with new materials at
43 no additional cost to the City.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at various Locations
S FAAVDARD CONSTR ucTION SPECIFICATI(W DOCUMENTS TPIV-2015-000003
PIP Revised December 20,2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
M
z
10
11
12
13
14
15
32 1416 4
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Page 4 of'9
B. Storage: Protect grout and mortar materials during storage and consintetion against
wetting by rain, snow or ground water and against soilage or intennixture with earth or
other types of materials.
1. Protect grout and mortar materials from deterioration by rrmisture and temperature,
2. Store in a dry location or in watetprooftontainer.
3. Keep containers tightly closed and away from open flame. Protect liquid
component s from freezing.
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Ambient Conditions
Y. Nornial constniction: temperatures between 40 degrees and 100 degirees.
2. Cold Weather Construction: temperatures below 40 degrees
a. Comply with requirements for masonry construction in cold weather from the
BIA Technical Notes on Brick Construction, No. 1, Cold and Hot Weather
Construction, Table No. I as summarized in the following table:
CITY OF FOWI'WOKI'l-I
STANDARD WNSTRUCTION SPEk'11FICATION DOCUMIFINTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order ConstruLlion Services at Various Locafions
TM -2015-000003
I
JOUT
Opp
I
1
32 14 16-5
BRICK tfl.'4iTPAVlNG
Page 5 of 9
1. Preparation and Construction requirements are based on ambient temperatures. Protection requirements, after
masonry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
s,rANDART) CONSTRUCTION SPECI FICA HON DOCUMENTS IPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
Preparation
Construction
Protection
Temperature'
Requirements
Requirements
Requirements
(Prior to Work)
(Work in Progress)
(After Masonry is
Placed)
Do not lay masonry units
having either a temperature
Heat mixing water or sand to
below 20 degrees IF or
containing frozen moisture,
produce mortar between 40
visible ice, or snow on their
degrees Fand 120 degrees
surface.
F�
Completely cover newly
40 degrees F to
Remove visible ice and
Do not heat water or
constructed masonry
with a weather -resistive
32 degrees F
snow from top surface of
aggregates used in mortar or
membrane for 24 hr after
existing foundations and
. grout above 140 degrees 1:"
construction.
masonry to receive new
Heat grout materials when
construction. Heat these
their temperature is below 32
surfaces above freezing ot
degrees F.
using methods that do n
result in damage.
Comply with cold weather
requirements above.
Maintain mortar temperature
above freezing until used in
32 degrees F to
Comply with cold weather
masonry.
Comply with cold
weather requirements
25 degrees F
requirements above.
Heat grout materials so grout
above.
is at a temperature between
70 degrees IF and 120
degrees IF during mixing and
placed at a temperature
above 70 degrees F.
Comply with cold weather
Completely cover newly
requirements above.
constructed masonry
Heat masonry surfaces under
with weather -resistive
construction to 40 degrees F
insulating blankets or
equal protection for 24 hr
25 degrees F to
Comply with cold weather
and use wind breaks or
after completion of work.
20 degrees F
reqWrements above.
enclosures when the wind
Extend time period to 48
velocity exceeds 15 mph.
hr for grouted masonry,
Heat masonry to a minimum
ce
unless the only mentin
of 40 degrees F prior to
the grout is Type III
Portland cement.
grouting.
Maintain newly
constructed masonry
temperature above 32
degrees F for at least 24
hr after being completed
by using heated
20 degrees F and
Comply with cold weather
Comply with cold weather
enclosures, electric
heating blankets, infrared
below
requirements above.
requirements above.
lamps, or other
acceptable methods.
Extend time period to 48
hr for grouted masonry,
unless the only cement
in the grout is Type III
Portland cement.
1. Preparation and Construction requirements are based on ambient temperatures. Protection requirements, after
masonry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
s,rANDART) CONSTRUCTION SPECI FICA HON DOCUMENTS IPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
321416 .6
BRICK UNIT PAVING
Pa. ge 6 of 9
3. of Weather Construction: temperatures above 100 degrees
a. Comply with requirements for masonry construction in hot weather from the
IA Technical. Notes on Brick Construction, No L, Cold and of Weather
Construction, Table No. I as summarized in the following table:
Temperature'
Preparation
Requirements
(Prior to Work)
Construction Requirements
(Work in Progress)
Protection
Requirements
(After Masonry is
Placed)
Above 115
Use of mixing water for
degrees F or
Shade materials and mixing
mortar and grout. Ice must be
105 degrees F
equipment from direct
melted or removed before
with a wind
sunlight.
water is added to other mortar
Comply with hot weather
velocity over 8
or grout materials.
requirements below.
mph
Comply with hot weather
requirements below.
Comply with hot weather
requirements below.
Maintain mortar and grout at a
temperature below 120
degrees F.
Provide necessary
conditions and equipment to
Flush mixer, mortar transport
Above 100
produce mortar having, a
container, and mortar boards
Fog spray newly
degrees F or
temperature below 120
with cool water before they
constructed masonry until
90 degrees F with
degrees F.
come into contact with mortar
damp, at least 3 times a
8 mph wind
ingredients or mortar.
day until the masonry is 3
Maintain sand piles in a
Maintain mortar consistency by
days old.
damp, loose condition.
reternpedrig with cool water.
Use mortar within 2 hr of initial
I mixing.
masor�ry is placed, are based on mean daily temperatures,
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
9 PART 2- PRODUCTS
i
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Rigid Concrete Base: See Section 32 13 13.
B. Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 13 13
C. Paving Brick for Heavy Vehicular Traffic: Standard Solid (uncored)Paving Brick of
modular size, 2.4/4 inches x 3-5/8 inches x 7-5/8 inches except as indicated, as per
ASTM 01272, Type R, Application PX
D. Setting Materials
1. The mortar setting bed shall consist of -
a. I part Portland cement- AST 0150, Type I
b. 1/4 part hydrated lime by volume ASTM 0207, Type 5
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
11'PW-2015-000003
32 14 r6-7
BRICK UNITTAVING
Page 7 of 9
I
c.
3 parts darrip sand - ASTM 014.4 (for high -bond mortar, gradation in
2
accordance with additive mantifiacturer's recomn-iiendations).
3
d.
Add water to obtain stiff mix - A STM C 1602.
4
2. The
wet mortar joint filler shall consist of:
5
a.
I part Portland cement - AsTm (A 50, Type 1
6
b.
3 parts dry sand A STM 0144.
7
c.
Add water to obtain a wet mix - ASTM C 1602
8
3. High bond mortar mix shall consist of:
9
a.
I sack Portland cement ASTM C150,Type I
10
b.
50 pounds workability adlditive - "'A" Marble Dust by Arnico Steel Corporation,
11
Piqna Quarries, or Ute Dolomite Limestone by U.S. Lime Division of Fllintkote
12
Corporation, or Micro Fill No. 2 by Pure Stone Company, Marble Falls, Texas
13
or approved equal
1.4
c.,
3 1/4 cubic feet of sand ... ASTM C 144
15
d.
4 gallons of high bond additive -Sarabond I,iquidl Mortar Additive by the Dow
16
Chemical Corporation or approved equal
17
e.
Mix with water in accordance with High Bond Additive manufacturer's
18
recommendations,
19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
2l PART 3 - EXECUTION
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION (NOT USED]
24 3.3 PREPARATION INOTUSED1
25 3.4 INSTALLATION
26 A. Place 8 -inch reinforced concrete base under proposed brick pavement.
27 L Concrete base: See Section 32 13 13.
28 a. Desigi.-i. concrete mix design for a minfinurn compressive strength of 3,000
29 pounds per square inch at the age of 2 days for either type I or type III cement
30 2. Reinforcing Steel: Section 32 13 13
31 a. No. 4 bars at 18 inches on center both directions
32 3. Keep concrete surfaces to receive pavers dry, clean, free of oily or waxy films and
33 level.
34 4. Verify gradients and elevations of base are as indicated on Drawings.
35 B. Protect adjacent finished surfaces from soiling, staining, and other daniage during
36 construction. Clean and restore any daniage or stains to adJacent surfaces to equal or
37 better than original condition.
38 C. Spread and screed setting bed mixture to a true plane and limit bed ji-nixture to an
39 amount that can be covered with pavers before initial set.
40 D. Set pavers in the patterns shown in the field with unifonn fight.joints (1/4 -inch
MY OF FORTWORTH 20151'ask Order Consfmcfion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S11FICIFICA, 110114 DOCUNIFNTS' TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
321416-8
BRICK UNIT PAVING
PNge 8 of 9
I
E.
Do not use pavers with chips, cracks, or voids.
2
F.
Set paver in 1 -inch layer of neat cement paste over setting bed.
3
G.
Tolerances: Tolerances shall be checked continuously as work progresses so that
4
nonconforming areas can be corrected befbre mortar sets.
5
1. Alignment tolerances: niaximurn 1/4 inch in 20 feet; 1/2 inch in 40 feet
6
2. Surface tolerance: inaxinium plus or minus 1/8 inch in 8 feet noncumulative
7
3. Alignment and surface tolerances will be checked and enforced. The Contractor
8
shall make provisions that brick pavers can meet these tolerances as they are
9
supplied. Imperfections in the brick dimensions and surfaces will not constitute as
10
reasons to accept inferior paving and the work will be rejected.
11
H.
Tannp pavers into full contact with the mortar bed to a level phuie. Do not set large
12
are of pavers for later leveling.
13
I.
After pavers are set and cleaned free of mortar, fill joints with mortar, completely filling
14
voids.
15
J.
Remove excess dry joint filler inixture and fbg surface with fine water spray.
16
K.
Cut pavers with motor driven itiasonry saw with a sharp diamond blade. J."xposed
17
broken edges will not be allowed.
18
L.
A 7 day damp cure is required. Employ barricades to restrict traffic during the 7 day
19
cure period, After the 7 day damp cure period, clean the surface with stiff brush and
20
brick matt ul'hcturer's reconimended cleaning solution in increments not exceeding 100
21
square feet, leaving surface clean and free of mortar and grout stains.
22
M.
At the end of each day, spray paved areas with a fine mist of water, ill joints within 3
23
days after the pavers are set. Spray paved areas until the joint's are filled.
24
N.
Sweep and keep brick surlaces clean at all times in order to avoid penetration of cement
25
into the brick surface.
26
3.5 REPAIR
27
A.
General
28
1. Remove and replace masonry paving units as directed by the City that are loose,
29
chipped, broken, stained or otherwise damaged, or if units do not match adjoining
30
units as intended.
31
2. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in same manner as original
32
units, with same joint treatment to eliminate evidence of replacement.
33
3. 113ointing: during tooling of joints, etilm-ge voids or holes and completely fill with
34
mortar orgrout. Point-ulijoints at sealant type joints to provide a neat, uniform
35
appearance, properly prepared to application of sealant.
36
4, Cleaning: Remove excess mortar/grout from exposed brick surfaces, wash and
37
scrub clean.
38
5. Protect masonry paving installations from deterioration, discoloration or damage
39
during subsequent constructions and until acceptance of work, in compliance with
40
recommendations of installer and paving unit manufacturer.
41
B.
Trench Repair
42
L Preparation
CFFY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rasic Order Consliuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION 1300 WIENTS rPW-2015.,000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
1
w
w
M
Revision Log
DATE
32 M 16 ..• 9
SUMMARY OF CIIANGE
12/20/2012
BRICK UNITPAYING
3.4.A.. Modified informalion to match City of Fort Worth Stand Detail
Page 9 of 9
a. Replace a continuous section if niiultipe repairs are closer than 10 feet apart
2
from edge of one repair to the edge of a second repair.
3
b. Surface Preparation: mark pavenient cut repairs for approval by the CITY.
4
2., Removal
5
1) Use care in removing brick pavers to be repaired to prevent damage to
6
brick pavers ad' jacent, to the repair area.
7
3. Installation: See Article 3.4.
8
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USE D1
9
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
10
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
11
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
12
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
13
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
14
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
15
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USEI)]
16
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
17
END OF SECTION
w
M
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CIIANGE
12/20/2012
D. Johnson
3.4.A.. Modified informalion to match City of Fort Worth Stand Detail
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Congruction Services at Various Locations
STANI)ARD CONST "RUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUM!"NTS IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32 16 13 ... I
CONC RE, 1 11" CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUTTERS
paly'' I of's
I SECTION 32 16 13
NMI 2 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTERS AND VAL.J.-,FIN GL17TE1Ft.S
3
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF C]FICATION I.X)CUNIENTS '11"W-2015-000WO
Revised December 20, 2012
..........
5
1.1 SUMMARY
6
A. Section Includes:
7
L Concrete Curbs and Gutters
8
2. Concrete Valley Gutters
9
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
10
1. None.
11
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
12
1. Division. 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
13
2. Division I - General Requirement,,
14
3. Section 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition
lip
15
4. Section 32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
16
5. Section 32 13 73 - Concrete paving Joint Sealants
17
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
18
A. Measurement and payment
19
1. Concrete Curb and Gutter
20
a. Measurement
21
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Concrete Curb and
22
Gutter.
P
23
b. Payinent
24
1) The work perfornied and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
25
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
fA
26
price bid per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter complete and in place
27
by curb height,
28
c,. The price bid shall include -
29
1) Preparing the subgrade
30
2) Furnishing and placing all materials, including foundation course,
31
reinforcing steel, and expansion material
ftro
32
2. Concrete Valley Gutter
33
a. Measurement
34
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete Valley
35
Gutter.
36
b. payment
37
1) The work perfbrmed and materials 1"Urnislied in accordance with this Item
38
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
SFr
39
price bid per square yard of Concrete Val 1ey Gutter complete and in place
40
far:
41
a) Various street types
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF C]FICATION I.X)CUNIENTS '11"W-2015-000WO
Revised December 20, 2012
..........
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
I
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
32 16 13 4
CONCRETE CLJRB AND GUTIERS AND VALIEY ('19UTTERS
Page 4 of 5
1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slily forni
machine must easily be adjustable veri,ically during the fonvard inotion of
the inachine to provide variable heights necessary to conform to the
established gradeline,,
d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so that a continual conriparisoni can be
made between the extruded or slipfbrin work and the grade guideline.
e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slipforyning.
6. Hand -Laid Concrete - - Concrete Valley Gutter: See Section 32 13 13.
7. Expansionjoints,
a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200 -foot intervals and at
intersection returns and other rigid structures.
b. Place tooledjoints at 15 -foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalkjoints and
pavementjoints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches,,
c. Place expansionjohns at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs,
buildings and other curb and gutters.
do Make expansionjoints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full
depth of the concrete.
e. Make expainsionjoints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb.
f. Neatly trim any expairision)-naterial extending above the finished to the surface
of the finished work.
g., Make expansionjoints in the curb and gutter coincide with the concrete
expanlsion joints.
h. Longiftidinal dowels across the expansionjoints in the curb and gutter are
required.
i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each
expansion joint.
j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with a dowel cap that
provides a minimurn of I inch free expansion.
L Support dowels by anapproved method.
D. Curing: see Section 32 13 13,
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION INOTUSED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED1
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOTUSED]
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
41 END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C"ONS t3 UC71110N SPECIF ICATION DOCUM"NTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Fask Order Consfmchon Services at Various Locations
T11P1W20150(KKN)3
0
I*
LE
03
im
N
321613 -5
CONCRETE� CURB AND GUTTERS AND VALLEY GUITERS
Page 5 of 5
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CI IATA GE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson I.2, ,,2. Modified payinent item to vwy by street type
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIJCTION SPECIFICATION DOCIJ NIENTS 'rPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
r
If
SECTION 32 17 23
PPV EMENTMARKINGS
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
32 1723 1
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Paj.;e I of I I
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Pavement Markings
7 a. Thermoplastic, hunt -applied„ spray (flAS)paveii,icntiiiiarkinigs
8 b. Thermoplastic, 13ot- applied, extruded (1-1 A[',) pavement markings
9 c. Pre.f6rmed poly j ner tape
10 d. Preformed heat -activated thermoplastic tape
11 2. Raised markers
12 3. Work zone markings
13 4. Removal of pavement markings and rnaikers
14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
15 1. None.
16 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily Hinited to:
17 1. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
18 2. Division I - - General Requirements
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurenient and I?ayrnent
21 1. Pavement Markings
22 a. Measurement
23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of material placed.
24 b. Payment
25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
26 and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
27 unit price bid per linear foot of "Pvmt Marking" installed for:
28 a) Various Widths
29 b) Various Types
30 c) Various Materials
31 d) Various Colors
32 c. The price bid shall include:
33 1 ) Installation of Pavement Marking
34 2) Glass beads, when required
35 3) Surface preparation
36 4) Clean-up
37 5) 'II"esting (when required)
38 2. Legends
39 a. Measurement
40 1) Measurenient for this Item shall be per each 1.egejad installed.
41 b. llayn'ient
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015"task Order Construction Servims at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSINUCHON SPECIFICATION DOCUNIENT'S TPW-2015-000003
Revised Novem1wr 22„ 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
I
32 1723-2
PAVEMENT MARIKINGS
Page 2 of I I
1) The work perfbrmed and materials furnished in accordance with this Its
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Legend" installed for:
a) Various types
b) Various applications
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Installation of Pavement Marking
2) Glass beads, when required
3) Surface preparation
4) Clean-up
5) Testing
3. Raised Markers
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Raised Marker installed,
b. Payrnent
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Its
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Raised Marker" installed
for;
a) Various types
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Installation of Raised Markers
2) Surface preparation
3) Clean-up
4) 'resting
4. Work Zone Tab Markers
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Its shall be per each Tab Marker installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Tab Marker" installed for:
a) Various types
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Installation of Tab Work Zone Markers
5. Fire Lane Markings
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per the linear foot.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per linear foot of "Fire Lane Marking" installed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Surface preparation
2) Clean-up
3) Testing
6. Pavement Marking Rernoval
a. Measurement
1) Measure for this Its shall be per linear foot.
b. Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENI'S
Revised November 22, 2013
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
r
N
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
321723-3
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page, 3 of I I
1) The work perrormed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under ",Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove Pvmt Marking" peirfor-coed for:
a) Various widths
c. The price bid shall include
1) Removal of Pavement Markings
2) Clean-up
7. Raised Marker Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Pavement Marker renloved.
b. Payment
1) The work per fornied and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Raised Marker"
perform ed,
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal of each Marker
2) Disposal of removed materials
3) Clean-up
8. Legend Removal
a. Measurement
1) Measure for this Item shall be per each I.,egend removed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement"' shall be paid for at the
unit price bid per linear foot of "Remove I.,,egend" perfbn-ned for:
a) Various types
b) Various applications
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Removal of Pavement Markings
2) Clean-up
31 1.3 REFERENCES
32 A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices tMi l'1" 1,2011 Edition
a. Part 3, Markings
3. American Association of State IIhwa. �and Transportation Q�fficiql�sAAS�IJTQ
a. Standard Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, M 247-09
4. Federal FlighwAy Administratipp (E
jj)KA
. ............ . .... j
a. 23 CFR Part 655, F Docket No. FHWA-2009-.0139
5. Texas Le oELf r
.qnspog qtionl �i
L _U�M
a. DMS -4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)
b. LMS -4300, raffic Buttons
c. DMS -8220, of Applied 'Iltermophistic
d. DMS -8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings
e. DMS -8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings
CITY OF FORT WORTH 201 5 Task Order (7onstruction Services at Various Locations
S1 ANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICATION DOCU MENTS 111W-2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
32 17 23 4
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
4 of I I
I f. I)MS-8242, Tenniporary Flexible -Reflective Road MlarkerTabs
2 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] pmt
3 1.5 SUBMITTALS
4 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00.
5 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to deliver -y and/or fabrication for
6 specials.
olz
7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SIJBMITTALS [NOT USED]
8
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED[
9
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
10
1.9
QUALITY' ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
11
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
12
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
13
1. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
14
accordance with Section 0150 00.
15
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED[
16
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT USER[
17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
18 2.1 OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS
19 A. New Products
20 1. Refer to Drawings to determine if there are owner -supplied products for the Project.
21 2.2 MATERIALS
22 A. Manufacturers
23 to Only the manufacturers as listed in the City's Standard Products List will be
24 considered as shown in Section 0160 00.
25 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.
26 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
27 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00.
28 B. Materials
29 1. Pavement Markings
30 a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray
31 1) Refer to Drawings and City Standard Detail Drawings for width of
32 longitudinal lines.
33 2) Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markinigs.
34 3) When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet,
35 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky
36 exposed surface.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSIRUCTION S111"iCIFI4:"ATION DO(I.)MIENTS
Revised November 22, 2012
"'k
2015T&sk Order Consiniction Servims at Variow, Locations
TPW-2015-000003
CITY OF FORT WORTH 015 Task Order Costr
nuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRLIC"FlON SIIIF: CIFICATION DC)CUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
32 1723-5
PAVEMENTMARKINGS
Page 5 of I I
1
4)
Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion
2
and cotitraction without chipping or cracking.
3
5)
'The markings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placeitient
4
under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees
5
Fahrenheit and below.
6
6)
Markings shall have uniform cross section, clean edges, square ends and no
7
evidence of tracking.
8
7)
The density and quality of the material shall be unil'orm throughout the
9
markings.
10
8)
The thickness shall be uniforin throughout the length and width of the
11
markings.
12
13
9)
The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and %roids, and free of
blisters for 60 days
a mininium of after application.
14
10)
The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium. chloride, calcium
15
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the
16
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of
17
traffic.
18
11)
The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if,
19
at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material.
20
a) New material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no
21
splitting or separation takes place,
22
12)
The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective
23
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit ujliifbrlll
24
retro directive reflectance.
25
13)
Traffic beads
26
a) Manufactured from glass
27
b) Spherical in shape
28
c) Essentially free of sharp angular patticles
29
d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or
30
surface scratching
31
e) Water white in color
32
f) Applied at a uniform rate
33
g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASITTO Standard
34
Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO
35
Designation: M 24709.
36
b. Thennoplastic, hot applied, extruded
37
1 )
Product shall be especially compounded for traffic markings
38
2)
When placed on the roadway, the markings shall not be slippery when wet,
39
lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky
40
exposed surface.
41
3)
Cold ductility of the rnateriat shall permit normal road surface expansion
42
and contraction without chipping or cracking.
43
4)
The inark.ings shall retain their original color, dimensions and placeinent
44
under normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees
45
Fahrenheit and below.
46
5)
Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends and no
47
evidence of tracking.
48
6)
The density and quality of the material shall be uniform throughout the
49
fnarikings.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 015 Task Order Costr
nuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRLIC"FlON SIIIF: CIFICATION DC)CUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
321723-6
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 6 of 11
7) The thickness shall be uniform throughout the length and width of the
markings.
8) The markings shall be 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of
blisters for a minirnum of 60 days after application.
9) The minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane
t'ornied by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center
of the marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of V2 inch from the edge.
10) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch.
11) The material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium
chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the
oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of
traffic.
12) The material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if,
at some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. New
material shall bond itself to the old line in such a manner that no splitting or
separation takes place.
13) The markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective
both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform
retro -directive reflectance.
14) Traffic beads
a) Manufactured from glass
b) Spherical in shape
c) Essentially free of sharp angular particles
d) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or
surface scratching
e) Water white in color
f) Applied at a uniform rate
g) Meet or exceed Specifications shown in AASI-iTO Standard
Specification for Glass Beads Used in Pavement Markings, AASHTO
Designation: M 247-09.
c. Preformed Polymer Tape
1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for SWAO Director 35,
3M High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES, or approved equal.
d. Preformed Heat -Activated Thermoplastic Tape
1) Material shall meet or exceed the Specifications for HOT Tape Brand 0.125
mil preformed thermoplastic or approved equal.
2. Raised Markers
a. Markers shall meet the requirements of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic
Control Devices,
b. Non -reflective markers shall be Type Y (yellow body) and Type W (white
body) round ceramic markers and shall meet or exceed the TxDo"r
Specification DMS -4300.
c. The reflective markers shall be plastic, meet or exceed the 'rxDo,r
Specification DMS -4200 for high-volume retroreflective raised markers and be
available in the following types:
1) Type I -C, white body, I face reflects white
2) Type ll- -A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber
3) Type 11 -C-R, white body, I face reflects white, the other red
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOC'UMENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised Noveminr 22, 2013
I
32 17 23 -.7
PAVEMENTMARKIN6S
Page 7 of I I
1 3. Work Zone Markings
2 a. Tabs
3 1) Temporary flexible -reflective roadway tnat-ker tabs shall meet requirements
4 of TxD01' DMS -8242, "Teinporary Flexible -Reflective Road Marker
5 Tabs."
6 2) Removable markings shall not be used to simulate edge lines.
7 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent
8 Pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days.
9 b. Raised Markers
10 1) All raised pavement markers shall meet the requirements of DMS -4200.
11 C. Striping;
12 1) Work Zone striping shall meet or exceed the TxDOT Specification DMS -
13 8200.
15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
16 A. Performance
17 1. Minimum maintained retroreflectivity levels for longitudinal markings shall meet
18 the requirements detailed in the table below for a miniminin of 30 calendar days.
Posted S. eed (rup
X30 35-50 X55
2 -lane roads with centerline n/a 100 250
markings onjLKD
All other roads n/a 50 100
19 (1) Measured at standard 30 rn geometry in units of mcd/m /lux.
20 (2) EAcelptions:
21 A. When raised reflective pavement markings (R,R.PMs) supplemenil or substitute for a
22 longitudinal line, inininiurn pavernent marking retrorefiectivity levels are not applicable as
23 long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that
24 line during nighttime conditions.
25 B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minfinuin
26 pavenient marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable,
27 PART 3 - EXECUTION
29 3.2 PREPARATION
30 A. Pavement Conditions
31 1. Roadway surfaces shall be free of dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing
32 markings and other forms of contamination,
33 2. New Portland cement concrete surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to remove the
34 curing membrane,
35 3. Pavement to which material is to be applied shall be completely dry.
CITYOF if WORTH 2015Twsk. Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDDARD CONS'll'RUCTION SPYI(IFICATION DOCUMFTS IT NV .2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
32 17 23 - 8
PAVEMENTMARKINGS
Page 8 of I I
1 4. Pavement shall be considered dry, if, on a sunny day after observation for 15
2 minutes, no condensation develops on the underside of a I square foot piece of
3 clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted on the edges.,
4 5. Equipinent and methods used for surface preparation shall not dainage the
5 pavernent or present a hazard to motorists or pedestrians,
6 3.3 INSTALLATION
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
1. The materials shall be applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Markings and markers shall be applied within teiriperature limits recommended by
the material numufacturer, and shall be applied on clean, dry pavement having a
surface temperature above 50 degrees Fahrenheit.
3. Markings that are not properly, applied due to faulty application methods or being
placed in the wrong position or alignment shall be removed and replaced by the
Contractor at the Contractor's expense., If the mistake is such that it would be
coriftising or hazardous to motorists, it shall be remedied the same day of
notification. Notification will be made by phone and confirmed by fax. Other
mistakes shall be remedied within 5 days of written notification.
4. When markings are applied on roadways open to traffic, care will be taken to
ensure that proper safety precautions are followed, including the use of signs,
cones, barricades, daggers, etc.
5. Freshly applied markings shall be protected from traffic damage and disfigurement.
6. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface
before allowing traffic to travel on it.
ul-NUMMMEMEU=
I I"'hermoplastic, hot applied, spray
a. This method shall be used to install and replace long lines .-- centerlines, lane
lines, edge lines, turn lanes, and dots.
b. Markings shall be applied at a 110 mil thickness.
c. Markings shall be applied at a 90 mil thickness when placed over existing
markings.
d. A sealer shall be used if concrete or asphalt is older than three (3) years.
e. Typical setting time shall be between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending
upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor.
f Retroreflective raised markers shall be used to supplement the centerlines, lane
lines, and to lanes. Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for placement.
g. Minimum retroreflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in
subparagraph 2A.A. I of this Specification.
2. Thermoplastic, of applied, extruded
a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks and stop -lines.
b. Markings shall be applied at a 125 it thickness.
c. Minimum retrorcflectivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in
this Specification,
3. Preformed Polymer Tape
a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop -lines, and
legends.
CITY OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order ("Onstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S 'I'PW-2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
011
32 17 23 - 9
PAVEMENTMARKINUS
Page 9 of I I
I b. The applied marking shall adhere to the pavcnient surface with no slippage or
2 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges.
3 c,, Mininiuni retroreflect ivity of markings shall meet or exceed values shown in
4 this Specification,
5 4. Preforined fileal-,Activalled'l"tie:niiopta�;tic'l'ape
6 a. This method shall be used to install and replace crosswalks, stop lines, and
7 legends.
8 b. The applied marking shall adhere to the paven-iient surface with no slipll.)age or
9 lifting and have square ends, straight lines and clean edges.
10 c. Miniiiiurn retroreflectivity ofmarkirigs shall meet or exceed values shown in
11 this Specification.
12 C. Raised Markers
13 1. All peri ianent raised PEINTITICut markers on Portland Cement roadways shall be
14 installed with epoxy adhesive. Bituminous adhesive is not acceplable,
15 2 All pernianent raised pavement marker's on new asphalt roadways may be installed
16 with epoxy or bituminous adhesive.
17 3. A chalk line, chain or equivalent shall be used during layout to ensure that
18 individual markers are properly aligned. All markers shall be placed uniforrilly
19 along the line to achieve a smooth continuous appearance.
20
D. Work Zone Markings
21
1.
Work shall be performed with as little disruption to traffic as possible.
22
2.
Install longitudinal mark, ings on pavemetit suil,'aces before opening to traffic.
23
3.
Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are
24
installed.
25
4.
Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the Texas MU'TCD and as
26
shown on the Drawings.
27
5.
Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement
28
of a surface treatment, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings,
29
6.
Place markings in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement
30
ruafkitigs.
31
7.
Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or
32
transverse lines.
33
8.
All markings shall be visible from a distance of 300 feet in daylight conditions and
34
from a distance of at least 160 feet in nighttime conditions, illuminated by low. -
35
beam autornobile headlight.
36
9.
The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white.
37
or yellow.
38
10.
The markings must exhibit uniform r'ett-oreflective characteristics.
39
11.
Epoxy adhesives shall not be used to work zone fnarkings.
40
3.4 REMOVALS
41
1.
Pavement Marking and Marker 1�.emoval
42
a. The indusb°y's best practice shall be used to remove existing pavement
43
markings and markers.
0TY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constmetion Servlms at Various Locations
STAN DARD CONSTRUC1110N SPECIFICA"HON NXITMENT'S 'rPW..2015-000003
Revised NanverrsbeTL 22, 2013
32 1723 10
PAVEMENTMARKMG'S
Pag
.,e 10 of'I I
I b. If the roadway is being damaged during the marker renioval, Work shall be
2 hafted until consultation with the City.
3 c. Removals shall be done in such a matter that color and texture contrast of the
4 pavement surface will be held to a minimum.
5 d. Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than
6 'Amen in depth. -i resulting from the removal of pavernent markings and markers,
7 Driveway patch asphalt eniulsiort may be broom applied to reseal daniage to
8 asphaltic surflaces.
9 e. Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations.
10 f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
11 1) Surface'rreatment Method
12 a) Apply surface treatment at rates shown on the Drawings or as directed,
13 Place a surface treatment a minimurn of 2 feet wide to cover the
14 existing„ narking.
15 b) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum
16 of I lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are
17 involved or in other are as directed by the City.
18 2) Bum Method
19 a) Use an approved burning method.
20 b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement
21 mark ings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking
22 material prior to blast cleaning.
23 c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfiaces.
24 d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue,,
25 3) Blasting Method
26 a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water
27 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive
28 blasting, or brush blasting as approved.
29 b) Remove pavement markings on conicrete surfaces by a blasting method
30 only.
31 4) Mechanical Method
32 a) Use any mechanical method except grinding.
33 b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and
34 concrete surfitces.
35 2. If a location is to be paved over, no additional compensation will be allowed for
36 marking or marker removal.
37 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
38 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
39 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
40 A. All lines must have clean edges, square ends, and be uniform cross-section.
41 B. The density and quality of inarkings shall be uniforin throughout their thickness.
42 C. The applied markings shall have no more than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids and
43 shall be free of blisters.
CITY OF FORT WOWM
STANDARD CONSTRI.X1130N SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Noveinixr 22, 2013
2015 'rask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
32 1723-11
PAVEMENT MARKINGS
Page 11 of 11
1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP INOTUSED1
2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED1
3 3.10 CLEANING
4 A. C ontractor shall clean up and remove all loose inaterial resuffing from construction
5 operafions.
6 3.11 CLOSEOUTACTIVITIES [NUT USED]
7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED[
8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
10 END OF SECTION
11
HN
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13 S. Amold Iwnoved paint tyrx, rnarking, updated references, added sealerlanguage
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Conswixtion Services at Various L.ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised NovembLr 22, 2013
SECTION 32 17 25
CURB ADDRESS PAINTING
3 PARTI- GENERAL,
�K=Ivdjaum
32 17 25 - I
CURB ADDRESS PAIN HNG
Page I oB
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Painting of house addresses on curb of driveway radiuses that are removed and
7 replaced as shown on the Drawings
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 1., None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
I I I., Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contrrtct Fonns, and Conditions of the
12 Contract.
13 2. Division I - General Re(lijirements,
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15 A. Measurement and Payment
16 1. Measurement
17 a. Measuremejil for this Item shall include two curb faces., Both curb faces shall
18 be paid for as a single bid item.
19 2. Payment
20 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
21 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Curb Address painting"
22 completed per address.
23 3. The price bid shall include:
24 a. Furnishing all labor, niaterials and equipment
25 b. Any incidentals necessary to complete Curb Address Pairiting
26 1.3 REFERENCES
27 A. Reference Standards
28 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the latest rev i sio ir date
29 logged at the end of this Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
30 1.4 —.1.12 [NOT USED]
31 PART2- PRODUCTS
32 2.1 OWNER-FURNISIIED [NOT USED]
33 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, MATERIALS
34 A. Materials
35 1. All inaterials shall be of recent prodUct and suitable for its intended purpose.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 201 STask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S FANDAR-F) CONSTRUCTION SPEC IFICATION DOCI NENTS TM -2015-000003
Version November 4, 2013
321725-2
CURB ADDRESS PAINTING
Page 2 of'3
1 2. Back ground paint shall be 7100 Series 100% Acj�ylic Satin White paint
2 manufactured by Kwal Paint, or approved equal.
3 3. l,ettering paint shall be 7100 Series 100% Acrylic Satin Black paint manut"Ictured
4 by Kwal Paint, or approved equal.
5 B. Size Requirements
6 1. The ininirimm size, for the background shall be 6 -inches wide by 16 -inches long, or
7 as directed in the Drawings.
8 2. The rnimmurn size for letters shall be 4 --inches high, or as directed in the Drawings.,
9 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
11 PART 3 ® EXECUTION
12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED1
13 3.2 EXAMINATION INOT USED]
E
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
I
A. Surface Preparation
1. Provide surface preparation in accordance with manufacturer's reconiiiiinendations.
B. Surface Conditions
1. Unless approved otherwise by the City, surfice conditions must meet the following
mini. -num requirements:
a. Concrete has cured -for a niinimuin of 28 -days
b. Surface temperature greater than 50®P and less than 95*17
2. No work shall occur if weather conditions may harin or damage the final finished
surface.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Apply in accordance with the manUftIrCturer"s recommendations,,
B. Background Application
1. Apply the background with 3- or 4 -inch roller with V2. -inch nap, unless otherwise
approved by the City.
C. Letter Application
1. Apply the lettering with 1® or VL, -inch artificial nylon or polyesteror combination
brush and stencils, unless otherwise approved by the City.
CITY OFFORT WORTH
STANDARD CONS]FRUCTION S11 ECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S
Version November 4, 2013
2015 Task Order Constmetion Services at Various L,ocations
TIM -2015-000003
32 17 25
CURB ADDRIESS PAINTING
Page 3 of 3
1
3.5
REPAIR/ RESTORATION INOT USED]
2
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3
3.7
FIELD QUAIATYCONTROL [NOT USED]
4
3.8
SYSTEMS ARTUP [NOT USED]
5
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
6
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
7
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
8
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
9
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
10
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
M,
[IN
m
I I ,
Revision Log
DATE,
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/4/2013
Fred Griffin
Clarified 1.Z.A. La - to show bid itern includes two curb faces. And 1,2.A.2.a
includes per address,
ary OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consiniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCI ION SPE,,C]FRATION DOCUMENTS 3"M-2015-000003
Version November 4, 2013
1P,
I
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 32 3113
CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES
3231 13- 1
CHAIN 11A NK FE `SND GAT'1,'S
Page 1 ol'7
5 A. Section Includes:
1
6 1 jalvanized coated chain link (non -security) fencing and accessories in accordance
7 with the CIq's Zoning Ordinance.
8 2. Wfought iron f6icing and accessories
9 3. Steel tube fencing and accessories
10 4. On utility projects;
I I a. When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench
12 and/or within utility casement) and is directly disturbed by construction
13 activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in A rticle 1.2 below.
14 b. When existing fence is cr(:)ssing the proposed utility trench, the work. per tbrined
15 and materials furnished in accordance with. fence replacement will be
16 considered subsidiai3r to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
17 c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the prqject Site or is identified as
18 protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities,
19 replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation
20 will be allowed.
21 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
22 1. None.
23 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
24 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
25 2. Division I - General Requirements
26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMEN'r PROCEDURES
27 A. Measurement and Payment
28 1. Chain Link Fence
29 a. Measurement
30 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Chain Link Fence
31 installed.
32 b. Payment
33 1) The work perfonned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
34 and rneasured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
35 price bid per linear foot of Chain Link Fence installed for various:
36 a) Ifeig)its
37 b) Fabric materials
38 c. The price bid shall include:
39 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials
40 2) Mow strip, if shown in.Drawings
41 3) Cleanup
42 4) Hauling
43 2. Wrought Iron Fence
ITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construclion Services at. Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCT [ON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2011 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3231 13-2
CHAW LINK FENCE AND GATES
Page 2 of'7
I a. Measurement
2 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wrought Iron
3 Fence installed.
4 b.. Payment
5 1) The work performed and niaterials furnished in accordance with this Item
6 and nieasured as provided under "Measurenient" will be paid for at the unit
7 price bid per linear foot of Wrought Iron Fence installed for various
8 heights.
9 c. The price bid shall include:
10 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials
11 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings
12 3) Cleanup
13 4) Hauling
14 3. Steel Tube Fence
15 a. Measurement
16 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Steel Tube Fence
17 installed.
18 b. Payment
19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
20 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
21 price bid per linear foot of Steel Tube Fence installed for various heights.
22 c. The price bid shall include:
23 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials
24 2) Mow strip, if shown in Dra%vings
25 3) ("leantip
26 4) Hauling
27 1.3 REFERENCES
28 A. Reference Standards
29 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
31 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
32 2. American Society forTesting and Materials (ASTM):
33 a. A 36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel
34 b. A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc (I-Iot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
35 and Steel Products
36 c. A 392, Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric
37 d. A 500, Standard Specification for Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
38 Steel StructuralTubing in Rounds and Shapes
39 e. F 626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings
40 f. F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel
41 Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework
42 g. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, I -lot -Dipped Zinc -Coated
43 ((3alvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures
44 h. F 1183, Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric
45 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INOT tJSEDj
46 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
47 A. Shop drawings
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD ('ONSTRUCTION SPFCIFICATION DOCI YMENTS
Revised E)eceynber 20, 20 � 2
2015 Task Order Construction Services at, Various Locations
TPW-2015-000003
r
3231 13-3
CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES
Page 3 of 7
1 1. Layoutof &TIces and gates with diniensions, details,, and finishes of components,
2 accessories and post foundatiotis if rcquested by the City.
3 B. Product data
4 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material comphatice and specified options,
5 1.6 ACTION suBmiTTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOTUSED]
8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
9 1.10 DELIVERY, s,rORA(,,',E, AND HANDLING . [NOT USE
10 1.11 FIELD [SITEJ CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDI I
12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
13 2.1 OWNER-FURNISIIED [NOT USEDI
14 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS / MATERIALS
15 A. Manufacturer
16 1. Minirnum of 5 years of experience manufacturing galvanized coated chain link
17 fc.11cing.
18 2. Approved Manufacturer or equal:
19 a. Allied Fence, Inc.
20 b. American Fence C",ot°p.
21 c. AnchorFence, Inc.
22 d. Master Halco, Inc.
23 B. Materials
24 1. Chain Link Fence
25 a. General
26 1) Posts, gate frames, braces, rails, stretcher bars, truss rods and tensions wire
27 shall be of steel.
28 2) Gate hinges, post caps, barbed wire supportitig arms, stretcher bar bands
29 and other parts shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equal
30 3) Post tops, rail end, ties and clips may be of alurninum.
31 4) Use only new material, or salvaged/existing material if approved by City or
32 noted on Drawh�igs.
33 b. Steel Fabric
34 1) Fabric
35 a) No. 9 gauge
36 b) 2 -inch mesh
37 (1) Commercial: both top and bottom selwiges twisted and barged
38 Residenfiall: match existhig or both top and bottom selvages knuckled
39 (2) Furnish 1 -piece fabric widths.
40 2) Fabric Finish: Galvanized, ASII'M A 392, Class 1, with not less than 1.2 oz.
4.1 zinc per square foot of surthce
42 c. Aluminum Fabric
CITY OF FORT Cbl 2015'Fask Order C(nntruction Services at Vadous Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCIION SPECIFICA'rioi' j)ocUMENTS IM -2015-000(W
Revised December 20, 2012
:231 13 - 4
CHAIN UNK. FENCE AND (3ATES
Page 4 of 7
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order C: on Services at, Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEU11CATION DOCUMFNI'S T11W.10 5-OW003
Revised December 20, 2012
qmjq'y
1)
Fabric
a) ASTM F 1183
b) No. 9 gauge
c) 2 -inch rriesh, with both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged.
d) Furnish I -piece fabric widths.
d. Steel Framing
1)
Steel pipe .- Type I
a) AS'IM F 1083
b) Standard weight scheduile 40
c) Miniinum yield strength: 30,000 psi
d) Sizes as indicated
e) I -lot -dipped galvanized with minitnum average 1.8 oz/ft2 of coated
surface area
2)
Steel pipe - Type 11
a) ASTM F 1043, Group IC
gth. 50,000 psi
b) Minimum yield streng
c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings
d) Protective coating per ASTM F 1043
(1) External coating "Type B
(a) Zinc with organic overcoat,
(b) 0.9 oz/ft2 minimum zinc coating with chromate conversion
coating and verifiable polymer film
(2) Internal coating Type B
(a) Minimurn 0.9 oz/ft' zinc or Type D, zinc pigivented, 81 percent
nominal coating, ininimum 3 mils
3)
Formed steel ("C") sections:
a) Roll l5ortned steel shapes complying with As'rM F 1043, Group 11
b) Mininium yield strength. 45,000 psi (310 MPa)
c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings
d) External coating per ASTM F 1043, Type A
(1) Mininium average 2.0 071ft2 of zinc per.As,rM A 123
4)
Steel square sections
a) ASTM A 500, Grade B
b) Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi
c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings
d) Hot -dipped galvanized with minimum 1.8 OZ/ft2 of coated surface area
e. Accessories
1)
Chain link fence accessories
,a) ASTM F 626
b) Provide items required to complete fence system.
c) Galvanize each terrous metal item and finish to match framing.
2)
Post caps
a) Forined steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for
tubular posts.
b) Provide I cap for each post.
c) Cap to have provision for barbed wire when necessary.
d) "C" shaped. line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do
not require post caps.
e) Where top rail is used, provide tops to permit passage of top rail.
3)
Top rail and rail ends
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20151'ask Order C: on Services at, Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEU11CATION DOCUMFNI'S T11W.10 5-OW003
Revised December 20, 2012
qmjq'y
, F �jp
7
3231 13-5
CHAIN 11JNK FENCE" AND (3ATES
Pape, 5 of 7
I a) 1 5/8 inch diarneler galvanized round pipe for tiorizontal railing
2 b) Pressed steel per ASTM F626
3 c) For connection of rail and brace to terminal posts
4 4) Top rail sleeves
5 a) 7 -inch expansion sleeve with a minimum 0.137 inch wire dianieter and
6 1.80 inch Jengtlh spring, cd lowing for expansion and contraction of top
7 rail
8 5) Wire ties
9 a) 9 gauge galvanized steel wire for attachment of fabric to line posts
10 b) Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces,
I I c) Hog ring ties of 12-1/2 gauge for attachment
12 6) Brace and lensiota (stretcher bar) bands
13 a) Pressed steel
14 b) Minimum 300 degree profile curvature for secure fence post attachment
15 c) At square post provide tension bar clips.
16 7) Tension (stretchier') bars:
17 a) I piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric
18 b) Mini mum cross-section of 3/1.6 inch x 3/4 inch
19 c) Provide tension. (stretcher) bars where chain link fabric meets terminal
20 posts.
21 8) Tension wire
22 a) Galvanized coated steel wire, 6 gauge, [0.192 inch] diameter wire
23 b) Teiisile strength: 75,000 psi
24 9) Truss rods & tightener
25 a) Steel rods with minit-nuin dianieter of 5/16 inch
26 b) Capable of withstanding a tension of mininiurn 2,000 pounds
27 10) Nuts and bolts are galvanized.
28 2. Wrought Iron Fence: specified per Drawings.
29 3. Steel Tube Fence: specified per Drawings,.
30 4, Setting Materials
31 a. Concrete
32 1) Minirntun 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi
33 2) Bagged concrete allowed.
34 b. Drive Anchors
35 1) Galvanized angles
36 2) ASTM A 36 steel
37 3) 1 inch x I inch x 30 inch galvanized shoe clamps to secure angles to posts.
38 2.3 ACCESSORIES INOT USED]
39 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
40 PART 3 - EXECUTION
41 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED
42 3.2 EXAMINATION
43 A. Verification of Conditions
44 L Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations,.
45 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established
CITY OF FOWI'WORTII 20151'ask Ordex Constniction Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRI I(TION SPECIFICATION DOCT IMENTS I'll 'W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3231 13 ..6
6
CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES
Page 6 of 7
1 3.3 PREPARATION (NOT USED]
2 3.4 INSTALLATION
3
A. Chain Link Fence Framing
4
1.
Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical
5
direction of 30 degrees or more.
6
2.
Space line posts un i form ly at 10 feet on center.
7
3.
Set all posts in concrete
8
a. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
9
b. Drill hole diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post.
10
c. Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil.
I I
d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support, in soft and loose soils, and for
12
posts with heavy lateral loads.
13
e. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. Trowel finish around post.
14
Slope to direct water away from posts.
15
4.
Check each post for vertical and top aligni-nent, and maintain in position during
16
placement and finishing operations.
17
5.
Bracing
18
a. Install horizontal pipe brace at mid -height for fences 6 feet and taller, on each
19
side of terminal posts.
20
b. Firmly attach with fittings.
21
c. Install diagonal truss rods at these points.
22
d. 4just truss rod, ensuring posts remain plumb,
23
6.
Tension wire
24
a. Provide tension wire at bottom of fabric and at top, if lop rail is not specified.
25
b. Install tension wire before stretching fabric and attach to each post with ties.
26
c. Secure tension wire to fabric with 12-1/2., gauge hog rings 24 inches on center.
27
7.
"Fop rail
28
a. Install lengths, 21 feet
29
b. ConnectI/
Joints with sleeves for rigid connections for expansioi contraction.,
30
8.
Center Rails for fabric height, 12 feet and taller.
31
a. Install mid rails between posts with fittings and accessories.
32
9.
Bottom Rails: Install bottom rails between posts with fittings and accessories.
33
B. Chain Link Fabric Installation
34
1.
Fabric
35
a. Install fabric on security side and attach so that fabric remains in tension after
36
pulling farce is released.
37
b. Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage.
38
c. Attach fabric with wire ties to line posts at 15 inches on center and to rails,
39
braces, and tension wire at 24 inches on center.
40
2.
Tension (stretcher) bars
41
a. Pull fabric taut.
42
b. 'Thread tension bar through fabric and attach to temimal posts with bands or
43
clips spaced maximum of 15 inches on center.
44
3.
Accessories
45
a. Tie wires: Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons and clothing,
46
b. Fasteners: Install nuts on side of fence opposite fabric side for added security,
CITY OF FORT
WORTH 2015 Task Order ('Onstruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3231 B-7
CHAIN LINK Fi,-,,N(..E AND GATES
Page '7 of '7
I
c. Slats: Install slats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2
C. Wrought Iron Installatiow install per Drawings
3
D. Steel Tube Fence: install per Drawings
4
3.5
REPAIR/RESTOR-A.TION INOTUSED1
5
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT UD1
6
3.7
FIELD QI.JA,LJTY CONTROL 11NOTUSED1
7
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
8
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USEDI
9
3.10
CLEANING JNOTUSEDJ
10
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
11
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USEDI
12
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED1
13
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED1
14
END OF SECTION
15
E
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF C`1...1 GE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson. I.I.A. modified to describe when City would pay lor fence replacement On utility
pro.jects
CITY OF FORTWORTI 1 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S I'ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION EX)CUNIFINTS 1'1:,W-2015-000003
Revised December 20,2012
r
32 31 26 - 1
WIRE FENCE AND GATES
Page, I Of5
i SECTION 32 3126
2 WIRE FENCT, AND GATES
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. F urn ish and con stru ct fence of barbed or smooth wire.
7 2 On utility projects:
8 a. When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench
9 and/or within utility easement) and is directly dishirbed by construction
10 activities, f6icing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below.
11 b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench, the work performed
12 and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be
13 considered subsidiary to the trench and no other conipenSartion will be allowed.
14 c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as
15 protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities,
16 replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation
17 will be allowed.
18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort. Worth Standard Specification
19 1. None.
20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
21 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Fornis, and Conditions of the Contract
22 2. Division I - General Requirements
23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
24 A. Measurenient and Payment
25 1. Wire Fence
26 a. N4easureinent
27 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wire 1ence,
28 excluding gates.,
29 b. Payment
30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
31 and measured as provided under "Measurernent"' will be paid for at the unit
32 price bid per linear foot of Wire fence installed for various:
33 a) Post types
34 b) Wire types
35 c) Number of Strands as specified in the I . )rawings
36 c. The price bid shall include:
37 1) Removal of existing fence and/or, unless specifically defined as a separate
38 pay item on Drawings
39 2) Furnishing, preparing,, hauling, and installing Wire Fence
40 3) Excavation, backfilling, and disposal of surplus material
41 4) Removal and trimming of brush and tree limbs
42 2. Steel Gates
43 a. Measurement
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consiruction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S TMV-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
II
M
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Furnish materials in accordance with details shown on the Drawings and with the
following requirements,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 21115 Task Order Consbmtion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP1_`Cfl�'1CATJ.0N DOCUNIEN I'S 11"W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
In
32 3 26 -.2
WIRE FENC IE AND GATES
Page 2 of 5
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Steel Fence.
b. Payment
1) The work perfortirted and materials furnished in acc(,.irdance with this Item
and rneasured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per each Steel Gate by height.
c. The price bid shall include:
I ) Reinoval of existing fence and/or gates, unless specifically defined as a
separate pay item on Drawings
2) Furnishing, preparing, hauling, and installing Steel Gates
3) Excavation, backfilling, and disposal of sur,plus material
7
4) Rernoval and tri inning of brush and tree limbs
1.3 REFERENCES
A. Reference Standards
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
2. Arriericiri Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
a. A. 702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts and Assemblies, of
Wrought
b. A. 121, Standard Specification for Metallic -Coated, Carbon Steel Barbed Wire
c. A 116, Standard Specification for Meta I tic -Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence
Fabric
d. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated
(Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures
14
3. American Wood Protection Association (A PA)
a. P8/P9, Standard for Oil -Borne Preservatives
b. C5, Fence Posts - Preservative Treatinentby Pressure Processes
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS jNoT (JSEDj
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
1.11 FIELD IsiTE1 CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
PART2- PRODUCTS
2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Furnish materials in accordance with details shown on the Drawings and with the
following requirements,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 21115 Task Order Consbmtion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SP1_`Cfl�'1CATJ.0N DOCUNIEN I'S 11"W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
In
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
I
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
IN
rr 34
35
36
37
38
323126-3
WIRE FEN(,,',E AND GATES
Page 3 of 5
B. Metal Posts and Braces
I . Steel Pipe: ASTM F 1083
2. T posts: ASTM A 702
3. Use only new steel. Do not use rerolled or open -seam inaterial.
4w Furnish galvanized steel sections in ASTM F 1083.
5. painting
a. Use an approved anticorrosive coating.
b. After installation of painted posts and braces, spot -coat darnaged areas with the
same paint color.,
c. Use paint with at least the same anticorrosive properties as the original paint.
6. Use the size, weight, and area of posts, braces, and anchor plates shown on the
Drawings.
C. Wood Posts and Braces
1. Untreated Wood: cedar or Juniper timber
2. 'Treated Wood
a. A standards goverri materials and methods of treatments including
seasoning, preserve ,atives, and inspection for treatment.
b. Each piece or bundle of other treated -timber products must have:
1) Legible brand mark or tag indicating the name of the treater
2) Date of treatment or lot number
3) AWPA treatment specification symbol
c. Provide the level of preservative indicated in Table 1.
Minimum Retention of Preservative
... . .. ...... . .. . . ...... _. -.1- . . . ...... ... . . . . . ......
Penta -
Product chlorophenol AWPA
(IbJeu. ft-) Standard
-------- . ..... . . ............ ..........
AWPA f®r
Preservative (PS/P9) Treatment
Standard
_W;�e_fe i _ice " P-0st,
(roun 0A C5
. . . ............
1, Retention detesmined by assay (0 to 1.(e4ch zone),
I Use sound timber that is free from decay, shakes, splits, or other defects that would
weaken the posts or braces or otherwise make them structurally unsuitable for the
purposes intended.
4. Knots that are sound, tight, tritruned flush, and not in clusters will be allowed,
provided they do not exceed 1/3 of the small diameter or the least dirriension. of the
posts and braces.
5. Remove spurs and splinters, cutting the ends squwe.
D. Gates and Gateposts: Furnish materials to the required dimensions.
E. Barbed and Smooth Wire: ASTM A 121, Class I
1. Use wire consisting of 2 strand, 12 1/2 gauge, twisted wire
2. Barbed Wire: 2 point 14 gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart
F. Wire Mesh: ASTM A 116, Class I
1. Top and bottom wires: at least 10 gauge wire
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C'ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOC"UNIEN I'S IPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
323126-4
WIRE FENCE AND GATES
Page 4 of 5
2. tnterniediate wires and vertical stays: 12 1/2 gauge wire
2 G. Miscellaneous
3 1. Furnish galvanized bolts, nuts, washers, braces, straps, and suitable devices for
4 holding barbed wire and wire mesh firmly to metal posts.
5 2. I.Jse material of good cornmercial quality and design.
6 3. Provide galvanized staples, at least 1 1/2 inch long.
1.7 H. Concrete
8 1. Minirnum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi
9 2. Bagged concrete allowed.
10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
12 PART 3 - EXECUTION
13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
l6 3.4 INSTALLATION
17 A. Space fence posts as shown on the Drawings or to match existing.
18 B. Set fence posts plumb and firm at the intervals, depth, and grade shown on the
19 Drawings or to match existing,
20
C,.
Brace comer and pull posts in 2 directions.
21
D.
Brace end posts and gateposts in I direction.
22
E.
Install a comer post where the alignment changes 30 degrees, or more.
23
F.
At alignment angles between 15 and 30 degrees, brace the angle post to the adjacent
24
line posts with diagonal tension wires.
25
G.
At grade depressions where stresses tend to pull posts out of the ground, snub or guy
26
the fencing at the critical point with a double 9 gauge galvanized wire.
27
H.
Connect the wire to the top horizontal line of the barbed wire or to the top and N)ttom
28
wire or wire mesh fabric, and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pouinds.
29
1.
Stretch the fence before guying and snubbing.
30
J.
Install number stands at spacing shown in Drawings.
31
K.
Install comer, end, or anglle post assembly before stretching the wire between posts.
32
L.
Connect existing cross fences to the new fences and comer posts at junctions with
33
existing fences.
34
M.
While drawing barbed wire and wire fabric taut, fasten to posts using galvanized ties or
35
staples, or as shown on the (Drawings.
36
N.
Install pull post assernblies at 500 feet intervals for steel posts and at 1,000 feet
37
intervals for wood posts.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPMFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various L.Gcations
IM -2015-000003
323126-,5
WIRIF'. F'1[.,,NCF1' AND GATES
Page 5 of 5
1
0. Drive metal line posts provided driving does notdamage the posts.
2
P.. Set metal corners, ends, pull posts, and braces in concrele footings a mininium of 24
3
inches and crowned at the top to shed water.,
4
Q. Thoroughly tamp backfill in 4 inch hyers.
5
R. Notch timber posts.
6
3.5
REPAIRIRESTORATION [NOT USE D]
7
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NO TUSER]
8
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONT1101, [NOT USED]
9
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
10
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
11
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
12
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
13
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED]
14
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
15
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
16
1.7
END OF SECTION
HE
Revision 1,,o
. . . .................
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF (11ANCiE
1. 1 A. modified to describe when City would pky for fence rephacelnent on utffi�y
12/20/2012 D. Johnson proJects
CITY OF FORMOR, F11 20151'ask Order Consinjetion Services at Various L,ocafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPFICIFICWHON 1)(XII WFNTS T11W-21i15000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
4 1.1 SU`MMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
H
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
I
323129-1
WOOD FENCE AND GATES
Page I of 5
SECTION 32 3129
WOOD FENCT'AND GATES
A., Section Includes
I . Construction of wood fences and gates along boundaries, property lines in
accordarwe with the City's Zoning Ordinance,
2. On utility prqjects:
a. When existing fence is within the project Site (i.e. parallel to the utility trench
and/or within utility casement) and is directly disturbed by construction
activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below.
b. When existing fence is crossing the pr°oposed utility trench, the work performed
and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be
considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed.
c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the proJect Site or is identified as
protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities,
replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation
will be allowed!.
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard. Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily fill-lited to:
I. Division 0 - Bidding Requiren'tents, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I - (Jenera.11 Requirements
24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
A. Measurement and Paynwnt
1. Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be byte linear foot of Wood Fence installed,,
inchiding gates.
2. Payment
a. The work performed and materials fumished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under "Measurenient" will be paid for at the unit price
bid per linear foot of Wood Fence installed for by height
3. The price bid shall include -
a. Furnishing all materials for fence and gates
b. All preparation, crection and installation of materials
36 1.3 REFERENCES
37 A. Reference Standards
38 1. Re*:,rence standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard.
39 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
40 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
41 2. American Society forTesting and Materials (ASTM):
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniclion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCT r� ON SPFUTICATION D0('1JN,11FA',1TS TPW 2015-000003
Rcvised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
W11
I
323129ES-2
WOOD FE,'NCE AND GAT
Pag,e 2 of 5
a. A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc (Ilot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron
and Steel Products
b.. A 500, Standard Specification far Colid-Formed Welded and Seaniless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes
c. F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel
Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework
d. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, flot-Dipped Zinc -Coated
(Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENT'S [NOT USED]
SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings: Layout offences and gates with dirriensions, details, and finishes of
components, accessories and post foundations
B. Product data: Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified
options
C. Building Permit: All fences over 6 feet
ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17
1.7
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
18
1.8
MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19
1.9
QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
20
1.10
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
21
1.11
FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
22
1.12
WARRANTY [NOT LYSED]
23
PART 2- PRODUCTS
24
2.1
OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
25
2.2
MATERIALS
26
A. General
27
1. Gate hinges and post caps shall be of steel, malleable iron, ductile iron or equat,
28
2. Post tops may be of aluminum.
29
B. Slats: Redwood or cedar free from all major decay or defects which would weaken or
30
otherwise cause them to be unsuitable for fence slats.
31
C. Bottom and Top Rail: Minimum 2 -inch x 4 -inch x 8 -foot cedar stud or match existing.
32
D. Corner, Gate, End, or Line Posts
33
L Wood Posts
34
a. Minimum size: 4 -inch x 4 -inch cedar wood post or match existing
35
b. Free from all decay, splits, rnultiple cracks, or any other defect which would
36
weaken the posts or otherwise cause them to be structurally unsuitable for the
37
purpose intended
38
2. Steel Posts
39
a. Steel pipe .- "Type I
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECtFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'rask Order Constniction Services at Various IA)cafions
'I'PW-2015-000003
Ot
3231 29-.3
WOOD FE,NCE' AND GATES
Page 3 of 5
1
1)
A STM F 1083
2
2)
Standard Nveight schedule 40
3
3)
Minim urn yield strenj):,Ith, 30,000 psi
4
4)
Sizes as indicated on Dramdngs
5
5)
Hot dipped galvanized with nifiriniurn average 1.8 oz.jft2 ofCoated surface
6
area.
7
b. Steel pipe - Type 11
8
1 )
ASTM I'° Group IC
9
2)
Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi
10
3)
Sizes as indicated on Drawings
11
4)
Protective coaling per ASTM F 1043
12
5)
External coaling Type B
13
a) Zinc with organic overcoat
14
b) 0.9 OZ/ft2 inininium zinc coating with chromate conversion coating and
15
verifiable polymer film
16
6)
triternal coating'rype B
17
a) Minimum 0.9 0Z/ft2 zinc or']'ype D, zinc pigmented, 81 percent
18
norriinal coating, numminn 3 mils
19
c. Formed steel ("C") sections
20
1)
Roll formed steel shapes complying with ASTM F 1043, Group 11
21
2)
Minimum yield strength: 45,000 psi (3 10 MPa)
22
3)
Sizes as indicated on Drawings
23
4)
External coating per ASTM F 1043, Type A
24
a) Minimum average 2.0 07j 2 of zinc per ASTM A 123
25
d. Steel square sections
26
1)
ASTM A 500, Grade B
27
2)
Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi
28
3)
Sizes as indicated
29
4)
Hot -dipped galvanized with rninirrium 1.8 07jft2 of coated surffice area
30 3. Accessories
31 a. Post caps
32 1) Formed steel or cast malleable iron iveather tight closure cap for tubular
33 posts.
34 2) Provide one cap for each post.
35 3) Cap to have 11wovision for barbed wire when necessary.
36 4) "'C" shaped line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do not
37 require post caps.
38 5) Where top rail is used, j)rovide tops to permit passage of top rail.
39 4. Setting Materials
40 a. Concrete
41 1) Minimum 28 day co.rripressive strength of 3,000 psi
42 2) Bagged concrete allowed,
43 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
44 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOI I USED]
45 PART3- EXECUTION
46 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT IJSEDI
CITY OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONS FRlJ("TION Sill X"IFICATION D00 JMENTS FPW-20 15-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3231 29 4
W(.X.)[) FENCE AND GA,U,,S
Page 4 of'5
3.2 EXAMINATION
2 A Verification of Conditions
3 1. Verify areas to receive fencing are cornplete4i to -final grades and elei�ations.
4 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established.
5 3.3 PREPARATION J[NOT USED]
6 3.4 INSTALLATION
7 A. Wood Fence Framing
8 1. Steel Posts are required for all required screening fences,
9 2. Locate terminal post at each fence teriniji-iation and change in horizontal or vertical
to direction of 30 degrees or more.
11 3. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center.
12 4. Set all posts in conct,ete.
13 a. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil.
14 b. Drill hole dianieter, 4 times greater than outside dimension of post (minimum
15 12 inches).
16 c. Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil.
17 d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils, and
18 for posts with heavy lateral loads.
19 e. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour.
20 f 'I I rowel finish around post. Slope to direct water away from posts.
21 5. Check each post for vertical and top aligtiment, and maintain in positions during
22 placement and finishing operations.
23
B. Slats
24
1. Place slats approximately I inch above the ground, and on a straight grade between
25
posts by excavating high points of the ground.
26
2. Fasten slats to top and bottom railings with 2 galvanized screws designed for wood
27
fence construction at both the top and bottom rail.
28
3.5
REPAIR/RESTORATION INOTUSED1
29
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION INOTUSED11
30
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL INOTUSED1
31
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
32
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
33
3.10
CLEANING [NOT USED]
34
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
35
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USEDI
36
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
37
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
38
END OF SECTION
39
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD
CONS TR[A.,"TION SPECIFICATICAq DOCUMENI'S IM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
0
32.3129-5
WOOD FENCE AND GATES
Page, 5 of 5
Revision I..,og
. . ...... . ..... . . .. ......... . . .... . . . ...... . . . ............ . .......
DATE NAME St IMMA RY OF Cl IANGE
12/20/2012 D.Johnson I LA. modified to describe when City %v ou Id pay for fence rep lacen u ent 7 —ut i ily
prq)jek.',I,S
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rasic Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSMUCTION SPL.K71FRIATION I)OCUMENTS TIV-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2212
32 32 13 ... I
CAST-H4-PLAC TJ 100(Ju-'T1 RE'rAINING WALLS
Page I of 6
i SECTION 32 32 13
2 CAST-IN-PL,A,C'E CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
I
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
A. Section Includes
1. Construction of cast -in-place concrete retaining wall (4 foot niaximum height) of
the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the
Drawings.
2. Construction ofTxDoT standard cast in-place, spread foot concrete retaining wall
of the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the
Drawings,.
B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1. None.
C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
1. Division 0 -.Bidding Requirements, Contract, Forms, and Conditions of the Contract
2. Division I - General Requirements
3. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -in -Place Concrete
4. Section 3123 16 Unclassified Excavation
5. Section 31 23 23 - Borrow
6. Section 3124 00 - Embankments
7. Section 32 13 20 Concrete Sidewalks, Driveway's and Barrier Free Ramps
8. Section 33 46 00 Subdrainage
A. Measurement and Payrnent
1. Concrete Retaining all with Sidewalk, Face
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surtiiice of
the wall.
b. Payment
1.) The work perlornied and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per square foot of Retaining Wall Face constructed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls
2) Furnishing and placing footings
3) Leveling pads and copings
4) l7urnishing, placing, and compacting backfill (except in embankment areas)
5) Furnishing and placing concrete, reinforcing steel, waterproofing material,
filter material and drain pipe, joint material, water stop, and filter fabric
when re(piked
6) Fabricating, curijag, and finishing wall including special coatings when
specified
C'ITY OF FOR"r WOR'rii 2015 Task Order ("Onstruclim Services at Various Locations
STANDART.) CONSTRUCTION SPEC INCATION DOCUMENT'S TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
CITY OF F011kT WORTH 2015'Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C0Ns'rm.jcrioN spi-'CIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'F'I"W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3232 13-.2
CAST -AN. PLACE CONCRE FE U.-TAINING WALLS
Page 2 of 6
1
7) Sidewalk a4jacent to Retaining Wall per Section 32 13 20
2
2. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk, Sidewalk
3
a. Measurenient
4
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and
5
accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position. Measurement shall be
6
taken from face of wall to edge of concrete sidewalk.
7
b. Payment
8
1) The work perfi)rnied and materials flurnished in accordance with this Item
9
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
10
price bid per square foot of Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk,
11
Sidewalk installed.
12
c. The price bid shall include:
13
1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade
14
2) Furnishing and placing all materials
15
3. TxCSG. TStandard --.. Spread Fooling Walls
16
a. Measurement
17
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surface of
18
the wall. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, measure area from
19
finished ground line on the face of the exterior wall to the top of the wall
20
including any coping required (not including railing).
21
b. Payment
22
1) The work perfortned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
23
and ineasured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24
price bid per square foot of Spread Footing Wall constructed.
25
c. The price bid shall include:
26
1 ) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls
27
2) Furnishing and placing footings
28
3) Leveling pads and copings
29
4) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill (except in embankment areas)
30
5) Furnishing and placing concrete, reinforcing steel, waterproofing material,
31
filter material and drain pipe, joint material, water stop, and filter fabric
32
when required
33
6) Fabricating, curing, and finishing wall including special coatings when
34
specified
35
1-3 REFERENCES
36
A. Definitions
37
L Permanent Wall - Retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years. All walls
38
are presumed, to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified, in the Drawings.
39
B. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
40
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification,
41
unless a.date is specifically cited.
42
L ASTM International (ASTM):
43
a. D4491, Standard Test Methods for Water Penileability of Geotextiles by
44
Permittivity
45
b. D4533, Standard, Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles
46
c. 1 4�632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breakii,ig Load and Elongation of
47
Geotextiles
CITY OF F011kT WORTH 2015'Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C0Ns'rm.jcrioN spi-'CIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'F'I"W-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
pp
323213-3
(,'AS'I'-:IN-II'LA('I';'('06 q('RE'rF" R.ErAINING WALLS
r0i
Page 3 of'6
d. 134751, Standard Test Method for Determinii,ig Apparent Opening Size of a
2
(leotextile
�1
3
1 Ie as Department ofTranspoilationi ("I'M30T).1 Standard Specifications for
4
Construction and M aintenance of I I igh ways and Bridges,
fowl
5
a. 110, Excavation
IF
6
b. 132, Enibanknilent
7
c. 400,' Excavation and Backfilil for StrUctures
8
d. 420, Concrete Structures
9
e. 421, Hydraulic ('-'ernent Concrete
10
f. 423, Retaining Walls
H
& 440, Reinforcing Steel
12
h. 445, Galvanizing
13
i. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures
14
j. 556, Pipe Underdrains
15
3. Txi,')o'"r Standard Spread Footing, Walls
16
a. RW I (L) A Low Footing Pressure, l3esign A Retainainaig Walls
17
b. RW I (L) B -.- Low Footing Pressure, Design B Retaining Walls
18
c. RW I (L) C — Low Footing Pressure., Design C Retaining Walls
19
d. RW 1 (1-1) A — High l7ooting Pressure, Design A Retaining Walls
20
e. RW I (H) B High Footing Pressure, Design B Retaining Walls
21
f RW I (H) ( - High Footing Pressure, Design C Retaining Walls
22
g. RW 2 Retaining Wall Miscellaneous l3etails
23
4. Texas Departmern ofT'ransportation ("IX130T), Manual ofTesting Procedures:
24
a. Tex -616-J, Construction Fabrics
25
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMI+ NTS [NOT USED]
26
1.5 SUBMITTALS
27
A. See Section. 03 30 00.
28
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
29
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
32 A. See Section 03 30 00.
33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
34 A. See Section 03 30 00,
35 1.11 SITE CONDrriONS
36 A. Ambient Conditions: See Section 03 30 00.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTIU.JCTION SPE CIFIC.ATION DOCUMIENTS TM -20i 5-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
323213-4
CAST -41q. -PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS
Pape 4 of 6
1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USE
2 PART2- PRODUCTS
3 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
4 2.2 MATERIALS
5 A. Concrete and Reinforcing Steel
6 1. Concrete Retaining all with Sidewalk,
7 a.. Section 03 30 00.
8 2. TxDOT Standard - - Spread Footing Walls
9 a. 420, Concrete Structures
10 b. 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete
11 c. 440, Reinforcing Steel
12 d. 445, Galvanizing
13 e. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures
14 B. Backfill
15 1. Concrete Retaining all with Sidewalk
16 a. Section 3123 23
17 2. Tx DOT Standard — Spread Footing Walls
18 a. 132, Embankments
19 C. Underdrains
20 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk
21 a. Section 33 46 00
22 2. rxDOT'Standard -- Spread Footing Walls
23 a. 556, Pipe Underdrains
24 D. Filter Fabric
25 1. General
26 a. Provide standard weight fabric for retaining walls and soil separation.
27 b. Provide filter fabric rated as UV -resistant when used as part of the exposed
28 facing for a temporary wall.
29 c. The fabric consists exclusively of niarimade thermoplastic fibers, is a non -
4"
30 woven geotextile fabric, and forms a mat of uniform quality.
31 d. Fabric fibers are continuous and randoin throughout the fabric.
32 e. The fabric is mildew resistant and rot -proof, and it is satisfactory, for use in a
33 wet soil and aggregate environment.
34 2. Physical Requirements: The fabric must conform tothe requirements listed in Table
35 1 when tested in accordance with the test rnethods specified,
36
37 Table 1
38 Filter Fabric Requirements
39
. . ............... . . . . . ......
_"ysi�calPro �erties est MethodValue
. . . . . . . ........ ..
Fabric Weight, on an ambient Tex -61 4
64 o7Jyard
temperature air dried, tension
free rnp le
_
. ....... . . ...........
Permitt.iviy, 1/.sec____.._,, ASTM. D44911.0, min
. . .... . ..... 11_.-'__ . ....... . ... . ........
CITY OF FORT W0R`FH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION Slur CH'BCA 110N DOCUMENTS TM -2015-00000.3
Revised December 20,2012
F9'!
'111,11
2321 -5
CAS'I'-D4-PI.A(,'CONC'l�E'l,'F RETAINING WAI..,I..,S
Page 5 of 6
. . . . ........... . . ..... . ............ —11— . . .. . ......... . . ... . ..... . . ..... .
1'en-sile.. Strenvh, lbs ASTM D4632 100 lbs
. . .................. . . .... . .... . . -- ...... . . . ...... .... . ......... . . .. . . . ..... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ........ ---- ... . .......... . ..... . . . . ........... - ....... __...____Y__. .- . ....... . .......
...ApL)are LnLt
_.t3pe ��a5ize A STM D4751 70-100
. 2 . . . . . ................ . .. -- . . . . . . . ........... . ........ - ....... . . . .. . ....... ....
. . ........
Elora tion at ield,eiL.cent A STM D4632 20-100
. . . . ........ . . .... . .......
id ASTNI D 4533 35 lbs
Tear, lbs
.. . . ....... . .. ... ..... . . . . ... . . . . . ....... . ..... —.1 ........... . .... . ......
1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOTUSED1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED1
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Construct retaining walls in accordance with the Drawings and to the pertinent
requirements of the following Sections:
1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk
a. Section 03 30 00
b. Section 3123 16
c. Section 3123 23
d. Section 31 24 00
e. Section 33 46 00
2. rxDO'r Standard - Spread Fooling Walls
a. 110, Excavation
b. 132, Embankment
c. 400, Excavation and Back,fill for Structures
d. 423, Retaining Walls
e. 420, Concrete Structures
f 458, Water proofing Membranes for Structures
g. 556, Pipe I,Jnderdrains
3.5 REPAIR
A. See Section 03 30 00.
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A., See Section 03 30 00.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Onley Construction Services at Various L,ocadons
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPEC1T`1CvTK.)N D00 MIENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 2.0,2012
X23213-6
CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETERETAIN ING WALL,S
Pape 6 of 6
1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
2 3.9 ADJUSTING INOT USED]
3 3.10 CLEANING [Nur USEDI
4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOTUSED1
8 END OF SECTION
Z)
11evis10n 1,0g
DATE NANMEE S(JMMARY OF CIIANGE
12/20/2012 D. Johnson 1.2.A - Payment Item for concrete retaining wall with sidewalk was broken into two
Items: one for the face of wall and one for the sidewalk.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 T&A Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S I"PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2612
I
r
I
3291 19.. 1
TOPSOIL PLACEMEN I'AND FINISHING OF PARKWAYS
Page I of'3
I SECTION 32 9119
2 TOPSOIL I'LACEMENT ANL) FINISHING OF PARKWAYS
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes,
6 1. Furnish and place topsoil to the depths and on the areas shown on the Drawings,
7 B. Deviations from this City of Foil Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. 11elated Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forrns, and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I - General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
A. Measurement and Payment
I, Measurement
a. Measurement for this Item shall be by cubic yard of Topsoil in place,
2. Payment
a. The work perforrned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and
measured as provided under "'Measurement"' will be paid for at the unit price
bid per cubic yard of 1, opsoil.
b. All excavation required by this Item in cut see(ions shall be measured in
accordance with provisions for the various excavation items involved with the
provision that ex.cavation will be measured and paid for once, regar-dless of the
manipulations involved.
3. The price bid shall include:
a. FurnishingTopsoil
b. I.,oading
C. Hauling
d. Placing
1.3 REFERENCES (NOT 1JSEDj
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS INOT USED]
1® ACTION SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
1.6 ACTION SU BMITTALS/IN FORMATIONAL suBmiTTALS INOT USED]
1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS INOT USE DI
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED)
1.9 QUALITYASSURANCE; INOTUSED1
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING, [NOT USE
1.11 FIELD [SITE 1 (.-,'ONDi'noNs jNar US D1
1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORTWORTH 20 C 5 Task Oider Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAIW ("ONSTRUC7100 SPECIFICATION D00 WRATI's '111W. -M5-000003
Revised Decernber 20, 2012
3291 19 2
TOPSOIL PLACEMENTAND FINISHING OF'PAJUMAYS
Page 2 of 3
2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISt-[ED 10R] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED]
3 2.2 MATERIALS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
In"
IN
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A. 'ropsoii
1. Use easily etiftivated, fertile topsoil, that:
a. Is free from objectionable material incinding subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non -
soil materials, roots, stumps or stones larger than 1.5 inches
b. Has a high resistance to erosion
c. Is able to support plant growth
2. Secure topsoil from approved sources.
3. Topsoil is subject to testing by the City.
4. pH: 5.5 to 8.5.
5„. Liquid Limit: 50 or less
6. Pla-ticity Index: 20 or less
7. Gradation: iiiiaximum of 10 percent passing No. 200 sieve
B. Water: Clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harniful to the growfl-i
of vegetation
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALIT Y CONTROL [NOT USED]
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Finishing of Parkways
1. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches.
1 Cut parkways to finish grade prior to the placing of any improvements in or
adjacent to the roadway.
3. In the event that unsuitable material for parkways is encountered, extend the depth
of excavation in the parkways 6 inches and backfill with top soil.
4. Make standard parkway grade perpendicular to and draining tothe curb line.
a. Minimum: 1/4 inch per -foot
b. Maximum: 4:1
c. City may approve variations from these requirements in special cases.
5. Whenever the adjacent property is lower than the design curb grade and runoff
drains away from the street, the parkway grade must be set level with the top of the
curb.
6. The design grade from the parkway extends to the back of the walk line.
7. From that point (behind the walk), the grade may slope up or down at niaximulln
slope of 4: 1.
CITY OF FORTWOUH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various I.Anations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTiON SPECIFICA110N DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Reviscd I)c(xmbcr top 2012
I
�r
It
3291 19--3
TOPSOIL, PLACENIENTAND F INISHING OF PARKWAYS
Page 3 of'3
I
B. Placing of'fopsoil
2
1. Spread the topsoil to a unifionna loose cover at the thickness specified.
3
2. Place and shape the topsoil as directed.
4
3. Hand rake finish a inininium of 5 feet frorn all flatNvoirk.
5
4. 1 1 amp the trrp�soil with a light roller or other suitable equipment.
6
3.5
REPAIR/REsTORATIONj INOT USED]
7
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
8
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL INOT USED]
9
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
10
3.9
ADJ1JSTING [NOT USED]
11
3.10
CLEANING INOT USED]
12
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES INOT USED]
13
3.12
PROTECTION INOT USED]
14
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
15
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
16
END OF SECTION
17
In
Revisioil Log
DATE NAME SIJMMA RY OF CHANCJ E
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rasic Order Corutfuction Services at Vadous Locations
STANDARD CONs,rikuCTION S1.FC111CATION DOCUMENTS TPW�2015.000003
Revised December 2.0, 201.2
3292 13-1
11 IYDRONCLCHING, SEEDMG AND SODDING
Pap
,e I of 8
SEI;T
IT13
ION 32 92
2 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SOD]-)fNG
3 PARTI- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Fu r'nish ing and insta I I ing grass sod and pennanent seedin as shown on Drawn igs,
'7 or as directed.
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 L None.
10 C. lZelated Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
11 1. [Avision. 0 - Bidding Requirenwrits, Coniti'act Forn-is, and Conditions of the Contract
12 2. Division I .- General Requiretuents
13 1 Section 32 91 19 -.._'Topsoil Placenient and Finishing of Parkways
14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
15
A. Measurement and J.ayrnent
16
1. Block Sod Placement
17
a. Measurement
18
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Block Sod placed.
19
b. Payinent
20
1) The work performed and materials fijrnished in accordmce with this Item
21
22
and ineasured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
bid Block Sod
price per square yard of placed.
23
c. The price bid shall include:
24
1) Furnishing and placing all sod
25
2) Rolling and taniping
26
3) Watering (until established)
27
4) Disposal of surplus materials
28
2., Seeding
29
a. Measurement
30
1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Seed spread.
31
b. Payment
32
1) The work perfornied and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
33
and measured as provide(] under "Mcasurernent"' will be paid for at the unit
34
price bid per square yard of Seed placed for various installation methods.
35
c. The price bid shall include:
36
1) Furnishing and placing all Seed
ys
37
2) Furnishing and applying water for seed ficrtilizer
38
3) Slurry and hydraulic mulching
39
4) Fertilizer
40
5) Watering and mowing (until established)
41
6) Disposal of surplus inaterials
42
3. Mowing
43
a. Measurenient
crry OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask. Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONS'I'RUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUM11 'NTS 1'°r1W-,20I5--000(X)3
Revised Decerninr 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
32 92 13 - 2
11 YDRON1 L) LCIJ 1I1" G, SI E1.)ING AND SODDING
Page 2 of 8
1) Measurement for this Item shall per each.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and inaterials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurenrent" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per each.
1.3 REFERENCES IDIOT USED]
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Seed
L Vendors' certification that seeds meet Tcxas State seed law including:
a. Testing and labelin, for pure live seed (Pl.,S)
b. Name and type of seed
2. All seed shall be tested in a laboratory with certified results presented to the City in
writing, prior to planting.
3. All seed to be of the previous season's crop and the date on the container shall be
within 12 months of the seeding date.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SU13MITTALS [NOT USED]
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Block Sod
L Protect from exposure to wind, sun and fireezing.
2. Keep stacked said moist.
B. Seed
1. If using native grass or wildflower seed, seed must have been harvested within 100
miles of the construction site.
2. Each species of seed shall be supplied in a separate, labeled container for
acceptance by the City.
C. Fertilizer
1. Provide fertilizer labeled with the analysis,
2. Confbnntui Texas fertilizer law.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY INO17 USED]
35 PART 2 ® PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
36 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
37 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
38 A, Materials
CITYOF FORT WOWIF11 201 5T&s1c Order Construction Services at various L,ocafions
STAIqDARD CONSTRUC"TION SPECIFICATION D(KUMENTS TPW201 v...0&00000
Revised December 20, 2012
r
' pp
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
I
32 92 13 - 3
1 IYDR(fiW LCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Pag,e 3 of'8
1. Block Sod
a. Sod Varieties (inatch existing if applical1e)
1) "Stenolaphrum secundaturn" (St. Augustine grass)
2) "Cynodon dactylon" (Cornnion Berniudagrass)
3) "Buchloe dactyloides" (Bul"Nograss)
4) an approved hybrid of Coinflaon 13ermudagrass
5) or an approved Zoysiagrass
b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades, rhizornes and roots.
c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects, disease, stones, undesirable
foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which
inight affect its subsistence or Ilarrdiness when transplanted,
d. Minimum sod thickness: 3/4 inch
e. Maximuni grass height: 2 inches
f Acceptable growing beds
1) St. Augustine grass sod: clay or clay loam tops(:ul
2) Berniuda grasses and zoysia. grasses: sand or sandy loam soils
g. Dimensions
1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness.
2) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted,
handled and rolled without breaking,
h. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected.
2. Seed
a. General
1) Plant all seed at rates based on pure live seed (111,S)
a) Pure Live Seed (PLS) determined using the formula:
(1) Percent Pure Live Seed =:: Percent Purity x [(Percent Genniination
Percent Firm or Hard Seed) 100]
2) Availability of Seed
a) Substitution of individual seed types due to lack ofavaillability maybe
permitted by the City at the time of planting.
b) 'Notify the City prior to bidding of difficulties locating certain species.
3) Weed seed
a) Not exceed ten percent by weight of the total of pure live seed (PLS)
and other material in the mixture
b) Seed not allowed:
(1) Johnsongrass
(2) Nutgrass seed
4) Harvest seed within I year prior to planting
b. Non-native Grass Seed
1) Plant between April 15 and September 10
I.bs. omynon Name Botanical Name Purity Germination
. .
PLS/Acre
.. . ...... .. .. ... .................
2.5 tj uda (unhulled)
,)tl 85 90
75 Bermuda (hulled) tj,noclon daqylon 95 90
2) Plant between September 1.0 and April 15
I,bs. Common Name Botanucal Name Purity (iermination
PLS/Ac're
. ...........
crry OF FOU woKrii 20115 Tktsk Order Constiuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCIION SPECIFICATION DOCk NUT,Js '11'11W-2015- 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
3292 13-4
HYDROMUCHING, SEEDINGAND SOIDDING
Page 4 of'8
TiT --,----R—ye Grass . ..... ..... I o I i —um i -n -u 1-1 Rfl o r —un 1 $5__..._..........
5 . . . . . . ... .............. —90
75 Berniuda (unhulled) cynodon rlac�ylon 95 90
c. Native Grass Seed
1) Plant between February I and October 1.
Lbs, P'LS/Acre,
Common Nkone
Botanical Name
. .................... —....... ......
1.6
Green Sprangletop
Leptochloa dubia
5.5
Sideoats Grama*
Bouteloua curtil2enelida
3.7
Little Bluestein*
Sc°hizach.),'I°l*Urfl,SCC)I)al�itil^l'I
17.0
Buffialograss
Buchlbedaqyloick�v
1.8
Indian Grass*
Sorghastrum nutans
0.5
Sand Lovegrass*
Eragrostis trichodes
6.0
Big Bluestern
A ndj-qj)(.)got i gerardii
8.0
Eastern Grama
7)1pscacuni &zqvh?ieJaT,
1.2
Blue Grarna
Bouteloua graciliv
1.8
Switchgrass
Panicuin virgatunt
10.0
Prairie Wildrye*
E4,inws canadensis
d. Wildflower Seed
1) Plant between the following:
a) March 5 and May 31
b) September I and December I
Lbs. PLS/A..c.....r..e
Common Marrone
ommon
...........Bonical Name
....-.............
.........-_-om-..........aZT.Oflush, Snufl%Ayer
Ya c—alva-
5.0
Butterfly Weed
Asclepias luberosa
2.0
Clasping Con.eflower*
Rudbeckia amIdexicaulis
3.0
Golden - Wave
Coreopsis basalis
13.4
Illinois Bundleflower
Desmanthus, iffinoensis
13.6
Pwixidge Pea
Caysiafiascicuhita
2.0
Prairie Verbena
Verbena bipinnalijida
8.0
Texas Yellow Star
Lindheinieri lexana
8.0
Winecup
Callip-hoe involcrala
2.0
Black-eyed Susan
Ru dbeckja hirta
1&0
Culleaf Daisy
P,iigelni(i,r,i)iial�piol,inot�fidex
2.0
Obedient Plant
PhFvoslegia intermedia
10
Pitcher Sage
Salvid azurea
10
Plains Coreopsis
Cojivopvis fincloria
8.0
Scarlet Sage
Salvia coccinea
*not to be planted within
ten feet of a road or paxking lot or within three feet of a
walkway
e. Temporary Erosion Control Seed
1) Consist of the sowing of cool season plant seeds.
3. Mulch
a. For use with conventional mechanical or hydraulic planting of seed.
b. Wood cellulose fiber produced from virgin wood or recycled paper -by-products
(waste products from paper mills or recycled newspaper).
c. No growth or germinationi inhibitirig factors.
d. No more than ten percent moisture, air dry weight basis.
e. Additives: binder in powder form.
CITY OF FORTWORTH
s'r'ANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECHICATioN r)(mmENI's
Revised December 20, 201.2
2015'rask: Order Con%truciion services at Various L,ocato ons
"I'M -2015-000003
r
3292 13 5
1 IYDRUMULCI UNG, SEED1114G AND SODDING
Page 5 of 8
I
f Form a strong moisture retaining mat.
2
4.
Fertilizer
3
a. Acceptable condition for distribution
4
b. Applied unif6mily over the planted area
5
c. Analysis
6
1) 16-20-0
17
2) 16-8-8
8
d. Fertilizer rate:
9
1) Not required for wildflower seeding
10
2) Newly established seeding areas 100 pounds of n itrogen per acre
1.1
3) F,stablished seeding areas - 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre
12
5.
Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19.
13
6.
Water: clean and -free of industrial wastes or other substances harniful to the
14
germination of the seed or to the growth of the vegetation.
15
7.
Soil Retention Blanket
16
a. "Curlex I" from American F xcelsior, 900 Ave. H East, Post Office Box 5624,
17
Arlington, Texas 76001, 1 -800 -777 -SOIL or approved equal.
18
19
2.3 ACCESSORIES
INOT USE DI
20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
2l PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USE
22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT U SED]
24 3.3 PREPARATION I
25 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including:
26 1. Stumps, stones, and other ot�jects larger than one inch.
27 2. Roots, brush, wire, stakes, etc.
28 3. Any ot)jects that may interfere with seeding or maintenance.
29 B. Tilling
30 1. Compacted areas: till I inch deep
31 2. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less
32 seed/water run-off
33 3. Areas near trees: Do not till deeper than 1/2 inch inside "drip line" of trees.
K = 16,11 F.11 a W411 0 1910
35 A. Block Sodding
36 1. General
37 a. Place sod between curb and walk and on terraces that is the same type grass as
38 adjacent grass or existing lawn.
39 b. Plant between the average last freeze date in the spring and 6 weeks prior tothe
40 average first freeze in the fall.
41 2. Installation
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consti udion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCUON SPE-CIFICATION DOCUIMI �NTS TM -2015-000003
Revised 1:3evember 20, 2012
X29213-6
1 IYU10MULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 6 of 8
1
a.
Plant sod specified after the area has been completed to the lines and grades
2
shown on the Drawings with 6 inches of topsoil.
3
b.
Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of
4
excavating, hauling and planting.
5
c.
Keep sod inalerial moist from the time it is dug until planted.
6
d.
Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered.
7
e.
Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp.
8
f,
Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in cornplete contact with topsoil at a uniform
9
slope.
10
g.
Peg sod with wooden pegs (or wire staple) driven through the sod block to the
11
firm earth in are that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or
12
nature of the soil.
13
1 Watering and Finishing
14
a.
Furnish water as an ancillary cost to Contractor by means of temporary
15
metering / irrigation, water truck or by any other method necessary to achieve
16
an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 3.13.13.
17
b.
Thoroughly water sod immediately after planted.
18
c.
Water until established.
19
d.
Generally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall
20
plus 1/2 inch per week should be applied until accepted. Ifapplicable, plant
21
large areas by irrigation zones to ensure areas are watered as soon as they are
22
pUrted.
23
B. Seeding
24
1. General
25
a.
Seed only those areas indicated on the Drawings and areas disturbed by
26
construction.
27
b.
Mark each area to be seeded in the field prior to seeding for City approval.
28
2. Broadcast Seeding
29
a.
Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other.
30
b.
Harrow or rake lightly to cover seed.
31
c.
Never cover seed with more soil than twice its diameter.
32
d.
For wildflower plantings:
33
1) Scalp existing grasses to I inch
34
2) Remove grass clippings, so seed can make contact with the soil.
35
3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): Drilling):
36
a.
Uniformly distribute seed over the areas shown on the Drawings or as directed.
37
b.
All varieties of seed and fi:rtili7cr may be distributed at the same time provided
38
that each component is uniforinly, applied at the specified rate.
39
c.
Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type
40
drill.
41
d.
Drill on the contour of slopes
42
e.
After planting roll with a roller integral to the seed drill, or a corrugated roller
43
of the "Cultipacker" type.
44
f.
Roll slope areas on the contour.
45
4. Hydrornulchilig
46
a.
Mixing: Seed, mulch, fertilizer and water may be mixed provided that:
47
1) Mixture is unil'brmly suspended to form a homogenous shirry.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONs'riu K."TION SPECIFICATION DOCI DU ENTS
Revised December 20:,2012
2015'I'ask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
TPW 2015-000003
I
GTy OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order Consf miction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICWTION DOCUNENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20,2012
229215 ...7
HYDROMULCHINOw, SEE DfNG AND SODDING
Page 7 of 8
1
2) Mixture forin.s a blotter -like ground cover hv[pregnated uniformly with
2
grass seed.
r3
3) Mixture is applied within 30 ininutes after placed in the equipment.
4
b. Placing
5
1) thiifornily distribute in the quantity specified over the areas shown on the
0
6
Drawings or as directed.
7
5. Fertilizing. uniformly apply fertilizer over seeded area.
8
6. Watering
9
a. Furnish water by means of temporary metering / irrigation, water truck or by
10
any other mettiod necessary to achieve an acceptable stand of turf as defined in
11
3.13.B.
12
b. Water soil to a minimuin depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding.
13
c. Water as direct by the City at least twice daily for 14 days after seeding in such
14
a manner as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgement of the seed.
15
d. Water until final acceptance.
16
e. Jenerally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall
17
plus 1/2 inch per week should be a1pplied until accepted,
18
3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED]
19
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
20
3.7 FIELD QUALtT'Y CONTROL, [NOT USED]
21
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
22
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
23
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED]
24
3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
25
3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
26
3.13 MAINTENANCE
27
A. Block Sodding
28
1, Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as
IMP
29
directed by the City.
30
1 Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down
31
(roots growing into the soil) and is free from dead blocks of sod.
32
B. Seeding
33
L Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the PrQject or as
34
directed by the City.
35
2, Maintain the seeded area until each oft e following is achieved:
36
a. Vegetation is evenly distributed
37
b. Vegetation is free from bare areas
38
3. Turf will be accepted once fully established.
39
a. Seeded area must have 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches with I mow
40
cycle performed by the Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the
41
city.
42
C. Rejection
GTy OF FORT WORT11 2015 Task Order Consf miction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICWTION DOCUNENTS I'PW-2015-000003
Revised December 20,2012
329213-8
HYDROMIT1,01ING, SEEDING AND SODDING
Page 8 of 8
1 1. City may r(ject block sod or seeded area on the basis of weed populations.
2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USEDI
3 END OF SECTION
4
id
----]NAME Revision Lo
DATE g
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 1171"1&1-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
3 PARTI- GEIFRAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SEcTION 32 93 43
TRHES AND SHRI JBS
3293 43-. 1
TREES AND SHRUBS
Pa gg I of 8
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Tree and shrub planting and maintenance within street right -of' -way and easements.
7 2. Tree renioval and transplant is to be perfomied in accordance with Section 31 10 00
1
8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
9 L None.
10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily lit-nited to:
I1 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Fornis, and Conditions of the (',ontract
12 2. Division I - General Requirements
13 3. Section 31 10 00, Site Clearing
14 4. Section 32 92 13 - Hydromulching, Seeding and Sodding
15 5., Section 32 91 19 - Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways
16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
17 A. Measurement and Paynient
18 1. Plant Tree
19 a. Measuren')ent
20 1) Measureinent, for this Item shall be per each by caliper inch.
21 b. Payment
22 1) The work perforyned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
23 and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
24 price bid per each tree to be Planted by caliper inch.
25 c. The price bid shall include:
26 1) Furnishing and installing trees
27 2) Hauling
28 3) Grading and backfilling
29 4) Excavation
30 5) Fertilization
31 6) Water
32 7) Removing and disposing, of surplus material
33 1.3 REFERENCES
34 A. Reference Standards
35 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current ref�rence standard
36 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
37 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
38 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI),
39 a. ANSI Z60.1, American Standard for Nwseiy Stock
40 3. Hortus Third, The Staff of the L.H. Bailey I lortorium. 1976. MacMillan Publishing
41 Co., New York.
UTYOF FORT WORTH 20151"ask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUN111 NI'S TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
329.343-2
TREES AND SHRUBS
NVe 2 of 8
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMEN'I'S [NOT USED]
2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
3 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
4 A. Tree data: Submit certification from supplier that each type of tree confornis to
5 specification requirements,
6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
9 A. Coordination
10 1. Coordinate with City Forester prior to beginning construction activities adjacent to
11 or that will iinipac t. existing trees and shrubs.
12 B. Qualifications
13 1. Landscaper specialized in landscape and planting work
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
ff
M
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
I
I
w
I
C. Substitutions
1. Not permitted unless approved by City when specified planting material is not
obtainable
a. Submit proof of i'ton-availability together with proposal for use of equivalent
material.
b. Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed upon
approval by City Forester, but with no increase in unit price.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not remove container grown stock from containers before time of planting.
B. Defivety and Acceptance Requirements
1. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities.
2.. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible
designation of botanical and common name.
3. Use protective covering during delivery.
4. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight,
analysis and name of manufacturer.
C. Storage and Handling Requireivents
L Protect material's from deterioration during delivery, and while stored at Site.
2. Do not prune prior to installation.
3. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such manner as to damage ap
e bark, break
branches, or destroy natural shape.,
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Warranty Period: 12 months after job acceptance
B. Warrant trees against defects including:
I . Death
CTFY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS'
Revised rearm ger 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Conshruction Services at Various Locations
TPW-20 i 5-0W003
I
329343-3
'rREES AND SHRLJBS
Page 3 of
1 2. Unsatisfack)ry growth
2 3. Loss of shape due to irril-noper pruning, inaintenance, or weather coriditions
3 C. Plumb leaning trees during Nvarranty period.
4 D.. Remove and replace trees found to be dead during, warranty period.
5 E. R.ernove and replace trees which are in doubtf6l condlition at end of warranty Period, or
6 when approved by City, extend warranty period for trees for full growitrg season.
7 PART 2 - PROD I.K. ITS
8 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCT'S [NOT USED
9 2.2 MATERIALS
10
1. General
11
a.
Plants shall be true to species and variety specified, grown tinder climatic
12
conditions similar to those in the (locality of the prqject for at least 2 years and
13
have been freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season.
14
b.
All plant names and descriptions are as defined in Hortus Third.
15
c.
All plants are to be grown and harvested in accordance with the American
16
Sfandardjbr NurveryStock.
17
d.
Unless approved by the City Forester, plants shall have been grown in a latitude
18
not more than 200 miles north or south of the latitude of the project unless the
19
provenance of the plant can be documented to be compatible with the latitude
20
and cold hardiness zone of the planting location.
21
2. Trees
22
a.
Provide container grown trees which are straight and syinnietrical and have
23
persistently preferred main leader.
24
b.
Mark the tree's north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in
25
the field with a 1 -inch dianieter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the
26
bottom twelve inches of the trunk.
27
c.
(7rown shall be in good overall proportion to entire height of tree with
28
branching cs,.)nfiguration as recommended by ANSI 260.1 for type and species
29
specified.
30
d.
Trees designated as balled and burlapped (B&B) shall be properly dug with
31
firm, natural balls of soil retaining as many fibrous roots as possible, in sizes
32
and shapes as spec ified in the .4merican Slandardjbr Nursery Stock. Balls shall
33
be firmly wrapped with nonsynthetic, rottable burlap and secured with nails and
34
heavy, DonSyDthetic, rottable twine. The root collar shall be apparent at surface
35
of ball. Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not
36
be accepted, except with special written approval before planting.
37
e.
Where clump is specified, furnish plant having minimum. of three stems
38
originating from common base at ground line.
39
f
Measure trees by average caliper of trunk as follows;
40
1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter, measure caliper 6 inches
41
above top of root ball.
42
2) For trunks more than 4 inches, measure calliper 12 inches above top of root
43
ball.
44
3) ("aliper tneasurernents
45
a) By diameter tape measure
CITYOF FORTWORTH
2015 "cask Order Conshucdon Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOG MENI'S rpW-20,15-000003
Revised December 20,
2012
329343-4
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 4 of 8
b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are rniniinum
2
c) A.veraging of plant caliber: not permitted
3
g. Trees shall con1brirn to following requireinents:
4
1) Healthy,
5
2) Vigorous stock
6
3) Grown in recognized nursery
7
7
4) Free of:
8
a) Disease
9
b) Insects
10
c) Eggs
H
d) Larvae
12
e) Defects such as:
13
(1) Knots
14
(2) Sun-scald
15
(3) Injuries
16
(4) Abrasions
17
(5) Disfigurenient
18
(6) Borers and infestations
19
3. Soil Products
20
a. Topsoil: See 32 91 19.
21
b. Peat moss, mulch and fertilizer: Use material recommended by City. Forester
22
for establishment of healthy stock after replanting.
17
23
4. Stakes and Guys
11
24
a. Provide minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and I inch wide plastic tree chains.
25
b. Where applicable for anchoring trees, use wood deadmen:
"M
26
1) Minimum: 2-inch by 4-inch stock
27
2) Minimum: 36 inches long and buried 3 feet.
28
3) Provide white surveyor's plastic tape for flagging tree guys,
29
5. Tree Wrap, Twine and Seal
30
a. Wrap
31
1) First quality
2) Bituminous impregnatedtape732
33
3) Corrugated or crepe paper, specifically manufactured for tree wrapping and
34
having qualities to resist insect infestation
35
b. Twine
36
1) Lightly tarred, medium-coarse sisal (lath) yam
37
2) Do not use nails or staples to fasten wrapping
38
c. Seal: Cornmercially available tree wound dressing specifically produced for use
39
in sealing tree cuts and wounds
40
6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances han.4111 to the growth
41
of the tree
42
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
43
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
44
A. Notify City, prior to installation, of location where trees that have been selected for
45
1-.)Ianting may be inspected.
46
B. Plant material will be inspected for compliance with following requireinents.
47
L Genus, species, variety, size and quality
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICAT[ON DOCUME,NTS 'FIIW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
r 0
329343-5
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 5 of'8
1 2. Size and condition of balls and root systeivis, insects, injuries and latent defects
2 PART 3 - E XECUTION [NOT USED'
3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USEDI
4 3.2 EXAMINATION INOT USED1
5 3.3 PREPARATION
6
A General
7
1.
Schedule work so that planting can proceed rapidly as ll.-)ortions of site become
8
available.
9
2.
Plant trees after final grades are established and prior to seeding or sodding.
10
1
When planting of trees occurs after seeding work, protect seeded areas and
I I
promptly repair daniage to seeded areas resulting from tree planting operations in
12
compliance with requirements of'Section 32 92 13.
13
4.
Layout individual trees at locations shown on Drawings.
14
5.
In case of conflicts, notity City before proceeding with work.
15
6.
Stake trees for City approval.
16
B. Preparation of Planting Soil
17
L
Before mixing, clean topsoil of roots, 1jilatits, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other
18
extraneous materials haritiffil or toxic to plant growth.
19
2.
Strip and utilize 4 inch layer of top soil from existing ground.
20
1
Delay mixing of fertilizer when planting will not follow placing of planting soil
21
within 48 hours.
22
4.
Incorporate amendments into soil asp of soil preparation process prior to fine
23
grading, fertilizing, and planting,
24
5.
Broadcast or sprea(I amendments evenly at specified rate over planting area.
25
6.
Thoroughly iiicoi!-h)orateiniendii,ietit,s into top 3 or 4 inches of soil until
26
amendments are pulverized and have become homogeneous layer of topsoil ready,
27
for planting.
28
3.4 INSTALLATION
29
A. Planting
30
L
Excavate pits, beds, or trenclies with vertical sides and with bottom of excavation
31
raised minimum of 6 inches at center for proper drainage.
32
2.
Provide following minimum widths:
33
a. 15 gallon containers or larger, 2 feet wider than diameter of root ball
34
b. I and 5 gallon conlainers, 6 inches wider than diameter of root ball
35
3.
When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as
36
unsatisfactory soil, obstructions, or adverse drainage conditions, notify City before
37
planting.
38
4.
Deliver trees after preparations for planting have been completed and plant
39
immediately.
40
5.
When planting is Afelayed more than 6 hours after delivery
41
a. Set trees and shrubs in shade.
CITY OFFORT WORTH 2015 T&A Order Consouction Sem� s at Various Locations
STANDARD ("ONSTRUC"HON SPECIFICATION DOCUMIN FS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
11
25
329343-6
26
a. All trees, shrubs and other phintings will be niulched with mulch previously
TREES AND SHRUBS
approved by the City Forester. The mulch on trees and shrubs shall be to the
28
Page 6 of 8
29
I
b. Protect from weather and mechanical damage.
16. Provide 2 to 4 inch thickness ofnitilch, work into top of backfill, and finish level
2
c. Keep roots moist by covering with inulch, burlap, or other acceptable means of
32
3
retainirig moisture, and water as needed.
18. Prune
4
6. Lift plants only from the bottoni of the root balls or with belts or lifting harnesses of
35
5
sufficient width not to damage the root balls. Do not lift trees by their trunk as a
branches, double leaders, watersprouts, suckers, and interfering branches.
6
lever in positioning or moving the tree in the planting area.
38
7
7. Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material. Pull
branching structure be removed. Retain the normal shape of the plant.
8
roots out of the root mat, and cut circling roots with a sharp knife. Loosen the
41
9
potting medium and shake away from the root mat. Inirnediately after removing the
c. Except, in circumstances dictated by the needs of specific pruning practices, tree
0
container, install the plant such that the roots do not dry out. Pack planting mix
44
I
around the exposed roots while planting.
and manufactured for horticultural use.
12
8. Cut ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after plant has been set.
13
Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets from around top half of
14
balls. Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. Set balled and
15
burlapped trees in the hole with the north triarker facing north.
16
9. Set root ball on undisturbed soil in center of pit or trench and plun-ib planta,
41,
17
10. Place plants at level that, after settlement, natural relatk-nishil) of plant crown with
18
ground surface will be established,
19
11. When set, place additional backfill around base and sides of all, and work each
20
layer to settle backfill and eliminate voids and air pockets,
21
12. When excavation is approximately 2/3 full, water thorouglily before placing
22
remainder of backfill.
23
13. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed.
24
14. is to of backfill to allow for mulching.
25
15. Mulch pits, trenches and planted areas.
26
a. All trees, shrubs and other phintings will be niulched with mulch previously
27
approved by the City Forester. The mulch on trees and shrubs shall be to the
28
depths shown on the drawing. Mulch must not be placed within 3 inches of the
29
trunks of trees and shrubs,
30
16. Provide 2 to 4 inch thickness ofnitilch, work into top of backfill, and finish level
31
with adjacent finish grades.
32
17. Cover entire root ball.
33
18. Prune
34
a. Plants shall not be heavily pruned at the time of planting. Pruning is required at
35
planting to correct defects in the tree structure, including removal of inj tired
36
branches, double leaders, watersprouts, suckers, and interfering branches.
37
Healthy lower branches and interior small twigs should not be removed except
38
as necessary to clear walks and roads. In no case should more than 1/4 of the
39
branching structure be removed. Retain the normal shape of the plant.
40
b. All pruning shall be completed using clean sharp tools. All cuts shall be clean
41
and smooth, with the bark intact with no rough edges or tears.
42
c. Except, in circumstances dictated by the needs of specific pruning practices, tree
43
paint shall not be used. The use of tree paint shall be only upon approval of the
44
City Forester. Tree paint, when required, shall be paint specifically formulated
45
and manufactured for horticultural use.
46
19. Prune trees to retain required height and spread.
"Nof
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015T&A Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI.XTION S IIFC' IFICAT ION DOCUMENTS '1,T, ,-20'15-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
I
I
32x9343.-7
TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 7 of to
1 20. Do not cut tree leaders, and remove only injured and dead branches from flowering
2 trees.
3 21]Remove and replace excessively pruned or rnisf6irmed stock resulting from
4 improper pruning.
5 22. Inspect tree trunks for ii HT11proper pruning and insect infestation and take
6 CO]TeCtiVe tneasures.
7 23. Guy and stake trees ininiedialety after planting.
8
B. Moving F.xisting,trees
9
L Coordinate tree inoving and replanting with City Forester during dormant growth
10
season.
11
2. Provide tree spade of adequate size as directed by City Forester.
12
3.5
REPAII,?JR]riSTORATION [NOT USED]
13
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT (1SED1
14
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
15
A. City may reject unsatisfactory or defective material at anylime during progress of work.
16
B. Remove rqjected trees iinniediately from site and replace with specified rnaterials.
17
C. Plant material not inStarlled in accordance with these Specifications will be rejecled.
18
D. An inspection to detennine final acceptance will be conducted by City at end of 12
19
month maintenance period.
20
E. Warranty periods provided for in paragraph 1.12A.
21
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USE111
22
3.9
ADJUSTING jNOTt.JSEDj
23
3.10
CLEANING
24
A. During planting work, keep pavenients clean and work area in orderly condition.
25
B. Dispose of excess soil and waste in approved location.
26
C. Waste Material Disposal: On site burning of conibuslible cleared inaterials shall not be
27
perm itted.
28
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
29
3.12
PROTECTION
30
A. Protect planting work and ir.iaterials from dainage due to planting operations.
31
B. Maintain. protection during installation and maintenance period,
32
C. Treat, repair, or replace daniaged planting work.
33
3.13
MAINTENANCE
34
A. Maintenance Period shall be 12 months after final acceptance.
35
B. During the ina.intenance period if a work schedule and frequency are not shown on the
36
Drawings, perform the rninirnurn requirements shown below:
37
1. Water trees to full depth a ininimurn. of once each week or as required to 1111aintain
38
healthy, vigorous growth.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at various Locations
STANDARD CONSIRUC I K)N S PECIF KAIION DOCI INIENTS FPW-2015-000003
Revised lk-cember 20, 20 V 2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
IN
32934:3-8
'TREES AND SHRUBS
Page 8 of 8
2. Prune, cultivate, and weed as required for healthy growth.
3. Restore planting saucers.
4. Tighten and repair stake and guy supports, and reset trees and shrubs to proper
grades or vertical position as required.
5. Restore or replace darniaged wrappings.
6. Spray as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease.
7. Contractor shall replace any plant that does not survive. It shall be replaced as soon
as it is determined no longer alive. (7ontractor is to maintain new plants as
described above until growth is established and maintenance period expires unless
waived by the City.
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
. . .. . .....
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMA.RY OF CHANGE
LLA.- Nyment Items removed for tree removal and trwisplantation; these Items are
t2/20/2012 D. Johnson to be perl'onned in accordance with Section 31 10 00.
111A - modified maintenance period to begin 12 months after final acceptance
3.13.13 Modified n-mintenance period requirements
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD ("ONSTRI JCTION SPECIFICATION DOCI WENTS 1'M-2,015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3305 14 -1
ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE IIfaC.W7CU, S, AND OTHER STRUCTURLSTO GRADE
Page I of 7
SECTION 33 05 14
2 ADJUSTING MANHOI.,!�,.S, ISN I..,ETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURE.S 1-0
3 GRADE
4 PARTI- GENERAL
5 1.1 S U MMARY
6 A. Sectiotil Includes:
7 1. Vertical adjustinents to manholes, drop inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test
8 stations and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade
9 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
10 L None.
11 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessm-ily limited to:
12 I. Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions oft e
13 Contract
14 2. Division I General Reireirtents
15 3, Section 32 01 17 Permanent Asphalt paving Repair
16 4. Section 32 0129 Concrete Paving Repair
17 5. Section 33 05 10 Uti4y'French JEAcavation, Embedment and Backfill
18 6. Section 3 3 05 13 - Frame, Cover and Grade Rings
19 7. Section 33 39 10 Cast-in-PlaceConcrele Manholes
20 8, Section 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes
21 9. Section 33 12 20 Resilient Seated (Wedge) Gate Valve
22 10. Section 33 12 21 AWWA Rubber -Seated Butterfly Valve
23 11. Section 33 04 11 Corrosion Control Test Station
24 12. Section 33 04 12 Magnesium Anode Cathodic Protection System
25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
26
A. Measurement and Payment
27
1. Manhole --Minor Adjustinent,
28
a. Measurement
29
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each a(tiustruent using only grade
30
rings or other minor adjustment devices to raise or lower a manhole to a
31
grade as specified on the Drawings.
32
b. Payment
33
1) The work perfionned and the materials furnished in accordance with this
34
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Ad.itistment,
35
Mh-ior"' completed.
36
c. The price bid shall include:
37
1) Pavement removal
38
2) Excavation
39
3) 1, tattling
40
4) 13isposal of excess material
CITY OF FORT WOWTH 2015Task Order Consiniefion Services at Various L,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUC,' FION S11FICIFICATION DOCUMI'"INTS FPW-2015--000003
Revised Decern1w 20, 2012
I
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
330514-2
ADJVii TIN6 MANHOLES, INLETS, VAINE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES II 0 GRADE
Page 2 of 7
5) Grade rings or other adjustment device
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
7) Furnislibig, placing and compaction i ofernbednient and backfill
8) Concrete base niaterial
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
10) Clean-up
2. Manhole - Major. AdJustment
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural
modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade as specified on the
Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work per l'ormed and the rnaterials furnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Adjustment,
Major" completed.
c.The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device
6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of einbednient and backfill
8) Concrete base material
9) Permanent, asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
10) Clean-ul)
3. Manhole - Major Adjusbuent with Frame and Cover
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural
modifications to raise or lower a manhole to a grade specified on the
Drawings or structural modifications for a manhole requi I ring a new frame
and cover, often for changes to cover diarnetei.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Manhole Adjustment,
Major w/ Cover" completed,
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pavernerit removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications, grade rings or other adjustment device
6) Frame and cover
7) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
8) Concrete base material
9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
10) Clean-up
4. Inlet
a. Mea-surernent
CITY OF FORT WOKFH
STANDDARD CIONSTRUCTION SPEVIFICATI(:1N IX)CUMEN I's
Revised December 20, 2012
2015'Fasic Order Consiniclion Servi(xs at Various Locations
'I?W-2015-00000.3
F11
I
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
I
33 05 14 - 3
ADJUSTING NIAM 1011,FS, INLErs, VALVE BOXF.'S, AND OTHER s,rRucrui*'IsTO GRADE
Pag.,e 3 of 7
1 ) Measuretrient f.br this Item shall be per each adjustment reqi.6ring structural
jinodifications to inlet to a grade specified on the Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Inlet A.d.justinent"
conipleled.
c. The price bid shall include:
I) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Haulin.g
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural modifications
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material, as required
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean -tip
5. Valve Box
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustnient to a grade specified
on the Drawings.
b.
payment
1)
The work perforined and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Valve Box Adjustment"
completed.
c.
The price bid shall include:
I )
Pavement removal
2)
Excavation
3)
Hauling
4)
Disposal of excess material
5)
Adjustment device
6)
Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7)
Concrete base material, as required
8)
Surface restoration, pe; rmanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9)
Clean-up
6. Cathodic
Protection Test Station
a.
Measurement
1)
Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment to a grade specified
on the Drawings,
b.
Payment
1)
The work performed and the materials fiarnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Cathodic Protection
Test Station Adjustment" completed.
c.
The price bid shall include:
1)
Pavement removal
2)
Excavation
3)
Hauling
4)
Disposal of excess material
CHY OF FORT woRTH 2015'rask Order Construclion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C'ONSTRUCTION SPECgra ICAIIION DOCUMENTS TPW-2101 5-000003
Revised December 20, .2x112
I
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
330514-4
ADJUSTING MANHOIJ,S, [NLETS,VALVE BOXES, AND (,)l'flf,'RS'I'RtICT UR.r�-,S'FO GRADE
Page 4 of 7
5) Adjustment device
6) Furnishing, placing and cornpaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material, as required
8) Surface restoration, pe anent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
7. Fire Hydrant
a® Measurement
1) Measurerrient for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring stem
extensions to meet a grade specified. by the Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials 174mislied in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Fire Hydrant Stem
Extension" completed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Adjustment materials
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material, as required
8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch or concrete pavirig repair, as
required
9) Clean-up
8. Miscellaneous Structure This Item is inter ded,for a uniquestruclure. Bid Ile?n
should include dc,?Iails to idento,, tine specifie structure (4e,
,114ustir ent, SN. 1-1,00)
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each adjustment requiring structural
modifications to said structure to a grade specified on the Drawings.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this
Item will be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Miscellaneous Structure
AdJustinent" completed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Pavement removal
2) Excavation
3) Hauling
4) Disposal of excess material
5) Structural inodifications
6) Furnishing, placing and compaction of embedment and backfill
7) Concrete base material
8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required
9) Clean-up
46 1.3 REFERENCES
47 A. Definitions
48 1. Minor Adjustment
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE(IFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
"1f'W-2015-000003
WIT
N
I
3305 14-5
ADJUSFING MANHOLUS, INI.,ETS, VAI .,VE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURESTO GRADE
Page 5 of'7
I a. Refers to a small elevation change performed on an existing manhole where the
2 existing frame and cover are reused.
3 2, Major Adjustment
4 a. Refers to a sigiiiii"icant elevation change Ix.-xforrned on an existing inaiihole
5 which requires structural modification or when a 24 -inch ring is changed to a
6 30 -inch ring.
7 B. Reference Standards
8 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
9 standard published at the tinie of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
10 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
11 2. 'rexas Commission on Environmental Quality ("ra .`Q):
12 a. Title 30, Part 1, Chapter 217, Subchapter C°, Rule 217.55 Manholes and
13 Related Structures.
14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
15 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS jN1OTIJSEDj
18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
20 1.10 DELIVERY', STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NoT USED]
21 1.11 FIELD ISITEI CONDITIONS [NOTUSED1
22 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USEDJ
23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
24 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
25 2.2 MATERIALS
26 A. Cast -in -Place Concrete
27 1. See Section 03 30 00,
28 B. Modifications to l"xisting Concrete Structures
29 1, See Section 03 80 00.
30 C. Grade Rings
31 1, See Section 33 05 13.
32 D. Frame and Cover
33 1. See Section 33 05 13.
34 11F_ Backfill niaterial
35 1. See Section 33 05 10.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services as Various Locations
S IANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPF(AHCATION 1)04'TMENTS TPW-2015000003
Revised December 20,,2012
330514-6
ADJUSTING MANHOLLS, INLETS, VALVEBOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTA)RES 'r(.,) GRADE
Page 6 of 7
I F. Water valve box extension
2 1. See Section 33 12 20.
3 G. Corrosion Protection Test Station
4 1. See Section 33 04 1L
5 H. Cast -in -Place Concrete Manholes
6 1. See Section 33 39 10.
7 I. Precast Concrete Manholes
8 1. See Section 33 39 20.
9 2.3 ACCESSORIES INOTUSED1
10 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED1
I I PART 3 - EXECUTION
12 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
13 3.2 EXAMINATION
14 A. Verification of Conditions
15 1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted, for damage or detects that may affect
16 grade adjustment.
17 a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment.
18 3.3 PREPARATION
19 A. Grade Verification
20 1. On major ad.justments confirm any grade change noted on Drawings is consistent
21 with field measurements.
22 a. If not, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning adjustment.
23 3.4 ADJUSTMENT
24 A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures
25 1. On any sanitary sewer a(t]ustment replace 24 -inch frame and cover assenibly with
26 30 -inch frame and cover assembly per TCEQ requirement.
27 2. On manhole maJor adjustments, inlets and miscellaneous structures protect the
28 bottom using wood forms shaped to fit so that no debris blocks the invert or the
29 inlet or outlet piping in during ad.justinents.
30 a. Do not use any more than a 2 -piece bottom.
31 3. Do not extend chimney portion of the manhole beyond 24 inches.,
32 4. Use theleast number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade,
33 a. For example, if a I -foot adjustnient, is required, use 2 6 -inch rings, not 6 2 -inch
34 rings.
35 B. Valve Boxes
36 1, I..Ytilize typical 3 piece ad.justable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown on
37 the Drawings,
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPFICIFICAIION DOCUNIENTS
Revised EX --ember 20, 2012
2015'1'ask Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
W
I3 05 r4-7
ADJUSHNG NWHIOLFI�3, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURESTO GRADE
Page 7 of 7
C. Backfill and (3rading
1. Backfill area of'excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance to Section
33 05 10.
D. Pavement Repair.
1. If required plavement repair is to be perforined in accordance with Section 32 01 17
or Section 32 01 29„
3.5 REPAIR I RESTORATION [NOT USED]
3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [:NOT 1..1SEI.)j
3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED1
3.11
CLOSEOUT" ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.12 PROTECTION [NOTUSED]
3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
END OF SECTION
R.evision I..,og
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CtIAWIE
1.2.A- P�,ky item added for a maJor manhole adjustment which reuses the existing
frame and cover and a rnaJor a4justment requiring a new frame and cover; Added
1212012012 D.Johnson items to be included in pice bids; Blue text added for clarification for rniscellaneous
structure ad.jush-nents
3.4 flavemeritrepaii-reqtiii-eincitts were added
MY OF FORTWORTI I 2015Task Order Consnuefion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE.CIFICATION D00 M41 "NTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1,
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
3441 is -1
H � M PORA RY'FRM,'FI(.,' SIG NALS
Page I of 8
SECTION 34 4111
MPORARY'l-RAFFIC SIGNALS
A. Section Includes
L Tiniber Poles
2. Span Wire
B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section
1. one
C. Products Instal led But Not Fur n ished Under 'Ris Section
1. one
D. Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards
1. one
E. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
1. Division 0 Bidding, Re(.luirernents, Contract I"orms, and Conditions of the
Contract.
2. Division I - General Requirements,
3. Secilion330530—I..ocati(:),nofExistitigl,.Jtilit.ies
1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
A. Measurement and Payinent
1. Timber Poles
a.. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each timber pole of the size
specified in the plans.
b. Payinent
1) The work perl'bi-med and materials furnished in accordance tote Item shall
be paid for at the unit bid price per each "Timber Pole" installed for:
a) Various types.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Tiniber pole
2) Class A or C concrete backfill
3) Compression fittings
4) "rhimbleye bolts
5) Square washers
6) Nuts
7) Eye nuts
8) Lift plate
9) Split bolt connector
10) Guy clarnp
11) Double eye anchor rod
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order (onstniction Services at Vwious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION S I'll V'IFICATION DOCUMFINTS TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
3441 11 -2
TEMPOIRARYTRAFFIC SIGNALS
Pa?e 2 of 8
1 12) 8-Nvay anchocs
2 13) Guy spreader (if called out in Drawings)
3 14) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide timber poles
4 as shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as required by the City.
5 2. Span Wire
6 a. Measurement
7 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear feet.
8 b. Paynnent
9 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to the Item
10 shall be paid for at the unit price per each "Span Wire" installed for:
I 1 (1) Various types
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Span wire
14 2) V2" black plastic straps or inessenger rings
15 3) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide span wire as
16 shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as required by the City.
17 1.3 REFERENCES
18 A. Reference Standards
19 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard
20 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
21 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
22 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
23 a. ASTM A 475, Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated Steel Wire Strand.
24 3. American National Standards Institute
25 a. ANSI 05.1, Wood Poles — Specifications &Dimensions
26 4. American Wood Protection Association
27 a. A T 1-07, Processing and 'Treatment Standard
28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
29 A. Coordination
30 1. City must approve any deviation from Specification.,
31 B. Preinstallation Meetings
32 1. 48 hours' Notice of Intention to establish final location of any timber poles.
33 2. 48 hours' notice to DIG TFSS, City of Fort Worth Water and Sewer (817-871-
34
1-34 8275), and City of Fort Worth Traffic Signals, Street I-ights, and Storm Drains
35 (817-392-8100).
36 C. Scheduling
37 1. 48 hours' notice of placing the temporary signal into operation.
38 1.5 SUBMITTALS
39 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00,
40 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication.
41 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
42 A. Shop Drawings
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
I
3441 11 -.3
I'EMPORARY'rRAFFIC SIGNAL,S
Page 3 of'8
1 1. Provide shop drawings for City review prior to ordedrig equipment.
2
®7 CLOSEOUT suBmn ITALS [NOT USER]
3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL suBmiTTALS INOT USE i]
4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
6 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
7 1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no darnage or deterioration occurs durfi-ig a
8 prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation.
9 2. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and
10 extremes in temperature.
11 3. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
12 accordance with Section 01 50 00,
B 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
14 1.12 WARRANTY
15 A. Manufacturer Warranty
16 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1.
17 B. A,2 y�Lir �v arr
A , shall be required on all equipment furnislied by the Contractor.
18 C. Extended Correction period
19 1. Contractor responsible for correcting any subsfiandard workinanship and/or
20 materials for 24 months fforn the date the temporary signal is accepted by the City.
21 PART 2- PRODUCTS
22 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED
23 2.2 EQUIPMENT / MATERIALS
24 A. Timber Poles
2.5 1. Use new treated southern pine timber poles in accordance with ANSI 05. 1,
26 "Speciricatiojas and I)irnensions for Wood Poles," and the additional requirements
27 of this Item.
28 2. Use ANSI Class 5 treated timber poles for electrical services and ANSI Class 2 for
29 all other applications, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
30 3. Ensure poles are free from pith holes at the tops and butts.
31 4., Do not use poles that have a trimmed scar with a depth greater than 2 in., if the
32 diameter is 10 in. or less, or 1/5 the pole diameter at the scar location, if the
33 d iarneter is more than 10 in.
34 5. Provide poles that do not deviate from straightness by more than I in. for each 10
35 ft, of length.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fisk Order ConsLruction Services at Vairious Locations
S'I'i1NI)ARD,CONS'f'R.4J(,"FI()N SITCHICATION DOCUNIFINTs TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
I
17
1
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
2
9
9Ip ppp�ypp�p, yyy ��p Brett ryp3441 Bygd ••4
14 LL':��AWYAri�""4„/NO�.P'WR Jl. ��.•ll'W.N"hA"ll"•'IC LL4... NA.I..,S
Page 4 of 8
h. A pole may only have sweep in 1 plane and 1. direction (single sweep), provided a
straight line joining the midpoint of the pole at the butt and the midpoint of the pole
at the top daces not at any intermediate point pass through the external surface of the
pole.
7. Timber poles with more than 1 complete twist of sl:riral grain are not acceptable.
8. Butt slivering due to felling is permitted if the distance from the outside,
circumference is not less than 1/4 of the butt diameter and the height is not more
than l ft.
. Use preservative treatment in accordance with A PA T1-074
10. Furmsb poles with a minimum net 'retention of preservative treatment in accordance
with Table 1.
11. Mark all poles by branding in accordance with Table 2.
Table
�_..Retention cl Presa ative Treatment
_ _... ...__
._........................... __.......
Treatment Minimum Retention
......... ._.._. __...... _....... ........ .. ................__________ .... ....... ..........
Creosote 9.0 lb./ft.-
.... _ .. ....
Pentanchlorophenanl 0.45 lb,/l1 �
____-_ _ ...... __ ..... _......._ ......... . _ _..
AC A/C.C;A O.,6 1b./ft.:
Table
Timber ]"ole 1'�arlriu __._ .
......._ _ _ _ ..... ....
Markin .. _._„_... Descrrptiann o l!vlarkin
PTS Supplier's de or trademark (for example, Pole
...... l"reatrn Comp
_2 ) .. ....
F-01 PI t
_..,.,.
location and year of treatrrnennt (for example,
Forestville, 2001).
... ..........� —. _ _. _.......
_.... ..._ _.....m .
SPC Species and preservative code. (for example, southern�__...._..._....
_J n a,r �osan.
..........__ 9): . ... ...... _ _............... _.. _.._........._......._.........
5-35 Class-lernpth (for exam0e, Class 5, 35 -ft. mole].
12. ]Place the bottom of the brand saluffely on the face of the pole 10 ft. (plus or minus
2 in.) from the butt.
13. Furnish a treatment: certification with every shipment of treated tinnber poles that
includes:
a. name of treating company,
b. location of treating plant:,
c. applicable product standard (A. PA TI -07),
d. charge number,
e. date of treatment,
f contents of charge (pales),
g. preservative treatment, and
h. actual preservative 'retention values.
B. Span Wire
1. C:�onfonli to the requirements of ASTM A 475, Utilities Grade or better, Class A.
coating.
2. These requirements include, but are not limited to, the properties given in Table 1
Furnish 7 wires per strand.
CITY OF FORT WOR`FII
STANDARD C'C; Ns'r Ri UC;°r lC, N SraE('IIFI :;'A,rjON r;, 7C.bG`UNIIIl:'N'r""
Revised Novembea- 22„ 2013
1
�a
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
TM -2015-000003
Imp
rr
3
4
5
6
7
8
Z
3441 11 ...5
TEMPORARYTRAFFIC SIGNALS
Page 5 of 8
Table I
Dimensions and froperties
Nominal
Nominal
Approx,
Minimum
Minimum Zinc
Diameter
Diameter of
Weight per
Breaking
Coating Wt.
of'Strand
Coated Wires
1000 ft.
Strength
Class A
................ ...1 ." t) . ........ . ..
. ......................... (j n.
...........
Z
(o/ ft )
. s - _.� _
� q. _
3/16
0.065
80
2,400
0.50
1/4
0.080
121
4,750
0.60
9/32
0.093
164
4,600
0.70
5/16
0.109
225
6000
0.80
3/8
0.120
273
11,500
0.,85
7/16
0145
399
18,000
0.90
01
.65
. . ... ................. .
517
25,000 . . ........
. . .. ......... . ..... 0. 90
3. Supply new material.
4. Rernove drips, runs, sharp points, voids, and darnage from the zinc coating.
5. Samples from each roll of each diameter of strand will be taken.
6. Replace strands failing to meet the requirements of this Item.
2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION
11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED]
12 3.2 EXAMINATION
I
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
I
A. Verification of Conditions
1. The Contractor shall veriAl by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing
underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed timber poles.
2.. All exploratoray excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Protection of In -Place Conditions
L The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing
landscaping (sod, shrubbery, trees, and etc.,), sprinkler systems, and/or other private
property at the Site during the installation of the temporary traffic signal.
2. Darnaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private property shall be
replaced within a reasonable time, by the Contractor at his own expense, to the
satisfaction of the Inspector.
3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the
Inspector.
4. Reinoval of mail boxes in the way of construction 'requires 48 hours advance notice
to the post office.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'1'ask Order Construction Services at Va.rious Locafions
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION WCUMFNI'S TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
344) 11 -6
'Fl-'A41>(,)R.Al-?.Y'l.'IZAF171C SIGNAL,S
P,,,q,,e 6 of'8
2 A.. Thniber Poles
3 L (Jse established it-Oustry and utility safety practices while installing poles located
4 near overhead or underltround utilities.
5 2. Consult with the appropriate utility company prior to beginning such work.
6 3. thiless Otherwise shown on the plans, set the pole a minimum depth in accordal'Ice
7 with Table 3.
8 Table 3
9 Pole Settin D th
!�JH .........................
Pole Length 71 Min. Setting Depth
26 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] [NOT USED]
27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
28 3.7 FIELD OR SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED
29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP
30 A... The Contractor, shall coordinate with the Inspector to have a qualified technician on the
31 Site when the temporary traffic signal is placed into operation.
32 B. During the 30 day test period, the City shall be the first respond to any trouble calls.
CITY OF FORTWORTH201 51'ask Order Constniction Services at, Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENA'S TM -2015-000003
Revised➢November 22, 2013
25 or less 5.0
26-30 6.0
31-35 7.0
36 40 8.0
41-45 9.0
46-50 10,0
10
4.
Locate timber poles as shown on the plans or as directed.
11
5.
Drill holes for setting poles a minimunii of 1.5 diameters of the pole butt.
12
6.
Unless otherwise shown on the plans, set the poles plumb.
13
7.
Backfill the holes thoroughly by tamping in 6 in. lifts.
14
8.
After tamping to gradle, place additional back.fill material in a 6 in. high cone
15
around the pole to allow for settling,
16
9.
Use material equal in composition and density to the surrounding area.
17
10. Repair surface where existing stixfhcing inaterial is removed, such as asphalt
18
pavement or concrete riprap, with like inaterial to equivalent condition.
19
B. Span Wire
20
1.
Install strandls as shown on the plans.
21
2.
Splicing is not permitted.
22
3.
When the strand is used as a messenger cable or span wire, ground it to the
23
grounding conductor at each pole.
24
4.
Metal poles may be used as the grounding conductor.
25
5.
Ensure a resistance less than I ohm from the strand to the ground rod.
26 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] [NOT USED]
27 3.6 RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
28 3.7 FIELD OR SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED
29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP
30 A... The Contractor, shall coordinate with the Inspector to have a qualified technician on the
31 Site when the temporary traffic signal is placed into operation.
32 B. During the 30 day test period, the City shall be the first respond to any trouble calls.
CITY OF FORTWORTH201 51'ask Order Constniction Services at, Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENA'S TM -2015-000003
Revised➢November 22, 2013
r
I
34 4r It •- 7
TINPORARYTRAFFIC SIGNALS
Page 7 of 8
1 C. If the City determines that the repairs are the result of poor workmanship, the
2 Contractor shall coniplete the repairs.
3 D. The Contractor shall provide a. local telephone number (riot subject to frequent changes)
4 where trouble calls are to be received on a 24-hour basis.
5 El. The Contractor's response time to reported calls shall be within a reasonable travel time,
6 but not more than 2 hours maxii-nurn.
7 F. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours.
8 G. If, after further diagnosing the problern, the qualified technician determines the problem
9 is in the equipment supplied by others, the Contractor shall notify the Inspector.
10 H. No extra compensation will be aflosved for fulfilling the requirements stated above.
11 3.9 ADJUSTING
12 A. Adjusting signal heads during construction shall be considered subsidiary to the traffic
13 control bid item.
14 3.10 CLEANING fNOTUSEDJ
15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
1( A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal,
17 replacenient and reinstallation of any damaged rnaterial at the Contractor's expense.
18 B. Whenever the Work. provided for and contemplated under the Contract has been found
19 by the Inspector to be completed to his / her satisl'actioti on any individual signalized
20 ititersection, or interconnected system of signalized intersections, as shown in the
21 Drawings, final cleaning up of said signalized intersection. has been performed and the
22 traffic signal equipment supplied by the or has operated continuously for a rninitnuni, of
23 30 days in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be released from further
24 maintenance on that particular intersection.
25 C. Such partial acceptance will be made in writing and shall in no way void or alter any
26 terms of the Contract.
27 D. If equipment fails, a new 30 -day test period will start when the equipment has been
28 repaired or replaced.
29 3.12 PROTECTION
30 A. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, landscaping, mailboxes,
31 etc., and repair any damages.
32 B. Provide access to all driveways during construction.
33 C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair
34 any damages.
35 3.13 MAINTENANCE
36 A. While perfonning Work under this Contract, the Coiltractor bears the sole risk of loss
37 for damages to or destruction of any temporary traffic signal equipment or
38 appurteriances, on equipment that was not to be replaced or installed under this
39 Contract, but which was damaged or destroyed througji the fault or negligent acts of the
40 Contractor.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
S'I'ANI)A.RD('ONIS'I'RI.IC'I'ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 1111V 20 15-000003
Revised November 22, 20113
"I
3441 11-8
I'EMPORARYTRAFFIC SIGNALS
Page 8 of 8
Ilk
I B. 'rhe (7011tractor shall replace such dainaged or destroyed equipment, etc., at no cost to
2 the City, regardless of whether or not the dmnaged or destroyed equipment, etc., was a
3 part of this Contract or any warranties under this Contract.
4 C. The Contractor's responsibility shall cease under this paragraph upon written acceptance
5 of an iritemection by the City.
6 D. The Contractor's responsibility for full operation and maintenance of all traffic signal
7 equipin,ent shall begin when he starts any type of'Work which effects active intersection
8 control at the first intersection and shall extend through the period of final Project
9 acceptance of each intersection,,
10 E. This inaintenance responsibility includes existing controllers/masters, existing interconnect
I I and cabling systems, existing signal indications, existing vehicle detectors, new
12 controllers/rnasters, new signal hardware, new cabling systems, and other hardware
13 elements which are coil,isidered part of either the existing or the new traffic signal system.
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
I
I
27
F. It is recognized that the City may continue to make a first response to any trouble call.
Action on such response will, however, be limited to placing the intersection on flash,
replacing, load switches or detector amplifiers, erecting, temporary control devices,
requesting immediate traffic control by uniforined police officer, or other such action
deemed necessary to provide a safe operatiori.
1. Such action will in no way relieve the Contractor of his operation and maintenance
responsibility.
G. The Contractor shall be required to notify the inspector or Traffic Services Division at least
24 hours in advance of any planned controlled charige-outs or any other operational
procedures.
3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
1/2.2/13 S. Ar old New specification
CITY OF FORT WORTH
Sl'ANDARD CONS HUX"J'JON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised Novendni 22, 2013
2015 Task Order Constmefion Services at Various Locations
TPW 2015-000003
1 3441 13 ..1
REMOVING TRAFFIC SIGNAIS
Page I of 4
I SECTION 34 41 13
2 REMOVING TRAFFIC SKJNALS
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. The removal and salvaging of traffic signal equipment
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Divisioiil.-rGeneialRrequiremetit�s
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A., Measurement and Payment
14 1. Measurement
15 a. Measurement for this Item shall be per each 7'raffic Signal Intersection
16 removed and salvaged.
17 2. Payment
18 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item
19 shall be paid for at the price bid for per each "Salvage Traffic Signal"
20 performed,
21 3. The price bid shall include:
22 a. Removing and salvaging„ Trafflic Signals and appurtenances
23 b. Returning all Traffic Signals, appurtenances and equipment as specified
24 c. Signal heads
25 d. Poles
26 e. Mast arms
27 f Ground boxes
28 g. Conduit
29 h. Cable
30 i. Signs
31 j. Electrical services
32 k. Amplifiers
33 1. Controllers
34 m. Excavation
35 n. Haruling
36 o. Clean-up
37 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED]
38 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
39 A. Coordination
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Constimetioni SeAvices at Various Locations
STANDARD C"ONSTRUC"TION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS rpw-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED
33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOTUSED1
34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USEDI
35 PART 3 - EXECUTION
36 3.1 REMOVALS
37 A. Special Techniques
0TY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFKATION MA WENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order (""Amistruction Services at Various 1,ocatW'ffi
TM -20154)00003
3441 13-2
REMOVING TRAFFIC S1(3NAL,S
Page 2 of 4
1
1. Coordinate with Inspector 48 hours in advance of removals.
2
1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
3
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
4
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
5
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
6
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE I NOT USED]
7
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
8
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
9
1. All salvage materials will be delivered by the Contractorto the City at a location
10
designated by the Inspector.
11
2. The Inspector, assisted by authorized representatives, will serve as the receiving
7
12
agent for salvage material.
13
B. Storage and Handling Requirements
14
1 . The Contractor will ship and handle all sallvage material (heads, poles, cabinets,
15
cable, signs, amplifiers, etc.) in a manner so as to prevent damage to these items.
16
Signal heads will be removed from poles prior to shipping.
1.7
2. All cables must be secured in controller cabinets to prevent damage during
18
shipment and handling.
19
3. All screws will be tightened into their respective slots to prevent loss during
20
shipping.
21
4. The controller and all supplemental control equipment (conflict monitors, detector
22
aniplifiers, load switches, etc.) will be removed from the cabinet prior to cabinet
23
removal and given to the Inspector at the time of the signal turn -on.
24
5. The Inspector will identity existing damage to salvageable material and mark
25
damaged items in the field before they are delivered to the City yard.
26
a. If damage to material is the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor will have 3
27
Working Days to make repairs or supply like items, at the (,ontractor's
28
expense, for damaged items.
29
b. If the Contractor fails to repair or replace damaged items in said time, the City
i
30
may charge the Contractor for the assessed value as determined by the Traffic
31
Services Manager or designee.
32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED
33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOTUSED1
34 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USEDI
35 PART 3 - EXECUTION
36 3.1 REMOVALS
37 A. Special Techniques
0TY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFKATION MA WENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order (""Amistruction Services at Various 1,ocatW'ffi
TM -20154)00003
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
19
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
I
I
op
344r 13.3
REMOVINGTRAFFIC SIGNALS
Page 3 of 4
1. Curbs and sidewalks
a. Secure permission Froin the Inspector before cutth,ig into or removing any
walks or curbs which migli( be required during construction
b. Where possible, dig under sidewalks.
1) If the Contractoi,° chooses to remove or cut the sidewalk, the concrete must
be sawed and broken out and then restored to an eupuall or better condition
than the originaL
2. Foundations
a. All foundations suject to removal (as indicated on the Drawings) shall be
razed to a level at least 2 feet below the ground, surface.
b. If the foundation subJect to removal is located within a sidewalk, the foundation
shall be removed to a depth equal to or greater than the thickness of the
walkway.
c. Once the foundation is rerno,ved, the ground surface shall be restored to
surrounding conditiorm,
3. Ground Boxes
a. The hole reniaining from ground box removal[ shall be filled and the ground
surfhce shall be restored to surrounding conditions.
b. Any conduit elbows found within the ground box to be removed shall be cutback
to a minimurn of 12 inches below the natural ground surface.
4. Signs
a. The existing stop sign panels, or any grounded mounted signs, as shown on the
Drawings, will be reinoved after the traffic signals are placed in flash and
before the signal is turned to full colors by City forces.
3® REPAIR / RESTORATION INOT USED]
3.3 RE -INET TI INOT USED]
3.4 FIELD OR SITE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT (USED]
3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP ]NOT USED]
3.6 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.7 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3® PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.10 MAINTENANCE INOT USED1
3® ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRIL)CTION SPECIFICATION DOC,( MENTS T1["\V-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
a
19
344113-4
REMOVINO TRAFFIC SIGNALS
Page 4 of 4
Revision Log
.............................
D�� ���
AM NAME SUMMARY OF CMANGE
CITY OF FORT WORTH 201.5 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD C,'ONSTRUC"I'l.014 SPECIFICATION DIC)CUNENTS 7"PW-2015 000003
Revised December 20, 2012
3441 15-1
Rmtanguhar Rap W HashingBeacon Assemblies
Page. I of 7
SECTION 34 4115
2 RECTANG1,111,AR. RAPID FLASI IING BEACON A SSEMBLIES
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes
6 1. Recta ngu I ai- Rapid Hashing Beaco n (RR. B) Assemblies
7 B. Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section
8 1. None
9 C. Products Installed But Not Ffished Under This Section
pit
1 10 1. None
I
11 D. Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards
12 1. None.
13 E. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract 1�'onns, and Conditions of the
15 Cnlract.
16 2. Division I - General Requireine tits.
17 1 Section. 03 30 00 Cast -in -Place Concrete
18 4. Section 33 05 30 - Location of Existing Utilities
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20
A. Measurement and Payment
21
1. Measurement
22
a.
N4easurement for this Item shall be per each.
23
2. Payment
24
a.
The work perfbrined and materials furnished in accordance to the Item shall be
25
paid for at the unit price bid per each "RRFB Assembly" installed for:
26
1) Various types
27
3. The price bid shall include:
28
a.
Support post
29
b.
1,'oundation
30
c.
Anchor bolts
31
d.
Signs
32
e.
LED arrays
33
f
Push button assembly with instructional sign
34
g.
Controller unit coinp➢ete with all necessary equipnient
35
It.
Mounting hardware
36
L
Ground rod
37
j.
Cable
38
k.
Testing
39
1.
All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide cornplete RRFB
40
systeni as shown on the Drawings, as specified, and as required by the City.
CITY OF FORT WORT112015 Task Order Constrwjrk)n Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCCI
TION SPEFICATION DOCUMENTS I'll'W-201 5-000003
Revised Novernber 22, 2013
13 A. Coordination
14 1. City must approve any deviation from Specification.
15 B. Preinstallation Meetings
16 1. 48 hours' Notice of Intention to establish final location of any foundations, bases,
17 conduit, and detectors.
18 2. 48 hours' notice to DIG TESS, City of Fort Worth Water and Sewer (817-871-
19 8275) ' and City of Fort Worth Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains
20 (817-392-8100).
21 C. Scheduling
22 L 48 hours' notice of placing the RRF13 into 4-.)peralion.
23 1.5 SUBMITTALS
24 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00.
25 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication.
26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
27 A. Shop Drawings
28 1. Provide shop drawings for City review prior to ordering equipment.
29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.8 MAINI I ENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE INOT USED]
32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
33 A. Storage and liandling Requirenients
34 1. Parts shall be properly rotectedl so that no dw-nage or deterioration occurs during a
35 proloii-iged delay from the time of shipment until installation.
36 2. F."Aposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICA110N DOCUM ENTS
Revised November 22, 21.113
2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
1:"PW-2015 000003
3441 15-2
Rectangular Rapid Hashing Beacon
Assemblies
Pape 2 of 7
1 1.3 REFERENCES
2 A. Abbreviations and Acrollyflils
3 1. f�.RFB: Rectangular rapid flashing beacon
4 B. Definitions
5 C. Reference Standards
6 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference
standard
7 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
8 specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
9 2. 2011 're .as Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (Txwil,a))
10 3. U.S. Department offransportation, Federal Flighway Administration, Rectangular
Raphl- Hashing Beacon (RRF'11), RIWA.-SA.--,09-009, May 2009.
12 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
13 A. Coordination
14 1. City must approve any deviation from Specification.
15 B. Preinstallation Meetings
16 1. 48 hours' Notice of Intention to establish final location of any foundations, bases,
17 conduit, and detectors.
18 2. 48 hours' notice to DIG TESS, City of Fort Worth Water and Sewer (817-871-
19 8275) ' and City of Fort Worth Traffic Signals, Street Lights, and Storm Drains
20 (817-392-8100).
21 C. Scheduling
22 L 48 hours' notice of placing the RRF13 into 4-.)peralion.
23 1.5 SUBMITTALS
24 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00.
25 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication.
26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
27 A. Shop Drawings
28 1. Provide shop drawings for City review prior to ordering equipment.
29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
30 1.8 MAINI I ENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE INOT USED]
32 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
33 A. Storage and liandling Requirenients
34 1. Parts shall be properly rotectedl so that no dw-nage or deterioration occurs during a
35 proloii-iged delay from the time of shipment until installation.
36 2. F."Aposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD CONSTR UCTION SPECIFICA110N DOCUM ENTS
Revised November 22, 21.113
2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
1:"PW-2015 000003
I
r
34 41 15- 3
Reclangulai Rapid Flashing Beacon Assemblies
Page 3 of 7
1 1 Finished iron. or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust
2 and corrosion.
3 4. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from be exposed to direct Sunlight: and
4 extremes in temperature.
5 5. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
6 accordance with Section 01 50 00.
7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED
8 1.12 WARRANTY
9 A. Manufacturer Warranty
10 1. Manufacturer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1.
11. 1 A 2.y.c ar wq.T
AUt shall be required on all equipment furnished by the Contractor.
12 B. Extended Con-ection Period
13 1. Contractor responsib�le for correcting any substandard workmanship and/or
14 materials for 24 months from the date the signal is accepted by the City.,
15 PART 2- PRODUCTS
16 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [NOT USED]
17 2.2 EQUIPMENT /MATERIALS
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
A. General Requirements
1. RRFB shall be fully coml-)Iiant with theTxMU'J,'CD guidelines and standards, shall
be approved by the City, and shall be installed at locations indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Each RRF13 shall consist of 2 rapidly and alternately flashed rectangular yellow
indications having LED array based pulsing light sources.
1 Each RRFB will be a complete assembly, consisting of indications, controller
cabinet (circuit breaker., timer or solid-state circuit boards, etc.) or any electrical
component hardware.
B. Functional Requirements
1. Each RRF13 shall be AC or solar powered as shown on the Drawings.
2. Each RRFB shall be activated by push button and shall be ADA compliant, and
shall require no more than 2 pounds of pressure to activate.
3. The RRFB shall be normally dark., shall initiate operation only upon pedestrian
actuation, and shall cease operation after a predetermined time limit.
4. Each RRFB when activated shall flash the two indications in an alternating ")Vig-
wag" sequence, i.e., left light on then right light on.
5. Each of the two indications shall have 70 to 80 periods of flashing per minute and
shall have alternating but approximately equal periods of rapid pulsing light
emissions and dark operation., During each of its 70 to 80 flashing periods per
minute, one of the indications shall emit two rapid pulses of light and the other
indication shall emit three rapid pulses of light.
CITY OF FG: R,r WOUH 201511'ask Order Constnictiori Services at Vadous Locations
STANDARD C(NSTRUCTION SPE'CIFICNIHON DO(A HAHINTS 111W-2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
3443 I5®4
Reclangular Rapid Hwhing Beacon Assemblies
Page 4 of 7
6. The rapid flash rate of each indication, as applied over the full on-off sequence of a
flashing period of the indical ion, shall not be between 5 and 30 flashes per second,
to avoid Frequencies that might cause seizures.
4 7. The light intensity shall meet the rniminum specilications of Society of Automotive
5 Engineers (SAE) standard J595 (Directional Flashing Optical Wwning Devices for
6 Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles) dated January 2005.
7 8. All RRFBs associated with a given crosswalk (including those with an advance
8 crossing sign, if used) shall, when activated, simultaneously commence operation of
9 their alternating rapid flashing indications and shall cease operation simultaneously.
10 9. Where indicated on the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide bidirectional indications
� I to motoristsapproaching from both directions.
12 10. Where indicated on the Drawings, the RRFB shall provide a unidirectional
13 indication to motorists approaching from the direction specified on the Drawings.
14 11. Controllers shall support' wireless communications to RRFBs and push buttons
15 using spread spectrum radio frequency, thus eliminating the need for cable
16 trenching. Range shall be a ininimurn of 500 feet.
17 12. LEDs shall be rated for a minimum of 10 years.
18 13. The duration. of a predetermined period of operation of the RRF13's t6llowing each
19 actuation should be based on the "INMUTCD procedures for timing of pedestrian
20 clearance times for pedestrian signals.
21 14. Beacons shall be simple to maintain and allow replacement of individual
22 rectangular b Light configuration shall be bi-directional for notification, to motorists
23 approaching from either direction and lights on both ends of the RRFB shall face
24 into the crosswalk for notification to the pedestrians that the system is on.
25 15. The housing units shall also include a high intensity amber LED mounted on the
26 street side of the assembly, which will flash upon the receipt of an incoming digital
27 radio signal from either one of the assemblies. This is intended to provide
28 pedestrians confirmation that the assembly across the street has been activated.,
29 16. Push Button
30 a. The push button shall be ADA compliant and require no more than 2lbs. of
31 pressure for activation. The button must be designed so that ice cannot form
32 such that it would impede the function of the button.
33 b. The pushbuttort shall incorporate visual feedback to indicate the button has
34 been pressed and the displays are active. Once the pushbutton is pressed, the
35 LED must stay on for the full duration and the beacons active.
36 c. The pushbutton shall have transient surge protection that shall include at a
37 minimum, a resistor and TVS diode at the input connection. The pushbutton
38 assembly shall be vandal resistant designed to withstand impacts from heavy
39 obJects, The button body must have raised ridges on all sides to protect button
40 cap against side impacts., The button shall be designed so that it cannot be
41 made to stay on. If the event the button is pressed for longer than 10 seconds, it
42 shall reset itself and work normally even if it is still being held in.
43 d. The button shall be completely sealed and the electronics shall be encapsulated
44 so that the button can function even after being immersed in water for an
45 extended period of time.
46 C. Mechanical Requirements
47 1. Each RRFB indication shall be a minimum size of 5 inches wide by 2 inches high
CITY OF FORT WORTH
STANDARD C',ONSTRUC"HON SPECHICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
2015'Fask, Order Consiniction Services at Vuious Locatioas
"I'M -2.015-000003,
I
I
3441 15-5
Rectangular Rapid F: lashing Beacon Assemblies
Page 5 of 7
1 2. Beacons shall have LED bulbs and be higtfl�, visible from a minimun.1 of 1,000 feet
2 in advance of the crosswalk during the day and at least one (1) mile during the
3 night.
4 3. LEDs shall be recessed in the flash bar with an additional polycarbonate shield for
5 vandal resistance.
6 4. RRFB display cabinet shall be durable, corrosion resistant, powder -coated
7 aluminum.
8 5. All components will be capable of continuous operation over a temperature range
9 of -30' F to 165° F.
10 D. Controller
11 1. Enclosure
12 a. Controller unit shall be housed in aNEMA 4X rated, pole iniounted, alurninum
13 cabinet with stainless steel hinge,
14 2. Power Options
15 a. Controller unit shall be provided as AC powered or solar powered as shown on
16 the Drawings.
17 b. Operating electrical power for AC -powered controller systems shall be 120V.
18 c. Solar -powered systems shall be designed with solar pallets and batteries
19 capable of running the system for 30 days without sunlight.
20 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
21 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
24 A., Verification of Conditions
25 1. The Contractor shall verify by exploraloty excavation, if needed, that existing
26 underground utilities are not in conflict 'with o
propsed nd
fouato
ins.
27 2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30.
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
W 114 016M "Ely W LIM
A. Protection of In -Place Conditions
1. The Contractor shall assume full responsibilit,y for the preservation of existing
landscaping (sod, shrubbery, trees, and etc.), sprinkler systerns, and/or other private
property at the Site during the installation of the traffic signal.
2. Damaged landscaping, sprinkler systems, and/or other private properly shall be
replaced within a reasonable time, by the Contractor at his own expense, to the
satisfaction of the Inspector.
3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific autbority of the
Inspector.
4. Removal of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice
to the post office.
CITY OF Fa: RT Task Order Construcfior i Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE(.1FICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised November 22, 20113
22 A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal,
23 replacement and reinstallation of any damaged material at the Contraclor's expense.
24 3.9 PROTECTION
25 A. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, landscaping, mailboxes,
26 etc., and repair any damages.
27 B. Provide access to all driveways during construction.
28 C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair
29 any datuages.
30 3.10 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
31 3.11 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
32
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION WCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
2015"Task Order Comitrudion Services at Various Locations
1TW-2015-00000.3
3441 15-6
Recfiwgmdar Rapid Flaslfing Beacon Assemblies
Page 6 of 7
1
3.3 INSTALLATION
2
A. Special Fechniques
3
1. Each RRFB shall be mounted horizontally to a standard 4 112," diameter aluminum.
4
pole and in accordance with dimensions and details shown on the Drawings.
5
2. The two RRFB indications shall be aligned horizontally, with the longer dimension
6
horizontal and with a minhimin space between the two indications of approximately
7
seven inches (7 in), measured from inside edge of one indication to inside edge of
8
the other indication.
9
1 The outside edges of the RRFB indications, including any housings, shall not
10
project beyond the outside edges of the sign.
11
3.4 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
12
3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP
13
A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Inspector tan have a qualified technician on the
gar
14
Site when the RRFB is placed into Operation.
15
B. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours.
16
C. If, after ffirther diagnosing the problem, the qualified technician determines the problem
17
is in the equipinient supplied by others, the Contractor shall notify the Inspector.
18
D. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above.
19
3.6 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
20
3.7 CLEANING [NOT USED]
21
3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
22 A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal,
23 replacement and reinstallation of any damaged material at the Contraclor's expense.
24 3.9 PROTECTION
25 A. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, landscaping, mailboxes,
26 etc., and repair any damages.
27 B. Provide access to all driveways during construction.
28 C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair
29 any datuages.
30 3.10 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
31 3.11 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
32
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION WCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
2015"Task Order Comitrudion Services at Various Locations
1TW-2015-00000.3
0
IN
I
3441 15-7
Rcctangular Rapid flasWng Beacon Assembfies
Pape 7 of 7
END OF SECTION
Revision Log
D SUMMARY OF'C]-IA.NGE
11122113 1 S, Arnold INe%v specfficafii�m
CITY O' SORT WORTH 2015 Task Order 0cmstjucljon Services at Vwious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUC, HON S PECI FICAT M DOCI MENTS TPW-2015 000003
Revised November 22, 2013
3441 16-1
PedesOan Hybdd (HAW10 Signal
Page I of 7
I SECTION 34 4116
2 PEDESTRIAN HYBRID (RAWK) Sl(-.JNAI..,
� L",
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes
6 L Pe(lesi,j-iartlf,)oI)ridSignal Be,,tcoti
7 2. PedeStfian Hybrid Signal Cabinet and Controller Assembly
8 B. Products Furnished But Not I ristalled Under This Section
9 1. None
10 C Products Installed But Not Furnistied Under This Section
I 1 1. None
12 D. Deviations from City of Fort Worth Standards
l3 1. None,
14 E. Related Spec ification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to
15 1 m Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Fonns, and Conditions of the
16 Contract.
17 2. Division I - General Requirements.
18 3. Section 03 30 00 Cast -in -Place Concrete
19 4. Section 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities
20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
21 A. Measuretnent and Payrrient
22 1. Pedestrian llybrid Signal Beacon
23 a. Measurement
24. 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pedestrian hybrid signal
25 beacon.
26 b. Payment
27 1) The work perfornied and materials turnished in accordance to the Item shall
28 be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Ped I lybrid Beacon" installed.
29 c. The price bid shall include:
30 1 ) Furnishing and installing Ped Hybrid Beacon assembly and appurtenances
31 including hinge pins, lens clips, locking devices, and gaskets,
32 2) Housing and doors
33 3) Doachable visors
34 4) LED lamp unit
35 5) Louvers
36 6) Cable inside the pole
37 7) Mounting hardware
38 8) 'I"erminal block
39 9) Back plate
40 10) Tcsti fig
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'fask Order COnstruction SeTvices at Various Locatiorm
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPH , AFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2W5-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Cousliruction services at Vwious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION JX)0.J1Nff-"-3TrS TP W-201115-.000003
Revised November 22, 2013
344# 16 2
Pedestrian Hybrid (HAWK) SignM
Page 2 (.)f'7
I
11) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide a beacon
2
assembly.
3
2. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal (.1abinet and Controller Assel"bly
4
a. Measurement
5
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pedestrian hybrid signal
6
cabinet and controller mserably.
liy
7
Ment:
b. Pament
8
1) The work perf6rmed and materials furnished in accordance to the Item shall
9
be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Ped Hybrid Cab & Cntrr'
10
installed.
I I
c. The price bid shall include:
12
1) Cabinet
13
2) Controller
14
3) Conflict monitor
15
4) Power supply
16
5) Mounting hardware
17
6) Other hardware and software required for a fully operational pedestrian
18
hybrid signal.
19
7) '"resting
20
8) All labor, tools, equipment and incidentals required to provide a pedestrian
21
hybrid signal cabinet and controller mseinbly.
22
3. The following items related to a fully ffinctional pedestrian hybrid signal will be
23
measured and paid for separately
24
a. Conduit
25
b. Multi -conductor cable
26
c. Traffic signal pole
27
d. Traffic signal mast arm
28
e. Foundation
29
f, Ground rod
30
g. Ground conductors
31
h. Power conductors
32
L Pedestrian push button
33
a Pedestrian signal head
34
1.3 REFERENCES
35
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms
36
1. HAWK: High -Intensity Activated Crosswalk
37
B. Definitions
38
C. Ret.erence Standards
39
1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer tote current reference standard
40
published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
41
specitication, unless a date is specifically cited.
4.2
2. 2011 Texas Manual on UniformTraffic Control Devices (TXMI JTCD)
4.3
3. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal I-lighway Administration, Saji�'rIy
44
hNTclNeness qf1he HA WK Pedestrian (711ossing Treatment, FHWA-1 JRT- 10-042.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Cousliruction services at Vwious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION JX)0.J1Nff-"-3TrS TP W-201115-.000003
Revised November 22, 2013
3441 16-3
Pedestfian llybdd (HAWK) SignaI
Page 3 of'7
1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
2 A. Coordination
3 L City must approve any deviation from Specification.
4 B. Preinstallation Meetings
5 1. 48 hours' Notice of Intention to establish final location of any foundations, bases,
6 conduit, and detectors.
7 2. 48 hours' notice to DIGTIESS, City of Fort Worth Water and Sewer (817-871-
8 8275), and City of Fort Worth Traffic Signals, Street 1 -lights, and Storm Drains
9 (817-392-8100).
10 C. Scheduling
I1 1. 48 hours' notice of placing the HAWK signal into operation.
12 1.5 SUBMITTALS
13 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00,
14 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication.
15 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONA.1, SUBMITTALS
16 A. Shop Drawings
17 1. Provide shop drawings for City, review, prior to ordering cquipinent.
18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED1
19,
ff
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Storage and Handling Requirements
1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no &unage or deterioration occurs during a
prolonged delay from the time of shipment until histallation.
2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed.
3. Finished iron or steel surfaces not painted shall be properly protected to prevent rust
and corrosion.
4. Prevent plastic and sfinflar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and
extremes in temperature.
5. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
accordance with Section 01 50 00.
1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
1.12 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer Warranty
I " Mall U farC turer's warranty shall be in accordance with Division 1.
2. A. 2_y_qr arra n shall be required on all equipment ffirnished by the Contractor.
B. Extended. Correction Period
CITY OF FORTWO1011 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at VaTious Locations
STANDARD CONSTW JCTION SPECIFICATION D00 MIENTS I'll W-2015-000003
Revised November 22, 2013
3441 16-4
Pedestyixi flybfid (11AVA4;1 SignW
Page 4 of 7
1 1. (.7ontractor responsible for coi�recting any substandardccworkinanship and/or
2 inaterials for 24 months from the date the signal is aepted by the City.
M
4 2.1 OWNEWFURNISHED [NOT USED]
5 2.2 EQUIPMENT / MATERIALS
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
A. General Requirements
1. System shall operate for recurring periods of activation, seven (7) days per week.
2. Each sYstern shall be capable of controlling two opposing directions of traffic
simultaneously per the sequence of indications and operation described in the 2011
TxM (.IT'(.' D.
B. Functional Requirements
1. Pedestrian Hybrid Signal Beacons
a. Shall consist of three (3) each of the head, LED rnodule, visor, signal closure
cap, and mounting hardware for mast arm or pedestal pole mounting.
b. LED modules will be one (1) each 12V DC 12" amber LED and two (2) each
12 IDC" 12" red LED.
c. The heads will be one piece yellow polycarbonate shells with the yellow
polycarbonate doors using stainless steel hinge pins.
d. Thunibscrews will hold the doors against the bodies.
e. The visors shall be one piece yellow polycarbonate tunnel units which shall be
duralocked at four points to the head doors.
f The mounting hardware shall be federal yellow in color.
g. The heads shall be configured as outlined in the 2011 T'xM(.J'I'(,D.
h. The signal. beacons shall be provided with a terminal block inside one head to
facilitate easy replacement of the LED units if necessary.
i. The LED modules shall be connected to the cabinet wiring at the tenuinal
block.
2. Pedestrian 1-lybrid Signal Cabinet and Controller Assembly
a. Cabinet
1)
The cabinet shall be manufacimired of 0.1 5" sheet aluminum.
2)
"Nominal cabinet dimensions shall be 46" H x 24" W x 16" D.
3)
The cabinet shall be a two (2) compartment type; the bottom compartment
shall have a neoprene gasket seal so as to prevent battery gases from
seeping into the top compartment.
4)
The cabinet shall have wire screened, insect proof louvers on each side of
both compartments for ventilation.
5)
The louvers shall be designed to not allow any rain to enter the cabinet.
6)
On the bottom of the cabinet there shall be two screened insect proof drain
holes.
7)
Alternate cabinet sizes and configurations sufficient to contain the
necessary equipment to operate the pedestrian hybrid beacon system may
be submitted for consideration— if submitted, detailed drawings shall be
provided and all submissions shall be accepted, or denied at the sole
discretion of the City.
C9TY OF FORTWORTH
2015 Task Ordei Construction Services at'Vafious L,ocations
S"I'ANII�)ARI)CONS'F'RUC"1'1:0114 SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 1TW-2015-.000003
Revised November 22, 2013
I
I
34 41 16 - 5
Pedestrian Hybrid (HAWK.) Signal
Pq,c 5 of 7
1 8) The door shall be a single unit with a continuous piano hinge riveted to the
2 door and the cabinet.
3 9) The door shall incorporate a neoprene gasket which, when closed, forms a
4 snug weather tight seal.
5 10y The door lock shall be a Corbin No. 15481 RS, or equivalent, constructed
6 of brass or stainless steel which shall operate with a traffic industry
7 conventional No. 2 key, Corbin No. IR.6380, or equivalent,
8 11) Two key's shall be furnished with each cabinet.
9 12) When in the locked position, the lock shall prevent the moverrient of the
10 latching niechanisin,
11 13) The cabinet shall be unpainted aluminum fabricated from mill finish
12 material and shall be cleaned with appropriate niethods that will remove oil
13 film, weld black, mill ink marks and render the surface clean, smooth, and
14 non -sticky to the touch.
15 14) Each cabinet shall be equipped with the necessary rigid top and bottorn
16 mount for a standard traffic signal pole or pedestal pole.
17 15) All necessary hardware for proper mounting shall be included, and shall be
18 bare alurninuni in color.
19 b. Controller
20 1) The hybrid beacon controller shall be an ATC controller meeting current
21 ITE/AASITFOINEMA Advariced'Fransportat ion Controller standards.
22 2) The controller and associated monitoring equipinent shall be capable of
23 producing the sequence of indications and operation described in the 2011
24 TxMUTC.D.
25 3) Pedestrian and clearance intervals shall be useir-dell-ined and colifigurable.
26 4) Continuous conflict n-rointoring of all pedestIrk.w. and vehicular outputs shall
27 be provided.
28 5) Conflict monitoring shall be accomplished by a scj=ate independent
29 monitor device providing full NEMA. TS2 MMU or NEMA/AASI41'0/11TE
30 ITS cabinet CMIJ nionitoring fianctionality including but not limited to user
31 programmable conflict matrix and absence of vehicle red and clearance
32 interval ni-ionitoring.
33 6) Wireless communications equipment shall be provided such that both sets
34 of beacons operate simultaneouslyactrivation of either pedestrian
35 pushbutton shall trigger the sequence described in the 201.1 rxmtj,rCD.
36 7) The pedestrian and vehicle indications displayed, on each separate pole shall
37 cycle shnultaileously and seamlessly, with no visible lag between the
38 indications on different poles.
39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED]
42 3.1 EXAMINATION
43 A. Verification of Conditions
44 1. The Contractor shall verify by exploratory excavation, if needed, that existing
45 underground utilities are not in conflict with propose(] foundations.
UFY OF FORT WOR,rii 2015 Task Owder Consliuction SeTvices at Various Locations
STANDARD CONS MUCI ION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENJ S T11MV-201115-000003
Revised NovembLr 22, 2013
3441 16-6
Pedestrian Hybrid (RAWK) Signal
Page 6 of 7
2. All exploratory excavations shall be in accordance with Section 33 05 30.
2 3.2 PREPARATION
3 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions
4 1. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the preservation of existing
5 landscaping (sod, shrubbery, trees, and etc.), sprinkler systems, and/or other private
6 property at the Site during the installation of the traffic signal.
17 2. Damaged landscaping,, sprinkler systems, and/or other private properly shall be
8 replaced within a reasonable time, by the Contractor at his own expense, to the
9 satisfaction of the Inspector,
10 3. No trees or shrubbery shall be cut except upon the specific authority of the
I I Inspector,,
12 4. Ilemoval of mail boxes in the way of construction requires 48 hours advance notice
13 to the post office.
14 3.3 INSTALLATION
15 A. Special Techniques
16 1. Pedestrian Flybrid Signal Beacons shall be mounted to a traffic signal mast arm or
17 pedestal pole.
18 3.4 FIELD JORI SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
19 3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP
20 A. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Inspector to have a qualified technician on the
21 Site when the HAWK signal is placed into operation.
22 B. Appropriate repairs shall be made within 24 hours.
23 C. If, after fiirther diagnosing the problem, the qualified technician deterinines the problem
24 is in the equipment supplied by others, the Contractor shall notify the Inspector.
25 D. No extra compensation will be allowed for fulfilling the requirements stated above.
26 3.6 ADJUSTING [NOTUSED1
27 3.7 CLEANING [NOT USE]
28 3.8 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
29 A. Prior to final acceptance by the City, the Contractor is responsible for removal,
30 replacement and reinstallation of any darnaged material at the Contractor's expense.
31 3.9 PROTECTION
32 A. Prevent any properly daniage to Property owner's poles, fences, lajidscaping, inailboxes,
33 etc., and repair any damages.
34 B. Provide access to all driveways during construction.
35 C. Protect all underground and overhead utilities, including sprinkler systems, and repair
36 any damages.
'Alk
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 "cask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CON STRUCTION SPUXIFICATION DOCUME"NI'S 'I'PW..2015-.000003
Revised Novemtxr 22,,2013
1 3.10 MAINTENANCE [NOT USEDI
2 3.11 ATTACHMENTS JNOTUSEDJ
3 END OF SEC 'I'tON
in
I
3441 16-.7
Pedestfian Hybrid (HAWK) Signal
Page 7 of 7
Revision I,og
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CIJANGE
11/22/13 S. Arnold New specification
. . . . .......... . .... . . ........... . - - ----
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Cbmtmcflon Services at Various I.,ocations
STANDARD CONSIRUC 11014 SPEK"IFWAXION DOCUMENTS 'UPW-2015-.000003
Revised NovcmI:)er 22, 2013
I
SECTION 34 4120 -
LED PILOT PROGRAM
CFW LED Residential
100 - 150W Replacement
Specification
December 2013
7
I
r
PART I –GENERAL
1.1. REFERENCES
City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
The publications listed below -form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
Publications are referenced within the text by their basic designation only® Versions listed shall
be superseded by updated versions as they become available.
Installations
4. LM -61-06 (or latest), IESNA Approved Guide for Identifying Operating Factors
Influencing Measured Vs. Predicted Performance for Installed Outdoor High Intensity
Discharge (HID) Luminaires
5. LM -79-08 (or latest), IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric
Measurements of Solid -Sate Lighting Products
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order construction SerAces at Vadous Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPICIFICATION DOCIMINTS I'M 201.5-000003
A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.
0136.2-2004 (or latest), American National Standard for, Roadway and Area Lighting
Equipment—Lurninaire Voltage Classification
2.
0136.10-2010 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting
Equipment - Locking -Type Photoconitrol Devices and Mating Receptacle Physical and
Electrical Interchangeability and Testing
PIP
3.
C136.15-2011 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting
Equipment – LUminaire Field Identification
4.
0136.22-2004 (112009 or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area
ur
Lighting Equipment– Internal Labeling of Luminaires
5.
0136.25-2009 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting
Equipment – Ingress Protection (Resistance to Dust, Solid Objects and Moisture) for
Luminaire Enclosures
6.
C13631-2010 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway Lighting Equipment -®
Luminaire Vibration
7.
C136.37-2011 (or latest), American National Standard for Roadway and Area Lighting
Equipment - Solid State Light Sources Used in Roadway and Area Lighting
B. American Society for Testing and Materials International (ASTM)
1.
B117-09 (or latest), Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus
2.
D1654-08 (or latest), Standard Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated
Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments
3.
D523-08 (or latest), Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss
4.
G154-06 (or latest), Standard Practice for Operating Fluorescent Light Apparatus for UV
Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials
C. Council
of the European Union (EC)
1.
ROHS Directive 2002/95/EC, on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous
substances in electrical and electronic equipment
D. Federal
Trade Commission (FTC)
1.
Green Guides, 16 CFR Part 260, Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims
E. Illuminating
Engineering Society of North America (IESNA or IES)
"1
1.
DG -4-03 (or latest), Design Guide for Roadway Lighting Maintenance
2.
HB -10-11 (or latest), IES Lighting Handbook, loth Edition
3.
LM -5099 (or latest), IESNA Guide for Photometric Measurement of Roadway Lighting
Installations
4. LM -61-06 (or latest), IESNA Approved Guide for Identifying Operating Factors
Influencing Measured Vs. Predicted Performance for Installed Outdoor High Intensity
Discharge (HID) Luminaires
5. LM -79-08 (or latest), IESNA Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric
Measurements of Solid -Sate Lighting Products
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order construction SerAces at Vadous Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPICIFICATION DOCIMINTS I'M 201.5-000003
11")
City of Fort Worth
Specification 'far Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
t
6. LM -80-08 (or latest), IESNA Approved Method for Measuring Lumen MaintreirDance of
LED Light Sources
7. RP -8-00 (or latest), ANSI / IESNA Arner�ican National Standard Practice for Road�way
Lighting
8. RP -16-10 (or latest), ANSI/IES Nomenclature and Definitions for Illuminating Engineering
9. TM -3-95 (or latest), A Discussion of Appendix E - "Classification of Luminaire Lighting
MR
Distribution," from ANSI/IESNA RP -8-93
10® TM -15-11 (or latest), Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Lumilrilaires
11. TM -21-11 (or latest), Projecting Long Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources
F. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1. IEEE C62.41.2-2002 (or latest), IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of
Surges in Low -Voltage (1000 V and less) AC Power Circuits
2. ANSI/IEEE 062,45-2002 (or latest:), IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for
Equipment Connected to Low -Voltage (1000 V and Less) AC Power Circuits
G. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
1. ANSI/'NEMA/ANSLG 078.377-2008 (or latest), American National Standard for the
Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting Products
H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
1. 70— National Electrical Code (NEC)
1. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
1. 1449, Surge Protective Devices,
2m 1598, Luminaires
3. 87SO, Light Emitting Diode (LED) Equipment for Use in Lighting Products
A. Contract Drawings and conditions of Contract (including General Conditions, Addendum to the
General Conditions, Special Conditions, Division 01 Specifications Sections and all other Contract
Documents) apply to the work of this section.
a. Seethe separate Specification for Adaptive Control and Remote Monitoring of LED
Road�way Luminaires for additional driver performance and interface requirements.,
A. Lighting terminology used herein is defined in IES RP -16. See referenced documents for
additional definitions.
1. Exception: The term "driver" is used herein to broadly cover both drivers and powffl"
supplies, where applicable.
2. Clarification: The term "LED light source(s)" is used herein per IES, LM -80 to broadl
cover LED package(s), module(s), and array(s). I
A. Be -fore approval and purchase, Owner may request luminaire sample(s) identical to product
co nfigu ration (s) submitted for inspectioni. Owner may request IES LM -79 testing of luminaire
sample(s) to verify performance is within manufacturer -reported tolerances.,
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order ConstrudJon Services at Various Locabons
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECffiCAVON DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Lurninaires
B. After Installation, Owner may perform IES LI` -50 field measurements to verify performance
requirements outlined in Appendix A, giving consideration to measurement uncertainties
outlined in IES Ll
1.5. UGHTING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A. Energy Conservation
1. Connected Load
a. Lurninaires shall have maximum nominal luml input wattage as specified
for each luminaire type in Appendix A.
2. Lighting Controls
a. See separate controls specification identified in section 1.2 above, if applicable,
b. See section 2.1®R below for driver control interface and performance
requirements.
c. See section 2.1-K below for photocontrol receptacle requirements,
B. Photometric Requirements
1. Luminaires shall meet the general criteria provided in the body of this specification and
the particular criteria for each luminaire type defined in Appendix A.
79111111�11�
1. Completed Appendix E submittal form
2. Luminaire cutsheets
3. Cutsheets for LED light sources
4. Cutsheets for LED drivel
a. If dimmable LED driver is specified, provide diagrams illustrating light Output
and input power as a function of control signal.
S. Cutsheets for surge protection device, if applicable
6. Instructions for installation and maintenance
7. Summary of luminaire recycled content and recyclability per the FTC Green Guides,
expressed by percentage of lurninaire weight
B. LM -79 luminaire photometric repol shall be produced by the test laboratory and include
1. Name of test laboratory
a. The test laboratory must hold National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation
Program (NVLAP) accreditation for the IES LM -79 test procedure or must be
qualified, verified, and recognized through the U.S. Department of Energy's
CALIPER program, For more information, see
h1tards scgoes eght.htm or
�ts.n�istov �stand
www.ssI,energy,govjtest labs,htl
2. Report number
3. Date
4. Complete luminaire catalog number
a. Provide explanation if catalog number in test repoll does not match catalog
number of luminaire submitted
L CIal whether discrepancy does not affect performance, e.g.® Inthe
case of differing luminaire housing color.
CrTY OF FORT WORTH 20:15 Task order ConstructJon Sera ces at Vairlious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW .2015-0(X)003
City of Fort Worth
Ii. if nominal performance of submitted and tested products differ, submit
additional LM -79 report(s) and derivation as indicated in Appendix C.
5. Description of luminaire, LED light source(s), and LED driver(s)
6. Goniophotometry
C. Calculations and supporting test data per Appendix B Indicating a lumen maintenance life of not
less than 36,000 operating hours
D. Computer-generated point -by -point photometric analysis of maintained photopic light levels as
per Appendix A
1. Calculations shall be for maintained Values, i.e. Light Loss Factor (LLF) < 1.0® where LLF
LLD x LDD x T® and
a. Lamp Lumen Depreciation (LLD)
L Shall be 0.95.
il. Shall be the percentage of initial output calculated in section 1.6-C.
b. Lu min aire Dirt Depreciation (LDD) = 0.90, as per I ES 1G-4 for an enclosed a n4s,
gasketed roadway luminaire installed in an environment with less than 150
�Lg/M3 airborne particulate matter and cleaned every four years.
c. Luminaire Ambient Temperature Factor (LATE) = 1.00
2. Calculation/measurement points shall be per IES RP -8.
Summary of reliability testing performed for LED driver(s)
F. Written product warranty as per section 1.7 below
G. Safety certification and file number
1. Applicable testing bodies are determined by the US Occupational Safety Health
Administration (OSHA) as Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTL) and
include: CSA (Canadian Standards Association), ETL (Edison Testing Laboratory), and UL
(Underwriters Laboratory).
I
1. Manufacturers listed on the current NEMA Listing of Companies Offering Outdoor
Luminaires Manufactured in U.S.A. for Recovery Act Projects need only provide a copy
of the document.
A. Provide a minimum ten-year warranty covering maintained integrity and functionality of
1. Luminaire housing, wiring, and connections
2. LED light source(s)
a. Negligible light output from more than 10 percent of the LED packages
constitutes luminaire failure.
3. LED driver(s)
B. Warranty periods all begin 90 days after date of invoice, or as negotiated by owner such as in
the case of an auditable asset management system.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction SeivIces at VarIous Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW..2015.000003
I
I
City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
A. General Requirements
1. Luminaires shall be as specified for each type in Appendix A.
2. Luminaire shall have an external label per ANSI 0136.15
3. Luminaire shall have an internal label per ANSI C1.36,22.
4. Luminaire to have internal label of manufactured date visible when drive compartment
opened,
5. Nominal lurninaire input wattage shall account for nominal applied voltage and any
reduction in driver efficiency due to sub-optirnal driver loading,
6. Luminaires shall start and operate in -20®C to +40*C ambient.,
7. Electrically test fully assembled luminaires before shipment from factory.
8. Effective Projected Area (EPA) and weight of the lurninaire shall not exceed the values
indicated in Appendix A.
9. Luminaires shall be designed for ease of component replacement and end -of -life
disassembly.
10. Luminaires shall have tool -less entry for access to driver compartment
11. Luminaires shall be a minimum of IP65 rated
12. Luminaires must be available in 4000 K and 3000 K options
13. Luminaires shall be rated for the ANSI C1.36.31 Vibration Level indicated in Appendix A.
14. LED light source(s) and driver(s) shall be ROHS compliant,
15. Transmissive optical components shall be applied in accordance with OEM design
guidelines to ensure suitability for the thermal/mechanical/chernical environment.
B. Driver
1. Rated case ternperature shall besuitable for operation inthe luminaire operating in the
ambient temperatures indicated in section 2.1.-A above.
2. Shall have a drive current no higher than 700mA
3. Shall accept the voltage or voltage range indicated in Appendix A at 50/60 Hz, and shall
operate normally for input voltage fluctuations of plus or minus 10 percent.
4. Shall have a minimum Power Factor (PF) of 0.90 at full input power and across specified
voltage range.
5. Control signal interface
a. Luminaire types indicated "Required" in Appendix A shall accept a control signal
as specified via separate controls specification referenced in section 1.2 above,
e.g., for dimming.
b. Luminaire types indicated "Not Required" in Appendix A need not accept a
control signal.
C. Electrical immunity
1. Luminaire shall meet the "Basic" requirements in Appendix D. Manufacturer shall
indicate on submittal for (Appendix E) whether failure of the electrical immunity
system can possibly result in disconnect of power to luminaire.
2. Luminaire shall meet the "Elevated" requirements in Appendix D. Manufacturers all
indicate on submittal for (Appendix E) whether failure oft e electrical immunity
system can possibly result in disconnect of power to luminaire.
D. Electrornagruatic interference
1. Shall have a maximum Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of 20% at full input power and
across specified voltage range.
2. all comply with FCC 47 CFR part 1.5 non consumer RFI/EM1 standards.
CITY OF- FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Conso ucflon Seir0ces at Vadous Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'TRW .2015-000003
City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
E. Electrical safety testing
1. Luminaire shall be listed for wet locations by an OSHA NRTL.
2. Luminaires shall have locality -appropriate governing mark and certification.
F. Painted or finished I u minai re com ponen ts exposed to the environ merit
1. Shall exceed a rating of six per ASTM D1654 after 1000hrs of testing per ASTM B117.
2. The coating shall exhibit no greater than 30% reduction of gloss per ASTM D523, after
500 hours of QUV testing at ASTM G154 Cycle 6.
G. Thermal management
1. Mechanical design of protruding external surfaces (heat sink fins) for shall facilitate
hose -down cleaning and discourage debris accumulation.
2. Liquids or other moving parts shall be clearly indicated in submittals, shall be consistent
with product testing, and shall be subject to review by Owner.
H. IES TM -15 limits for Backlight, Uplight, and Glare (BUG Ratings) shall be as specified for each
luminaire type in Appendix A.
1. Calculation of BUG Ratings shall be for initial (worst-case) values, i.e., Light Loss Factor
(LLF) = 1.0.
2. If luminaires are tilted upward for calculations in section 1.6-D, BUG Ratings shall be
calculated for the same angle(s) of tilt.
1. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI): 70.
J. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT)
1. If nominal CCT specified in Appendix A is listed in Table I below, measured CCT and Duv
shall be as listed in Table 1.
2. If nominal CCT specified in Appendix A is not listed in Table 1, measured CCT and Duv
shall be as per the criteria for Flexible CCT defined in NEMA C78.377.
K. The following shall be in accordance with corresponding sections of ANSI C136.37
1® Wiring and grounding
a. All internal components shall be assembled and pre wired using modular
electrical connections.
Mounting provisions
a. Specific configurations are indicated in AppendixA
Terminal blocks for incoming AC lines
4. Photocontrol receptacle
5. Latching and hinging
6. Ingress protection
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Seirvkes at various ILocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW .2015-000003
Ow
I
IM
2 5 8=0 to 2'8'7"0'
-0.006 to 0.006
3000
2870 to 3220 ..... . ...........
-0.006 to 0.006
3500
3220to
-0.005 to 0.007
-0.004 to 0.008
-0.004 to 0.008
2. If nominal CCT specified in Appendix A is not listed in Table 1, measured CCT and Duv
shall be as per the criteria for Flexible CCT defined in NEMA C78.377.
K. The following shall be in accordance with corresponding sections of ANSI C136.37
1® Wiring and grounding
a. All internal components shall be assembled and pre wired using modular
electrical connections.
Mounting provisions
a. Specific configurations are indicated in AppendixA
Terminal blocks for incoming AC lines
4. Photocontrol receptacle
5. Latching and hinging
6. Ingress protection
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Seirvkes at various ILocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW .2015-000003
Ow
I
F!",
r City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
2.2. PRODUCT MAN UFACTURERS
A. Any manufacturer offering products that comply with the required product performance and
operation criteria may be considered.
2.3. MANUFACTURER SERVICES
A. Manufacturer or local sales representative shall provide installation and troubleshooting
email.
support via telephone and/cH
END OF SECTION
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constructioni Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
City of Fort Worth
Specification for Residential LED Roadway Luminaires
ARK 1 11 Lamp wattage and type 100 WH PS/ 15OW
RE: MH
�Iniitial ' ownward lunVinaire outpui (lumens below horizontal)
rUght �oss factor
LENS: 0 Hat ("cutoW style) 0 Sag/drop
-iEif FORWARD TYPE: ■ 0 M FA 11111111 my; ■
IES 1 LATERAL TYPE: Eiveryshort E3$hort OMedium 0 Long■Very long
---- -J1
INPUT POWER: fiM:a:x:�.n:om�inal luminaire input power
NOMINAL CCT: Rated correlated color temperature111
PHOTOPIC 2 DOWNWARD Minimum maintained lurninaire output below horizontal
LUMINAIRE OUTPUT:
go-11gigagrgmiggillawal Full Cutoff Only
VOLTAGE: Nominal -luminaire input voltage
FINISH: Luminaire housing finish coIII lor
WEIGHT: Maximum luminaire weight
. . . ........ ................ . . . . . ............ .. . . . .
EPA: Maximum e ect�ive projected area
MOUNTING: Mtg. method []PosSSide-arm QTrunnion/yoke 0SWivel-tenon
Tenon nominal pipe size (NPS)
VIBRATION: ANSI test lev Ivel 1 normal) 13 Level 2 (bridgo/cIverpass)
. ............. . .. . ................ -,. — I ---
DRIVER: Control signal interface ed 0 Required
OTY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE0FICA'HON DOCUMIEN rS TPW-2015-0100003
Appendix B
Estimating LED Lumen Maintenance
IES TM -21 allows for extrapolation of expected lumen maintenance from available test data. The extent
of such extrapolation is limited by the duration of testing completed and the number of samples used in
the testing. The TM -21 methodology shall be used by the manufacturer to determine lamp lumen
depreciation (LLD) at end of lumen maintenance life per section 1.6-C.
The applicant may estimate lumen maintenance in one of two ways:
LsmUMNERM11175,1011
Under this compliance path, the applicant must submit caIcullations per TM -21 predicting lumen
maintenance at the luminaire level using In Situ 'rem peratu re Measurement Testing (ISTIVIT) and
LM -80 data. To be eligible for the Component Performance option, ALL of the conditions below
must be met. If ANY of the conditions is not met, the component performance option may not
be used and the applicant must use Option 2 for compIiance.
1. The LED light sources) have been tested according to LM -80.,
2. The LED drive current specified by the luminaire manufacturer is less than or equal to the
drive current specified in the LM -80 test report,
3. The LED light source(s) manufacturer prescribes/indicates a temperature measurement
point (Ts) on the light source(s),
4. The Ts is accessible to allow temporary attachment of a thermocouple for measurement
of in situ temperature. Access via a temporary hole in the housing, tightly resealed during
testing with putty or other flexible sealant is allowable,
5. For the hottest LED light source in the luminaire, the temperature measured at the T,5
during ISTIVIT is less than or equal to the temperature specified inthe LM -80 test report
for the corresponding drive current or higher, within the manufacturer's specified
operating current range.
a. The ISTIVIT laboratory must be approved by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized
Testing Lab (NRTL), must be qualified, verified, and recognized through DOE's
CALIPER program, or must be recognized through UL's Data Acceptance Program.
b. The ISTIVIT must be conducted with the luminaire installed in the appropriate
application as defined by ANSI�/UL 1598 (hardwired luminaires), with bird -fouling
appropriately simulated (and documented by photograph) as determined by the
manitfmijirpr
Under this compliance path, the applicant must submit TM -21 calculations based on LM -79
photometric test data for no less than three samples of the entire luminaire. Duration of
operation and interval between photometric tests shall conform to the TM -21 criteria for LED
light sources. For example, testing solely at 0 and 6000 hours of operation would not be
adequate for the purposes of extrapolation.
Between LM -79 tests, the luminaire test samples must be operated long-term in the appropriate
application as defined by ANSI/UL 1598 (hardwired luminaires). The test laboraitory must hold
Adapted from the DOE MSSL C Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I B-1
I",
N accreditation for the LM -79 test procedure or must be qualified, verified, and recognized
through the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE)°s CAUPER program. The extent of allowable
extrapolation (either 5.5 or 6 times the test duration) depends on the total number of LED light
sources (no less than 10 and preferably, more than 19) installed in the luminaire samples, as per
TM -21.
Under either compliance path, values used for extrapolation shall be summarized per TM -21 Tables I
and 2. Submitted values for lumen maintenance lifetime and the associated percentage lumen
maintenance shall be "reported" rather than "projected" as defined by TM -21. Supporting diagrams are
requested to facilitate interpretation by Owner.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I B-2
APPENDIX C
PRODUCT FAMILY TESTING
LM -79 AND ISTIVIT
It is recognized that due to the time and cost required for product testing,, it would not be realistic to
expect rnanufacturers offering a multitude of unique luminaire configurations to test every possible
configuration. Therefore, -the "product families" method may be utilized for LM -79 and IST T" whereby
manufacturers identify a set of representative products for which test data can be used to demonstrate
the accuracy of interpolated or extrapolated performance of product configurations lacking test data.
F Precedent for this approach can be found in LM -80.
Fl�p
fy If the particular luminaire configia ratio ni submitted has not been tested, the performance may be
rir,
conservatively rpnresentprl by tpqt ditty fnr innthpr lmwminnirp, rnnfiaimrntinn lqnwina-
0 The same intensity distribution (typically only applies to LM -79)
0 The same or lower nominal CCT
• The same or higher nominal drive current
0 The same or greater number of LED light source(s)
0 The same or lower percentage driver loading and efficiency
0 The same or smaller size luminaire housing.
Wr More
TI-rda FOU-10di-7--f—c"M
tests differing in terms of the six parameters listed above. For example, consider a hypothetical
luminaire offered in a single size housing, and having the following parameters:
0 Three intensity distributions: IES Type 11, 111, or IV
• Three CCTs: 4000, 5000, «,
-
rive currents: 350, 525, and 700 mA
• Four LED quantities: 20, 40, 60, or 80 LEDs.
Table C.1 illustrates a set of tests which could allow for accurate interpolation between tested
configurations, given a single luminaire hiousing size and essentially constant driver efficiency; these 10
tests may provide representative data for the 108 possible product configurations. Note that
normalized intensity distribution must not be affected by the other three parameters.
INN",
Ratio of test #4 lurnens to test #3 Iumens
Ratio of test #7 lumens to test #3 lumens
• Ratio of test #9 lumens to test #3 lurnens.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I C-1
r
onDrive
currentES
e)
(mA)
iiylyp
700
700
INN",
Ratio of test #4 lurnens to test #3 Iumens
Ratio of test #7 lumens to test #3 lumens
• Ratio of test #9 lumens to test #3 lurnens.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I C-1
r
11, 5000K, 525mA, 40 LEDs
Interpolation between minimal LM -79 and ISTIVIT data is more difficult if housing size increases with
0Z
ddrun cooler" than the highest -wattage configurationi. In these circumstances, the adequacy of
submitted data is subject to Owner approval.
At this time, the "successor' method cannot be used; luminaires tested must utilize the LED light
source(s) characterized by the submitted LM -80 report.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I C-2
1jr77
Interpolation between minimal LM -79 and ISTIVIT data is more difficult if housing size increases with
0Z
ddrun cooler" than the highest -wattage configurationi. In these circumstances, the adequacy of
submitted data is subject to Owner approval.
At this time, the "successor' method cannot be used; luminaires tested must utilize the LED light
source(s) characterized by the submitted LM -80 report.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I C-2
r
APPENDIX D
ELEC711�C LIU14LIVI
um_w N
Electrical Immunity Tests 1, 2 and 3, as defined by their Test Specifications, shall be performed on an
entire powered and connected luminaire, including any control modules housed within the
luminaire, but excluding any control modules mounted externally, such as a NEMA socket connected
photo -control. A slilorting cap should be placed across any such exterior connector.
• The luminaire shall be connected to an AC power source with a configuration appropriate for
nominal operation. The AC power source shall have a minimum available short-circuit current of
200A. The luminaire shall be tested at the nominal input voltage specified in Appendix A, or at the
highest input voltage in the input voltage range specified in Appendix A.
• Electrical Immunity test waveforms shall be superimposed on the input AC power line at a point
within 6 inches (15crn) of entry into the luminaire using appropriate high-voltage probes and a
series coupler/d 'ecoupler network (CDN) appropriate for each coupling mode, as defined by
A,NSI/IEEE C62.45-2002. The test area for all tests shall be set up according to ANSI/IEEE C62.45-
2002, as appropriate.
• Prior to electrical immunity testing a set of diagnostic measurements shall be performed, and the
results recorded to note the pre-test function of the luminaire after it has reached thermal
equilibrium. These measurements should include at a minimum;
MIUM111111MMMMMEMM ME M,
output
b) For luminaires speciifiedl as dimmable, Real Power, Input RMS Current, Power Factor and THD at
a minimum of 4 additional dimmed levels, including the rated minimum dimmed level
• Tests shall be applied in sequential order (Test 1, followed by Test 2, followed by Test 3). If a failure
occurs during Test 3, then Test 3 shall be re-applied to a secondary luminaire of identical
construction.
• Following the completion of Tests 1, 2, and 3, the same set of diagnostic measurements performed
pre-test should be repeated for all tested luminaires, and the results recorded to note the post-test
function of the luminaire(s).
• A luminaire must function normally and show no evidence of failure following the completion of
Test I + Test 2 + Test 3 (for a single tested luminaire), or the completion of Test I + Test 2 on a
primary luminaire and Test 3 on a secondary luminaire. Abnormal behavior during testing is
acceptable.
• A luminaire failure will be deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions exists
following the completion of testing:
a) A hard power reset is required to return to normal operation
b) A noticeable reduction in full light output (e.g. one or more LEDs fail to produce light, or becol
unstable) is observed
c) Any of the post-test diagnostic measurements exceeds by ±5% the corresponding pre-test
diagnostic measurement.
d) The luminaire, or any component in the luminaire (including but not limited to an electricail
connector, a driver, a protection component or module) has ignited or shows evidence of
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I D-1
melting or other heat -induced damage. Evidence of cracking, splitting, rupturing, or smoke
damage on any component is acceptable.
Test Specifications
Test 1) Ring Wave: The luminaire shall be subjected to repetitive strikes of a T Low Ring Wave" as
defined in IEEE C62.41.2-2002, Scenario 1, Location Category C. The test strikes shall be appllied as
specified by Table D.I. Prior to testing, the ring wave generator shall be calibrated to simultaneously
meet BOTH the specified short circuit current peak and open circuit voltage peak MINIMUM
requirements. Note that this may require that the generator charging voltage be raised above the
�rark � K-Tn4,t!I n 4#wn*o��gx-I
measuring high-firequency currents shall be used to measure test waveform currents.
Test waveform current shapes and peaks for all strikes shall be compared to ensure uniformity
thrL ughout each set (coupling mode + polarity/phase angle) of test strikes, and the average peak
current shall be calculated and recorded. If any individual peak current in a set exceeds by ±10% the
average, the test setup shall be checked, and the test strikes repeated.
Table D.1: 0.5 pS — 10OHz Ring Wave Specification
Parimke'r''
'test Lev'el/CorrfigUratibn`
Short Circuit Current Peak
0.5 kA
Open Circuit Voltage Peak
6 kV
Source Impedance
120
Coupling Modes
Ll to PE, L2 to PE, Ll to L2
Polarity and Phase Angle
Positive at 90* and Negative at 270*
Test Strikes
5 for each Coupling Mode and Polarity/Phase Angle
combination
Time between Strikes
1 minute
Total Number of Strikes
= 5 strikes x 4 coupling modes x 2 polarity/phase angles
= 40 total strikes
Test 2) Combination Wave: The liuminaire shall be subjected to repetitive strikes of a T High
Combination Wave" or T Low Combination Wave", as defined in IEEE C62,41.2-2002, Scenario 1,
Location Category C. The test strikes shall be applied as specified by Table D.2. The "Low" test level shall
be used for luminaires with Basic Electrical Immunity requirements, while the "High" test level shall be
used for luminaires with Elevated Electrical Immunity requirements. Prior to testing, the combination
wave generator shall be calibrated to simulta,neously meet BOTH the specified short circuit current peak
and open circuit voltage peak MINIMUM requirements. Note that this may require that the generator
charging voltage be raised above the specified level to obtain the specified current peak. Calibrated
current probe s/tra In sforme rs designed for measuring high -frequency currents shall be used to measure
test waveform currents.
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I D-2
Test waveform current shapes and peaks for all strikes shall be compared to ensure Uniformity
throughout each set (coupling mode + polarity/phase angle) of test strikes, and the average peak
pipcurrent shall be calculated and recorded. If any individual peak current in a set exceeds by ±10% the
111
11" average, the test setup shall be checked, and the test strikes repeated.
Table D.2: 1.2/SOUS ® 8/20 VS Combination Wave Specification
. . ............ . . .. ..... .. . . . . .
. . .........
Parameter Test Level/ Configuration
1.2/50 IiS Open Circuit Voltage Peak Low:6kV High: 10kV
8/20 IuS Short Circuit Current Peak Low: 3 kA High: 10kA
Source Impedance M
Coupling Modes Ll to PE, L2 to PE, Ll to L2
Polarity and Phase Angle Positive at 90* and Negative at 270®
Test Strikes 5 for each Coupling Mode and Polarity/Phase Angle
combination
. ..........
Time Between Strikes I minute
Total Number of Strikes = 5 strikes x 4 coupling modes x 2 polarity/phase angles
= 40 total strikes
Test 3) Electrical Fast Transient (EFT): The luminaire shall be subjected to "Electrical Fast Transient
Burstsas defined in IEEE C62.41.2 -2002. The test area shall be set up according to IEEE C62.45-2002.
The bursts shall be applied as specified by Table D.3. Direct coupling is required; the use of a coupling
clamp is not allowed.
Table D.3: Electrical Fast Transient (EFT) Specification
Parameter
Test Level/ Configuration
Open Circuit Voltage Peak
3 kV
Burst Repetition Rate
2.5 kHz
Burst Duration
15 mS
Burst Period
300 mS
Coupling Modes
Ll to PE, L2 to PE, Ll to L2
Polarity
Positive and Negative
Test Duration
I minute for each Coupling Mode and Polarity combination
Total Test Duration
. ..........
= I minute x 7 coupling modes x 2 polarities
= 14 minutes
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires Page I D-3
APPENDIX E
PRODUCT SUBMITTAL FORM
See Appendix A, and attach supporting documentation as required.
2 Value shall be no less than as specified in section 1.6-C, and shall not exceed six times the testing
duration indicated in the row above. Value shall be consistent with values submitted inthe rows below for
maintained light output, maintained input power, and maintained drive current,
Adapted from the DOE MSSLC Model Specification for LED Roadway Luminaires P a g e I E-1
3441 20- 1
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page I of 12
1 SECTION 34 4120
2 ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Roadway illurnination assemblies
7 2. Roadway illumination foundations
8 3. Removal of roadway illumination assemblies
9 4. Relocation of roadway illumination assemblies
10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
1 1 1. None.
12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
13 1. Division 0 — Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
14 2. Division 1 — General Requirements
15 3. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete
16 4. Section 33 05 10 — Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill
17 5. Section 33 05 30 — Location of Existing Utilities
18 6. Section 34 41 10 — Traffic Signals
19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
20 A. Measurement and Payment
21 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies
22 a. Measurement
23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination
24 Assembly installed.
25 b. Payment
26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
27 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Assmbly"
28 installed for:
29 a) Various types
30 c. The price bid shall include:
31 1) Furnishing Roadway Illumination Assembly, if required
32 2) Assembling and installing each Roadway Illumination Assembly
33 3) Poles
34 4) Arms
35 5) Anchor bolts
36 6) Fixtures
37 7) Internal electrical conductors
38 8) Connection and mounting hardware
39 9) Bases
40 10) Lamps
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
344120-2
ROADWAY JILIMUNATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 2 ofA 2
11) Preparing subinittals
12) Exploralory excavation (as, needed)
13) Coordination and notification
14) Assembly and travisportation of all items
15) Excavation, hauling, disp�osal of excess material
16) Protection of the eXcavation
17) Clean-up
18) Testing
2. Ornamental Illumination Assemblies
a. Measurement
1) Measuret'nent for this Item shall be per each Ornamental Assembly
installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Ornamental Assmbly"
installed. for:
a) Various types
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing Ornamental 111urnination Assefnbly, if required
2) Assembling and installing each Ornamental Assembly
3) Poles
4) Arms
5) Anchor bolts
6) Fixtures
7) Internal electrical conductors
8) Connection and mounting hardware
9) Bases
10) tamps
11) Preparing submittals
12) Exploratory excavation (as needed)
13) Coordination and notification
14) Assembly and transportation of all items
15) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material
16) Protection of the excavation
17) Clean-up
18) Testing
3. Lighting I, ixtures
a. When a pay item for Illumination Assernibly exists:
1) Measuremet'it
a) This Item is considered subsidiary to Illumination Assembly
installation.
2) Payment
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per each "Rd wy Ilium
Assnibly" or "Oniamenfal Assnibly" bid, and no other compensation
will be allowed.
b. When a pay item for Illumination Asseniibly does not exist:
1) Measurement
a) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Lighting Fixture installed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD (019STRI ICTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S TM -2015-000003
Rev iscd December 20, 2012
I
I
I
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
K
r
3441 20-3
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 3 of 12
2) Payment
a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this
Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Lighting Fixture"
installed for:
(1) Various types
(2) Various power
3) The price bid shall include:
a) Furnishing Lighting Fixture, if required
b) Assembling Lighting Fixture
c) Wiring connections
d) Disposal of any unused or replaced materials
e) Clean-up
4. Roadway Illumination Foundations
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Roadway Illumination
Foundation installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Rdwy Illum Foundation"
installed for:
a) Various types
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Installing each Roadway Illumination Foundation
2) Reinforcing steel
3) Exploratory excavation (as needed)
4) Grounding rods
5) Coordination and notification
6) Excavation, hauling, disposal of excess material
7) Protection of the excavation
8) Clean-up
9) Testing
5. Contact Enclosure
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Contact Enclosure installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Contact Enclosure" installed
for:
a) Various mounting methods
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing and installing Contact Enclosure
2) Mounting materials
3) Clean-up
6. Furnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 40' Wood Light Pole furnished
and installed.
b. Payment
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
344120-4
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIES
Pape 4 of 12
1) The work performed and materials fUrnished in accor(hAnce with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Fumish/Install 40' Wood
Light Pole".
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Excavation
2) Furnishing and installing each 40' Wood Light Pole
3) Furnishing, placement and conipaction of backfill
4) (1can-up
7. 17urnishing and Installing Wood Light Pole Arm
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm
furnished and installed.
b. Raiment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnish/Install 8' Wood
1.ight Pole Arm".
c. The price bid shall include.
1) Furnishing and installing each 8' Wood Light Pole Arm
2) Clean -tip
8. Aluminum Electrical Conductors
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of Aluminum Electrical
Conductor installed.
b. Pa3r]nent
1) The work perforrined and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit
price bid per linear foot of "Alum Elec Conductor" installed for:
a) Various Sizes
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing and installing Aluminum Electrical Conductor
2) 'resting
9. Conductor Reconnection
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each conductor reconnected.
b. Payment
1) The work pertbrmed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Reconnect Conductor".
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Reconnection of conductors using City approved method
2) Testing of connection
10. Street I,ight Pole Removal and Salvage
a. Measurement
1) Measuretnent for this Item shall be per each Street Light removed and
salvaged.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Salvage Street 1,ight Pole"
performed.
c. The price bid shall include:
CITY OFFORT WORT14
STANDARD CONS TRI J(.,"]'ION,i,[IECIFIC,A'TION DOCUMENTS
Revised Dccember 20, 2012
2015'Fask Order Construction Services at Various L,ocations
IM -2015-000003
WIN
42 A. Shop Drawings will be required for each 111nmination Assembly and shall include
43 1. Material Data
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20 5 Task Order Consh uefion Services at Various ILocabons
STANDARD ff)NSTRUC1 ION SPECIFICATION DOCU1'' EN7 S I IIW-2015-000003
Reviised December 20, 2012
344120-.5
ROADWAY fl AA)MINATION ASSFMBLIES
Paf.:,Ie 5 of 12
1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole
2
2) Maintain existing street light circk,dt inchid ing new ground box and
3
reconnecti(m of circuits (if reqUired by City)
4
3) Removal of existing street light pole foundation 2' below grade, back fill
5
with like SUIT01111ding material
imu7
6
4) Delivery of salvaged materials to appropriate location
5) clean-up
8
1 L Street Light Pole Relocation
9
a. Measurement
10
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Street Light Pole rernoved and
11
salvaged.
12
b. payment
13
1) The work perfornied and materials lurnished in accordance with this Item
14
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Relocate Street Light Pole"
15
performed,
16
c. The price bid shall inclInde:
17
1) Removal and salvage of Street Light Pole
Jru
18
2) Delivery of salvaged inaterials to appropriate location
19
3) Replacement of pole to new location
20
4) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill material
21
5) Clean-up
22
1.3 REFERENCES
23
A., Rel'rence Starlidards
24
1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
25
standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
26
Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
27
2. National Electric Code (NEC)
28
3. Texas State Law, Article: 14260
29
1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
30
A., Coordination
31
1. Notify City at (817) 392-7738 a minimum of 7 days before beginning Work on the
32
PrqjJect.
33
2. Notify Inspector prior to pouring roadway illumination assembly foundations.
34
1 Coordinate with Traffic Services Inspector for pole types, template dimensions and
35
anchor bolts, and any questions about installing the f6undations and conduit.
36
4. For location of City underground street luminaire cable and conduit call (817) 392-
37
7738 or (817) 392-8100.
38
5. Obtain and pay for all 1wri-nits as required to Work in parkway.
tyU
39
B. Preinstallation Meetings
40
1, Attend pre-construction nieeting.
41
1.5 SUBMITTALS
42 A. Shop Drawings will be required for each 111nmination Assembly and shall include
43 1. Material Data
CITY OF FORT WORTH 20 5 Task Order Consh uefion Services at Various ILocabons
STANDARD ff)NSTRUC1 ION SPECIFICATION DOCU1'' EN7 S I IIW-2015-000003
Reviised December 20, 2012
3441 20-6
RCADWAY 11,1A MINATION ASSEMBLIES
Page 6 o I2
1 2. Pole dimensions and data
2 3. I.mininaire arm dimensions and data
3 4. Attachment details
4. 5.. Fixtures
5 6. Base details
6 7. Anchor bolt data
7 8. Wall thickness
8 9. Permissible loading and allowable stress
9 B. Product Data submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00,
10 C. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery andlor
11 fabrication for specials.
12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
13 A. Prodijct Data Sheets
14 L Submit product data sheets for roadway illumination assemblies to City for
15 approval prior to ordering materials,
16 1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS
17 A. Warranty ]Documentation
18 1. Provide manufacturer waMinty information to the City..
19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [Nor USED]
20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
22 A. Storage and Handling Requirements
23 1. Parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration occurs during a
24 prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation.
25 2. Exposed anchor bolts shall be protected until pole shaft is installed.
26 3. Prevent plastic and similar brittle items from being exposed to direct sunlight and
27 extremes in temperature.
28 4. The Contractor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
29 accordance with Section 01 50 00.
30 B. Delivery and Acceptance
31 1 Contactor and Inspector shall visually inspect roadway illumination assemblies
32 after removal to determine the condition of the hardware.
33 2. Contractor shall protect all salvable material during transport to City specified
34 storage facility.
35 3. Delivered material must be in the same condition after removal, as agreed upon by
36 Contractor and Inspector after removal.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
SI AIS CONSTRUCTION SPE"CIFICATION DOCIWENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
r,
344120-7
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIFS
Page 7 of 12
1 1.11 FIELD (SITE] CONDITIONS I -NOT 1JSEI)J
2 1.12 WARRANTY
3 A. Manufacturer Warranty
4 1. Marnufacturer's warranty shafl be in accordance with Division 1.
5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
6 2.1 PRODUCTS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE CITY
7 A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be
8 purchased ftom the City and installed by the Conitlactor.
9 B. items eligible for purchase from the City include:
10 1. Roadway Illumination poles
11 2. Contactors
12 2.2 ASSEMBLIES, EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS
13 A. Marin1facturers
14 1. Only the manufacturers as listed in the ' lity's Standard. Products List will be
15 considered as shown in Section 01 60 00.
16 a. The manutheturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.
17 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
18 substitution and shall be subiuitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00.
19 B. Description
20 1. Reguilatoiy Requirements
21 a. All Work related to the installation of roadway illumination assemblies shall be
22 in compliance with the National Electric Code ('NEC).
23 2. Roadway Illumination Assemblies
24 a. Poles, arms, light fixtures and lamps shall conforin to City Standard Details.
25 b. Ornamental Assemblies
26 1) Refer to Drawings fbr ornamental pole specifications.
27 c. Lighting ].a'ixtures
28 1) Refer to Drawings for lighting fixture specifications.
29 d. 11oundations
30 1) Concrete shall conforni to Section 03 30 00.
31 e. Wood Light Poles
32 1 ) Wood Poles for electrical service shall be ANSI Class 5 treated timber.
33 a) For other applications, Class 2 treated tirnber is allowed.
34 2) All treated wood poles shall be free from pith holes.
35 a) Trimnied scars are allowable up to a depth of 2 -inches in poles up to 10
36 inches in diameter.
37 b) Scars 1/5 of the pole dianaeter at the scar location will be allowable for
38 wood poles larger than IO -inches.
39 3) Wood poles shall not deviate from straight more than I inch in 10 feet of
40 length.
41 a) Only a single sweep shall be pernaitted.
CITY OF' FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
"UMENTS 'FIIW-2015-000003
STANDARD ("ONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOC
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
1'
344120-8
ROADWAY ILI! UMINATION ASSEMBLIE"S
Page 8 of 12
b) A straight line adjoining the midpoint of the pole at the butt with the
midpoint of the pole at the top shall not at any intennediate pass
through the external surface of the pole.
c) Only a single twist of spiral grain will be permitted.
4) Butt slivering due to felling shall be pen-nitted if the distance from the
outside circumference is not less than 'A inch and the height is not more
than I foot.
5) Timber shall be treated for preservation in accordance with A C4
pressure treatment methods.
a) The poles shall have the minimum net retention of preservative
treatment shown in the following table:
Minimum Retention
Treatment Donets er cubic foat
Creosote 9.0
--FentaZlo0.45
ACAJCCA ---0.6
6) Pole Markings
7) All markings shall be in accordance with the following table:
a) The bottom brand shall be placed squarely on the face of each pole 10
feet from the butt.
8) A treatment certification will be required with each shipment of treated
timber poles including:
a) Name of treatment company
b) Location of treatment plant
c) Applicable product standard (A PA C4)
d) Charge number
e) Date of treatment
f) Contents of charges (poles)
g) Preservative treatment
h) Measured preservative retention values
f, Wood Light Pole Arms
1) Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for light pole arm specifications.
g. Aluminum Electrical Conductors
1) Refer to Drawings for conductor sizes
2) Use stranded insulated conductors that are rated for 600 volts
3) Approved for wet locations
4) Marked in accordance with UL, NEC, and CSA requirements
3. Roadway illumination pole foundations
a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE,'CIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
Description of Marking
Supp'ier's code or tradenriark (ie. Pole Treating
0 pEany)
Plant locaition and year of treatment (ie. Forestville,
E00
Species and preservative code (ie. soutbem pine,
cre.osote)
ti
11117class-15Ln �hie. Class 5, 35-foot_polei
8) A treatment certification will be required with each shipment of treated
timber poles including:
a) Name of treatment company
b) Location of treatment plant
c) Applicable product standard (A PA C4)
d) Charge number
e) Date of treatment
f) Contents of charges (poles)
g) Preservative treatment
h) Measured preservative retention values
f, Wood Light Pole Arms
1) Refer to City Standard Detail Drawings for light pole arm specifications.
g. Aluminum Electrical Conductors
1) Refer to Drawings for conductor sizes
2) Use stranded insulated conductors that are rated for 600 volts
3) Approved for wet locations
4) Marked in accordance with UL, NEC, and CSA requirements
3. Roadway illumination pole foundations
a. Foundations shall be Class C (3000 PSI) concrete.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constniction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPE,'CIFICATION DOCUMENTS TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
�0
344120-9
ROADWAY ILLUMINATION ASSEMBLIfS
Page 9 oft 2
1) Refer to Section 03 30 00.
2 b. Foundatioi'i shall be 24 or 30 inches in diameter unless shown otherwise in the
3 Drawings,
4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USIA
5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
6 A. Tests and Inspections
7 1. Notify, the Traffic Services Division Inspectcor 24 hours in advarnee (between 8:00
8 am and 5:00 pm) of all concrete pours at (817) 392-7738.
9 a. Inspector must be present when concrete is placed on the Project Site.
MR,
10 PART 3 - EXECUTION
12 A. Verification of Conditions
13 1. Contractor shall verify by eXploratory excavation, if needed, that existing
14 underground utilities are not in conflict with proposed foundations.
15 a. All exploratory excavation shall conform to Section 33 05 30.
16 2. Contractor shall contact the following entities at least 48 hours in advance of
17 excavation:
18 a. DIG TESS
19 b. City of Fort Worth Water Department
20 c. City of Fort Worth T/PW Department
21 3. No additional payment will be made for relocation of any foundations or conduit
22 due to location of existing utilities.
23 4. The IH mgmeer may shift an assembly's location, if necessary, to avoid conflict with
24 utilities.
25 3.2 PREPARATION
26 A. Protection of In -Place Conditions
27 1. Contractor shall be responsible for the following at no additional cost to the City:
28 a. Prevent any property damage to property owner's poles, fences, shrubs,
29 inailboxes, etc. Any damaged property will be restored as directed by
30 Engineer.
31 b. Ad ' just and repair any existing landscaping and the sprinkler systems as directed
32 by the Engineer to allow for the placement of all roadway illumination
33 equipment. This shall be done Ina manner equal to or better than the areas
34 a(tiacent to the damaged areas.
35 c. Provide access to all driveways during construction, unless authorized by the
36 inspector.
37 d. Protect all underground and overhead utilities and repair any damages.
38 3.3 INSTALLATION
39 A. Foundations
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consiniction Services at Various L.ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECHICA'noiq DOCUMEN1 S TPW 2015-000003
Revised December 20, 2012
34 4120 - 10
ROADWAY M,UMINNFION ASSEMBLIES
Page 10 of 12
i L Din -Tensions shown on Drawings for locations of street light foundations, conduit
2 and other items may be varied to meet local conditions; subject to approval of
3 ]Engineer.
4 2. Foundation piers shall be drilled plumb.
5 3. The top of fi.)undation shall be poured level.
6 4. The top 3 inches of the exposed pier (height) above finished grade shall have the
7 sonotube removed.
8 5. Anchor bolts shall extend above the top of the foundation concrete as shown on
9 Anchor Bolt Detail.
10 6. Anchor bolts, ground rod, reinforcing, and conduit shall be in place before pouring
I I concrete in pier foundations.
12 7. Pier foundations shall have I continuous concrete pour.
13 8. Foundations shall have a chamfered edge (beveled) at the top.
14 9. Top of foundation shall be 3 inches above the finished grade unless shown diMrent
15 on Drawings.
16 10. Foundations in medians shall be placed i in the center of the rnedian between the 2
17 curbs.
18 11, Foundations shall not be drilled within 3 feet of a water line or fire hydrant.
19 12. In residential areas foundations shall be placed inthe street right of way (R.O.W.)
20 in line with the property line between lots and at the break of the radius point of the
21 street curb at street intersections.
22 13. Foundations shall not be placed in sidewalks (or location of future sidewalks) or
23 sidewalk ramps.
24 14. No street light poles shall be placed on foundations prior to 7 days following
25 pouring of concrete.
26 B. Roadway Illumination Assemblies
27 1. Roadway Illumination Assemblies
28 a. Use established industry and utility safety practices when installing poles
29 located near overhead or underground utilities. Consult with the appropriate
30 utility company before beginning work.
31 b. Prevent scarring or marring of poles, mast arm, and fixtures.
32 c. Stake, install, and align each assembly as shown on the plans.
33 d. Do not use screw-in type foundations.
34 e. Install anchor bolts and coat anchor bolt threads.
35 f. Erect structures after foundation has attained its design strength as required in
36 Section 03 30 00.
37 g. Tighten anclior bolts for poles with shoe bases.
38 h. Do not place grout between base plate and foundation.
39 i. Test installed roadway illumination asseiribly with City inspector present.
40 2. Wood Light Pole
41 a. All light pole installations should be coordinated with all appropriate utility
42 conipmiies prior to Work beginning.
43 b. Drill holes for setting poles shall be a minimum of 1.5 diameters of the pole
44 butt.
45 c. Poles shall be set plunib, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings.
01"Y 0IFFORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constsuction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRI.XTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENI's TM -2015-000003
Revised December 20,2012
I
I
I
344a 20 I I
ROADWAY ILLUMINAFION ASSFAIDIAB
Page 11 of 12
I & t Jn less otherwise shown in Drawings, poles should beset to the in inimurn
2 depths shown in the following table:
Pole Until Minimum Setting Depth
___(Leq) .. to ................
_ . . . . . .. .. .............
<25 4a5
. .......... ........................ . . .... . - . . ............ .......
26-305.0
. ....................
1-355.5
- T6 - " "","" __
. .... . ........ . .... _&O
41-45 &5
46-50 7.0
. . . ................
3 e Backfill the hole around the pole thoroughly by tarnping 6 -inch lifts of backfill
4 material until reaching natural grade,
5 1) Once grade is met, apply a last 6 finch. lift in a cone shape around the pole to
6 allow for settling,
7 2) Backfill in accordance to Section 33 05 10.
8 f. Repair and clean-ups SUITOUnding area to a condition that is equal to or better
9 than its condition prior to installation.
10 3.4 REPAIR RESTORATION [NOT USEDf
11 3.5 RELOCATION AND REMOVAL
12
A. Relocation
13
1.
Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits.
14
2.
Remove abandoned circuit or ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade,
15
3.
Reconnect conduit, ducts, conductors to be reused.
16
4.
Replace danriaged conduit, ducts, and conductors,
17
5.
Do not use screw-in type foundations.
18
6.
Install existing sinictures on new foundations.
19
7.
Do not place grout between base plate and tbundathm.
20
8.
Furnish and install new internal conductors, fused and unfused connectors, and
21
fixtures.
22
9.
Test installed roadway illurnination assenibly with City inspector present
23
10.
Accept ownership of unsalvageable inaterials and dispose of in accordance with
24
federal, state, and local regulations.
25
B. Removal
26
L
Remove: roadway illumination assembly components in accordance with
27
established industry and utility safety practices,
28
2.
Remove transibriner bases from transformer base poles.
29
3.
Remove Ituninaires and mast arms from the pole shaft.
30
4.
Stockpile pole shalls, mast arms, and assembly hardware at a location designated
31
by the City.
32
5.
Pole shafts, mast arms, and assembly hardware will remain City property unless
33
othenvise shown on the plans or directed.
34
6.
Disconnect and remove conductors from abandoned circuits.
crry OF FORT
WORTH 20115'Fask Order (."onstniction Services at Various Locations
SIANANSIIFICI11,AI 111W -2015-000003D
Revised December 20, 2012
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
91C
W"
34 41 20 - 1.2
ROADWAY ILLUMINA'riON ASSEMBLIES
Page 12 of 12
7. Remove abandoned conduit and ducts to a point 6 inches below final grade.
8. Destroy existing transforiner bases to prevent reuse.
9. Remove abandoned concrete foundations to a point 2 ft. below final grade.
10. Backfill the hole with material that is equal in composition and deiasit)! to the
surrounding area.
11. Replace surfacing material with similar, niaterial to an equivalent condition.
1.2. Accept ownership of unsalvageable materials and dispose of in accordance with
federal, state, and local regulations.
3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
3.8 ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
3.9 CLEANING
A. Contractor shall clean up and remove all loose material resulting from construction
operations.
3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED]
3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
MWIX110LIX4111wel
Revision Log
DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE
MY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD 0.)NSTRLICTION SPECIFICA'rION DOCUMENTS
Revised December 20, 2012
2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
T'PW-2015 000003
rll�
P"
34 4130 ... I
ALUMINUNISIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page I of 9
l SECTION 34 4130
2 Al...,UMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
3 PART1- GENERAL
4 1.1 SUMMARY
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Aluminum signs installed on mast arms, signal poles, or steel posts,
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Spec i ficationi Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 —Pudding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Conti -act
11 2. Division] -General Requirements
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13 A. Measurement and Payment
14 1. Furnishing and Installing Mast Arm or Signal Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs
15 a. Measurement
16 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign installed,
17 b. Payment
18 1) The work perfbm-ted and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
19 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnislill/histall Alum Sign
20 Mast Arm Mount" installed for:
21 a) Various types
22 c. The price bids all include:
23 1 ) Fabricating the aluminum sign
24 2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background
25 materials
26 3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels
27 4) Furnishing and fabricating ftaines, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint
28 backing strips
29 5) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
30 support. connections
31 6) Assembling and erecting the signs
32 7) Preparing and cleaning the signs
33 2. Installing Mast Armor Signal/Street Light Pole Mounted Aluminum Signs
34 a. Measurement
35 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign installed.
36 b. Payment
37 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this to
38 shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Install Alum Sign Mast Arm
39 Mount" installed.
40 c. The price bid shall include:
41 1) Installing each Aluminum Sign
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD 0)NSTRIAMON SPECIFICATION DOCUNHEINTS TIIW..2015-000003
Revised November 12, 2013
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
344130-2
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 2 of 9
2) Furnishing and fabricating frarnes, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint
backing strips
3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
support connections
4) Assembling and erecting the signs
5) Preparing and cleaning the signs
3. Furnishing and Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each assembly furnished and
installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Furnish/Install Alum Sign
Ground Mount" installed for:
a) Various types
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Fabrication of signs and posts
2) Treatment of sign panels required before application of background
materials
3) Application of the background materials and messages to the sign panels
4) Scheduling utility line locates
5) Furnishing and fabricating ftames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint
backing strips
6) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
support connections
7) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts
8) Preparing and cleaning the signs
4. Installing Ground Mounted Aluminum Sign and Post Assemblies
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each assembly installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid for each "Install Alum Sign Ground
Mount" installed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Scheduling utility line locates
2) Assembling and erecting the signs and posts
3) Preparing and cleaning the signs
5. Furnishing and Installing Aluminum Signs Mounted on Existing Poles
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign furnished and installed.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Furnish/Install Alum Sign
Ex, Pole Mount" furnished and installed.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Furnishing and install in the aluminum sign
2) Furnishing and fabricating frames, windbeams, stiffeners, or required joint
backing strips
CITY OF FORTWORTH
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICAT]ON D00 WENTS
Revised November 12, 2013
I
I
x0v
2015 Task Order Consmuction Services at Various Locations
'I'PW-2015-000003
344130-3
AT UMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN 110STS
Pag,e 3 of'9
1 3) Furnishing bolts, rivets, screws, fasteners, clamps, brackets, and sign
2 support connections
3 4) Assembling and erecting the signs
4 5) preparing and cleaning the signs
.5 6. Installing Alurninurn Signs Mounted on Existing Poles
6 a. Measurement
7 1.) Measurernent for this Item shall be per each sign installed,,
8 b. Payment
9 1) The work performed and materials lurnished in accordance with this Item
10 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Install Alum Sign Ex,, Pole
I I Mount" installed,
12 c. The price bid shall include:
13 1) Fabricating the alunlinurn sign
l4 2) 1,urnishing and fabricating frames, windbearns, stiffeners, or required joint
15 back.ing strips
16 3) Furnishing bolts, rivers, screws, fasteners, elanips, brackets, and sign
17 support connections
18 4) Assembling and cresting the signs
19 5) Preparing and cleaning the signs
20 7. Removal of Signs
21 a. Measurement
22 1.) Measurement for this Item shall be per each sign panel removed, each sign
23 panel and post removed, and each sign panel and post removed and
24 reinstalled.
25 b. Payment
26 1) The work pertormed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
27 shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Remove Si nn'"' for:
28 a) Various types
29 b) Various configurations
30 c. 'The price bid shall include:
31 1) Removal of sign panel and post
32 2) Removal of sign panel
33 3) Backfill
34 4) Excavalion
35 5) Returning materials to the City as specified in the plans
36 6) Cleaning sign panel if sign is to be reinstalled
37 1.3 REFERENCES
38 A. Reference Standards
39 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
40 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
41 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited.
42 2. Amer,icui Standard'Testing Materials (A STM)
43 a. ASTM 13209-07.-.. "Standard Specification, for Aluminum and Aluminum -A Hoy
44 Sheet and Plate",,
45 b. STM D4956 09e1 "Standard Spec i rication for R etrore Ilec t ive Sheeting for
46 Traffic Conti -O.".
CITY OF )FORT WOR., M 201 51'ask Order (.7onstruction Services at Va.rious Locations
STANDARD CONSTRucrION SPEC) F )CATION DOC'UhAENTS TPAV-2015-000003
Revised November 12, 2013
344130-4
AJA )MINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 4 of 9
1 c. ASTM A 10 11 /A1011- 10-- "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip,
2 Hot -Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High -Strength Low -Alloy, fligh-Strength Low -
3 Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra -High Strength".
4 d. As,rN4 B117-09 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog)
5 Appafains".
6 e. AASIIT0 M 120 -08 "Standard Specification for Zinc".
7 3. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
8 4. Item 644, Small Roadside Sign Supports and Assemblies, ,re Department of
9 Transportation, Staiideird Speclcatjonsjbr Conytruction and Maintenance Of
10 Highivays, Streets, and.13ridges.
11 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
12 1.5 SUBMITTALS
13 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00.
14 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for
15 specials.
16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
17 A. Shop Drawings
18 1. Submit 5 sets of sign shop drawings to city'rraffic Services Department for
19 approval prior to fabrication,
20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED]
23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
I
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements
1. Signs and parts shall be properly protected so that no damage or deterioration
occurs during a prolonged delay from the time of shipment until installation.,
2. The Contilictor shall secure and maintain a location to store the material in
accordance with Section 0150 00.
B. Storage and Handling
1. Ship, handle, and store completed sign blanks and completed signs so that corners,
edges, and faces are not damaged.
2. Darnage to the sign face that is not visible when viewed at a distance of 50 feet,
night and day, will be acceptable.
3., Replace unacceptable signs.
4. Store all finished signs off the ground and in a vertical position until erected.
5.. Store finished signs 60 inches x 60 inches or smaller in a weatherproof building.
6. Larger signs may be stored outside.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Consimuion Servims at Vubus Locations
SIANDARD CONS MUCMON SPECIFICAPON D(K'UMENTS TJ�W-2015000003
Revised November 12, 2013
344130-5
ALUMINUkl SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 5 of 9
l 1.11 FIELD ISITE1 CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
2 1.12 WARRANTY INOT USED]
3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS
4 2.1 PRODUCTS TO BE PURCHASED FROM THE CITY
5 A. Refer to Drawings and Contract Documents to determine if any Items are to be
6 purchased from the City and installed by, the Contractor,
7 B. Items eligible for purchase from the City include:
8 1. Aluminum Signs
9 2.2 MATERIALS
10 A. Manufacturers
11 L Only the manufactumis as listed in the (lily's Standard products List will be
12 considered as shown in Section 0160 00.
13 a. The manufacturer must comply with this Specification and related Sections.
14 2. Any product that is not listed on the Standard Products List is considered a
15 substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00,
16 B. Sign blanks
17 1. Sign blanks shall be new, unweathered, milled, rolled and Finished alurninurn alloy
18 meeting Specitications for 50521138 as outlined in ASTM B 209 02a,
19 2. Sign blanks shall be free of buckle, crevice, warp, dent, cockles, burrs, corrosion,
20 dirt, grease, oil, white rust, fingerprints and/or other irregularities.
21 3. Sign blanks shall be degreased and etched according to industry standards and shall
22 have an aloolined finish applied per MIL 05541 Class ]A.
23 4. The thickness of each sign blank shall be uniform throughout.
24 C. Sign sheeting
25 1. Acrylic overlay film
26 a. This film shall be applied to Type 1, Type 11, J�ype IV, Type IX, and other
27 retroreflective sheeting for permanent signing.
28 b. The film shall be equal to or better than 3M Scotchlite ElectroCut Film Series
29 1170.
30 c. Film shall be:
31 1) Durable
32 2) Transparent,
33 3) Acrylic
34 4) Electron ic-cu ttable
35 5) Coated with a transparent,, pressure sensitive adhesive
36 6) Have a removable synthetic liner - paper liner is not acceplablc
37 d. Film colors can include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange.
38 2. Non -reflective vinyl film
39 a. This film shall be applied to Type IV, Type XI (13013) retroreflective sheeting
40 for permanent signing. The film shall be equal to or better than 3M Scotchcal
41 ElectroCut Film Series 7725.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 21115 Task Order Construclion Services at Various L,ocafion s
STANDARD CONSI RUC]ION S11ECtFICATK.)N DOCUMENTS Ti.,w-.2015-000003
Revised November 12, 2013
I
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
101
I
344130-6
ALLIMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 6 of 9
b. Film shall be:
1) Durable
2) 2 it opaque cast vinyl
3) Coated with atransparent, pressure -sensitive adhesive
4) Have a removable synthetic liner - paper line is not acceptable
c. Film colors can include yellow, green, blue, brown, red, and orange.
3. High intensity prismatic retroreflective sheeting with adhesive backing shall:
a. Be combined with other components for permanent signing
b. Typically be an unmetallized microprismatic lens retroreflective element
material
c. Have a smooth outer surface that essentially has the property of the
ren-oreflector over its entire surface
1.) The adhesive backing shall be pressure -sensitive, require no heat, solvent or
other preparation for the adhesion to smooth, clean surfaces.
d. Be equal to or better than 3M Series 3930
e. Be of colors including white, yellow, green, red, blue, and brown
4. Super -high efficiency full cube retroreflective sheeting with pressure sensitive
adhesive shall:
a. Be combined with other components for permanent signing
b. Be a super -high efficiency, full cube retroreflective sheeting having the highest
retroreflectivity characteristics at medium and short road distances.
c. Typically be a microprismatic retroreflective element material
d. Have a smooth outer surface that essentially has the property of retroreflector
over its entire surface
1) The adhesive backing shall be pressure -sensitive, require no heat, solvent or
other preparation for adhesion to siliooth, clean surfaces.
e. Be equal to or better than 3M Series 4000
f. Be of colors including white, yellow, green, red, blue, brown, fluorescent
yellow, fluorescent yellow green, and fluorescent orange
W. Telescoping Steel Sign Post
1. Posts and anchors shall conforra to the Standard Specifications for Hot Rolled
Carbon Sheet Steel, Structural Quality ASTM designation A 10 11 / A 10 11 - 10.
2. Posts and anchors shall carry minimum certifiable 60,000 psi yield strength.
3. All posts and anchors shall be manufactured from raw steel, formed and welded on
the comer prior to receiving a triple coat protection of inline liot-dipped, galvanized
zinc per AASHT0 M-120-08 (0.8 ounces per square foot) followed by a chromate
conversion coating and a cross-linked polyurethane acrylic exterior coating.
4. The interior shall receive a double coat of zinc based organic coating, tested in
accordance with ASTM B-1 17-09.
E. Hardware
1. Use galvanized steel, stainless steel, or dichromate -sealed aluminum for bolts, nuts,
washers, lock washers, screws, and other sign assembly hardware.
2. Use plastic or nylon washers to avoid tearing the reflective sheeting.
CITY OF FORTWORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDAW) CONSTRUCTION SPEEMCATION IX)CUM"NTS TPW-2015..000003
Revised Noveonber II 2, 20 II 3
I
RIM
3441 30-7
ALUMINUM. SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 7 of 9
1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT IJSEDI
2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL JN`T(JSEDj
3 PART 3 - EXECUTION
4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT (ISEDI
5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED]
10,0
7
3.4 FABRICATION
8
A. Sign blanks
9
1.
Furnish sign blanks to the sizes and shapes shown on the Drawings and that are free
10
of buckles, warps, buffs, dents, cockles, or other defects.
11
2.
Do not splice individual extruded aluminum panel.
12
3.
Complete the flibrication of sign blanks, including the cutting and drilling or
13
punching of holes, before cleaning and degreasing.
14
4.
After cleaning and degreasing, ensure that the substrate does not come into contact
15
with grease, oils, or other contanimants before the appllication of the reflective
16
sheeting.,
17
B. Sign sheeting
18
1.
Use reflective sheeting from the same ffianufiicturer for the entire face of a sign.
19
2.
Apply sheeting to sign blanks in conformance with the recommended procedures of
20
the sheeting manufacturer.
21
3.
Clean and prepare the outside surface of extruded alujillininn flanges in the same
22
manner as the sign panel face.
23
4.
Minimize the number of splices in the sheeting.
24
5.
Overlap the lap -splices by at least 1/4 inch.
25
6.
Provide a 1 -foot minimum dimension for any piece of sheeting.
26
7.
Do not splice sheeting for signs fabricated with transparent screen inks or colored
27
transparent films.
28
C. Sign messages
29
1.
Fabricate sign messages to the sizes, types, and colors shown on the Drawings,
30
2.
Use sign message material from the same manufacturer for the entire message of a
iwyy
31
sign.
32
3.
Ensure that the screened messages have clean, sharp edges and exhibit uniform
33
color and reflectivity.
34
4.
Prevent runs, sags, and voids.
35
D. Telescoping steel sign posts
36
1.
Perin issi ble vari ation in straiglitness is 1/16 inch in 3 feet.
37
2.
Tolerances are on the outside size.
IP
CITY OF FORTWOR'm 2015 Task Order ("'onstniction Services at Various Locations
STANDA RID C0NS1'Ri.xr1ON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT'S TPW20x5••000003
Revised November 12, 2013
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
344130-8
ALUMINUM SIGNS AND SIGN POSTS
Page 8 of 9
Measureirients for outside dirnensions shall be made at least 2 inches from end of
tube.
lriurn.inal Outside
Outside Tolerance
Dimensions
at all Side Corners
inches
inches Lengths
1 1/2 X 1 '12.
±0.006
. . . . ......
. ...........
I % X I %
±0.008
2 X 2
±0.008
21AX 2 1/4
±0.010
2 1/7 X 2 Y2�
±0.010
3. Permissible variation in wall thickness is plus 0.011 inches,, minus 0.008 inches.
4. Measured in the center of the flat side tolerance is ± 0.01 inch applied to the
specific size determined at the comer.
5. Squareness of Sides and Twist
Nominal
Squareness
Twist Permissible in 3
Outside
Tolerance
inches Lengths
Dimensions
(inches)
(inches)
inches
()
1 '/2. X 1 1/2
±0.009
0.050
I % X I %
±0.010
0.062
2 X 2
±0.012
0.062
2 1/4 X 2 1/4
±0.014
0.062
21/2 X 21/2
±0.015
. ....... . . . .........
0.075
6. All top posts must be capable of fiacturing at the point of connection with a single
anchor, when impacted, in such a manner that the piece inside of the anchor can be
rei�noved so as to allow the anchor to receive a new top post.
7. The shape of all posts and anchors shall be square and straight with smooth tubing
welded in one comer with a tolerance that permits telescoping of the next larger or
small size, in 1/4 -inch increments.
8. All anchors shall be 12 gauge with holes that are fully perforated 7/16 -inch
diameter on 1 -inch centers for at least the top 4 inches of the anchor while being
truly aligned in the center of the section.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Constiuction Services at Various 1,ocations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-0000�03
Revised November 12, 2013
I
19
Iff
W
Revision Log
. .... . ..................... . . ......
DATE NAME SI.JMMARY OF C"AN(iE
11/22/13 S. Amold Changes to vinyl filin, added sign removal bid iters
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask C. Qmstj uction Services at Various Locations
SlANDARD CONSTRUC I TION S11WIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW 2015 00000.3
Revised November 12, 2013
34411 30-9
Al aMM JM SIGNS AND SKiN POSTS
page 9 of 9
1
9. All to posts shall be 14 gauge with holes that are die embossed knockouts on I
2
inch centers for the entire length of the post and truly aligned in the center of
3
section.
4
5
3.5
REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED]
6
3.6
RE -INSTALLATION [NOT USED]
7
3.7
FIELD [OR) SITE QUALITY CONTROL INOT USED]
8
3.8
SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED]
9
3.9
ADJUSTING [NOT USED]
10
3.10
CLEANING
11
A., Wash corripleted signs with a biodegradable cleaning solution acceptable to the
12
manufacturers of the sheetirig, colored transparent film, and screen ink t® remove
13
grease, oil, dirt, snicars, streaks, finger marks, and other fineign material.
14
B. Wash again before final innspectiona after erection.
15
3.11
CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED]
16
3.12
PROTECTION [NOT USED1
17
3.13
MAINTENANCE [NOT 1JSEDJ
18
3.14
ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
19
Iff
W
Revision Log
. .... . ..................... . . ......
DATE NAME SI.JMMARY OF C"AN(iE
11/22/13 S. Amold Changes to vinyl filin, added sign removal bid iters
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'Fask C. Qmstj uction Services at Various Locations
SlANDARD CONSTRUC I TION S11WIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW 2015 00000.3
Revised November 12, 2013
I
4 1.1 SUMMARY
SECTION 34 71 13
TRAFFIC CONTROL
3471 B-1
'FRAFFIC CONTROL
Page I of 5
5 A. Section Includes:
6 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices and preparation of Traffic Control. Plans
7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification
8 1. None.
9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to:
10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract
11 2. Division I — General Requiretnents
12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
A. M casurement and Payment
1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for Traffic Control Devices shall be per month forte 111roject
duration.
a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials Ibmished in accordance with this Item
and measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the
unit price bid for "Traffic Control".
c. The price bids all include:
1) Traffic Control implementation
2) Installation
3) Maintenance
4) AdJustments
5) Replacements
6) Removal
7) Police tissistance during peak hours
2. Portable Message Signs
a. Measurement
1) Measurement for this Item shall be per week for the duration of use.
b. Payment
1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item and
measured as provided under "Measurement" shall be paid for at the unit
price bid per week for " Portable .Message Sign" rental.
c. The price bid shall include:
1) Delivery, of Portable Message Sign to Site
2) Message updating
3) Sign movement thMllg�10tlt C01IStfUCtiOu
4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post -construction
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'rask Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD ("ONSTW JCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMINI'S 7`1SW-2015-000003
Revised Novemlxr 22, 2013
16 A. Reference Standards
17 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
18 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
19 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited,
20 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TmU'r,CD).
21 3. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and,rraffic Handling of the Texas Department of
22 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of
23 Highways, Streets, and Bridges,
24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
25 A. Coordination
26 1. Contact Traffic Services Division (817-392-7738) a minimum of 48 hours prior to
27 implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal.
28 B. Sequencing
29 1. Any deviations tothe Traffic Control Plan included in the Drawings must be first
30 approved by the City and design Engineer before implenientation,
31 1.5 SUBMITTALS
32
A. Provide the City with a current list of quallified, flaggers before beginning flaggirig
33
3471 13-2
TRAFFIC CONTROL,
34
Page 2 of 5
iWiy
1
3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details
2
a. Measurement
3
1) Measurement for this Item be per each Traffic Control Detail prepared.
4
b. Payment
5
1) The work perfoinned and materials furnished in accordance with this Item
6
shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each "Traffic Control Detail"
7
prepared.
8
c. The price bid shall include:
9
1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or
10
longer
11
2) Adherence to City and Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
12
(I-MUTCD)
13
3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer
14
4) Incorporation of City comments
15
1.3 REFERENCES
16 A. Reference Standards
17 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference
18 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this
19 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited,
20 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TmU'r,CD).
21 3. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and,rraffic Handling of the Texas Department of
22 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of
23 Highways, Streets, and Bridges,
24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
25 A. Coordination
26 1. Contact Traffic Services Division (817-392-7738) a minimum of 48 hours prior to
27 implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal.
28 B. Sequencing
29 1. Any deviations tothe Traffic Control Plan included in the Drawings must be first
30 approved by the City and design Engineer before implenientation,
31 1.5 SUBMITTALS
32
A. Provide the City with a current list of quallified, flaggers before beginning flaggirig
33
activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list.
34
B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Street Management Section of the Traffic
35
Engineering Division, 311 W. I0 Street. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the
36
Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set.
37
A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit.
38
C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional
39
Engineer.
40
D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Drawings or
41
Specifications. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas
42
Professional Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets.
43
E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Tasic Order Construction Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTiON SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS TPW-2015-000003
Revised NovembLr 22, 2013
I
1
3471 13 3
TRAFFIC CON MOL
Page 3 of 5
I F. Contractor j.vsponsible for having a licensed Texas 11r'(.&essional Engineer sign and seal
2 changes to theTraffic Contr(.fl Plan(s) developed by the Design Engfileen
3 G. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control.
4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS INOTUSED1
6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS INOT USED]
7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE INOT USED]
8 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED]
9 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED]
10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED]
12 2.1 OWNER -FURNISHED [OR] OWNER -SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
13 2.2 ASSEMBLIES AND MATERIALS
14 A. Description
15 1. Regulatory Requirements
16 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices that cotilbrin to details shown on the
17 Drawings, the TMUTCD, andrxDo,r,s Compliant or Zone Tnaffiie Control
18 Device List ((,W'ZTCDL).
19 2. Materials
20 a. Traffic Control Devices must meet all reflectivity requirements included in the
21 TMUTCD andTxDOT Specifications - Item 502 at all times during
22 construction.
23 b. Electronic message boards shall be provided in accordance with the TMUTCD.
24 2.3 ACCESSORIES NOT USED]
25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
26 PART 3 - EXECUTION
27 3.1 EXAMINATION [NOT USED]
28 3.2 PREPARATION
29 A. Protection of ln-Place Conditions
30 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment,
31 3.3 INSTALLATION
32 A. Follow the"Fraffic, Control Plan (TCP) and install Traffic Control Devices as shown on
33 the Drawings and as directed.
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015 Task Order Construction Services at Various Locations
7 FMIM-000003
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS
Revised November 22, 2013
I
3471 13 - 4
TRAFFIC CONTROL
N% e 4 of 5
I B. Install Traffic C"ontrol Devices straight and plumb.
2 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implernent any other changes to
3 the Traffic Conlrol Plan without the approval of the Engineer.
4 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructabihly and visibility are allowed.
5 D. Maintain'Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible.
6 1. Corrective action includes but is not lirnifted to cleaning, replacing, straightening,
7 covering, or removing Devices.
8 2. Maintain the Devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible,
9 and that retroreflective characteristics meet requirements during darkness and rain.
10 E. If the Inspector discovers that the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable federal
I I and state laws (by failing to furnish the necessary flagmen, warning devices, barricades,
12 lights, signs, or other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property), the
13 Inspector may order such additionali precautionary measures be taken to protect persons
14 and property.
15 F. Sub 'jeer to the approval of the Inspector, portions of this Pr(Iject, which are not affected by
16 or in conflict with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adJustments, can be
17 constructed during any phase.
18 G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight
19 distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets.
20 H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may
21 be erected and mounted on portable supports.
22 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer.
23 1. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Controll Plans.
24 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction
25 operations, the Contractor shall provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as
26 approved by the Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control.
27 K. Contractor shall make arrangernents, for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic sigrial
28 turn -ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak traffic
29 times (AM: 7 am — 9 am, PM: 4 prn - 6 pm).
30 L. Flaggers
31 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor
32 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American
33 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Counci 1, or other approved
34. organizations.
35 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested.
36 b. This representative is responsible for training and assuring that all .daggers are
37 qualified to perform flagging duties.
38 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by I of the organiz-ations listed
39 above or trained by the Contractor's certified flagging instructor,,
40 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively cominunicate with the public,,
41 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, and signals
4.2 and follow the flagging procedures set forth in the TMUTCD,
crry OF FORTWORTH 20151'ask Order (70nshucfion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCIION SPE( IFICA 1110N DOCUMENTS TPW-20 15-000003
Revised Novemlwr 22, 2013
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
IR
9E
Im
34 71 13 - 5
TRAFFIC CONTROL
Page 5 of 5
5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time as may be
req,rdred to provide for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor's
personnel, and as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure.
M. Removal
1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights
and other Traffic Control Devices used for work -zone traffic handling in a timely
manner, unless otherivise shown on the Drawirigs,
3.4 REPAIR/ RESTORATION INOT USED]
3.5 RE -INSTALLATION INOT USED]
3.6 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED]
3.7 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOTUSED]
3.8 ADJUSTING INOT USED]
3.9 CLEANING [NOT USED]
3.10 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED1
3.11 PROTECTION [NOT USED1
3.12 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED]
3.13 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED]
Revision Log
DATE
NAME
SUMMARY OF CHANGE
11/22/13
S. A.mold
Added police assistance. requirement for when a site specific 11 `P is required
CITY OF FORT WORTH 2015'1'ask Order Cnstmcfion Services at Various Locations
STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 'FPW-2015..000003
Revised November 22, 2013
2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
(Commercial Construction Projects)
CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate
AC Mechanic
$
25.24
AC Mechanic Helper
$
13.67
Acoustical Ceiling Installer
$
16.83
Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper
$
12.70
Bricklayer/Stone Mason
$
19.45
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee
$
13.31
Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper
$
10.91
Carpenter
$
17.75
Carpenter Helper
$
14.32
Concrete Cutter/Sawer
$
17.00
Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper
$
11.00
Concrete Finisher
$
15.77
Concrete Finisher Helper
$
11.00
Concrete Form Builder
$
15.27
Concrete Form Builder Helper
$
11.00
Drywall Mechanic
$
15.36
Drywall Helper
$
12.54
Drywall Taper
$
15.00
Drywall Taper Helper
$
11.50
Electrician (Journeyman)
$
19.63
Electrician Apprentice (Helper)
$
15.64
Electronic Technician
$
20.00
Floor Layer
$
18.00
Floor Layer Helper
$
10.00
Glazier
$
21.03
Glazier Helper
$
12.81
Insulator
$
16.59
Insulator Helper
$
11.21
Laborer Common
$
10.89
Laborer Skilled
$
14.15
Lather
$
12.99
Metal Building Assembler
$
16.00
Metal Building Assembler Helper
$
12.00
Metal Installer (Miscellaneous)
$
13.00
Metal Installer Helper (Miscellaneous)
$
11.00
Metal Stud Framer
$
16.12
Metal Stud Framer Helper
$
12.54
Painter
$
16.44
Painter Helper
$
9.98
Pipefitter
$
21.22
Pipefitter Helper
$
15.39
Plasterer
$
16.17
Plasterer Helper
$
12.85
Plumber
$
21.98
Plumber Helper
$
15.85
Reinforcing Steel Setter
$
12.87
Page 1 of 2
Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper
$
11.08
Roofer
$
16.90
Roofer Helper
$
11.15
Sheet Metal Worker
$
16.35
Sheet Metal Worker Helper
$
13.11
Sprinkler System Installer
$
19.17
Sprinkler System Installer Helper
$
14.15
Steel Worker Structural
$
17.00
Steel Worker Structural Helper
$
13.74
Waterproofer
$
15.00
Equipment Operators
Concrete Pump
$
18.50
Crane, Clamsheel, Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel
$
19.31
Forklift
$
16.45
Foundation Drill Operator
$
22.50
Front End Loader
$
16.97
Truck Driver
$
16.77
Welder
$
19.96
Welder Helper
$
13.00
The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted
and published by the North Texas Construction Industry (Fall 2012) Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman
Trubitt, PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXC's (The
Construction Association) website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp
Page 2 of 2